Silvertown - Phase 1 - Design and Access Statement

Silvertown Quays
Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application

Pursuant to Outline Planning Permission (ref: 14/01605/OUT)
Design and Access Statement

Prepared for The Silvertown Partnership by Prior + Partners
Silvertown Quays - Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application
DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT
September 2019
II
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION 5.7 Hard landscape 134 APPENDICES
1.1 Overview 2 5.8 Furniture 136
5.9 Dock walls 138 A1 DRAWINGS

2.0 THE SITE 5.10 Lighting strategy 142 A1.1 Condition A3: Phasing Strategy 366
2.1 Context 8 5.11 Landscape management 152 A1.2 Condition A4: Phasing Details 367
2.2 Heritage 12 5.12 Landscape delivery plan 153

2.3 Opportunities and constraints 14
A2 SECURED BY DESIGN
5.13 Ecology management plan 154
A2.1 Secured by Design 372
3.0 THE OUTLINE PLANNING 6.0 PRE-APPLICATION

A3 BIRD HAZARD MANAGEMENT
PERMISSION DISCUSSIONS
3.1 Parameter Plans 18
PLAN
6.1 Consultation process 164
A3.1 Executive summary 376
3.2 Approved quantum of development 20 6.2 Design review panels 166
A3.2 Introduction 377
3.3 Design Code 21
3.4 Brand Use 22 7.0 MILLS QUARTER A3.3 Background 378
7.1 Introduction to Mills Quarter 184 A3.4 Baseline assessment 379
4.0 PHASE 1 RMA MASTERPLAN 7.2 Millennium Mills 186 A3.5 Bird hazard management plan 382
4.1 Vision 26 7.3 Plot 4 250 A3.6 Conclusions 386
4.2 Layout 44 7.4 Plot 1 282 A3.7 Bird survey results 387
4.3 Scale 54 A3.8 Inspection/activity log table 389
4.4 Appearance 56 8.0 SILO D QUARTER

4.5 Access 66 8.1 Introduction to Silo D Quarter 308 A4 DESIGN CODE COMPLIANCE
8.2 Plot 5 310 SCHEDULE
5.0 LANDSCAPE 8.3 Plot 6 330 A4.1 Design Code compliance schedule 392
5.1 Introduction 96 8.4 Plot 7 354
5.2 Landscape masterplan 98 8.5 Plot 8 380
5.3 Planting strategy 120
5.4 SUDS/drainage strategy 128 9.0 OPP COMPLIANCE

5.5 Play strategy 130 9.1 Parameter Plan compliance 408
5.6 Industrial archaeology - found landscape 132 9.2 Design Code compliance 417
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement 1
1.0
Introduction
1.1 OVERVIEW
1.1.1 INTRODUCTION In terms of further planning context, the
location of Phase 1 was included as part of
1.1.2 PURPOSE OF THE extensive consultation with LBN planning
and design officers, in addition its Design
This Design and Access Statement (DAS) has the ‘Site Wide Phasing Plan’ submitted under DAS Review Panel (DRP), at pre-application stages.
been prepared on behalf of The Silvertown Approval of Details application reference The proposals have also been informed by
Partnership LLP (TSP, the Applicant) to 19/01395/AOD relating to Condition A3 (Phasing This DAS has been prepared to accompany a series of public consultation events, which
accompany a Reserved Matters Application for Strategy). the Phase 1 RMA. have allowed the local community and other
Phase 1 (the Phase 1 RMA) of Outline Planning local stakeholders to input in the Phase 1 RMA
Permission reference 14/01605/OUT (the OPP) Certain details of Phase 1 were also included The purpose of this document is to set proposals.
granted on the 19th of August 2016 by the under Approval of Details application out the proposed design and architectural
London Borough of Newham (LBN) regarding reference 19/01923/AOD relating to Condition approach concerning the Phase 1 RMA In addition, this document identifies how the
the redevelopment of the site known as A4 (Phasing Details). This established the proposals, notably in relation to their Phase 1 RMA proposals relate to the OPP and
Silvertown Quays (the Site). principles of Phase 1 RMA in relation to proposed Scale, Appearance, Layout, Access relevant approved documents, notably the
phasing; affordable housing; public open and Landscaping approach (in accordance following:
In summary, the OPP was approved with all space, public realm and landscaping; car, with Condition A1 of the OPP).
• The series of Parameter Plans approved
matters reserved except for Access for the cycle, motorcycle and powered two wheeled
under the OPP;
redevelopment of the Site for mixed use vehicle parking; shared energy infrastructure; A variety of architectural teams have
purposes, including the alteration, partial waste and servicing; and the chargeable been involved in designing the Phase 1
development(s) comprised in that Phase for • The OPP ‘Design Code’ document;
demolition and conversion of the Millennium RMA proposals, and Prior + Partners has
Mills and the construction of buildings the purposes of the Community Infrastructure undertaken a masterplanning role in
Levy Regulations 2010 (as amended). The • Relevant aspects of the Reserved Matters
across the Site to include Brand buildings coordinating this process to help ensure a
Phase 1 RMA has been submitted to be Specification at Annexe A of the OPP.
(Sui Generis), Residential (Use Class C3), ‘coordinated variety’ of design throughout
Office (Use Class B1), Retail (Use Classes A1- consistent with these approved details. Phase 1 RMA. The full project team is included
A5), Leisure (Use Class D2), Education (Use in Section 1.1.5 The team on page 5.
Class D1), Hotels (Use Class C1), other Non- This DAS explains the design of the Phase 1
Residential floor space such as community RMA proposals, including how the proposals The overall design of the proposals is the
use (Use Class D1) and associated works. relate to the above planning context and result of an iterative process, including
requirements of the OPP.
The Phase 1 RMA description of development
is:
Reserved Matters Application to approve

details of Scale, Appearance, Layout,
Access and Landscaping in accordance with
Condition A1 of Outline Planning Permission
reference 14/01605/OUT (granted on 19 August
2016) in relation to Phase 1 of the approved
Development, comprising Plots 1, 2Ai, 2Aii, 2B,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 and associated public realm
/ landscaping.
2 Introduction | 1.0
1.1.3 THE PHASE 1 RMA
SITE
The Phase 1 RMA Site is located in the western
part of the Site. The Phase 1 RMA Site is
designed to link Royal Victoria Dock with
North Woolwich Road, establishing a vital
north-south connection from the outset of
the project for residents and visitors to use.
Phase 1 includes the Millennium Mills building
and proposes new development to the south
and west of Silo D, ensuring both heritage
assets are embraced. The Phase 1 RMA Site
is also deliberately located to the west of
the Site to provide direct connections to and
integrate with the existing Britannia Village
community. The development of Phase 1 RMA
will also serve to partially screen Britannia
Village from future construction Phases 2-7.
Phase 1 RMA Boundary
OPP Boundary
Figure 1.1 Aerial view of the Phase 1 RMA Site within the OPP Boundary
1.1.4 TIMELINE
30th September
RMA
Submission
January February March April May June July August September
Pre Application meetings

Design
freeze
DESIGN REVIEW PANELS

(DRP)
21th March 25th April 22th May 24th June 24th & 29th July 11th September
DRP 01 DRP 02 DRP 03 DRP 04 DRP 05 DRP 06 Chair’s
workshop
COMMUNITY
CONSULTATION Ongoing online public consultation
18th & 21th May 13th & 16th July 7th September
Public consultation Public consultation Public consultation
Workshops / Site Visit Emerging Proposals Detailed Proposals
3th May 13th September

Neighbourhood Forum Neighbourhood Forum
Figure 1.2 Project timeline
4 Introduction | 1.0
1.1.5 THE TEAM Company Discipline Website
This DAS has been prepared by Prior + Acoustic engineer, security and
Hilson Moran hilsonmoran.com
Partners with input from the project team. facade access
Meinhardt Facade engineer (commercial) meinhardtgroup.com
The client team - The Silvertown Partnership Wintech Facade engineer (residential)
Lendlease www.lendlease.com AKT II Structural engineer akt-uk.com
Starwood Capital www.starwoodcapital.com Hurley Palmer Flatt Vertical transportation engineer hurleypalmerflatt.com
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Architect - Plots 2, 3 & 4 ahmm.co.uk
Landowner
Alinea Cost consultant - Plots 2 & 3 alineacostconsulting.com
Greater London Authority www.london.gov.uk
Arcadis Cost consultant - Plot 4 arcadis.com
Hurley Palmer Flatt MEP engineer - Plots 2 & 3 hurleypalmerflatt.com
Hilson Moran MEP engineer - Plot 4 hilsonmoran.com
The project team dRMM Architect - Plot 1 drmm.co.uk
Pollard Thomas Edwards Architect - Plots 5 & 8 pollardthomasedwards.co.uk
Company Discipline Website
MaccreanorLavington Architect - Plots 6 & 7 maccreanorlavington.com
Prior + Partners Masterplan / lead designer priorandpartners.com
Energy and overheating - Plots 1,
Churchman Thornhill Finch Landscape architect churchmanthornhillfinch.co.uk Bryden Wood brydenwood.co.uk
5, 6, 7 & 8
West 8 Landscape architect west8.com Lendlease Principal Designer www.lendlease.com
DP9 Planning dp9.co.uk Turner and Townsend Principal Designer Advisor turnerandtownsend.com
Kanda Consulting Community engagement kandaconsulting.co.uk
Arup Transport and waste arup.com
AECOM Infrastructure engineering aecom.com
Lord Consultants Accessibility lordconsultants.org.uk
Bickerdike Allen Partners Acoustics bickerdikeallen.com
Eddowes Aviation Safety Aviation eddowesaviationsafety.com
CONSIL Daylight www.consiluk.com
Greengage Ecology greengage-env.com
Donald Insall Associates Heritage donaldinsallassociates.co.uk
Michael Grubb Studio Lighting michaelgrubbstudio.com
Beckett Rankine Marine civil engineering beckettrankine.com
BuroHappold Sustainability burohappold.com
RWDI Wind rwdi.com
BRCS Approved inspector brcs.co.uk
Table 1.1 The project team
2.0
The Site
2.1 CONTEXT
2.1.1 SITE LOCATION
WITHIN LONDON
Silvertown Quays is located in East London,
and the opening of the new Elizabeth Line will
improve connectivity to central London, with
travel times to Central London of 15 minutes
(to Tottenham Court Road Station), and 50
minutes to Heathrow Airport.
Stratford
King’s Cross
Liverpool London
Tottenham
Street City
Court Road Custom
Line Canary
et h Paddington House Airport
El izab Wharf
London
15 min Bridge 4 min
Victoria Silvertown
Heathrow
Airport
50 min
Figure 2.1 Silvertown Quays within London
8 The Site | 2.0

2.1.2 SITE LOCATION
WITHIN NEWHAM Stratford
The Site is located within the London Borough

of Newham, 4.7km from Stratford and 3.3km Queen Elizabeth
Olympic Park
from Canary Wharf.
The Site is the largest site remaining from

the legacy of the Royal Docks closure. It
has an area of 27.4 hectares and is bound LONDON BOROUGH OF
to the north by Royal Victoria Dock, to the NEWHAM
west by Mill Road and the existing residential
Beckton
neighbourhood of Britannia Village; to the
Triangle Retail
south by North Woolwich Road and to the Park
east by Connaught Bridge.
Gallions Reach
Shopping Park
Canning
Town Custom
House Asian Business
Port
London City
Canary SILVERTOWN Airport
Wharf
O2 Arena
Silvertown
Tunnel
(proposed)
River Thames
Major activity areas
Woolwich
National Rail
Millennium
London Underground Leisure Park
Docklands Light Railway
Elizabeth line
Royal Docks
Green areas Greenwich

Park
Retail concentration
Commercial concentration
OPP Boundary
Borough boundary
Figure 2.2 Silvertown Quays within Newham
2.1.3 SURROUNDING
CONTEXT
The residential neighbourhood of Britannia
Village lies directly to the west of the Site,
comprising of residential-led development and
community uses including a primary school
and community centre. ExCel
The Site is situated to the north of Pontoon

Dock Docklands Light Railway (DLR) Station
Connaught Bridge
and the Thames Barrier Park. There are
a number of existing and emerging new
developments to the south of North Woolwich Royal Victoria Dock
Road, notably Royal Wharf, Barrier Park East,
Barrier Point and Pontoon Dock. In addition, London City
the River Thames and the Thames Barrier are Airport
Rank Hovis
located to the south of the Site, and Lyle Park Millennium
Mills
is located to the southwest.
Silvertown
London City Airport is located to the east on
the opposite side of Connaught Bridge. Britannia Village Pontoon
Dock
The ExCel Exhibition Centre, a large-scale
Mill Road
Silo D
exhibition and conference centre, is located to
the north of the Site, on the opposite side of
Royal Victoria Dock. The Royal Victoria Bridge lwich Road
Nort h Woo
currently provides a high-level pedestrian
footbridge connection across Royal Victoria Tate & Lyle Barrier
Park East
Dock.
Thames
Royal Barrier
Wharf Park
Barrier
Lyle Park Point
Residential Community
Commercial Culture
Ground floor retail Industrial
Hotel Airport
River Thames
ExCel Phase 1 RMA Boundary
Education OPP Boundary

Figure 2.3 Wider context land use
10 The Site | 2.0

2.1.4 PUBLIC
TRANSPORT AND Victoria Dock Road
PEDESTRIAN
MOVEMENT Custom House
Prince Regent
Royal
The Site currently benefits from a Public Victoria
Transport Accessibility Levels (PTALs) rating
of 2. Pontoon Dock DLR Station is the closest ExCel
station and is located to the south, on the
opposite side of North Woolwich Road.
Custom House Station is located to the north Connaught bridge
of the Site, on the other side of Royal Victoria
Dock, beyond the ExCel Exhibition Centre.
It currently provides DLR services and will
also benefit from a new Crossrail station The Crystal
(the Elizabeth Line) once these works are London
completed. City Airport
Wesley Avenue
2.1.5 VEHICULAR
MOVEMENT Silvertown
There are two existing road access points

along the southeastern edge, and two further
driveway access points east of Charles Street. h Ro a d
oolwic
There is also a vehicular access point off West Silvertown
2 0 N or t h W
A1 0 Elizabeth Line
Connaught Bridge and from Wesley Avenue in Pontoon Dock
Britannia Village. Silvertown Tate & DLR
Lyle Barrier
Tunnel Emirates Air Line
Due to the existing topography there Park
is currently no vehicular access to the Thames East
Riverboat
southwestern part of the Site from North Barrier Park
Woolwich Road. Royal Wharf Bus routes
Lyle Park
Pedestrian routes
Airport
Main roads

River Thames
OPP Boundary
Figure 2.4 Wider context public transport, pedestrian and vehicular routes
2.2 HERITAGE
The Site is currently largely vacant. Historically Millennium Mills
it was used for dock related activities
London’s enclosed dock system was
including cargo handling, ship repair, the grain
established at the end of the 18th-century,
mills and flour milling.
prompted by severe congestion and lack of
safe trading on the Thames. The development
The main existing remnants from this previous
of the steamship in the mid-19th-century
use comprise of Silo D (a Grade II listed grain
saw a second wave of dock construction, as
silo structure located within the southwest of
it became necessary to construct ever larger
the Site) and Millennium Mills (a locally listed
and deeper docks to accommodate the vast
building located within the northwest of the
new vessels.
Site). The Site includes Pontoon Dock itself.
The vast majority of the remainder of the Site
The Millennium Mills complex consists
comprises of vacant brownfield land.
of four linked industrial structures dating
from c1905, 1933 and 1953. The buildings
Refer to separately prepared ‘Heritage Report’
are located on the southern edge of Royal
as part of this Application. A summary is
Victoria Dock, to the west of Pontoon Dock.
provided in this section.
The buildings are not statutorily listed, or
located in a conservation area, but have been
identified together as a complex as ‘locally-
listed’ by Newham Council. This means, in
heritage planning terms, that the complex is
considered a ‘non-designated heritage asset’. Figure 2.6 1957 Photograph of Millennium Mills Figure 2.7 Millennium Mills in 1960s, PLA Archives
The southern section contains remnants of

Hovis Building the earliest parts of the building – dating from
1905 and 1933 – and retains its decorative
Dutch gable to the south elevation, while the
Millennium Mills
northern section is a later infill from 1954.
The face to the waterfront was constructed
in 1953 and has a concrete frame with brick
infill; its façades were designed in a stripped-
classical style. Adjoining this to the east,
there was another block which comprises
reinforced concrete grain silos; this element
has subsequently been demolished.
Silo D
Figure 2.5 Built heritage within the Site Figure 2.8 Current Millennium Mills Figure 2.9 Millennium Mills in 1917, PLA Archives
12 The Site | 2.0

Silo D
Silo D was conceived as a self-consciously
architectural composition with three separate
structures of square plan, surmounted by a
central octagonal tower, plainly detailed with
metal sashes, ‘porthole’ windows and parapet.
The Silo was planned as three components–
a central silo block and head house (with a
horizontal elevator on top) flanked by two
weigh houses. The two weigh houses were
linked by a bridge, which passed in front of
the silo block on the south side at fourth floor.
The north elevation faced Spiller’s Millennium

Mills. Its two weigh houses, slightly set back,
rose four storeys either side of an eight-storey
central silo and head house block. A wrought
iron walkway stretched across the central
silo at first floor (sacking off) level. A series of
ladders and platforms scaled the west side of
the building; connecting the west weigh house
with the central silo block. Figure 2.10 The Royal Victoria Dock Flour Milling Complexes in 1960s, PLA Archives Figure 2.11 Silo D in 1960s
The Pontoon Dock’s berths were gradually

infilled in the mid-20th century, as the nature
of shipping and onward transport changed.
By 1957, there was only one berth on the east
and four on the west. By 1965, only ‘berth 4’,
to the south of Silo D and ‘berth 5’ to the east
were extant. Silo D became obsolescent in
1981, when Spiller’s ceased importing grain via
water.
As part of the wider redevelopment of Royal

Victoria Docks, West Silvertown Urban Village
(Britannia Village) was developed from 1994.
Plans for this had been undertaken in the
mid-1980s, when Silo D had been identified
as worthy of retention and preservation. The
Silo was reinstated to its original condition in
1994-95, after a restoration project led by the
PLA, with funding from the London Docklands
Development Corporation. The building has
since lain vacant.
Figure 2.12 Pontoon Dock and Silo D today Figure 2.13 Silo D today
2.3 OPPORTUNITIES AND CONSTRAINTS
2.3.1 OPPORTUNITIES Royal
Albert
Location Emirates Air Line Dock
As explained in previous sections of this

Custom House DLR and ExCel
chapter, the central location of the Site future Elizabeth Line
within the Royal Docks presents a unique
opportunity to create a centre for the Royal
Docks.
Relationship to water
Two major water bodies (Royal Victoria Dock
and Pontoon Dock) offer opportunities for
interaction and views. London
City
Proximity to public transport Millennium Mills Airport
The Elizabeth Line at Custom House, the DLR,
Emirates Air Line (EAL) cable car, several bus
Wesley Avenue
routes and the pier at Royal Wharf are all in
close proximity and form excellent public
transport connectivity. Britannia
Village
Industrial heritage
The specific industrial background of the Site
sets up its identity and industrial character.
Phase 1 RMA has been designed with this Silo D
Mill Road
background in mind and significant attention

lwich Road
has been given to Millennium Mills and Silo D. North Woo
Pontoon Dock
DLR
Accessibility
The direct access to North Woolwich Road

in the south, London City Aiport in the
east and Britannia Village to the west offer Thames
opportunities for linking the proposed Phase 1 Barrier Park
RMA Development to the surrounding area.
Royal
Wharf
OPP Boundary
Figure 2.14 Opportunities summary diagram
14 The Site | 2.0

2.3.2 CONSTRAINTS
Noise and air quality
66dB
The LBN has designated an Air Quality
Management Area over North Woolwich
Road and Connaught Bridge due to vehicle
emissions and elevated levels of pollution.
69dB
London City Airport’s flight path generates
aircraft noise.
)
Pub lic safe ty zon e (PSZ
Building heights limits +54.95 AOD

+49.95 AOD
+44.95 AOD
+39.95 AOD
As a result of the location of London City +34.95 AOD
+29.95 AOD
Airport, building height constraints sit over the Take off + climb
+24.95 AOD London City
Airport
top of the Site forming a series of heights that surface (TOCS)
Runway 28 1:25
the proposed Phase 1 RMA Development must
not exceed.
63dB
In n e r tr
a n s it io
n a l s urf +29.95 AOD
ac e
+34.95 AOD
Utilities
+39.95 AOD
Inner horizontal surface
There are a large amount of redundant (IHS) +49.95 AOD 45m above
+44.95 AOD
utilities on the Site related to past industrial runway
uses, and there are some key infrastructure +49.95 AOD
elements that will need to be retained as part

of the proposed Phase 1 RMA Development. No rt h Woo lw
ic h Ro ad
In particular, there is a 1.8m in diameter, 60dB
12m deep Thames Water (TW) sewer to the

southwest of the Site that connects from Topography
Britannia Village through the Site down
+1.00 AOD
to North Woolwich Road. This needs to
be retained, and access is required to the +2.00 AOD
chambers.
+3.00 AOD
Levels +4.00 AOD

Currently, the levels along North Woolwich +5.00 AOD
Road are approximately +1.7m AOD, increasing
to approximately +5.2m AOD immediately to Phase 1 RMA Boundary
the north along the finger dock.
OPP Boundary
Figure 2.15 Constraints summary diagram
Figure 3.1 Silvertown Quays OPP illustrative masterplan
3.0
The Outline Planning Permission
3.1 PARAMETER PLANS
The approved Parameter Plans (PP) formally
NOTES NOTES
Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in
England and Wales (OC336568) at the below address. ≡ this drawing England and Wales (OC336568) at the below address. ≡ this drawing
is to be read in conjunction with the design risk assesment prepared by is to be read in conjunction with the design risk assesment prepared by
fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and
specification produced by fpa and other members of the design team. ≡ specification produced by fpa and other members of the design team. ≡
set out the principles described in the OPP

all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not
scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be
reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey. reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey.
(c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No. (c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.
DAS. For Phase 1 RMA compliance, refer to

LANDMLON100003121118 LANDMLON100003121118
KEY: KEY:
Outline planning application boundary
Chapter 9.0 OPP compliance.

Buildings to be demolished
Buildings to be retained
Buildings subject to part demolition and

rebuild, and part restoration
Existing Site levels, AOD in metres

(based on topographical survey
received from Arup 2013.11.25)
In particular, the Parameter Plans identify –

Existing dock levels, bathymetry to top
of silt, AOD in metres. The underlying
bed level is typically around -4m AOD
to -5m AOD and is shallower in finger
docks. Survey undertaken in
November 2003 by Pelorus Surveys
amongst others – access points, primary and

secondary roads (PP05), open space locations Millennium Mills
Rank Hovis
and size (PP06), and maximum building

heights (PP07).
04 UC SH 280414 04 UC SH 080514
03 LT SH 170414 03 UC SH 280414
02 UC SH 030414 02 LT SH 170414
01 UC SH 120314 01 UC SH 120314
0 UC SH 040314 0 UC SH 040314
REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE
An application has been submitted under

Section 96a for non-material amendments
to the OPP to vary ‘Parameter Plan 07 -
Silo D
Maximum Building Heights’. The non-material PARAMETER PLAN 01

PARAMETER PLAN 02
amendment seeks to vary the Parameter Plan

SITE PLAN DEMOLITION PLAN AND
EXISTING SITE LEVELS
DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION
1251 GA 03001 1251 GA 03002 04

to accommodate the design of the proposed
04
SCALE SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3 1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
new core to the Millennium Mills building.

DATE / DRAWN BY / CHECKED BY DATE / DRAWN BY / CHECKED BY
04.03.2014 / UC / SH 04.03.2014 / UC / SH
The proposed new core structure will not

exceed the maximum height of the existing Figure 3.2 Parameter Plan 01: Site Plan Figure 3.4 Parameter Plan 02: Demolition Plan and Existing Site Levels
Millennium Mills building.
Additionally, a S96a non-material amendment

application has been submitted to amend
‘Parameter Plan 03 - Proposed Site Levels’ NOTES
Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in
to facilitate basements partially under

England and Wales (OC336568) at the below address. ≡ this drawing
is to be read in conjunction with the design risk assesment prepared by
0 5 10 20 50m
N fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and
specification produced by fpa and other members of the design team. ≡
all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not
scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be
Plots 3 and 4 to accommodate plant, along

reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey.
(c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.

LANDMLON100003121118
with a tank below Millennium Mills Square Key

Outline planning permission boundary
KEY:
associated with the proposed water fountain.

Buildings subject to part demolition Buildings to be demolished
and rebuild, and part restoration
+0.0m Proposed site levels (as existing based
on topographical survey received from Buildings subject to part demolition and
Arup 2013.11.25), A.O.D in metres rebuild, and part restoration
The new basements will allow relocation of

+/- 1m L.O.D
Dock Area to be modified to provide
+0.0m Proposed site levels (if different from diversity in conditions. This could include
existing) +/-1m L.O.D partly infilling, bridging and submerging
(natural) elements. Diversity is desirable
-0.5m Existing dock levels retained. for microclimatic variance, ecological
mechanical plant from ground floor areas to

Bathymetry to top of silt, A.O.D in enrichment and visual interest
metres. The underlying bed level is
typically around -4m A.O.D to -5m Dock area to be retained
A.O.D and is shallower in finger docks.
Survey undertaken in November 2003 Dock walls to be retained and reparied
by Pelorus Surveys
enable more active frontages.

Dock walls to be retained and modified
+0.0m Proposed dock levels +/- 1m L.O.D
Dock walls to be replaced
Maximum extent of potential
excavation for basements +/-10m
L.O.D (horizontal).
Undercroft and fill to create public

realm levels
Single level basement within former
dock area. +/-10m L.O.D (horizontal)
Dock area filled to create water area
maximum 3m deep and site levels
+5.1m (+/- 1m A.O.D). Refer to
Drawing 1251 GA 03003 for site levels
and and water conditions in OS1.1 &
OS1.2
05 UC SH 080514
04 UC SH 280414
03 LT SH 170414
02 UC SH 200314
01 UC SH 120314
0 UC SH 040314
REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE
07 18.09.2019 Planning amendments RB CC
06 04.03.2014 Outline planning submission
Rev Date Description Drawn Checked
Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
Consultant
70 Cowcross Street
London
EC1M 6EJ
2B
1
2A
5
PARAMETER PLAN 04
6
8
7
DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION
1251 GA 03004
Project
SILVERTOWN QUAYS MASTERPLAN 05

Drawing title
PARAMETER PLAN 03 SCALE

PROPOSED SITE LEVELS 1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
DATE / DRAWN BY / CHECKED BY
04.03.2014 / UC / SH
Purpose of drawing
FOR PLANNING APPROVAL

Drawn Checked Approved
RB CC TSP
Date Scale Size
SEPT 2019 1:1500 A1

Drawing number Revision
1251 GA 03003 07
Figure 3.3 Parameter Plan 03: Proposed Site Levels Figure 3.5 Parameter Plan 04: Works to Existing Structures
18 The Outline Planning Permission | 3.0

NOTES NOTES
Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in
England and Wales (OC336568) at the below address. ≡ this drawing England and Wales (OC336568) at the below address. ≡ this drawing
is to be read in conjunction with the design risk assesment prepared by is to be read in conjunction with the design risk assesment prepared by
fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and
specification produced by fpa and other members of the design team. ≡ specification produced by fpa and other members of the design team. ≡
all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not
scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be
reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey. reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey.

KEY: LANDMLON100003121118
KEY:
Buildings subject to part demolition and Outline planning application boundary

Outline of existing dock wall in area
where modification to dock is proposed Buildings subject to part demolition and
(for reference) rebuild, and part restoration
Access point (pedestrian) 10m L.O.D Key public open spaces. Maximum
envelope
Access point (pedestrian/cycle/
vehicular)10m L.O.D Key public open spaces. Minimum area
Modifications to North Woolwich Road Open space area including water and
areas intersected by secondary street
Proposed primary roads +/- 10m L.O.D. (as identified on Parameter Plan 05) +/-
10m L.O.D highlighted with dashed line.
Proposed secondary roads +/- 10m Water is to be maximum 3m deep.
L.O.D.
Area of water, including buildings
Tertiary road +/- 10m LOD, can be covering not more than 50% of the
omitted to allow larger development area, +/- 10m L.O.D highlighted with
plots dashed line. Water is to be maximum
3m deep.
Primary pedestrian streets where
cycling is permissible and with fire Existing dock retained
access and out of house servicing
OS7
+/-10m L.O.D. Outline of existing dock wall in area

OS2.4 where modification to dock is proposed
(for reference)
cycling is not permissible and with fire
OS2.3
+/-10m L.O.D.
OS2.2
Secondary pedestrian routes where
cycling is permissible. In some cases
along tertiary roads +/- 10m L.O.D.
OS2.1
+/- 10m L.O.D.
OS6
Area safeguarded for potential future OS1.1 OS8
OS3
pedestrian bridge
Zone for entrance to central car park
REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE OS1.2 OS9
OS5
OS4
PARAMETER PLAN 05 PARAMETER PLAN 06

ROADS AND ROUTES OPEN SPACE
DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION
1251 GA 03005 07 1251 GA 03006 05

SCALE SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3 1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
DATE / DRAWN BY / CHECKED BY DATE / DRAWN BY / CHECKED BY
04.03.2014 / VJ /SH 04.03.2014 / UC / SH
Figure 3.6 Parameter Plan 05: Roads and Routes Figure 3.8 Parameter Plan 06: Open Space
0 5 10 20 50m
N
Key
Buildings subject to part demolition
*
Extension to existing building with maximum
building heights as existing Millennium Mills
building
Outline of existing dock wall in area where

modification to dock is proposed (for reference)
+44.9m Maximum building heights in

meters A.O.D. Including roof
plant, parapets, lift overrun etc.
(excluding public realm furniture
and energy centre flue stacks)
Maximum building heights as existing

Location for energy centre
(with flue stacks 3m above adjacent
building heights)
06 20.08.2019 Planning amendments CC GM

Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
Consultant
70 Cowcross Street
London
EC1M 6EJ
2B
1
2A
6
8
7
Project
SILVERTOWN QUAYS MASTERPLAN

Drawing title
PARAMETER PLAN 07
MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHTS
Purpose of drawing

CC GM TSP
Date Scale Size
20.08.2019 1:1500 A1
1251 GA 03007 06
Figure 3.7 Parameter Plan 07: Maximum Building Heights Figure 3.9 Parameter Plan 08: Development Zones
3.2 APPROVED QUANTUM OF DEVELOPMENT
Parameter Plan 08 sets out Development
Zones.
The OPP does not commit the amount of

floor space in specific building plots, but the
maximum amount of development (in total
and by specific land use) is fixed in each zone.
To provide flexibility, the total floor space

for each zone adds up to more than the
overall maximum floorspace permitted under
the OPP. This means that the OPP provides
important flexibility in the type and amount of
floor space that can be delivered across the
construction of the Development.
Brand Retail Maximum

Zone Office Hotel Leisure & Cultural Community &
(Excluding retail) Residential Brand A1 Local A1- Food & Drink C1 Infrastructure Floorspace
Use Class B1 D2 Education D1
Sui Generis A5 A3-A5 Permitted
1 145,000 29,000 24,000 29,000 3,300 9,000 16,000 1,900 700 213,000
1,900
2 0 0 53,000 0 800 0 0 1,400 56,00
3 45,000 40,000 0 9,000 1,200 3,500 0 16,000 200 102,000
4 32,000 110,000 68,000 6,500 2,700 2,000 0 0 0 130,000
5 0 0 115,000 0 2,800 2,100 0 0 118,000
6 0 0 40,000 0 3,000 0 1,900 5,000 1,500 51,000
7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum
Floorspace 222,000 179,000 300,000 44,500 10,000 20,400 16,000 19,800 6,900 3,800 670,000
Permitted
Table 3.1 Development Zones and land use quantum as set out in Condition B4 of the OPP

3.3 DESIGN CODE
Under the OPP, all RMAs must be submitted The second half is structured into individual
in accordance with the approved Parameter sections that each relate to a specific Site Wide Design Codes
Plans, the Design Code, the Reserved Development Zone within the masterplan. For
Matters Specification and the Environmental Phase 1 RMA, the chapters covering DZ1, DZ2
Hierarchy of routes, Vehicle routes, Pedestrian routes, Relationship to the
Statement. and DZ4 are relevant. Layout existing dock, Key Vistas, Building frontage, Building typologies and Flood
defence.
The Design Code was devised to help ensure The structure of the Design Code is
that the development is well designed and summarised in Table 3.2. The table shows Townscape, Building heights, Massing and residential privacy, Massing
Form and scale
built to a high standard. the chapters and sub-chapters in the Design and sunlight and Wind.
Code. Design Code compliance is covered in
The Design Code is organised into two parts. Section 9.2 on page 417. The Design Code Entrances, Car parking, Servicing, Cycle parking, Taxis and coaches,
comprises the December 2014 version, which Access
The first half addresses issues that apply Refuse stores and substations and Inclusive design
across the Site as a whole and are therefore was amended in January 2015 (Chapter 2
relevant to Phase 1 RMA; these include key only). Play spaces, Biodiversity (including green and brown roofs), Water,
vistas, street sections describing vehicle and Landscape
Planting strategy, Private amenity space and Public art.
pedestrian routes, setbacks and entrances.
Frontages, Rooftop treatment, Ventilation grilles, Refuse and substation
Appearance frontage, Entrances to service areas, Off-street parking, Balconies, Solar
shading and Lighting.
Sustainability Code for Sustainable homes, BREEAM and Passive design techniques.
Key spaces The Waterfront, The Dock, The Diagonal and North Woolwich Road
Development Zone 1. Character Description, Quantum, Layout, Scale and enclosure, Access,
Millennium Mills District Landscape, Appearance and Millennium Mills
Silo D District Landscape and Appearance
Dock District Landscape and Appearance
Ironworks District Landscape and Appearance
Development Zone 5.
Character Description, Quantum, Layout, Scale and enclosure, Access,
Eastern Residential
Landscape and Appearance
Neighbourhood
Phase 1 RMA Boundary Development Zones 6+7. Character Description, Quantum, Layout, Scale and enclosure, Access,
Eastern Waterfront Landscape and Appearance
OPP Boundary
Figure 3.10 Extract from Parameter Plan 08 showing Table 3.2 Design Code summary
Development Zones relevant to Phase 1 RMA
3.4 BRAND USE
Offices / headquarters
The Phase 1 RMA places Brand Use at the
heart of the design concept.
Silvertown Brand Strategy
The Silvertown Brand Strategy is outlined in
the Draft Brand Marketing Strategy approved
The role of brand within the
The office buildings identified in the masterplan are
masterplan
under the S106 Agreement.
HOSPITALITY
generally located
A key aspect of the OPP is thein the southern
inclusion of part of
The strategy is forthe site to comprise a
Silvertown
immediately adjacent to Pontoon DockofDLR station.(see Figure

PA
‘Brand Use’ to facilitate the promotion of the range of destination brand typologies across
WORK SPACES
Development as a brand centre for businesses the lifetime the Development
MEETING ROOMS
to showcase and promote their brands within 3.14):
These buildings are intended to accommodate large
the ‘Brand Units’. The Design Code illustrates
the concept with the illustration in Figure 3.11.1. Umbrella Place Brand ‘Silvertown’, examples
organisations for whom proximity toKings
include: international brands,
Cross, Covent Garden, South
STAFF DINING AND
TERRACE
and their consumers, would beBank
“Brand Use” means a Sui Generis Use to
showcase and promote corporate, educational
highly beneficial. These
buildings
and other brandswould
includingbe
somelarge
or all of floorplate efficient
2. Cluster Place Brandsstructures
– Millennium Mills,
the following mix of uses: demonstration, Hovis, Silo-D etc. – examples include Station WORK SPACES
capable of subdivision
exhibition, museum, research and into multiple
F (Paris), tenancies,
Ponce City Marketand could
(Atlanta), Peckham MEETING ROOMS
be up to ten floors in height towards the southern edge of

development, education, offices, workshops,
display.
Levels (Peckham), Silver Building (Royal Docks)
the site. 3. Cluster Consumer Brands, examples

include: WeWork (Global), Here East (Olympic
SERVICE /
SECONDARY
“Brand Unit” means any building (or part ACCESS
thereof) within the Development that is used Park)
RECEPTION AND
for a Brand Use and any associated Dedicated
EXHIBITION
Brand A1 Retail Use or Dedicated Brand A3-A5 4. Individual Consumer Brands, examples
2.7.9 Office buildings should include:
Food and Drink Use. mainly Nike,beVW, located
etc. in the GYM
southern
The evolution part of the site,
of brands
DLR station.
near Brands
Destination the Pontoon Dock
that are closely identified
with Silvertown and its immediate locality
will be prioritised, providing a more authentic
Brands have evolved over the course of the
FOOD AND
BEVERAGE RE
destination experience for visitors and PARKING
2.7.10 Buildings should engage withlocal
21st Century; the rise of internet shopping,
enabling
the decline of the traditional high street and
the public
businesses andat ground
organisations
floor; frontages should to
be mainly glazed and
benefit from the Brand approach. They
the fractioning of global corporates have
will be further defined and established prior
facilitated changes to the perception of
‘brands’. blank elevations avoided.
to occupation of the Brand Units through Figure 3.11 Trading House illustration (from Design Code)
promotional activities to be carried out by
2.7.11 Lobbies
These changes should
have facilitated growth be
in designed as active frontages
umbrella, destination and community / small
TSP.
withenterprises
and medium-sized a direct relationship
(SME) brands. to the adjacent public
realm.
2.7.12 Buildings are to have an uncluttered and simple
roof profile with all plant equipment concealed
O
Figure 3.12 Peckham Levels, London Figure 3.13 Ponce City Market, Atlanta
within the main silhouette of the building.

2.7.13 Commercial and public building will be designed
Umbrella Place Brand: The Brand ‘Millennium Mills’ has been CONSUMER
BRANDS
UMBRELLA
BRANDS
DESTINATION
BRANDS
SME/COMMUNITY
BRANDS
developed for the purposes of Phase 1 RMA.
‘Silvertown’ Millennium Mills and its associated extensions
will enable a Cluster Brand that comprises
A Brand that is authentic to the history
a dynamic mix of individual tenants that will
and future of Silvertown and one that can
showcase the principles of the Brand:
reinvigorate and strengthen the Silvertown
that exists today. A Brand that is based on our • For the industrious and self-made
vision and principles for the project.
• Embracing radical partnerships
A range of local and global tenants will
be curated who together reflect the spirit The Brand objectives are outlined in Figure
of Silvertown as a Place and will together 3.15. What Next?
showcase the Umbrella Place Brand. The
vision was developed with the community Individual Brand
during our second consultation event in July Likewise, individual, local, regional and global
2019. consumer Brands will be accommodated in
the project where they enhance the overall
Cluster Brand brand experience.
Cluster Brands are considered in two ways at
Silvertown:
1. Brands based on the iconic identities of the Figure 3.14 The Brand spectrum showing example Brands
existing buildings: including Millennium Mills,
the Hovis Building and Silo D.
2. Brands occupying new purpose-built

buildings: these Brands will share a common
identity / ethos that will add depth to the
wider brand experience at Silvertown.
Cluster Brands will be developed within

the overarching Silvertown Brand. Cluster
Brands are based on the iconic identities of Brand objectives
the existing buildings, including Millennium
A place to make a
Mills, the Hovis Building and Silo D, and will Authentic & unique Incubating & catalysing
difference
Your stage to perform
be rooted in the iconic character of the
architecture that exists on site. Cluster Brands Every floor is alive
located in the new buildings will share a A self-sustaining haven
The Mills is London’s with performance and
An incubator for the self for workers with shared production - the Mills is
common identity. These Brands will add depth new centre of gravity for
made and curation of values, real purpose a place for workers to
to the wider Brand experience at Silvertown London’s trailblazers, showcase the process
the next generation of and the determination
and enhance the experience of all who feeding London with and the product.
makers and talent. to make positive
new ideas Millennium Mills makes
interact with them. contributions to society. things happen.
Figure 3.15 Brand objectives
4.0
Phase 1 RMA masterplan
4.1 VISION
Silvertown Quays offers the opportunity to from - inspiration to draw into design and Place Principles Place Pillars
create a unique and exciting place, celebrating inform the development.
Let it Rip Turn up the Volume Create an active waterscape
heritage, activating the water and creating a
new centre for the Royal Docks. Place Narrative
Once the engine room of London, Silvertown Place water at the heart of the Silvertown
In Silvertown, an entrepreneurial attitude has big personality and huge horizons. Its experience to become its defining
The vision for Silvertown Quays was set out turns bright ideas into bold realities - with industrial heritage provides a continuum characteristic.
in the OPP, and in preparation of the RMA this space to let rip and radical partnerships to between the tribes and subcultures of future
was supplemented with a vision document, make a place without precedence. and past. A place to expect the unexpected. Millennium Mills As A Cultural Beacon
the ‘Place Platform’, adding extra layers to the
ambition for Phase 1 RMA.
Somewhere that's empowering - where self- For the entrepreneurial and self-made Create a new regional destination for London
made culture gives local talent a chance to
4.1.1 PLACE PLATFORM shine bright. Where the Royal Docks global Silvertown is internationally connected and
with layers of activity that guarantee a good
‘day out’ for visitors.
outlook welcomes the world in all its vivid will be locally self-sustaining.
Silvertown Quays is a site that has captured
wonders. Where new energy brings the flow Establish a new centre of gravity
the imagination of some of the worlds most
back to Silvertown, yet a growing community Building on its entrepreneurial past, this will
creative minds. Founded by industrialist J.W.
is rooted in a place they call home. be a proud place that incubates talent and Establish a much needed centre for the Royal
Silver, it's been a place that has pioneered
production, inspired ground-breaking grows jobs. Docks, a place to meet neighbours and make
Enlightened, entrepreneurial, empowering: friends; a heart for the community.
performance, intrigued urban explorers and
Silvertown is born from brilliance. Embrace radical partnerships
marked the frontier of architectural thinking.
Bring back the flow
With the input of key stakeholders and Understanding local talent and culture –
industry leaders, and testing through public building meaningful long-term relationships Thinking outside our site boundary to re-
consultation, we have developed a Place – bringing people and organisations together connect the disparate communities of the
Platform for Silvertown - a dynamic manifesto from different disciplines and minds to Royal Docks, and Newham.
for the development that will evolve as we collaborate and add value.
gain more knowledge about this site, its
context and community, and as activation and Meet the world and wonder
place unfolds. Comprising of Place Pillars and
Place Principles, it is an overarching narrative A place that was once the gateway to the
for Place that will inject life, culture and world and is surrounded with international
people; our guiding light for the development neighbours. Silvertown will be an emporium
that expresses our aspiration for the site and of cultures – a microcosm of London that will
sets out our direction for the coming years. determinedly remain open to the world. A
place in Newham that represents the diversity
The Place Principles establish the attitude of Newham.
required to execute a site of this scale
and stature. They are a tool that enables
constructive debate around alternative
scenario's and helps stakeholder teams
resolve which decision to take.
The Place Pillars express the unique physical

components of the site. They are supported
by a bank of precedents and ideas to draw
26 Phase 1 RMA masterplan | 4.0

BORN FROM BRILLIANCE
LET IT RIP FOR THE EMBRACE RADICAL MEET THE WORLD
PLACE PRINCIPLES
TURN UP THE ENTREPRENEURIAL PARTNERSHIPS AND WONDER

VOLUME & SELF MADE
HOW
MAKE MILLENNIUM ESTABLISH A NEW

CREATE AN ACTIVE MILLS A NEW BRING BACK THE
CENTRE
PLACE PILLARS
WATERSCAPE CULTURAL BEACON FLOW

OF GRAVITY
WHAT
PRECEDENTS
CHARACTER
PLACE PILLARS
CREATE AN ACTIVE WATERSCAPE MAKE MILLENNIUM MILLS A NEW CULTURAL BEACON

The tide in London is turning. The city is rediscovering its A fascinating icon, Millennium Mills has the physique to make
relationship with water. its name on the world stage.
INTIMATE PLAYFUL TRANSPARENT FAR REACHING

PLACE QUALITIES
ESCAPIST RITUALISTIC ILLUMINATED INSIDE OUT
REFLECTIVE ALIVE PRODUCTIVE INTENSE

PLACE PILLARS
ESTABLISH A NEW CENTRE OF GRAVITY BRING BACK THE FLOW

The Royal Docks need a centre of gravity to reconnect its Once a place of constant trade, it is time to bring back the
communities. flow into Silvertown.
FUN CAFE CULTURE DRAMATIC PATHWAYS

PLACE QUALITIES
FOCAL POINTS VIBRANT TOWN SQUARE RHYTHM MOVEMENT
ENGAGE PLAYGROUNDS ENERGY FUN
Principle 1 - Creating a ‘piece of city’ Principle 2 - Respecting the heritage of the site
Silvertown Quays should grow into a piece of robust, Retained heritage assets (Silo D, Millennium Mills and
4.1.2 THE OPP MASTERPLAN PRINCIPLES legible and familiar urban fabric that is accessible for
all, containing streets and spaces, a mixture of uses that
Rank Hovis) will be brought back into productive use.
Parts of the docks, including bodies of water and sections
support one another. of the existing dock wall, will become integral parts of the
These masterplan principles were established in the OPP Design Code. design and help determine character of Silvertown Quays.
Principle 1 - Creating a ‘piece of city’ Principle 2 - Respecting the heritage of the Principle 3 - Establishing key views Principle 4 - Responding to primary
Silvertown Quays should grow into a piece of robust, site Within the site, strategic and glimpsed views to Silo transport connections
legible and familiar urban fabric that is accessible for Principle
D and Millennium 3 - Establishing
Mills will organisekeythe
views
alignment Principle 4 - Responding to primary transport
Retained heritage assets (Silo D, Millennium Mills The connections to Crossrail and the DLR will form
all, containing streets and spaces, a mixture of uses of streets and distant
Within views
the site, to Canary
strategic Wharfviews
and glimpsed connections
andto Silo D and a primary
and Rank Hovis) will be brought back into productive axis to form the armature of pedestrian
that support one another. use. Parts of the docks, including bodies of water Millennium
the River Thames will Mills will organise the
be established. alignment
Buildings will The connections
of streets movement to Crossrail
and public and the DLR will form
activity.
and sections of the existing dock wall, will become and
be set out so distant
that views toof
glimpses Canary
waterWharf
will and
be the River Thames
visible a primary axis to form the armature of pedestrian
integral parts of the design and help determine from within will
thebe established.
urban fabric Buildings
and from willhigher
be set out so that
levels in movement and public activity.
character of Silvertown Quays. buildings. glimpses of water will be visible from within the urban
fabric and from higher levels in buildings.
Principle 5 - A new focus for the south of Principle 6 - Response to existing and Principle 7 - Plot configurations Principle 8 - Phasing
the docks emerging context The parcels of land formed by primary routes will Development that can be phased and where each
The masterplan will help to provide a focus for public Routes through the site will be aligned with existing create a robust plan that allows for a number of plot phase contains a mix of uses.
life, introducing new local retail and community roads in the immediate context to form good quality configurations and is adaptable to changes in use.
uses and creating a mixed use focus that will be connections. Land use distribution shall be considered
used by existing and new neighbours, including the in the context of the wider area.
communities in Britannia Village, Barrier Park East and
Minoco Wharf/Royal Wharf.

4.1.3 PHASE 1 KEY MOVES
The approach to the Phase 1 RMA was
underpinned by the following key moves:
Create neighbourhoods around North-south link Make use of the water Gateway in the north,
the heritage of the Site neighbourhood in the south
Royal Victoria
Dock
Mills Quarter
Silo D Quarter
Finger
dock
Millennium Mills and Silo D are the starting The visual connection between the two Mills Quarter is located on Royal Victoria Mills Quarter is the main gateway to the Site.
point for two new neighbourhoods, their existing buildings, as well as a desire Dock, and Silo D Quarter on the finger dock Silo D Quarter complements two residential
character defined by these heritage assets. line between existing and proposed of Pontoon Dock. Both present a unique neighbourhoods, Britannia Village to the west
These neighbourhoods will form a new heart neighbourhoods and public transport, make opportunity to break the hard edge of and Royal Wharf to the south, and forms a
for the Royal Docks. the north-south connection a key move for Pontoon Dock and make use of the water, buffer to minimise construction disruption to
the Phase 1 RMA. creating an active waterscape. the west.
4.1.4 PHASE 1 RMA IN
CONTEXT
At the heart of the Royal Docks, Silvertown
Quays is a new centre of gravity for the
surrounding areas. Both quarters, Silo D
Quarter and Mills Quarter, are defined with
the aim to link into existing context and
communities, making use of existing road
connections.
The Phase 1 RMA Site is located on the

western edge of the Site, in close proximity
to Silvertown’s primary public transport
connections at Custom House Station and
Pontoon Dock Station.
Figure 4.1 Royal Wharf Figure 4.2 Wesley Avenue, Britannia Village
To the north is the ExCel centre, an exhibition
and international convention centre attracting
over 4 million visitors yearly, which will be
complemented by the new commercial
cluster around Millennium Mills.
Phase 1 RMA is bordered on the western
edge by the low rise residential community
Britannia Village, and to the south by Royal
Wharf, a recent development of predominantly Figure 4.3 Barrier Park East
medium rise apartment buildings. Phase
1 RMA responds in scale and character to
these existing communities and provides new
destinations and key routes.
Figure 4.4 Waterfront, Britannia Village
The key open spaces that Phase 1 RMA relates

to are Thames Barrier Park to the southeast,
a large, currently underused park just a
few minutes away from the Site, and Royal
Victoria Dock immediately to the north. Royal
Victoria Dock is used for a wide variety of
water activities, has a popular walking and
jogging route along the waterfront, and offers
views to City Airport, the Crystal building and
the Cable Car.
Figure 4.5 Thames Barrier Park Figure 4.6 Boxley Street, Britannia Village Figure 4.7 Barrier Park East

Custom House
Station
Hotels
BUSINESS AND
COMMERCE
SPORTS AND
RESIDENTIAL RECREATION
Excel
Royal Victoria Dock
London City Airport

Millennium
Mills
Mills Quarter
Britannia Village
Silo D Quarter
Silo D
Pontoon Dock
Station
Barrier Park East
Thames
Barrier Park
Royal Wharf
Figure 4.8 Linking the Site into the wider context
Mills Quarter
4.1.5 PHASE 1 RMA

Mills Quarter, set around Millennium Mills,
forms the main gateway into the Site from
the new Royal Victoria Dock Bridge (subject
to separate future planning application) to
the Elizabeth Line. The focus in the Phase 1
RMA is to frame the Bridge arrival and define
Royal Victoria Dock waterfront, as well as
creating a commercial/brand cluster around a
new major public space south of Millennium
Mills. The Quarter will be a key attraction for
visitors to Silvertown Quays.
Silo D Quarter is set around Silo D

and is focused on creating a residential
neighbourhood and a park around this
heritage asset. Figure 4.9 Illustration of Silvertown Place Figure 4.10 Illustration of Mills Square
Silo D Quarter
For future phases, Phase 1 RMA will set the
standard for architectural quality across
the Site, the massing and facade treatment
along North Woolwich Road, the relationship
of buildings to the water and the use of
industrial heritage and found landscape
across the Site.
Figure 4.11 Illustration of Silo D Park Figure 4.12 Illustration of Silo D Park

Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
alignment and pontoons are
indicative and subject to change
under separate planning application.
Mills
Quarter
2B
1
3 DZ6
2A
DZ3
4
5 Silo D
Quarter
DZ5
Mill Road
6 DZ4
8
lwich Road
North Woo
Figure 4.13 Phase 1 RMA plots
4.1.6 OPEN SPACE Water Dock Waterfront precedent photos
Water is a key part of the vision of the Site,

Open space and the masterplan and landscape design aim
to make the most out of this asset. Central to
Open spaces across the OPP are set out in
this strategy is to make the water accessible,
Parameter Plan 06 as shown in Figure 4.47 on
as well as define the character for the
page 63. Key open spaces for Phase 1 RMA
different ways water appears throughout the
are centred around the Site’s main heritage
Site (Royal Victoria Dock, Pontoon Dock, finger
assets which define much of the Site’s
dock, SuDS, etc.).
character and design.
For Phase 1 RMA, the finger dock by Silo D
Mills Square, strongly connected to
offers the opportunity for direct interaction
Millennium Mills through a permeable ground
with the water because of its scale and
floor, is a space with London-wide appeal,
location. Royal Victoria Dock is already used
with a varied programme of exhibition and
for various recreational activities and Phase 1
events.
RMA seeks to complement this.
Silvertown Place, at Royal Victoria Dock
Streets
Bridge landing, is the main arrival space into
the Site, framed by Millennium Mills and Plot Streets are described in detail, along with
1. It is a meeting point and the intersection street sections, in Section 4.5.10 on page
of key routes along the waterfront, to the 78.
Figure 4.14 Barangaroo, Sydney Figure 4.15 South Bank, London
Millennium Mills, Silo D and public transport
Mills Square precedent photos
links.
Dock Waterfront forms part of a larger open

space network but is unique at Silvertown
Quays for its connections through to Mills
Square, as well as the new Royal Victoria Dock
Bridge connecting to the northern waterfront
and Custom House Station.
Silo D Park is a neighbourhood park with the

iconic Silo D as its centre piece. It will host
events for the local community, and has a
strong relation to the finger dock.
Figure 4.16 Granary Square, London Figure 4.17 Ice Watch by Olafur Eliasson and Minik
Rosing, Tate Modern, London

Finger dock precedent photos
alignment and pontoons are
indicative and subject to change
Royal Victoria Dock
Dock Waterfront
Silvertown
2B
Place
1
3
2A
Mills Square
Figure 4.19 Kingsland Basin, London Figure 4.20 Regent’s Canal at King’s Cross, London
Silo D Park precedent photos
Pontoon Dock
5
Silo D Park
Mill Road
ger
F in k
6 doc
8
lwich Road
North Woo
Figure 4.18 Phase 1 RMA open space Figure 4.21 Terrace along River Lee Navigation, Figure 4.22 East Village, Stratford
Hackney Wick, London
4.1.7 PHASE 1 RMA
CONNECTIONS
Royal Victoria Dock Bridge provides a key
connection into the Site from the north (the
Bridge will be subject to a separate planning
application).
The Bridge landing at Silvertown Place leads

to Silvertown Avenue, the newly introduced
north-south connection. This avenue connects
Silo D Quarter and communities south of
North Woolwich Road to the Bridge and
Custom House Station, and Mills Quarter to
Pontoon Dock DLR and Thames Barrier Park.
Existing roads in Britannia Village (Wesley

Avenue, Evelyn Road) are extended into the
Site. Similarly, the three roads connecting
Royal Wharf to North Woolwich Road
(Cunningham Avenue, Admiralty Avenue, Figure 4.24 Northern gateway to the Site
Starboard Way/Barrier Point Road) are
extended, splitting the southern end of
Silvertown Avenue into a ‘trident’ of routes.
Millennium Mills
Wesley Avenue
Silvertown Avenue
Evelyn Road
oolwic h Road
Nort h W
ay
Cunningham
Barrier Point
W
Admiralty
d
ar
Avenue
Avenue
bo
Road
ar
St
Figure 4.23 'Trident' of routes into Royal Wharf Figure 4.25 The Site with Pontoon Dock DLR and Royal Wharf in the background

Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment
and pontoons are indicative and subject
to change under separate planning
application.
Custom House Pontoon

Station Dock Station
Thames
Barrier
Park
Royal Wharf High

street
Figure 4.26 Responding to the context
4.1.8 CHARACTER
AREAS
Landmarks Heritage Access + movement
Phase 1 RMA is divided into two distinct Millennium Mills as a new cultural beacon Bring back the flow - celebrating the Site’s Pedestrian environment with easy access to
character
s: Ground floor plan showingareas, each
uses and reflecting
public access the different
Illustrative view of the proposed ground floor interior of the Mills
industrial past public transport
living, working and recreational elements of
the new Silvertown Quays. Each area has a
distinct character, defined by its location and
primary activities.
The two character areas respond to the wider

context, the iconic setting of the Royal Docks
and the aspirations of the new masterplan.
1. Mills Quarter
This is one of the most intensely animated
areas of the masterplan characterised by
intensive public activity, both within the
public realm and on the ground floor of the
buildings. It will be a regional destination for
visitors.
Mills from across the Dock Illustrative view of the proposed refurbished Mills from across the Dock
Arriving from Custom House Station,

Millennium Mills, the new residential building
and the waterfront public space are your
first impressions of Silvertown Quays, and Land use Built form Materials
encapsulate everything Silvertown Quays Vibrant mixed use district with destination Responding to Millennium Mills and the Royal Complementing the industrial quality of
retail and brand exhibition space Docks Millennium Mills and the found landscape
is about: an active waterscape, industrial
heritage, flows of people, a destination.
Mills Square will have year-round activities

and forms the heart of the commercial
cluster.

Royal Victoria Dock
Bridge alignment
and pontoons are
indicative and subject
to change under
separate planning
application.
Figure 4.27 Illustrative axonometric of Mills Quarter
2. Silo D Quarter
Set around the grade II listed Silo D, this is a
predominantly residential area.
Landmarks Heritage Access + movement
Silo D will be set in a park, and the south Grade II listed Silo D & finger dock serve as Bring back the flow - celebrating the Site’s Pedestrian environment with easy access to
facing finger dock will be accessible and the focal point of the area industrial past public transport
activated. The plots surrounding the park will
be designed as a backdrop to the Silo D.
The buildings adjoining North Woolwich Road

will be designed to contribute to the new
character of the road as an ‘urban boulevard’.
Land use Built form Materials

Retail concentrated around Silo D Park and Residential buildings designed as backdrop to Contrasting and complementing the white of
on strategic corners at North Woolwich Road Silo D Silo D

Figure 4.28 Illustrative axonometric of Silo D Quarter
4.2 LAYOUT
4.2.1 ILLUSTRATIVE Plots and urban grain Key areas
Phase 1 RMA consists of eight building plots 1 Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
MASTERPLAN that frame a series of significant public
spaces and exceptional streets. Building 2 Millennium Mills
The illustrative masterplan shows Phase
massing relates to the context of the existing
1 RMA in existing context. It aims to
heritage assets, whilst creating building blocks 3 Mills Square
demonstrate how the plots and public realm
with enough space and light for amenity in
combine to create successful spaces and
courtyards. 4 Silvertown Place
buildings.
The urban grain balances permeability whilst 5 Dock Waterfront
Public realm structure
defining activate streets and spaces.
The Phase 1 RMA public realm is shaped by 6 Silvertown Avenue
the design principles and key moves described
in Section 4.1.2 and 4.1.3, and was structured 7 Silo D
by the Parameter Plans.
8 Silo D Park
The aim has been to create a clearly legible
network of streets and spaces, a ‘piece of 9 Silo D Bridge
city’. Legibility is reinforced by key vistas
towards Millennium Mills and Silo D (as 10 Pontoon Dock Station
described in the Design Code, see also
Section 9.2.2 Key vistas on page 419) 11 Thames Barrier Park
The public realm structure is driven by a 12 Britannia Village

series of key open spaces: Mills Square,
Silvertown Place and the Dock Waterfront 13 Royal Wharf
in the north, and Silo D Park in the south.
Silvertown Avenue is the north-south
connector between these spaces. The other
Phase 1 RMA roads are more ‘traditional’ urban
streets and provide access and servicing.
Figure 4.29 Illustrative masterplan of Phase 1 RMA

1
5 5
4
2 PLOT 2B
PLOT 3
PLOT 1 PLOT 2A
Mills way
Wesley Avenue
PLOT 4
12
6
Evelyn Walk
PLOT 5
Silvertown Street
7
Mill Road
9 de
Bar
a l si
Can
r ier
P oin
PLOT 6
t Ro
Sil o
PLOT 8
ad
DW
PLOT 7
ay
10
ich Road
North Woolw
13
11
4.2.2 LAND USE Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
alignment and pontoons
DISTRIBUTION are indicative and subject

to change under separate
planning application.
Phase 1 RMA land use strategy

DZ1
Brand Use (see Section 3.4 on page 22)
Dock Waterfront
and office use is located in the renovated and
extended Millennium Mills (Plots 2A, 2B and 3) Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
and adjacent Plot 4. This commercial cluster 2B
Place Hovis Yard
will offer active ground floor uses showcasing
brands, with exhibition, event, gathering Mills Square
1 3
and flexible working space accompanied by
2A
dedicated Brand retail.
Hovis Street
Mills way
The Phase 1 RMA will also include Local A1
Silvertown Avenue
Wesley Avenue
Retail and Food and Beverage A3-5 uses. 4
To the northwest, Plot 1 marks the gateway

arrival space with local retail at ground level
and residential on upper levels.
DZ2
The neighbourhood around Silo D Park
is primarily residential and allowance for Evelyn Walk
other uses is limited by the OPP (DZ2 has
Dedicated Brand
Silvertown Street
a maximum of 800 sqm Food & Beverage
A1 Retail 5
A3-A5, 1,900 sqm Community & Education
D1 and no allowance for other uses except Dedicated
residential). The focus is on activating the Brand Food and
Beverage A3-A5 DZ3
edge of Silo D Park, marking the arrival to the
Mill Road
Site at Silvertown Street, and activating the Food and Silo D Park
corners of the plots at North Woolwich Road Beverage A3-A5 DZ4
with community uses.
Local Retail A1
Barr
e
6 a l sid
Can
ier P
Sil o
8
o int
DW
Ro a d
Brand
ay
7
lwich Road
North Woo
Community
Residential
Core, circulation
Other
Figure 4.30 Ground level uses

Royal Victoria Dock Bridge Phase 1 area schedule
are indicative and subject
to change under separate Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
planning application. Use SQM GEA
DZ1 Brand
49,931
(Excl. Retail)
Dock Waterfront
Office (B1) 16,865
Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
2B*
Place Hovis Yard
Residential (C3) 87,989
Mills Square
1 3
2A* Brand A1 Retail 115
Hovis Street
Mills way Dedicated Brand
172
Food and Beverage
Silvertown Avenue
Wesley Avenue
A3-A5
4*
Local Retail
511
A1
Food and Beverage

7,279
A3-A5
DZ2
Evelyn Walk Community &
741
Education (D1)
Silvertown Street
DZ3
Mill Road
Silo D Park
DZ4 *Note:
Upper floors of Plots 2A, 2B and
Barr
6 4 contain a mixture of Brand Use

de and Office B1. The top two floors
a l si
ier P
Can of Plots 2A and 2B contain Food

Sil o
8 and Beverage A3-A5.

o int
DW
Ro a d
ay
7
lwich Road
North Woo Office+Brand
Brand
Residential
Core, circulation
Figure 4.31 Typical upper level uses
Active frontages Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
Frontages have been designed to complement are indicative and subject
the streetscape, with a range of retail uses planning application.
(Local A1, Food and Beverage A3-5) along
key open spaces and residential lobbies
positioned to activate streets.
Dock Waterfront
Active frontages are concentrated at the main
Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
entrances to the Site, the proposed Royal 2B
Place Hovis Yard
Victoria Dock Bridge landing to the north and
Silvertown Street to the south, as well as
Mills Square
along the key open spaces, Mills Square and 1 3
Silo D Park. 2A
Hovis Street
Mills way
Because of the specific layout of Phase 1 RMA,
in particular the newly introduced north- Wesley Avenue
4
south connection (Silvertown Avenue), the
Silvertown Avenue
active frontages strategy as described in the
Design Code was updated. Figure 4.33 shows
the updated strategy, with added focus on
Silvertown Avenue and key open spaces.
The frontages strategy for North Woolwich
Road, to activate the corners of the plots, is Evelyn Walk
partly derived from the area limitations on Figure 4.33 Updated active frontages strategy
active uses in DZ2, as well as the decision to Dedicated Brand
Silvertown Street
Main frontages
prioritise Silo D Park for Food and Beverage A1 Retail 5
A3-5 uses. Open spaces
Dedicated Brand
A3-A5 Food and
Beverage
Mill Road
Food and Silo D Park
Beverage A3-A5
de
Bar
Local A1 Retail a l si
Can
r ier
6
P oin
Sil o
8
t Ro
DW
Brand
ad
ay
7
lwich Road
North Woo
Community
Residential
Core, circulation
Other
Figure 4.32 Active frontages in Phase 1 RMA

Figure 4.34 Illustrative axonometric showing Phase 1 RMA public realm
4.2.3 MEANWHILE USES Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
Meanwhile uses will be the subject of to change under separate Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
separate applications in the future but this
indicative section is included in the DAS
because of the important role they will play
in the creation of a place in Phase 1 RMA to Dock Waterfront
complement the construction phasing.
Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
2B
Uses described below are subject to change, Place Hovis Yard
and future planning applications.
Mills Square
1 3
Connecting north and south 2A
As part of the route to the new Elizabeth
Hovis Street
Mills way
Line station, the north-south connection
Wesley Avenue
through the Phase 1 RMA Site will generate
4
high pedestrian footfall. A combination of
Silvertown Avenue
1
community spaces and pop-up retail will be Construction
used to improve the experience of the route compound
and help make it a destination as well as a 3
thoroughfare.
Enclosing Mills Square Evelyn Walk
Before and during the construction of Mills 3
Silvertown Street
Square, the space to the south will be used
5 2
as a laboratory for future uses taking place in
the square, while after delivery it will create
an edge, helping define the square.
5
Mill Road
Silo D Silo D Park
Silo D lies at the heart of a residential 4
community, the forming of which can start de
a l si
Bar
early with meanwhile uses around Silo D 6 Can
r ier
that will test permanent uses, and with
P oin
community gardens along the finger dock. 8
Sil o
t Ro
DW
7
ad
ay
lwich Road
North Woo
Key on following page
Figure 4.35 Meanwhile uses strategy

1 Temporary event space 2 Community space 3 Pop-up retail
3 Pop-up retail 4 Silo D 5 Community garden
4.2.4 DESIGN Starting point: The OPP Initial scheme development desire to link the proposed Phase 1 RMA
Development to the surrounding context.
The OPP sets the design parameters for the The scheme was further developed
EVOLUTION scheme. The starting point for designing the three-dimensionally in conjunction with
scheme was therefore the OPP Parameter LBN planning officers and DRP input,
The design for Phase 1 RMA has evolved from
Plans. balancing the Parameter Plans constraints
from the approved Parameters and Design
Codes into a fully resolved scheme creating for development quantum and maximum
a new centre for the Royal Docks with world building heights with the Phase 1 RMA
class open spaces, high quality homes and a design ambitions, particularly around the
new piece of city for London. creation of the two new neighbourhoods
Mills Quarter and Silo D Quarter and the
Custom
House
Station
Pontoon
Dock Station
Thames
Barrier
Park
Royal Wharf
High street
Figure 4.36 The OPP illustrative masterplan Figure 4.37 Axonometric initial scheme development

Detailed scheme development Daylight analysis combined with revisited Proposed scheme layout
future servicing layouts resulted in the
Following configuration of the street and open For the final proposed scheme layout, the
reconfiguration of Plot 8.
space network, and the Phase 1 RMA plots, site levels, landscape design and ground
the masterplan was developed further. floor layouts were carefully co-ordinated to
incorporate all requirements for accessibility
Street sections were evaluated resulting and play.
in the narrowing of secondary corridors to
clarify hierarchy, as well as the reduction of Architectural guidelines and key views were
carriageways to emphasise the pedestrian- revisited to ensure cohesion between the
priority nature of the streets. different buildings.
Figure 4.38 Axonometric detailed scheme development Figure 4.39 Axonometric proposed scheme layout
4.3 SCALE
4.3.1 MASSING
Massing and scale of proposed buildings has
Response to
been carefully considered in order to improve waterfront
townscape, with a focus on creating a sense
+5m
of arrival and place and providing clarity
and comfort at street level. Interest and 2B 2B
wayfinding is provided along key routes by
variation in height and designs, especially at 1 3 1 2A 3
key junctions and spaces. 2A
Response to +39.9m
the Mills
Building heights are constrained by OPP
Response to Response to +49.9m
Parameter Plan 07 (overlaid onto the plan 4
circus the Mills 4
on Figure 4.40), which are largely based on
the City Airport height restrictions, with the
addition of restrictions around Millennium
Mills, Silo D and a zone adjoining West
Silvertown.
+25m +44.9m
5 5
to Mill Road
Response
6 6
+5m
8 8
7 7
+49.9m
Response to
North Woolwich
Road
Figure 4.41 Heights strategy Figure 4.40 Heights plan
Podium level +30m to +35m AOD
+10m to +15m AOD +35m to +40m AOD
+15m to +20m AOD +40m to +45m AOD
+20m to +25m AOD +45m to +49.9m AOD

Figure 4.42 Heights 3D
4.4 APPEARANCE
4.4.1 KEY VIEWS Response to waterfront Elevation Prominent Facade to No
The waterfront is the main gateway to the Site designed base at emphasise projecting
A set of basic guidelines underpin the design for people arriving from Custom House. Plot as primary bridge arrival views from balconies
of all buildings across the Site. 1 should relate to Millennium Mills and the gateway apartments
waterfront as well as acknowledge the arrival
• The base, middle and top of each building experience. Top
are clearly identified, considering the
individual building as well as adjacent plots
• The buildings complement and form a Middle

backdrop to the Site’s existing heritage
assets
Base
Design principles - Mills Quarter Millennium Mills Plot 1
For the northern section of Phase 1 RMA,

three key elevations were used to define Royal Victoria Dock Bridge Lower volume Volume to
building mass and articulation, forming The approach to the proposed Royal Victoria relates to the relate to Mills
a starting point for the plot architects to Dock Bridge and the waterfront (walking north up context gable end
develop their designs. Silvertown Avenue), will be one of the most well-
traveled sections of the Site. Plot 1 should respond
to the gable end facade of Millennium Mills.
Perhaps the most prominent elevation for the Top
Phase 1 RMA Site is the northern waterfront
elevation, which will be the primary way of
entering the Site via Custom House Station
and the proposed Royal Victoria Dock Bridge. Middle
Millennium Mills dominates this view and
the adjacent residential plot will reflect the
Base
Millennium Mill’s scale, rhythm and facade Plot 1 Millennium Mills
articulation, as well as capitalise on the
waterfront location by offering expansive
views. Massing to step
Response to Rayleigh Road Volume to
The roundabout at Rayleigh Road forms an address down towards
The proposed Royal Victoria Dock Bridge important interface with Britannia Village where Docks Britannia Village
approach from the south will be equally well difference in scale should be negotiated.
Top
travelled, and again Millennium Mills will
dominate, this time with its iconic gable end
facade. Plot 1 to the west mirrors the vertical
gesture while at the same time stepping down
to meet the low rise buildings in Britannia Middle
Village.
The third elevation responds to Britannia

Base
Village, completing the circus at Rayleigh Road
and increasing in height to face the waterfront Plot 1
and the existing 12 storeys Eastern Quay
building.

Response to waterfront Mass
Mass
Void
Top
The key views interrogating each elevation

have been assessed from far, middle and
close distance, choosing the most relevant Middle
views to establish if the massing and the Relationship
elevations respond to its setting. between mass
and voids
Base
Building proportions
to respond to
Millennium Mills
1A Key view - far 1B Key view - middle
Bridge approach
Articulation of the
Top
facade to reflect
Millennium Mills
Middle
Base
1A 2A Key view - middle

Response to Rayleigh Road
1B
2B
2A
Facade
1 3 treatment to
respond to circus
3B 4
3A
2A
Scale in
5 relation to
context
6
Lower volume
8 relates to the
7
human scale
3A Key view - far 3B Key view - close
Design principles - Silo D Quarter Response to North Woolwich Road Views to
For the southern section of Phase 1 RMA, Plots 6, 7 and 8 need to propose continuity the river
along North Woolwich Road. Consideration
three additional key elevations were used to
should be given to rhythm of facade openings
define building mass and articulation, forming and views.
a starting point for the plot architects to
Top
develop their designs.
Response to North Woolwich Road Middle
At its western end, North Woolwich Road

elevation mediates the scale difference with Base
Britannia Village, as well as sets parameters
for developments in future phases, using Plot 6 Plot 7 Plot 8
a coordinated base-middle-top treatment.
Building facades need to respond to the
DLR at the lower levels, and there is an Response to Silo D Massing steps Maximise Base
opportunity for expansive views to Thames Plots 6, 7 and 8 should create a response to Silo down towards openings/ responding
Barrier Park and the Thames. D, with consideration for massing, materiality, Silo D dock views to Silvertown
balconies, railings and openings. Street
Response to Silo D Top
The northern facades of Plots 7 and 8 form

the backdrop to the iconic Silo D and again
there is an opportunity for views of Silo D Middle
Park and the water.
Response to Silvertown Street Base
Plot 8 Plot 7
The Silvertown Street facade is again a
backdrop to Silo D, and due to its length,
the rhythm and repetition are important Silvertown Street Explore continuity Parapet Plots 5 and 6
considerations for the design. The elevation along Plots 5 and 6 should be across Plots 5 detail similar rhythm
designed with consideration for the rhythm and and 6 with level and repetition
repetition of both facades. Between Plots 6 and difference
7, the entrance to the Site should be treated as
a main gateway.
Top
Middle
Base
Plot 6 Plot 5

Base to
Response to North Woolwich Road respond to
Hold street Base to respond
residential
Continuity along edge with to urban
street
North Woolwich active boulevard
Step down Facades
Road across plots frontages aspiration
to context considered
together
Top
The key views interrogating each elevation
have been assessed from far, middle and
close distance, choosing the most relevant
views to establish if the massing and the
elevations respond to its setting.
Base
Base
Base
4A Key view - far 4B Key view - middle 4C Key view - close
Response to Silo D
Different
Facade treatment
designed as within same
backdrop to parameters Base to
Silo D respond to
residential use
and Canalside
Base
5A Key view - far 5B Key view - middle 5C Key view - close
Silvertown Street
Facade
2B designed as
1 2A backdrop to
3
5A
Silo D Site entrance Facades

to be marked considered
4
with active together
corners
5B
5
6A
6 5C
Base
8
7 4B
6B
4A
4C
6A Key view - far 6B Key view - close
4.4.2 MATERIAL Mills Quarter
CONCEPT
The choice of materials will be defined by the
following key concepts:
Mills Quarter
• Town centre / destination feel with civic

aesthetic.
• Buildings to frame public spaces to include

significant active frontages on all primary
and secondary routes.
• Elevation treatment comprising

predominantly large format cladding
materials e.g. precast concrete, metal,
glass.
Silo D Quarter
• Vibrant neighbourhood with simple well-

proportioned background buildings framing
Silo D as the centre piece.
• Elevation treatment to comprise a variety

of brick colours.
Figure 4.43 Plot 1 materiality Figure 4.44 Plots 2A, 2B, 3 and 4 materiality

Silo D Quarter
Figure 4.45 Plots 5, 6, 7 and 8 materiality
4.4.3 VIEWS
In addition to the Site key vistas set out in the
Design Code, additional illustrative views have
been added for Phase 1 RMA specifically.
These additional views have been set out to

demonstrate the design principles, Phase 1
RMA making the most of the presence and
value of water across the Site, and maximising
views towards heritage assets.
Mills Square
The view in Figure 4.46, looking north from
Mills Way, shows Mills Square with Millennium
Mills as its backdrop. It illustrates potential
activities within the square as well as the
relationship of the existing building with the
new open space.
Figure 4.46 Illustrative view of Mills Square

Northern gateway
The view in Figure 4.47 shows the approach
to the Site from the north. This is the
Site’s primary gateway and offers views of
Millennium Mills, Plot 1, as well as the Dock
Waterfront and Silvertown Place.
Figure 4.47 Illustrative view of Millennium Mills and Plot 1 from ExCel
Finger dock
The view in Figure 4.48, from Plot 6 looking
east, is focused on the finger dock in front
of Silo D and shows water activation and the
relationship of Silo D and Plots 7 and 8 with
the finger dock.
Figure 4.48 Illustrative view of Silo D and finger dock

Silo D Park
The view in Figure 4.49 looks west along the
finger dock in front of Silo D, showing Plots
6, 7 and 8 and their relation to Silo D and the
water.
Figure 4.49 Illustrative view of Silo D and Plots 6, 7 and 8
4.5 ACCESS
4.5.1 WIDER CONTEXT 4.5.2 ACCESS TO Emirates Air Line cable car
The EAL cable car is approximately 1.3km
PEDESTRIAN AND PUBLIC TRANSPORT to the northwest of the Site, using the
CYCLING ROUTES Public transport networks in the vicinity of
pedestrian footbridge to cross the Royal
Victoria Dock. The EAL runs across the River
the Site are broadly consistent with those
In the wider context, Silvertown Quays will Thames from the Royal Docks to Greenwich
identified in the OPP, with recent changes
play a key role in connecting cyclists and Peninsular with a cabin arrival every 30
limited to minor frequency alterations.
pedestrians in a system of linked waterfront seconds. Bicycles are accepted on the EAL.
routes to the Lea Valley Trail Network, Canary Bus services
Wharf, and the Thames Waterfront, as well as Public Transport Accessibility
London-wide cycle routes. The OPP Transport Assessment (TA) identified Levels
seven bus routes accessible from the Site.
PTALs are a measure of the accessibility of
It is noted that bus route 573, a temporary a chosen location to the public transport
service during Crossrail construction, has network, taking account of walking time
been discontinued since the OPP TA. This and service frequency. PTALs are graded on
service has been replaced with services 473 a scale between 1 and 6b, whereby 6b is
and 474 run along the eastern and southern the accessible location. The Site currently
boundary of the Site, on Connaught Bridge achieves a PTAL score of 2. The future year
and North Woolwich Road respectively. PTAL forecast on the WebCat website is an
increase to PTAL 3 by the year 2031.
Docklands Light Railway
DLR services are available from six stations
within 960m (threshold for inclusion in a
PTAL Assessment) of the Site. Each station
is located on one of two lines, the Beckton
line to the north of Victoria Dock, and the
Woolwich Arsenal line running along North
Woolwich Road.
The Beckton line runs between Beckton and

Canning Town station, with onward services to
Tower Gateway and Stratford International.
The Woolwich Arsenal line runs between

Woolwich Arsenal and Canning Town station,
New connections with onward services to Bank and Stratford
International.
Pedestrian routes
Cycle network The DLR provides potential to interchange

with London Underground services at Canning
OPP Boundary Town (Jubilee) and West Ham (Hammersmith
and City and District).
Figure 4.50 Pedestrian and cycle networks in the wider context

Custom House
8min

Emirates Air Line alignment and pontoons are
13min indicative and subject to change
2B
2A 3
1
Mill Road
lwich Road
6 8 North Woo
7
Pontoon Dock DLR

2.5min
Elizabeth Line
DLR
Emirates Air Line
Riverboat
Bus routes and bus stops
Pedestrian routes

Royal Wharf Pier (under construction)
OPP Boundary 8min
Figure 4.51 Public transport diagram
4.5.3 MOVEMENT Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
STRATEGY are indicative and subject

Building on the street hierarchy and roads and
routes parameters defined in the OPP, the
movement strategy for Phase 1 RMA sets out Dock Waterfront
a clear strategy for how pedestrians, cycles, Silvertown
cars and other vehicles move through the
Rayleigh Road
Place
Phase 1 RMA Site. 2B
2B
Hovis Yard
From Parameter Plan 05 (Figure 4.53), the 1 2A

vehicular and pedestrian access points are all
1
2A
Mills Square 3 3
implemented, and an additional pedestrian
Hovis Street
access point is proposed at Silo D Way, Mil ls way
providing a greater level of choice for north- Wesley Avenue
south movements.
Silvertown Avenue
4
4
All roads and routes are implemented, with a
number of additions:
• A tertiary road is proposed for the section

of Silvertown Avenue between Wesley
Evelyn Walk
Avenue and Evelyn Walk (as permitted in
the Parameter Plan);
Silvertown Street
• Out of hours servicing is proposed along 5
Mills Way (note: permitted Limit of
5
Deviation [L.O.D.] is used for this route);
Primary road
Mill Road
• A one-way servicing road is proposed along
Secondary road Silo D Park
Canalside;
Tertiary road de
a l si
Barri
• A tertiary road (Hovis Steet) is introduced Can
east of Plots 3 and 4 Pedestrian + servicing 6
er Po
route
6
Sil o
8
8
int R
Pedestrian + out of
hours servicing route
DW
7
o ad
7
ay
Pedestrian route
lwich Road
North Woo
OPP Boundary
Figure 4.52 Proposed roads and routes hierarchy

NOTES
fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and

KEY:


where modification to dock is proposed
(for reference)
Access point (pedestrian) 10m L.O.D

vehicular)10m L.O.D
Modifications to North Woolwich Road
Proposed primary roads +/- 10m L.O.D.
Proposed secondary roads +/- 10m

L.O.D.
Tertiary road +/- 10m LOD, can be

omitted to allow larger development
plots

cycling is permissible and with fire
+/-10m L.O.D.

+/-10m L.O.D.

+/- 10m L.O.D.
Area safeguarded for potential future

pedestrian bridge
Figure 4.53 Parameter Plan 05 - Roads and routes extract overlay with Phase 1 RMA Boundary and Plots
Cycling routes Street is shallower than along Silo D Way and Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
Barrier Point Road (refer to Figure 4.75 on page alignment and pontoons
Cycling routes through the Site connect to are indicative and subject
85) so this route is expected to receive the to change under separate Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
the wider network of cycling routes towards
highest pedestrian flow. planning application.
Stratford, Canning Town, Wanstead Park, Royal
Albert Docks and Woolwich Ferry as shown in
A lower volume of residents living east or
Figure 4.54. Within the Site, cyclists follow the
people traveling by DLR are expected to go
pedestrian routes as outlined below. Dock Waterfront
down Silo D Way and use the potential second
North Woolwich Road crossing. Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
Pedestrian routes 2B
Place Hovis Yard
The key pedestrian movement through the
Primary
Site is in a north-south direction, from the Mills Square pedestrian
1 3
main arrival point off Royal Victoria Dock 2A route
Bridge to Silo D through Silo D Avenue. Secondary
Mil ls way
Hovis Street
Cycling routes pedestrian
route
At this point, the main pedestrian flow is Cycling routes Phase 1 RMA Wesley Avenue Tertiary
expected to continue down Silvertown Street, shared with cars Boundary 4 pedestrian
Silvertown Avenue
across North Woolwich Road into Royal Wharf. Cycling routes OPP route
This crossing is the most centrally located for shared with Boundary
Royal Wharf, and the gradient along Silvertown footways Dedicated
Brand A1
Retail
To Stratford
Evelyn Walk Dedicated
To Wanstead Park Brand A3-
A5 Food and
Beverage
Silvertown Street
To Royal
5
Food and
To Greenwich Peninsula Albert
Beverage A3-
via Emirates Air Line Docks
A5
Mill Road
Local A1 Retail
To Canning Town
Silo D Park
Residential
e
l sid
Barri
a
Can Brand
6
er Po
Community
Sil o
8
int R
Building
entrance
DW
To Woolwich
o ad
Ferry 7 Planning
ay
approved
signalised
crossing – not
yet installed
Proposed
Nor th Woolwich Road unsignalised
crossing
Figure 4.54 Cycling routes Figure 4.55 Pedestrian routes

Vehicular routes Primary road Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
The road network and hierarchy follows Secondary road
Parameter Plan 05, with two access points planning application.
off North Woolwich Road and one from the Tertiary road
roundabout at Rayleigh Road. The Parameter
Servicing
Plan routes are complemented by tertiary
routes and out of hours servicing routes. Site entrance Dock Waterfront
As car ownership on site is expected to
Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
be low (reflected in car parking provision), 2B
Place Hovis Yard
most vehicle movements within the Site are OPP Boundary
anticipated to be delivery and service vehicles.
Maximum estimated flow of Mills Square
1 3
Future phases vehicles per hour (v/h)
2A
To reduce traffic on Mill Road and on AM peak/Average weekday Mil ls way
30-44 v/h 15-29 v/h

30 -4 4 v/ h
Hovis Street
4 5 -5 9 v/ h
Silvertown Avenue, the vehicular connection
to the Millennium Mills from Silvertown Wesley Avenue
4
Silvertown Avenue
30-44 v/h
Avenue will be restricted in future phases.
45-59 v/h 30-44 v/h

In the future condition service access to
Millennium Mills will be from the future
masterplan street network rather than via
Silvertown Street and Silvertown Avenue.
Evelyn Walk
60-74 v/h 30-44 v/h

5
15-29 v/h
Silvertown Street
<15 v/h
Mill Road
Silo D Park
v/ h
< 15
<15 v/h
al side
Barri 9 v/h < 15 v/

Can
1 5 -2
6
75-89 v/h 45-59 v/h
er Po
Mill Road
Sil o
8
int R
DW
30-44 v/h
o ad
h
7
ay
lwich Road
lwich North Woo
North Woo
Ro a d
Figure 4.56 Vehicular roads in future phasing Figure 4.57 Vehicular roads Phase 1 RMA
4.5.4 SERVICING Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
STRATEGY are indicative and subject

All servicing will happen on site and follow the
principles set out in the OPP. Whilst the Phase
1 RMA is heavily dependant on the western
Dock Waterfront
access point from North Woolwich Road, in
future phases traffic will be distributed across Silvertown Hovis Yard
Rayleigh Road
2B
other access points and internal streets. Place Loading Bay
Phase 1 RMA servicing 1

Mills Square
3
2A Out of hours
Under the Phase 1 RMA street network, the P servicing
Servicing
majority of servicing and refuse vehicle access Bay
Hovis Street
is expected to occur via Access 1 at North Mil ls way
Woolwich Road. The exception to this is for
Plot 7 and Plot 8, whereby vehicles will access Wesley Avenue 4
Silvertown Avenue
at Access 2 and exit at Access 1. Again this will Loading Bay
minimise vehicles using Silvertown Avenue.
Phase 1 RMA includes access via a third

consented access on Mill Road; this route is
considered less attractive for larger vehicles Evelyn Walk
given that Mill Road features parking on both
sides of the carriageway and therefore has a
Silvertown Street
narrower usable width than the internal street 5
network serving Phase 1 RMA. Furthermore,
the internal street network seeks to
encourage Phase 1 RMA traffic to utilise Servicing road
Mill Road
the internal street network where possible,
Servicing locations Silo D Park
including the provision of a turn-around area
for cars and vans within the primary north- Refuse collection location
de
Barri
south route. As described in “Vehicular a l si
Can
routes” on page 71, the Phase 1 RMA street P Parking entrance Servicing
er Po
Bay
network essentially presents a ‘temporary’ Car club bay 6 Serv icing Bay
Sil o
situation. In future, Mills Way will be restricted
int R
8
to vehicle traffic from the remainder of the Servicing bay
DW
o ad
Phase 1 RMA street network and will be P
P 7
ay
On street parking P
serviced from elsewhere within the wider lwich Road
North Woo
masterplan. Site entrance Serv icing Bay
Phase 1 RMA Boundary AC C E S S 2
OPP boundary
AC C E S S 1
Figure 4.58 Phase 1 RMA servicing routes

Residential (southern) plots Primary pedestrian route Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
Secondary pedestrian route are indicative and subject
In general, each residential plot is provided to change under separate
with an adjacent indented loading bay which planning application.
Tertiary pedestrian route
ROAD HIERARCHY
will cater for deliveries associated with
minor ground-level retail uses, removal vans, Pedestrian connection
residential deliveries, etc. In most cases, these
Primary road
loading bays will also be suitable for refuse
collection which will be expected to occur
Rayleigh Road
Secondary road
2B
outside of typical delivery periods.
Tertiary road
The exception to the above is Plot 5, which Out of hours servicing road 1 3
features fewer units compared to other plots; 2A
Site vehicle entrance P
loading (and waste collection) is proposed to
occur from the kerbside.
Refuse collection location
For those residential plots with commercial 4
P Parking entrance
SERVICING
/ community land-use components, refuse

storage and collection will be kept separate. Car club bay
Loading bay
Commercial plots (including
Millennium Mills) On street parking
Servicing for Millennium Mills (Plots 2A, 2B)

and Plots 3 and 4 will occur within three
CROSSINGS
Planning approved signalised crossing

designated loading areas comprising of:
– not yet installed 5
• Plot 2A – out of hours loading within Mills
Proposed unsignalised crossing
Square (equivalent of 3 bays);
Mill Road
• Plots 2B & 3 – a designated (internal) Residential
loading yard at the northeast side of the
two plots (3 bays); and Brand
ACTIVE LANDUSE
Dedicated Brand A1 Retail

• Plot 4 – a designated (internal) loading yard 6
at the eastern side of the Plot (2 bays). Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and
Beverage
8
Food and Beverage A3-A5
P
P 7
Local A1 Retail P
lwich Road
North Woo
Community active frontage NWR crossings
subject to outcomes
of traffic calming
works currently being
Phase 1 RMA Boundary explored by LBN
OPP boundary
Figure 4.59 Routes overlay diagram
4.5.5 PARKING the Silvertown Quays development will
provide a minimum of five car club bays for
STRATEGY a minimum of five years from occupation.

Two of these will be located in Phase 1 planning application.
The Site will be ‘car-lite’ in line with the Draft RMA.
London Plan (July 2019). Disabled parking
is proposed at a rate of 0.03 spaces per • Cycle parking – high levels of cycle parking
residential unit (3%). Allowance will be made will be provided across the Phase 1 RMA
to incorporate an additional 0.07 spaces per Site in accordance with the minimum rates
Rayleigh Road
2B
unit (7%) on a passive / ‘as required’ basis, designated within the OPP.
totalling a potential provision of 0.10 disabled
parking spaces per unit (10%). In addition, a • Housing composition - Phase 1 RMA will
1 3
rate of 0.018 spaces per residential unit (17 predominantly comprise 1-2 bedroom 2A
spaces) is proposed for standard residential housing. P
use; the provision is requested following
officer advice to cater for essential users and • Highways impacts - A car-lite development
family units. is expected to have a lesser impact on 4
the highway network surrounding the Site
Disabled persons parking is also proposed for during peak hours in comparison to a
the non-residential uses. development which provides parking, as
was consented for the scheme under the
Further aspects of Phase 1 RMA which will OPP.
support a low car parking development
Plot Stand- Blue Motorcycle
include: no. ard badge
Total
parking
• Local Restricted Parking Zone (RPZ) – the

Royal Docks West RPZ was introduced Plot 1 17 9 26 5
after the OPP and applies seven days a
week between 8am-6.30pm. The same Plot 5 - 1 1
restrictions apply to the neighbouring Royal
Mill Road
Docks East RPZ. Future residents of Phase 1 Plot 6 - 5 5
RMA will not be eligible to purchase parking
permits. Plot 7 - 5 5 3
• Travel Plan – pursuant to Schedule 5 of Plot 8 - 10 10 6

the S106 agreement, the Silvertown Quays Table 4.1 Car parking per plot
development will ultimately be supported 8
by a Travel Plan which will support and
P
promote sustainable and active travel
modes to / from the Site.
P Parking entrance Visitor car parking P
P
7
lwich Road
On plot car parking Motorcycle parking North Woo
• Car club bays - as per the S106 agreement, Car club bay Phase 1 RMA
Boundary
Blue badge parking
OPP Boundary
Figure 4.60 Phase 1 RMA parking strategy

4.5.6 WASTE STRATEGY For some plots it has been necessary to
provide several bin storage areas to ensure an
Waste generation and storage requirements adequate distribution across the Phase 1 RMA to change under separate
have been prepared with reference to the Site. The location of communal bin storage planning application.
following documents: areas within each plot have had regard to the
impact of noise and smell on the occupants
• Waste Management Guidelines for of neighbouring properties, both existing and
Architects and Property Developers proposed.
Silvertown
Rayleigh Road
• BS5906:2005 Waste Management in 2B
Storage areas within each plot have been Place
Buildings – Code of Practice designed to allow a minimum of 150mm
clearance around and between each bin
Please refer to the Waste Management 1 3
within a storage area. Where there is more 2A
Strategy for further details.
than one bin within a storage area, there must
be 2m clearance in front of each bin to enable
Internal storage (within units) it to be accessed and safely moved without
To encourage tenants of new developments needing to move any of the other containers. 4
to recycle waste, the proposed Phase 1 RMA All doors and alleys are at least 2m wide
Development will provide adequate internal to allow for safe manoeuvring of bins. The
storage for the segregation of recyclable minimum internal height for a bin storage area
materials from other waste streams. and any access doorways is 2m. There will
be no other internal fixtures or fittings that
Communal storage areas (within reduce the clearance above the bins, so that
plots) their lids can be opened fully.
Within each plot, tenants will have access to
Access and pulling distances
communal 1,100 litre eurobins, clearly labelled 5
Bin storage areas will be located within
Mill Road
to distinguish between refuse and recycling.
a specified minimum distance of a point
The eurobins will be available for recycling of where the collection vehicle can safely stop
the following items: for loading. The maximum distances that
operatives should be required to wheel
• Mixed paper and card containers, measured from the furthest point
within the storage/collection area to the Servicing road
• Plastic bottles loading position at the back of the vehicle, are: 6
Refuse
• 15m for any wheeled container up to collection
• Food tins and drink cans 8
location
240-litres, and
Bin storage areas provided within each plot Refuse areas
will be easily accessible for the dwellings that • 10m for any container greater than 7
they serve, with residents being required to Site entrance lwich Road
240-litres. North Woo
walk no further than 30m from their front
Phase 1 RMA
door (excluding vertical distances) when This ensures that the stopping point(s) for
Boundary
carrying refuse and recycling. the vehicle are safe, legal and designed to
minimise any obstruction to traffic. OPP boundary
Figure 4.61 Phase 1 RMA waste strategy
4.5.8 CYCLE PARKING Cycle parking per plot Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
Long and short-stay cycle parking will be Plot Long-stay Short-stay to change under separate
provided in accordance with the minimum number cycle req. cycle req.
rates specified in Condition T1 of the OPP.
In general, long-stay cycle parking for Plot 1 391 42

residents and employees will be provided
Plot 2A 98
Rayleigh Road
within each plot, and will be secure, covered
and easily accessible. End-of-trip facilities are 2B
proposed for the larger non-residential plots Plot 2B
(Plots 2-4) which include showers, lockers 254 488 1 2A 3
and change rooms. Short-stay cycle parking Plot 3
for visitors and customers will be located in
publicly accessible locations within the public Plot 4 125
realm, be visible, overlooked, and situated
as close as possible to final destinations in Plot 5 60 1 4
accordance with guidance provided in the
London Cycle Design Standards (LCDS). Plot 6 158 24
Plot 7 383 7
Plot 8 447 8
Total 1,916 570

5
Table 4.2 Cycle parking per plot
Mill Road
On plot cycle
parking
On plot
(upper floor) 6
cycle parking
8
Visitor cycle
parking
7
lwich Road
Phase 1 RMA North Woo
Boundary
OPP
Boundary
Figure 4.62 Phase 1 RMA cycle parking scheme

4.5.9 WAYFINDING • Signpost numbers will be kept to a
minimum and avoided wherever possible,
in order to reduce clutter within the public to change under separate
Phase 1 RMA wayfinding realm; planning application.
Legible London signage information totems

are proposed at key nodes such as the Royal • The wayfinding elements will fit with the
Victoria Dock Bridge landing and Silo D Park. Site’s street furniture family. These will be
high quality, robust and durable. Signage
Signpost numbers throughout Silvertown will also be combined onto other street
Rayleigh Road
Quays should be kept to a minimum and furniture such as lighting columns where * 2B
avoided wherever possible, in order to reduce possible;

clutter within the public realm. 1 3
Signage will therefore limited to a simple suite

• The design of traffic related signage will
adhere to statutory regulations, however,
2A
*
of interpretation and educational signage the ‘Traffic Signs Regulations and General
developed with a consistent design language Directions 2002’ provides guidance on
bespoke to Silvertown Quays. location and size of signs, and will be 4
interpreted flexibly with the principles of
The interpretation and educational signage reduction of clutter in mind.
relates to features and themes within the
landscape such as Biodiversity, Ecology and
Nature (B.E.N), play trails, rain gardens and
planting typologies and provides information
and direction to residents and also to visitors
to the Site.
5
Design principles
Mill Road
The aim is to create a legible, safe and
informative suite of signage appropriate to the
Legible London
requirements of wayfinding, interpretation and
education themes.
Monolith Totem signage
*
Raingarden Trail signage
• Directional signage will generally be from
the Legible London range;
* Play Trail signage 6
Edible Plants Trail
• Public safety will always underline all signage 8
decisions taken relating to traffic and
pedestrian signage; Industrial Heritage
signage 7 *
lwich Road
Civic Open Space North Woo
OPP Boundary
Figure 4.63 Phsae 1 RMA wayfinding strategy
4.5.10 STREETS
SECTIONS 1 2A
2B
S1 3
A new network of streets will become part
S2
of the urban grain of the Royal Docks and 4
S3
London. This network needs to provide
continuity with its surroundings as well as
reflect the character of the Site.
5 SILVERTOWN AVENUE
• North Woolwich Road 22m
6
LBN are currently developing a vision
for North Woolwich Road with the aim
of turning it from the car-dominated 8
7
thoroughfare it is at the moment into an
PLOT 2
PLOT 1
urban boulevard. Our proposal anticipates
and informs this ongoing study by LBN,
however amendments may be required to Phase 1 RMA Boundary
the North Woolwhich Road frontages and Maximum building
highway infrastructure interfaces once heights (as defined in
LBN have developed their preferred design Parameter Plan 07)
solution to the road.
• Silvertown Avenue
Main pedestrian and cycle connection
though the Site, connecting the new Royal
Victoria Dock Bridge with Millennium
Mills and Silo D. Its character changes
throughout: the northern end at the bridge
landing forms an arrival space. Traveling
south, it then narrows before the start of
a pedestrian prioritised space connecting Retail Retail
Silvertown Street with Wesley Avenue. The
last section leading to the park is again
pedestrian and cycle only.
• Wesley Avenue
Vehicular connection to Britannia Village,
mainly serving Plot 1.
5.0 2.0 6.0 4.0 5.0
zone
Spill out
Footway
zone
Pedestrian
Footway
zone
Spill out
Rain garden
Planting
Rain garden
Planting
Figure 4.64 Illustrative section 1. Silvertown Avenue - Plot 1 & Plot 2

+25m AOD
PLOT 1
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
WESLEY AVENUE 18m
16m
Residential lobby
2.5 3.0 5.5-5.8 2.0 2.5 3.2 1.6 6.0 3.2 4.0
Footway
Loading bay
Carriageway
Rain garden
Planting
Footway
Footway
Rain garden
Planting
Rain garden
Planting
Footway
space
prioritised
Pedestrian
Figure 4.65 Illustrative section 2. Wesley Avenue- Plot 1 Figure 4.66 Illustrative section 3. Silvertown Avenue
• Evelyn Walk
This pedestrian and cycle street connects
Britannia Village with the main Phase 1 RMA 2B
roads, Silvertown Street and Silo D Avenue. 1 2A 3
S4
5
6
8
7 +25m AOD
PLOT 5
EVELYN WALK
Phase 1 RMA Boundary 16m
Maximum building
heights (as defined in
Parameter Plan 07)
Residential
4.65 4.5 4.65 2.2
Privacy Zone
Footway
Rain Garden
Planting
Footway
Figure 4.67 Illustrative section 4. Evelyn Walk- Plot 5

• Canalside
Pedestrian prioritised space on the water’s
edge with views of Silo D and Silo D Park. 2B
1 2A
This route is primarily for pedestrians and 3
cyclists, but will also be accessible to
service vehicles. 4
S5
8
7
PLOT 8
SILO D
CANALSIDE
Maximum building
Parameter Plan 07)
Residential
1.5
Privacy zone 6.1-7.6
space
prioritised
Pedestrian
Figure 4.68 Illustrative section 5. Canalside- Plot 8 Dock wall
• Silvertown Street
Silvertown Street is designated in the OPP
as a primary road and forms the main 2B
vehicular access to the Phase 1 RMA Site. 1 2A 3
It’s designed as a ‘conventional’ kerbed
road with a 5.5m carriageway. Its character 4
changes throughout, starting as a main
gateway between Plots 6 and 7, changing
into a parkside road with retail and spill-out
spaces, and again into a residential road 5
with front gardens.
• Silo D Way 6 8
S7 S8
PLOT 6
This is a pedestrian connection linking S6 7
North Woolwich Road to Silo D Park and
beyond via a new pedestrian bridge. The SILVERTOWN STREET
street negotiates an approximate level 18m
difference of 3m and will therefore provide
a ‘zig-zag’ accessible route as well as a Maximum building
more direct stepped route. The pedestrian Parameter Plan 07)
nature of this space allows for landscape
and play areas to be inserted.
• Barrier Point Road

This road is a second vehicular access
point to the Phase 1 RMA Site from North
Woolwich Road and is of particular
importance in later phases for access and
servicing.
Retail Community
5.1 2.4 5.5-5.8 3.0 2.0
zone
Spill out
Footway
Rain garden
Parking /
Carriageway
Loading bay
Footway
Figure 4.69 Illustrative section 6. Silvertown Street- Plot 6 & Plot 7

PLOT 7
PLOT 8
PLOT 8
SILO D WAY BARRIER POINT ROAD
16m 16-19m
Community Community Residential
2.0-4.0 2.0 2.6-8 2.1-3 5.5 2.3-4.8

Width varies
Rain garden
Planting
Width varies
Rain garden
Planting
Footway
Footway
parking
Planting /
Carriageway
Footway
Footway
Figure 4.70 Illustrative section 7. Silo D Way- Plot 7 & Plot 8 Figure 4.71 Illustrative section 8. Barrier Point Road- Plot 8
The site offers extensive scope for redevelopment, being • works of repair and restoration of the dock walls
largely devoid of buildings, historic or otherwise. The • infilling and excavation of parts of the dock area
huge scale of the few existing historic buildings on the • the placing of structures in, on or over the dock area
site and their robust industrial aesthetic also supports • alterations and conversion of the Millennium Mills
the principle of high-density redevelopment. The complex;
0 50 100 M
proposed Silvertown Quays will impact on the following • development in the setting of Silo D.
heritage aspects:
4.5.11 LEVELS Further details of this are set out in Chapters 5-8 of this
document. A full assessment is set out in Chapter 4 of the
Environmental Statement (Cultural Heritage).
Existing site levels
The levels within the Site rise substantially Millennium Rank’s Premier Mills The Royal Victoria Dock .00
from around +1.7m to +2.5m AOD at North Mills (Rank Hovis) +5
Woolwich Road street level to +5.2m to +5.5m

AOD across the Site generally.
The diagrams / images opposite show the
0
+5.0
significant level change between North +5.00
Woolwich Road and the southwestern
edge of the Site. currently delinated by the +4 +2.00
.00
landscaped bank just north of the footpath.
The historic maps show how the industrial Historic finger
working dock areas were raised up to dock +3.00 docks not
currently visible
level, whilst the residential areas remained at
the low lying original marshes level.
+1
Pontoon Dock .00
The dock wall level is at +5.18m AOD and the +5.00
existing water level sits at around +4.25m +2.0 Silo D
0 +5.00
AOD The bottom of Pontoon Dock basin is
Existing heritage context
at around -2.25m AOD and the main Royal
+5.00
Victoria Dock is at around -5.5m AOD The
+2.00
finger docks are shallower at around 0m AOD.
+3.00
+1.00 +4.00
+2.00
+1.00
Figure 4.72 Existing site levels
+3.00 +2.0
0
+3.
00
+4.00
Figure 4.73 Raised bank along North Woolwich Road Figure 4.74 Royal Victoria & Royal Albert Docks, 1918, Port of London Authority
Royal Victoria & Royal Albert Docks,1918, Port of London Authority

Proposed Phase 1 RMA levels
The levels in the southern half of the Phase
1 RMA are constrained by the existing levels
along North Woolwich Road and the existing +5.0
dock wall levels.
Rayleigh Road
The level change between the Phase 1 RMA 2B
Site’s three intersecting roads and North
Woolwich Road is resolved differently along 2A 3
1
Hovis Street
each:
+4.5 Mill s way
• Silvertown Street will follow a gentle
gradient along the length of Plot 6
Silvertown Avenue
Wesley Avenue
• Silo D Way, which is pedestrian-only, will 4
provide an accessible zig-zag route and a
stepped direct route
• Barrier Point Road will provide an

accessible road no steeper than 1:20 +5.0
In the northern part of the Site, minor level

changes have been made in order to provide a
Silvertown Street
robust surface water drainage design.
Mill Road
5
+4.5
+5.00 +4.0
Barr
+4.50
+4.00 de
+3.5 a l si
ier P
+3.50 Can
6
o int
+3.00
8
Sil o
+2.50 +3.0
Ro a d
+2.00
DW
+2.5 7
+1.50
ay
+1.00 +2.0
Phase 1 RMA
ic h Ro a d
Boundary Woolw
Nor t h
OPP Boundary
Figure 4.75 Proposed Phase 1 RMA levels
4.5.12 ACCESSIBILITY The Development will be designed to be as
inclusive as possible for:
Overview Scope
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN The development proposals will be

subject to and required to comply with the
The design team have developed their
proposals for the scheme with specific
Residents of the development;
applicable regulations and standards covering regard to disabled people as residents and
Introduction • Visitors to the development; accessibility, movement and navigation their visitors as well as people working in
Purpose of the Access Statement throughout the site and associated public and visiting the non-residential uses of the
• People working in and visiting the realm. development. The consultancy process will
The purpose of this section is to comment commercial spaces; and involve contributions to the ongoing design as
specifically on how the RMA addresses This access statement demonstrates it develops including feedback from ongoing
accessibility and inclusive design for the • The wider community beyond the site strategies adopted from mandatory and ‘best consultative reviews.
Phase 1 RMA masterplan. It describes and boundary. practice’ guidance documents throughout the
appraises the inclusive design provisions design process. It is also in line with the OPP Commentary is also made on operational and
within the proposed development, including The meaning of ‘disabled’ in this Design Code DAS Access Statement section. management considerations as necessary.
its external approaches. is the definition stated in the Equality Act
2010. At this stage, the development proposals The general arrangements for approaches
This section should be read in conjunction demonstrate that a high level of inclusive to the development within the public realm,
Access Consultants
with the set of application plans, the other design can be achieved by the completed parking provision, entrances and common
sections within this DAS and all other Lord Consultants Limited (LCL) have been scheme, subject to ongoing detailed design of external circulation areas are described, along
documents that support this Phase 1 RMA. appointed to ensure that all access and the buildings and public realm. with other considerations where relevant.
inclusive design matters are integrated into
The strategy for Phase 1 embodies the access all design and construction stages of the Policy
A more detailed summary of the inclusive
standards that apply to all built development development. All staff used in preparation design provisions for each of the individual
There has been a commitment by all
and public realm to inform future phased of this document have attained consultant Plots within this Phase 1 RMA can be found in
stakeholders from the outset to ensure
planning applications. level of the National Register of Access their respective sections of this DAS.
that the philosophy of inclusive design
Consultants, which is the bench mark and consideration of all user needs now
It sets out how the scheme will be progressed qualification for access consultancy in the UK. and in the future will be included within This section does not describe or review any
with consideration of the principles of the development of the Masterplan. The part of the development used solely to allow
inclusive design, supported by the Design project review process has incorporated a the buildings or any service or fitting within
Code that formed part of the OPP. suitable approach for meeting the relevant the buildings to be inspected, repaired or
duties under the Equality Act 2010 (which maintained, in line with the scope detailed in
incorporates the now repealed Disability Part M of the Building Regulations.
Discrimination Act 1995) where relevant to the
scheme and its occupation. If a disabled person requires access to
these areas as part of their work, then their
TSP are committed to policies that promote employer is expected to take all reasonable
inclusive management of the public realm steps to ensure that there are no barriers to
and commercial and residential blocks at post them carrying out their work. Any building
occupancy stages as well as consultation and adjustments that are required would be
collaboration to meet the needs of staff and carried out retrospectively as and when the
residents where applicable. need is identified.

Method of review Regulations, policy, standards and British Standards documents are referred to, including good
guidance practice guidance books written by specialists,
The proposals have been reviewed using a • BS 8300:2018: Design of an accessible
such as:
journey sequence through the scheme as Introduction and inclusive built environment, Vols 1 &
follows: 2:– Code of Practice, British Standards • Inclusive Mobility: A Guide to Best Practice
The purpose of the RMA is to comply with Institute, 2018 on Access to Pedestrian and Transport
• Arrival at the site; the policy and guidance relevant at the time Infrastructure, Oxley P., Department for
of the approval of the OPP, including those • British Standard 9999:2017 Code of Practice Transport, 2002;
• Connectivity to the surrounding set out in the relevant Conditions and Design for Fire Safety in the Design, Management
environment; Code. and use of Buildings, British Standards • Shared Space: Local Transport Note 1/11,
Institution, 2008; Department for Transport, 2011 (retracted
• Circulation around the site; This section provides a summary of policy, 2018) noting subsequent DfT Inclusive
design standards and guidance that are being London and National Planning Policy and Transport Strategy 2018 and associated
• Access to external facilities on site; applied to the Phase 1 RMA. Guidance shared space clarification letter (Sept 2018)
Building Regulations • GLA Housing SPG , 2012
• Approaches to all buildings; • Creating Better Streets: Inclusive and
• The Building Regulations 2010, Access to • The London Plan Spatial Development Accessible Places (Review of Shared
• Building design; and and Use of Buildings, Approved Document Spaces), CIHT 2018
Strategy for Greater London, March 2016
M (2004 edition incorporating 2010 and
• emergency evacuation strategy. 2013 and 2016 amendments), HMSO, 2015; • Better Streets delivered, learning from
• Mayor of London Play and Informal
The access provisions are reviewed against Approved Document M Vol 1: Dwellings and Recreation SPG, 2012 completed schemes - TfL / Mayor of
the access regulations and standards that Vol 2: Non Dwellings. London, 2018
Internal space standards
apply. This section considers the requirements
of all users, including: • The Building Regulations 2010, Fire safety, • Designing for Accessibility, Lacy A., CAE/
• Nationally Described Space Standards, 2015
Volume 1 - Dwellinghouses, Approved RIBA Publishing, 2004; since updated to
• People with mobility impairments; Document B (2006 edition incorporating Interpretation of the standards 2012 version.
2010 and 2013 amendments), HMSO, 2013;
• People with visual impairments; Approved Document M and BS 8300:2018 • The Colour, Light and Contrast Manual:
• The Building Regulations 2010, Fire safety, provide general access advice, but they both Designing and Managing Inclusive Built
• Deaf and people with hearing loss; Volume 2 - Buildings other than Dwelling refer to other standards and regulations Environments, Bright K., Cook G., Wiley-
houses, Approved Document B (2006 about specific aspects of buildings and their Blackwell, 2010; and
• Older people; and edition incorporating 2007, 2010 and 2013 surroundings.
amendments) HMSO, 2013; • Inclusive urban design: Streets for life,
• Children. Access standards are in a continuing state Architectural Press, 2006.
• The Building Regulations 2010, Protection of development because of changing needs,
The project at this stage has been designed expectations and legislation. The nature of changing needs and standards
from falling, collision and impact, Approved
to RIBA Stage 2 and this Design and Access can result in anomalies and contradictions.
Document K (1998 edition incorporating
Statement and elements of the Design Code Therefore, several separately authored Therefore, access and inclusivity will be
2000, 2010 and 2013 amendments), HMSO,
set out the standards to which each element considered and refined throughout the
2013;
will be developed through to construction. design process so that Silvertown Quays is as
accessible as possible.
Phase 1 Masterplan proposals and • Refuse strategy The Commission for Architecture and the Built • To design inclusively, which means
inclusive design strategy Environment published a guide called The designing beyond the minimum
• A flexible framework for future phases Principles of Inclusive Design in 2006, which requirements of the Building Regulations
Lifetime neighbourhoods states that inclusive design: Part M to ensure that all people, regardless
The Phase 1 Masterplan also follows the of age, sex or ability can use and enjoy the
The aspiration for the Phase 1 Masterplan is principles of Lifetime Neighbourhoods • Places people at the heart of the design
aligned to the OPP which is to accommodate built environment;
published by the Department for process;
inclusive design as part of mainstream Communities and Local Government in
provision rather than as ‘special needs’ • To address the anticipated, substantial
December 2011. These are as follows: • Acknowledges diversity and difference; increase of older people in proportion to
arrangements. This is in line with Lifetime
Neighbourhood principles referred to in the • Walkable neighbourhood: All outdoor the working-age population in the near
• Offers choice where a single design future and their needs;
OPP Design Code as well as in more recent spaces, services and facilities, including car
solution cannot accommodate all users;
London Plan policy, which aim to create parking spaces, are at walkable distances
sustainable communities by designing places from all homes; • To meet the aims of the Equality Act,
• Provides for flexibility in use; and where applicable; and
that are accessible, inclusive and safe thereby
responding to current and future demographic • Transport: There is good provision of public
• Provides buildings and environments that • To follow design guidance given in relevant
changes, including the anticipated increase of transport nearby;
are convenient and enjoyable to use for British Standards and other currently
older people of working-age population. everyone
• Housing: Homes will be designed to published good practice guidance about
The Phase 1 Masterplan considers inclusive adapt to the needs of the residents, These criteria are important factors in meeting the needs of disabled people.
design by reference to the following provisions when becoming older and/ or potentially recommending the most inclusive (not just Guidance for Lifetime Neighbourhoods and
that will serve all users including disabled and disabled. accessible) solutions for a development within current accessible and inclusive housing
older people. the client’s resources. Inclusive environments standards is a key reference for the project,
London Plan policy 7.2 states the need
seek to remove obstacles for all potential ensuring that physical barriers to access
• Integrated amenities to deliver inclusive, not just accessible
users, especially people who have one or for all people, including older and disabled
environments. Inclusive design is central to
more of the protected characteristics listed in people and children are avoided, providing a
• A permeable street network the policies of the London Plan, with mention
the Equality Act 2010. welcoming and comfortable environment
of it throughout the text of the plan. Policy 7.2
• Transport strategy and services states: Access aims Summary of objectives
“The Mayor will require all new development Silvertown Quays will incorporate the • Parking: Accessible car-parking spaces
• A network of public spaces
in London to achieve the highest standards of following access principles: (Blue Badge) will be provided in accordance
• Clearly defined public, communal and accessible and inclusive design and supports • To maximise access to all parts of the with Condition T2.
private spaces the principles of inclusive design which seek development, its facilities and services for
to ensure that developments: all future residents, visitors and members • Drop-off: Drop-off/pick-up points for taxis,
• Commercial and community use buildings of staff in the Development; Dial-a- Ride and community transport
• Can be used safely, easily and with dignity
minibuses will be located at key points.
by all regardless of disability, age, gender,
• A broad mix of dwelling types and sizes • To meet local, regional and national access
ethnicity or economic circumstances; and
and inclusive design policies; • Public spaces: The proposals will provide
• Accessible housing and parking new public spaces with pocket urban
• Are convenient and welcoming with no
• To ensure that appropriate access squares as gathering points for recreation,
disabling barriers, so everyone can use
• An integrated build form standards are met at the outset and resting and wayfinding.
them independently without undue effort,
separation or special treatment.” as part of mainstream, inclusive design
• A mixed tenure wherever possible; • Planting and landscape features will
include seats and resting places at a
minimum of every 50m;

• Pedestrian routes: Safe pedestrian zones, Royal Victoria Dock Bridge Phase 1 Masterplan levels and constraints Transport connections
without traffic and with step-free, level or
A new pedestrian / cycle bridge is proposed Site levels in the north of the site will remain Public Transport
gently-sloping circulation routes. Accessible
routes (ARs) will be step-free with gradients across Royal Victoria Dock as part of the approximately as existing but will be slightly
DLR, bus and Emirates Air Line (EAL) cable car
gentler than 1:20; wider Silvertown development. (Subject to a amended to provide suitable drainage and
provisions are covered in detail in section 4.5.1
future planning application). continue to be fairly gentle providing a good
of this DAS and also in the separate transport
level of access to the individual plots and
• Landscaping: The landscaping will provide statement that forms part of this RMA.
The bridge link will provide an important and public realm.
step-free routes throughout the site, with
spaces for leisure and recreation, and with direct pedestrian and cycle access between Pedestrian and Cycle
street furniture designed and located to the Silvertown site and Custom House The levels in the southern half of the site are
Docklands Light Railway (DLR) station and constrained by the existing levels along North Walking and cycling routes within the vicinity
minimise clutter and obstructions. of the proposed development are of a good
Crossrail services in future, as well as the Woolwich Road and the existing dock level.
ExCeL London and various commercial / retail Co-ordinated review and design development quality and are covered in detail in section of
• Residential standards: All residential this Das and also in the separate transport
land uses along the northern edge along the has been undertaken to provide an optimum
developments will be designed to 90% statement that forms part of this RMA.
Royal Docks. solution for this area which is in accordance
Approved Document M (ADM) Vol 1 M4(2)
with the OPP Design Code and BS 8300 Vol 1
standards with 10% being wheelchair Cycle parking will be provided in accordance
The bridge is expected to be delivered 2018.
dwellings to ADM 4(3)standards; with the minimum rates specified in Condition
concurrently with Phase 1 and therefore will
effectively form part of the future baseline The level change between the three T1 of the OPP.
• Commercial and public building design:
network. The bridge will for part of a separate intersecting roads and North Woolwich Road
These will be designed to the appropriate Secure, covered and easily accessible cycle
planning application. in the southern half is resolved differently
Building Regulation Standards including parking will be provided for each Plot. Visitor
along each:
Approved Documents Part M and K; and Access to historic buildings cycle parking will be provided at-grade
• Silvertown Street will provide an as gentle throughout the development in convenient
• Legibility and wayfinding: Clear visual The site is not in a conservation area but is as possible gradient along the length of locations within the public realm. Please refer
links will be provided between the distinguished by its industrial heritage and plot 6; to the Transport statement that forms part of
entrances to the site and key buildings. contains two heritage buildings, Silo D (Grade
this RMA.
Predictable spaces, facilitating wayfinding II listed building) and the Millennium buildings
• Silo D Way, which is pedestrian-only, will
for people who are blind or partially (locally listed). Treatment of these areas Taxi
provide an accessible zig-zag route with
sighted. in terms of access will require a degree of
level landing areas every 500mm rise Accessible Taxi and general vehicle drop off
flexibility.
and outside each block entrance and an provision has been made for each plot within
alternative stepped direct route; the Phase 1.
The Equality Act cannot override any other
piece of legislation. If the impact of access Car
• Barrier Point Road will provide an
improvements on a building is deemed
accessible road no steeper than 1:20 and
unacceptable, a managed approach or The local highway network is largely as
level landings every 500mm rise and
alternative provision may be adopted and will considered in the OPP TA.
outside entrances.
be recorded in the building’s post-completion
Access Management Plan. Refer to Figure 4.75 on page 85 for Since the OPP the Royal Wharf development
proposed Phase 1 RMA levels. has implemented a number of highway
Consultation
The scheme has been subject to detailed

pre-application consultation with the GLA,
the London Borough of Newham and the DRP.
Please refer to Section 6.0 of this DAS for
further information.
improvements on North Woolwich Road. Public Realm, External Areas and • Out of hours servicing street - As per the Integration with Future Masterplan
These include two new access points and a Approaches OPP Parameters Plan, the street to the
signalised junction onto North Woolwich Road. south of Millennium Mills (Plots 2-3) is The Phase 1 development will need to operate
Access strategy designated as a primary pedestrian route, effectively both in isolation, and ultimately as
with out of hours servicing. part of the wider OPP masterplan.
The Phase 1 RMA site provides car parking There is a strong network of spaces between
is in accordance with Condition T2 with the the buildings within the Phase 1 development Provisions to ensure clarity and safety for all The key feature of the post-Phase 1 street
objective to be ‘car light’ having regard to the that can be freely accessed by the public, users include: network is that vehicular access to Millennium
draft new London Plan. including parks, squares, roads, pedestrian Mills from Silvertown Avenue / Wesley Road
areas, cycle routes and open space, including • Design distinguishing clearly between the
would be closed. As a result, Plots 2-4 would
Wheelchair accessible parking is proposed the dockside. The provisions are covered in needs of pedestrians, vehicles and cycles.
be accessed from the east under future
at a rate of 0.03 spaces per residential unit more detail in the earlier past of Section 4.5 Appropriate signage and material changes
scenarios.
(3%). An allowance has also been made to (access) and section 5 (landscaping) of this will be implemented to ensure safe
incorporate an additional 0.07 spaces per unit DAS. movement of pedestrians and cyclists at all Sitewide play strategy
(7%) on a passive / ‘as required’ basis, totalling times.
a potential provision of 0.10 disabled parking The play strategy will be provided on-site
Pedestrian access routes (PARs) are defined
spaces per unit (10%). • Ensuring a simple and unobstructed in accordance with the LB Newhams Play
as the most direct and convenient pedestrian
footway network is promoted and any Standards and reference noted with regards
routes linking key parts of the Development.
Residential accessible parking provision unavoidable overlap between pedestrians to the GLA 2012 Supplementary Planning
They are designed to be inclusive and have
has been designed to be as close to each and vehicles will be minimised and closely Guidance ‘Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play and
access features such as gentle gradients,
residential plot as practicable, either on plot managed. Informal Recreation’. Please refer to section 5
suitable surfaces and rest points.
or roadside within the public realm. Level (landscaping) of this DAS for further detail.
resting places will also be provided along The PARs for the Development include: • The accessibility requirements of partially
routes, where a 40m distance is exceeded. sighted and disabled people will be a major Accessibility and Inclusive Design has been
• Pedestrian footways alongside roads, factor in the determination of surface included within design proposals for play
For the commercial plots, Millennium Mills and edge types, so as to provide a legible within residential courtyards and residential
and Plot 4 will not provide car parking • Approaches to building entrances; and safe environment in conjunction with play streets with reference made to BS 8300
for staff or visitors within the proposed current accessibility requirements. Vol 1 and accessible play guidance such as
development but will include accessible • Any route that connects with an adjacent Developing Accessible Play Space: A Good
parking bay provision in close proximity within pedestrian route or public space. Practice Guide, published by the Department
• The lighting of the public realm has been
the public ream. for Communities and Local Government.
There are four street types proposed within developed in line with the OPP Design
Phase 1 as detailed as below: Code. Water and open space strategy
Further detail regarding accessible bay
locations can be found in the individual plot • Primary street - These streets will form • Pedestrian footways take into account Water is a key part of the vision of this site,
sections of this DAS and also in the Transport the primary vehicular routes and will roughness and slip resistance to ensure a and the masterplan and landscape design aim
statement associated with this RMA in the accommodate on-street cycling. comfortable and safe walking experience. to make the most out of this asset. Central to
Transport statement associated with this this strategy is to make the water accessible,
RMA. • Secondary street - These will • The use of tactile and hazard warning as well as define the character for the
accommodate some vehicle movement and paving will be provided in compliance with different ways water appears throughout the
accommodate on-street cycling. British Standards, Building Regulations and site (Royal Victoria Dock, Pontoon Dock, finger
Department for Transport (DfT) guidance. canals, SuDS, etc.).
• Tertiary street - Designed to accommodate
low levels of traffic with pedestrian and All such instances will be developed with
cyclist priority. consideration of the OPP Design Code and all
associated design guidance.

For Phase 1, the finger dock by Silo D offers Residential plots Residential entrances Vertical circulation
the opportunity for direct interaction with
Introduction All communal residential entrances will be Each building will have suitable access
the water because of its scale and location.
detailed to meet the guidance of Approved to passenger lift provision with two lifts
Royal Victoria Dock is already used for various The residential plots have been designed to Document M, Volume 1, Clauses 2.14 -2.15, and provided in each block that service all floor
recreational activities and Phase 1 seeks to meet the highest accessible standards in 3.14-3.15 in all respects, including: levels providing a minimum internal car size
complement this. line with the intent of the OPP Design Code.
that exceeds the relevant requirements
Lifetime Homes guidance from 2010 and • Clear opening width of each leaf being a
of Approved Document M of the Building
As the detailed masterplan is developed, Wheelchair Housing Guidance from 2006 has minimum of 850 mm;
Regulations.
inclusive design will be centre to the been superceded and replaced as part of the
provisions within these areas in line with BS 2015 Housing Technical Standards changes • Compliant opening forces where manually
8300 2018 Vol 1. All common stairs are designed to meet Part
and amendments to GLA and National operated (and automatic closers to be
M, with reference to Part K, at this stage. They
Planning Policy which has led to Approved adjusted to be compliant);
will be designed to suit ambulant disabled
Public and commercial buildings Document M 2015, Vol 1 – Dwellings being
people and tonal contrast to aid people
Millennium Mills. applied for the residential parts and Phase 1 • Any door opening controls (for example,
with impaired sight. Handrails will be at 900
development requiring 90% ADM 4(2) and 10% large push pads on posts near to doors)
mm above nosings, and will extend 300 mm
Accessibility and inclusive design provisions ADM 4(3). will need to be located within reach of all
beyond the top and bottom step.
are being designed in line with ADM Vol 2 2015 users, with clear signage;
and BS 8300 2018. General arrangement
Communal residents facilities and amenity
The proposals at this stage indicate that all • If glazed, the doors will be distinguished space
Please refer to section 7.2.8 for further detail requirements for the common parts of the from their surrounding panels sufficiently
on the accessibility and inclusive design for identification by people with impaired The communal residents facilities and
residential buildings will be met, subject to
proposals. vision; amenity space within each residential plot
the detailed design and construction of them.
have been designed to meet ADM Vol 2 and
Plot 4 BS 8300 2018.
All internal communal doors will meet the • Effective manifestation will be applied to
Accessibility and inclusive design provisions guidance of Approved Document M in all any glazed doors or screens: and Refuse stores
are being designed in line with ADM Vol 2 2015 respects, including having vision panels and
and BS 8300 2018. sufficient tonal contrast between the doors • Suitable floor surfaces shall be provided The refuse strategy for each residential plot
and the surrounding walls: +/- 30 difference in immediately inside external doors to will require residents to bring their waste to
Please refer to section 7.3.7 for further detail LRV (light reflectance value) is recommended. remove water and snow from shoes and refuse stores on the ground floors of each
on the accessibility and inclusive design wheels. building or specifically for Plot 8, a managed
proposals. Statutory requirements for access in refuse chute solution from the central
Horizontal circulation courtyard. Distances to refuse stores or
communal areas of residential buildings
Retail Units chutes will be minimised to ensure inclusive
are set out by Parts M and K of the Building Compliant dimensions of communal corridors,
Regulations, with guidance about approved lift and stair landings, and clear landings access.
Retail is concentrated around the main open
spaces: Silvertown Place, Mills Square and Silo solutions in Approved Documents M (Volume in front of communal and private dwelling Means of escape
D Park, with community uses on the corners 1) and K. Some aspects of communal facilities entrances should be maintained throughout
of plots 7 and 8 at North Woolwich Road. in residential buildings will be designed with detailed design and construction in line with The Fire Strategy for each residential plot
reference to Approved Document M, Volume Approved Document M. will take precedence over this section of the
Accessibility and inclusive design provisions 2. Access Statement. Nevertheless the following
are being designed in line with ADM Vol 2 2015 A minimum of 1500 mm x 1500 mm clear measures for the evacuation of residents,
and BS 8300 2018. It should be noted that where Category 3 space is provided outside lift doors on disabled staff and visitors to the Development
units are provided within a core, the access each level and also outside each ADM 4(3) should be considered.
route and associated communal access areas wheelchair unit’s private entrance.
will also comply with Category 3.
The strategy should include best practice Residential layouts The layouts of the units are also designed • S
pecification of suitable surface materials,
procedures for the evacuation of disabled to meet Categories 2 and 3 of the Building including provision of sufficient tonal
Overview
people from all parts of the buildings, Regulations and to meet the criteria of the contrast where required. (make these all
including BS 9999:2017 and Regulatory Reform This section covers the approach to inclusive Nationally Described Space Standard. bullet points)
(Fire Safety) Order Supplementary Guidance. design for the residential units and how
Features of the residential units that are
they will be designed to meet the relevant Any changes to these aspects of the
not designed, specified or assessed prior to
Normal provisions for residential buildings standards and regulations. Please refer to the proposals during detailed design will need to
the planning application that will need to be
will apply to the residential levels of the sample layouts in the residential plot specific be carefully considered to ensure compliance
compliant at completion include:
Development whereby only the residents of sections of this DAS. with Building Regulations is maintained.
an affected unit will evacuate. Others are • O
pening forces of doors to Category 3
protected as the residential units themselves The provision consists of the following Features of the residential common parts that units;
function as safe refuges. dwelling types: are not designed, specified or assessed prior
to the planning application that will need to • L
evel thresholds for all entrance doors and
All designated escape routes will allow
Table: be compliant at completion include: balcony doors (including to terraces above
wheelchair users and others to reach a safe Plot ADM 4(2) ADM 4(3) TOTAL habitable rooms for Category 3 dwellings);
• Appropriate and accessible directional
area from each part of the Development. No signage to parts of the development and to
• P
rovision of accessible utility services and
1 234 31 265 residential units;
Alarm systems will provide visual as well as controls;
audible signals in isolated locations such as 5 36 0 36
• E
xternal lighting, including lighting of
staff and customer WCs. 6 88 18 106 • P
rovision of sockets and switches in
entrances;
accessible locations;
7 224 16 240
8 267 29 296 • Entrance shelters;
• Glazing heights and window guarding; and
TOTAL 849 94 943 • L
evel thresholds to all communal
entrances, individual residential unit • Window operation.
Table 4.3 Acccessible housing provisions
entrances and balconies; Category 2 units
• O
pening forces of doors to entrances and All M4(2) provision dwellings will be single
General arrangement common areas; storey apartments apart from 8 maisonettes
in Plot 5 and 5 maisonettes on Plot 8.
The residential plots will deliver 943 dwellings
• S
urface materials in common parts to have
of which 90% are designed to ADM 4(2) and There is lift access to the upper level
sufficient tonal contrast and lighting where
10% (93 units) to ADM 4(3). apartments within the apartment blocks and
required;
all units meet the requirements of Part M,
The external approaches to residential the London Plan Housing SPG (parts relating
• D
etailing of internal stairs and ramps,
entrances, the entrances, lobbies and to accessible homes) and the Nationally
including tactile warning (exterior only) and
common areas, including vertical circulation Described Space Standard.
handrails to both sides;
that have been reviewed at this stage are
designed to meet the guidance of Approved
• D
etailing of lift cars, controls and audio
Document M, Volume 1, Categories 2 and 3 in
information;
all respects.
• D
etailing of sanitary and kitchen facilities
for residents’ facilities; and

Category 3 units Conclusion
The wheelchair housing strategy has been The proposed Development offers a
developed in line with London Plan policy to level of inclusive design that exceeds the
provide a good mix of location and tenure minimum access requirements of the
across the residential plots within the Phase Building Regulations, local and London-wide
1 RMA. This includes the OPP requirement for access policies. It also complies with the
10% of the overall affordable rented provision requirements of the conditions attached to
to be wheelchair housing. the OPP.
Each aspect of arriving, entering and using the

M4(3) wheelchair units are provided in all
buildings has been carefully considered during
residential plots apart from Plot 5 due to the
the design process, including activities within
plot specific constraints.
individual dwellings.
All M4(3) dwellings are accessed using one of
Key access provisions that exceed the
two passenger lifts in the cores that serve the
minimum access requirements include:
units.
• Creation of improved accessible and
inclusive routes for the public realm
and amenity spaces throughout the
Development, accommodating level
changes in the most inclusive way possible.
• Common parts of the development,

including the exterior approaches, public
spaces, facilities and routes between car
parking spaces and public transport, will be
designed to be as inclusive as possible.
• Creation of improved accessible routes

for the public realm and amenity spaces
throughout the Development.
• Residential amenity space and facilities

that are comfortable and accessible for
independent use by residents.
5.0
Landscape
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The Landscape Strategy describes the OPP Condition A7 Play Space • External lighting statement - refer to
landscape and public realm proposals for Section 5.10 Lighting strategy
Requires that “the details approved in respect
the phase 1 RMA including the planting
of play space(s), park(s), communal amenity
strategy, SUDs/drainage strategy and play • Ecology mitigation and management plan -
space and private amenity space pursuant to
strategy. It also includes information relating refer to Section 5.13 Ecology management
Conditions A1 and A2 shall be implemented
to the lighting strategy and the ecological plan
in full prior to Occupation of 50% of the
management plan.
residential units within the relevant phase to
• Bird hazard management plan - refer to
which they relate”.
This section specifically sets out the Appendix A3 Bird hazard management plan
requirements of the relevant OPP conditions
For the relevant context to this condition refer
and RMA specification and details how these • Dock walls - refer to Section 5.9 Dock
to Section 5.5 Play strategy and relevant plot
requirements are addressed. walls
landscape subsections.
Key Planning Conditions
Reserved Matters Specification
The following describes key conditions Requirements
relevant to landscape, and the RMA
requirements: Condition A2 identifies relevant requirements
of the Reserved Matters Specification. The
OPP Condition A4 RMA specification is annexed to the decision
notice, and requires that the following
The phase 1 RMA is being submitted further landscaping relevant matters be addressed as
to a recent application seeking approval of part of the Phase 1 RMA:
details under Condition A4 (Phasing Details).
This condition includes details for approval • Hard landscaping (including samples
by LBN of “the area, location and programme of paving and hard surfaces) - refer to
for construction of public open space, public Section 5.7 Hard landscape
realm and landscaping to be provided in that
phase”. • Soft landscaping/planting - refer to
Section 5.3 Planting strategy
OPP Condition A6 Planting
Sets out that “all landscaping plans and • Green and brown roofs - refer to Section
all planting should make such planting 5.3 Planting strategy
unattractive to birds so as not to have an
adverse effect on the safety of operations • SUDS/finished levels - refer to Section 5.4
at London City Airport by encouraging bird SUDS/drainage strategy
roosting and creating sources of food and
birds, and thereby presenting a bird strike • Public realm and Landscape Management
threat to aircraft operating at the Airport”. and Maintenance Scheme - refer to
Section 5.11 Landscape management
For response to this condition refer to Section
5.13 Ecology management plan. • Landscape delivery plan - refer to Section
5.12 Landscape delivery plan
96 Landscape | 5.0
Figure 5.1 Photo looking north showing finger dock Silo D and Millennium Mills
5.2 LANDSCAPE MASTERPLAN
Silvertown Quays presents a unique enlivens and activates the proposed public
opportunity to harness the history of a former spaces
industrial dockland, reinterpret and reinvent it
within the frame of a public realm and mixed- • A permeable, inclusive and legible public
use neighbourhood to create a strong sense of realm prioritising pedestrians and cyclists,
place unlike anywhere in London. allowing people to cohabit with vehicles
safely
The Landscape Strategy illustrates how
the landscape proposals have evolved and • Value, understand and reinterpret the
been informed by site analysis / context, ecological richness and sense of urban
architectural proposals and consultations with wild that characterises the existing open
LBN and other stakeholders. mosaic habitat found on the existing site
in the setting of a new urban realm and
This section covers the key spaces in the residential community
public realm as well as each strand of the
landscape strategy including proposed • Maximise urban greening and permeable
materials, furniture, trees and planting, surfaces, use soft landscape to define
biodiverse green roofs, play, SuDS, biodiversity, streets zones, create intimacy, frame
landscape management and phasing / spaces and programme, moderate urban
delivery. microclimate by mitigating effects of sun,
heat, wind, and urban flooding; engender
Aims wellness, biodiversity and resilience
• Celebrate the industrial and maritime
heritage with a ‘found’ landscape through • Respond positively to microclimate by
the retention and retracing of historic providing places to soak up the sun or
features, reuse of existing materials and seek shelter each day throughout the year
specification of a new durable materials
and planting palette that articulates • A landscape that is intrinsically playful
the sense of permanence and its post- with opportunities for children and adults
industrial and pioneer qualities to play across the public realm from
streets squares parks and courtyards,
• Place water at the heart of the Silvertown including opportunities for future
experience by creating opportunities for waterborne play and leisure use of the
access to the water and recreation on dock
the water, and integrate water features
and drainage thoughtfully throughout the
public realm so that water in its many
forms becomes the defining characteristic
of living and working at Silvertown Quays.
• Define a hierarchy that is informed by and

links Millennium Mills and Silo D Quarter
character areas and that facilitates,
98 Landscape | 5.0
INDICATIVE ROYAL
VICTORIA DOCK
BRIDGE
DOCK WATERFRONT
SILVERTOWN
PLOT 2 HOVIS
RAYLIEGH ROAD
PLACE
YARD
PLOT 1 PLOT 3
MILLS
SQUARE
HOVIS STREET
MILLS WAY
WESLEY AVENUE
PLOT 4
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
EVELYN WALK
PLOT 5
SILO D PARK
SILVERTOWN STREET
SILO D
MILL ROAD
BRIDGE
BAR
ID E
PLOT 6 ALS
RIER
CAN
P O IN
S I LO
PLOT 8
T RO
DW
PLOT 7
A
AY
D
ICH ROA
ORT H WOOLW
A1020 N
Figure 5.2 Silvertown Quays Phase 1 RMA - Illustrative masterplan
5.2.1 MILLS SQUARE movements in later phases allowing the
street to become almost completely
pedestrianised. Eventually the only vehicles
Legibility entering the square via Mills Way will be
Established originally as a working yard either to facilitate events in the square,
directly to the south of Millennium Mills the servicing of Plot 2A via the northeast
the proposed public space forms the corner of the square or for emergency
primary civic space to the north of the OPP vehicles. Vehicular access into Mills Square
masterplan, just east of the main axial route and Mills Way will be managed with
that connects Silo D with the proposed retractable bollards and street furniture, this
Royal Victoria Dock Bridge crossing the Dock. is described in more detail in Section 5.8
The space is defined by the locally listed Furniture.
Millennium Mills and proposed Plot 3 forming
a strong enclosure to the north, east and
west sides, with access provided through
these buildings via an open ground floor
plan intended to offer maximum flexibility
and multiple routes between the dock edge
and Silvertown Street. Direct access from
Mills Way is provided into the space for
pedestrians and to enable servicing.
The external space formed by the building

plan is intended to be used in conjunction
with the internal spaces enabling a wide
ranging programme of activity to take place
in support of employment and commercial
uses, and brand and leisure activities Figure 5.3 Landscape analysis diagram
planned for the buildings around. With the
southern aspect open direct sunlight will
enter the place throughout the day shifting
from the west to east side.
Millennium Mills
The OPP indicative masterplan includes
the addition of buildings to the south of
Mills Square which will close the space on
the southern side but set back to retain
good sunlight across the space. Mills Way
to the south will have diminished vehicle
Figure 5.4 Photo Millennium Mills south facade Figure 5.5 Photo Millennium Mills western facade
100 Landscape | 5.0

Role of Mills Square with spiral water jets that evoke the
mechanical triumph of giant screws that
With flexibility and utility underpinning
lifted grain up the building in the former
the brief the space offers open space
mill workings and at times shroud the
during the working hours with multiple
centre of the space with fog drawing
seating and informal workplaces laid out
the influence of the dock deep into the
to enable the space to hold markets,
space. When the water fountains are
screening, concerts and exhibition space
inactive the flood panels can still be
for cultural events or brand related
programmed into a number of variations
activities in support of the building
that define spaces at different scales.
programme.
The mechanics of the feature will be
detailed into the concrete with metal
Responding to the historic fabric and
finishes promoting utility and function.
function of the yard the design seeks to
These water effects will entertain daily
embrace the industrial aesthetic through
users and draw in visitors to interact with
extensive use of in-situ concrete finishes,
the space and contribute to enjoyment of
These are laid out using optimal panel
water that is central to the masterplan
sizes with a subtle order that relates
concept.
to facades old and new, expressing the
phases of the buildings development.
Texture and relief will come from the Key/annotation required
surface treatment to offer subtle variety Remove areas outside
across the panels that will become more phase 1 boundary
evident as the sun angle lowers.
The industrial quality of the space gives

way on the southern side to a stand of
pioneer species trees and underplanting
that evokes the natural colonisation of
the post industrial landscape. Here the
space becomes more intimate in nature
offering a variety of spaces to dwell
and permeability. These benches and
platforms provide a concealed defence
of the space, doubling as informal play
elements connecting routes through the
planting.
A dynamic water feature offers animation

to the space when programmed activity
is limited. This feature can flood panels
imitating large puddles and reflecting
the facade and tree canopies, entertain
Figure 5.6 Concept Plan - Mills Square
R E T A I L S P I L L- O U T R E T A I L S P I L L- O U T
R E T A I L S P I L L- O U T
2
IN-SITU
SEATING
CONCRETE
BRICK WATER PANELS/

PAVING WATER FOUNTAINS
SEATING
CYCLE
RACKS
IN-SITU
CONCRETE
BRICK
PINE TREES IN PAVING
LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING
SELF-BINDING
MAST MAST MAST
R E T A I L S P I L L- O U T
GRAVEL
BRICK
IN-SITU
PAVING
BRICK CONCRETE
PAVING
NICHES WITH NICHES WITH
NICHES WITH
RISING BENCHES BENCHES
BENCHES RISING
BOLLARDS
PIONEER PLANTING BOLLARDS
PIONEER PLANTING PIONEER PLANTING
AND TREES
AND TREES AND TREES
CYCLE CONCRETE
CONCRETE CONCRETE
RACKS BLOCKS
BLOCKS BLOCKS
4
MILLS WAY
3
Figure 5.7 Illustrative plan - Mills Square. Numbers 1-4 represent location of views on following page
102 Landscape | 5.0

CGI VIEWS TBC
Figure 5.8 View 1: Mills Square with active fountains looking west Figure 5.9 View 2:Mills Square with active fountains looking east
Figure 5.10 View 3: From Mills Way Figure 5.11 View 4: From Mills Way
Programming and events
The following spatial studies have been
prepared that demonstrate the flexibility of
Mills Square. It will accommodate events
such as performances of various scales,
food / seasonal markets as well as its more
everyday uses i.e. during weekday lunchtimes
when workers in the adjacent commercial
space will use the square at lunchbreaks,
and summer days and school holidays when
the water features will take centre stage.
Figure 5.12 1no person/m2
Figure 5.14 Large scale performance - Area 750m2 with ~1500 people to a density of 1-5no people/m2
Figure 5.13 5no people/m2

maximum for standing events
104 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.15 Weekday lunchtime ~200 people Figure 5.17 Food Market ~300 people
Figure 5.16 Summer weekend, water play ~400people Figure 5.18 Small scale performance - Area 250m2 with ~500 people to a density of 1-5no people/m2
Scale / programme comparison
The following studies compare the scale of
significant civic spaces and demonstrate
how a flexible programme may be
accommodated in Mills Square.
Figure 5.19 Granary Square (Townshend L.A.) Figure 5.26 South Bank Centre Food Market Figure 5.24 Somerset House Figure 5.28 Museum of Contemporary Art Barcelona
(MACBA)
Figure 5.20 Granary Square with outline of Mills Square Figure 5.22 South Bank with outline of Mills Square Figure 5.25 Somerset House with outline of Mills Square Figure 5.29 MACBA with outline of Mills Square
Figure 5.21 Mills Square with outline of Granary Square Figure 5.23 Mills Square with outline of South Bank Figure 5.27 Mills Square with outline of Somerset House Figure 5.30 Mills Square with outline of MACBA
106 Landscape | 5.0

Spatial and material precedents
The following precedent images illustrate the
proposed material and spatial qualities of
Mills Square.
Figure 5.39 In situ concrete
Figure 5.33 City Dune, Copenhagen (SLA) Figure 5.36 High Line (Field Operations)
Figure 5.31 Concrete panel with green joint
Figure 5.37 Granary Square (Townshend LA)
Figure 5.34 Lettenareal Promenade (Krebs Und Herde) Figure 5.40 Concrete tining finish
Figure 5.32 Stortorget, Kalmar (Caruso St John) Figure 5.35 Zollhallen Plaza (Ramboll/Dreisetl) Figure 5.38 Granary Square (Townshend LA) Figure 5.41 Clay pavers Bermondsey Square (East)
5.2.2 DOCK the setting of an open mosaic garden
interspersed by seating and opportunities
WATERFRONT for children’s play
The Dock Waterfront will become the primary • Receives midday sun throughout the year
ROYAL VICTORIA
threshold into the Site welcoming visitors and will be a good place to enjoy lunch DOCK BRIDGE
arriving by foot or bicycle from the new Royal
• Accommodates spill-out from the retail
Victoria Dock Bridge and connecting the Phase
offers in the east of Plot 1 and west of Plot
1 RMA Site to Custom House DLR Station and
2 alongside a generous pedestrian street
the ExCel Centre on the north side. This RMA
will be supplemented by future applications
• Includes sculptural wind mitigation MILLS NORTH TERRACE
for the new Royal Victoria Dock pedestrian
screens to benefit micro climate (design is PLOT 1 WATERSIDE
and cycle bridge, and associated works to
subject to separate planning application)
the existing pontoons and waterfront areas. SILVERTOWN
This design intent is shown indicatively on the
Mills North Terrace PLACE
plan opposite. The waterside is intended to
be activated through a series of interventions. The waterfront promenade adjoins the north
These include a wave deck which allows entrance terrace of Millennium Mills which
access to the water via steps; extending negotiates a 1.2m level change to its original
access from the dock and greening of the FFL via steps, tectonic seating plinths and
existing jetties/dolphins and activation of the accessible slopes for pedestrians and cyclists.
Lightship, greening around and underneath the This level change enjoys views of the dock
new bridge. and is modulated into a series of accessible
routes, plateau and seating set at different
The waterfront comprises of the three zones levels with niches and spaces for meeting /
described below that will ultimately create gathering. The north facing aspect means that
a continuous dockside experience from the spaces directly adjacent to the mills will
Britannia Village in the west, through Dock be shaded during the middle of the day but it
enjoys light in the early morning and evening. Figure 5.42 Landscape analysis diagram
Waterfront, and east to the Hovis Building in
Phase 2. The entrance on the dockside is colonised
with trees, planted apertures punctuate a
Silvertown Place ground plane of large format concrete panels
and evokes the concept of colonisation. Views
The future Royal Victoria Dock Bridge will land
of the Hovis building to the east are framed
in this location offering an important moment
by clear stem and multi-stem trees providing
of orientation for visitors and a key confluence
a legible route to its future entrance on the
of routes and uses:
west flank wall.
• Frames the key axis of Silvertown Avenue

Plot 1
with views of Silo D to the south
In front of Plot 1 the waterfront is also
• Adjoins the east-west dockside promenade activated by spill-out from the restaurant on
the north / northwest elevations. This area
• Offers a meeting point where visitors may adjoins and complements Silvertown Place
rest, enjoy the waterfront, find artefacts and benefits from good afternoon and evening
reclaimed from Millennium Mills within light during the summer.
108 Landscape | 5.0

INDICATIVE PROPOSAL
FOR ROYAL VICTORIA
DOCK FOOT/CYCLE
BRIDGE INDICATIVE PROPOSAL
FOR JETTY
INDICATIVE PROPOSAL
FOR WAVE DECK AND
PLANTING DOCKSIDE
TREES
WATERFRONT
WATERFRONT 3PIONEER
PROMENADE
PROMENADE PIONEER
DOCKSIDE TREES/PLANTING
TREES TREES/PLANTING MILLS NORTH TERRACE
WATERFRONT STEPS AND SEATING
PROMENADE 1 2
PIONEER
PLANTING/
GARDEN
SILVERTOWN
PLACE
4
Figure 5.43 Illustrative Plan - Dock Waterfront indicatively showing future proposals for jetties, wave-deck and the new Victoria Dock Bridge. Numbers 1-4 represent location of views on following page.
Figure 5.44 Lettenareal Promenade and Lido (Krebs Und Herde) Figure 5.45 Zollhallen Plaza (Ramboll/Dreisetl) Figure 5.46 Chicago Riverwalk (Sasaki)
Figure 5.47 View 1: Looking south onto Silvertown Avenue and Silo D Figure 5.48 View 2: Looking northwest from Mills North Terrace
Figure 5.49 View 3: Dock Promenade and Mills North Terrace looking west Figure 5.50 View 4: Looking north on Silvertown Place
110 Landscape | 5.0

Scale / programme comparison
The following studies compare the scale of
significant civic spaces which demonstrate
how placemaking, active frontages and
pedestrian infrastructure can be reconciled
within a waterfront setting.
Figure 5.51 Tate Modern (Herzog and De Meuron/Vogt LA) Figure 5.54 Royal Festival Hall riverside
Figure 5.52 Tate Modern with outline of Silvertown Quays Waterfront Figure 5.55 Royal Festival Hall riverside with outline of Silvertown Quays Waterfront
Figure 5.53 Silvertown Quays Waterfront with outline of Tate Modern Figure 5.56 Silvertown Quays Waterfront with outline of Royal Festival Hall riverside
5.2.3 SILO D PARK of uses such as cafe, brewery or gallery that
provides a multifunctional use as park pavilion
activating the park. These uses will be tested
Legibility as part of the meanwhile programme before a
The importance of Silo D to the Site is permanent solution is selected. A location on
illustrated by the OPP defined street layout the west flank is preferred that will activate
where Silvertown Avenue provides a linkage and be visible from the most trafficked
to Millennium Mills via a key route. Silo D pedestrian route. The west-side extension is
lies at the southern extent of this Avenue sunny in the afternoon to evening and it is
which changes in character from the open envisaged to integrate a waterside jetty that
civic spaces of the Mills, Royal Victoria Dock enjoys sun most of the day.
in the north to the neighbourhood feel of
Silo D Quarter. The park provides a welcome Role of Silo D Park
dwelling space and re-orientates pedestrians Silo D park will provide a community focus
/ cyclists as 3 routes converge. Access to and open space resource with children’s play
Silvertown Street is expected to be the for the adjacent residential community from
primary route with ~50% of pedestrian flow. Plots 5, 6, 7 and 8. Phase 1 lies within LBN’s
The route via Silo D Bridge over the Finger register of open space deprivation and the
Dock accessing Silo D Way and Barrier Point parks function responds to this with spaces
Road are expected to accommodate ~30% and for family and play. The space adopts a
~20% of pedestrian flows respectively. The parkland aesthetic with grass areas and large
route to Silvertown Street is clearly expressed canopy and flowering trees. The footpaths
using direct desire lines and eastern routes are expressed with in-situ concrete and brick
are clearly legible and gravitate alongside Silo with areas of self-binding gravel. Granite setts
D. found on site adjoining the Silo building will be
retained and the historic finger dock outline
Silo D is traced into the park and up into Silvertown
Figure 5.57 Landscape analysis diagram
Silo D is grade II listed by Historic England as Avenue as a distinct surface treatment.

a rare surviving example of 1920’s modernist
industrial design. The concrete structure, its Children’s play is focussed on the ‘Silo’ play
associated cranes and conveyors lifted and tower that will evoke the silos found on
stored grain from and to ships / barges on the site. The tower provides multi-faceted play
dock. This building has a unique sculptural opportunities for a range of age groups, with
quality and while not included as part of this an external climbable face and internal rope
RMA imposes its character with a singular nets and climbing platforms to access a spiral
presence. The Phase 1 landscape proposals slide. Natural play elements in the form of
sensitively respond to its character and found objects that evoke the site’s industrial
setting. heritage will provide opportunities for natural
play and this will complement the rain garden
The future reactivation of the Silo D will be play area to the north on Silvertown Avenue.
submitted as a separate planning application
but in the interim the brief for Silo D Park
has been informed by future scenario testing
Figure 5.58 Photo of Silo D and finger dock Figure 5.59 Existing photo of Silo D from the north
112 Landscape | 5.0

FINGERDOCK
3 PAVING
SILVERTOWN
2 AVENUE
1
BOLLARDS
NATURAL
PLAY
BRICK
LOW BRICK NATURAL
PAVING
WALL PAVING PLAY Figure 5.61 Duisberg Nord (Latz photo © Christa Panick)
FINGERDOCK
PAVING
SUBSTATION FINGERDOCK SILO PLAY

PAVING TOWER
SELF-BINDING
GRAVEL
LOW
WALL
INDICATIVE SILO D
BOLLARDS TABLE
SILVERTOWN STREET
TENNIS Figure 5.62 Domino Park, New York (Field Operations)
A
NATURAL
S IL
PLAY
OD
LOW
BRI
DOCK EDGE
WALL SLEEPERS
DG
GRANITE
E
SETTS
Figure 5.63 New Holland (West 8)

FINGER DOCK
EXISTING GRANITE
PAVING AND
AMPHITHEATRE
4
DOCK EDGE
SLEEPERS
A DE
A LSI
CAN SILO D
TERRACES WITH
SEATING NICHES WAY
AND PIONEER
PLANTING
Figure 5.60 Illustrative Plan - Silo D Park. Numbers 1-4 represent location of views on following page (see fig 1.69 for section A) Figure 5.64 Karls Adventure Village, Berlin (Berliner)
Figure 5.65 View 1: Looking southwest - Silo D Park Figure 5.66 View 2: Looking southeast - Silo D Park
Figure 5.67 View 3: Looking southwest - Silo D Park Figure 5.68 View 4: Looking northeast from Silvertown Street
114 Landscape | 5.0

TERRACES WITH
SEATING NICHES
AND PIONEER PROPOSED
PLANTING PARK TREES
PLAY
TOWER
SILVERTOWN
STREET
SILO D
BRIDGE
EXISTING GRANITE
PAVING AND
AMPHITHEATRE DOCK EDGE
SLEEPERS
Figure 5.69 Section A (see fig 1.60 for section location)
5.2.4 SILO D BRIDGE For residents of Plots 7 and 8, the bridge will
become part of their daily life, crossing it as
Concept
Inspired by the efficient and asymmetrical
part of their commute or making their way
Masterplan context towards the north of the Site. The Bridge
crane structure currently appended to Silo
D itself, the bridge responds to the unique
From a masterplan perspective, Silo D Bridge offers the opportunity to make crossing the
design character of the silo and the Site’s
is a vital link for north-south movement finger dock an experience, part of a daily
utilitarian heritage. The durable weathered
through the Site. At its southern end, ritual.
steel finish ties it into the heritage of the site
Silvertown Avenue splits, and while the
and overarching landscape strategy. It will be
primary direction of travel is expected to be Lastly, given the importance placed on water
the first of a family of bridges throughout the
west to Silvertown Street, Silo D Bridge still and the relationship to water throughout the
area of canals. Its scale and design respond
carries a significant amount of pedestrians Site, the new bridge plays an important part
to the intimate water condition of the tighter,
making their way to Pontoon Dock DLR or in the realisation of these ambitions.
smaller finger docks as opposed the open
other destinations to the south-east.
water for Royal Victoria Dock and larger, more
exposed Pontoon Dock stretches. Figure 5.71 Reference to the Site’s utilitarian heritage
The setting of the Bridge, next to Silo D and
Silo D Park, adds to its significance. It needs
%*EQMP]SJ'EREP&VMHKIW-RWTMVIHF]7MPS('VERI
to complement both, in terms of form and
scale.
%*EQMP]SJ'EREP&VMHKIW-RWTMVIH
0ERKYEKISJ'VERIW%W]QQIXV]-GSRMG7X]PI
0ERKYEKISJ'VERIW%W]QQIXV]-GSRMG7X]PI
Silvertown Avenue
Creating a Family of Bridges in

Silvertown Street
Silo D
Silo D Bridge
Silo D Park Q
e
a l sid Q
Can
Barri
er Po
Sil o
'SRXIQTSVEV]'VERI
int R
*EQMP]SJFVMHK
'SRWXVYGXMSRXLIQSWX
DW
QEXIVMEPMX]GSPS
IƽGMIRXWXVYGXYVI
o ad
TVSƻPILIMKLX[
ay
(EVOFVMHKIHIG
HEVORIWW%RS
[SYPHFIQSVI
lwich Road
Q
North Woo
Q
Figure 5.70 Silo D Bridge will provide a key pedestrian connection Figure 5.72 Crane structure appended to Silo D Figure 5.73 Scale and height, Westersingel, Rotterdam
6IJIVIRGI;IWXIVWMRKIP6SXXIVHEQ
%QE^MRKLIVMXEKIGVERIEVXMJEGXEX7MPS(
116 'SRGITX7OIXGLIW
Landscape | 5.0
Proposal
The Silo D Bridge facilitates another key
desire line connecting the highway and public
realm areas around Plots 7 and 8 as well as
those travelling from North Woolwich Road
to provide step free access to Silo D Park and
the development to the north.
Linking dock-edge to dock-edge, the bridge

does not interrupt travel alongside the
north or south canal side routes and allows
for another legible pedestrian option and
identifiable piece of wayfinding, becoming a
key feature of Silo D Park area. Figure 5.74 Concept sketches Figure 5.75 Proposed bridge plan view
It’s efficient box frame truss structure, 1:20

slope peak design, maximises height between
water level and bridge underside to allow for
water activation of the finger dock west of the
bridge: c.1.2m and c.2.0m between underside
of bridge and dock low water level and high
water level, respectively.
+4.24 High water level

+3.44 Low water level
Figure 5.76 Proposed bridge passage Figure 5.77 Proposed bridge elevation
Figure 5.78 Silo D Bridge side view
Figure 5.79 Silo D Bridge approach Figure 5.80 Silo D Bridge internal view
118 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.82 Silo D Bridge day view
Figure 5.81 Silo D Bridge aerial view Figure 5.83 Silo D Bridge night view
5.3 PLANTING STRATEGY
The post-industrial landscape found on site is
referred to as ‘Open Mosaic Habitat (OMH) on
Previously Developed Land’, and is designated
as a UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP)
priority habitat.
OMH or brownfield sites are highly species

rich and provide habitat for many rare
invertebrates. The aim is to value, interpret
and recreate OMH where feasible in the
proposed landscape. This has been achieved
through collaboration with Greengage Figure 5.84 Spoil heap, Brassica, Fennel, Purple
Loosestrife
Ecologists and has included site survey, plant
community research and bio-mimicry of
characteristic features / conditions found on Figure 5.87 Ephemeral water Figure 5.90 Knapweed, Ragwort, Hedge Bedstraw
site. The criteria for OMH are defined by UK
BAP as follows:
1. The area of open mosaic habitat is at least

0.25ha in size
2. Known history of site disturbance at

the site or evidence that soil has been
removed or severely modified by previous
use(s) of the site. Extraneous materials/
substrates such as industrial spoil may
have been added Figure 5.85 Paved margin and encroaching scrub
3. The site contains some vegetation.

This will comprise early successional
communities consisting mainly of Figure 5.88 Vipers bugloss Figure 5.91 Field Scabious, Bramble, Meadow Clary
stress-tolerant species (e.g. indicative

of low nutrient status or drought). Early
successional communities are composed
of (a) annuals, or (b) mosses/liverworts, or
(c) lichens, or (d) ruderals, or (e) inundation
species, or (f) open grassland, or (h)
heathland
4. The site contains unvegetated, loose bare

substrate and pools may be present
5. The site shows spatial variation, forming

a mosaic of one or more of the early
successional communities (a)-(h) above
(criterion 3) plus bare substrate within
Figure 5.86 Dock wall, mosses sedum and ruderals Figure 5.89 Everlasting pea, Hedge Bedstraw Figure 5.92 Perennial Flax, Hedge Bedstraw
0.25ha
120 Landscape | 5.0

5.3.1 NATURALISTIC
PLANTING DESIGN
The planting strategy will be based on the
intrinsic character of the OMH and site
conditions. It will follow the mantra of ‘right
plant right place’ informed by microclimate
(wind, light, temperature), soil resource,
proximity to the docks, rainfall and watershed.
We have observed that the northern Victoria

Dock area is larger in scale and openness and
exposed to higher levels of wind and sunlight.
Conversely the south is more enclosed with
sheltered courtyards and a tighter urban grain.
Therefore, the north is broadly characterised
by early successional conditions i.e. pioneer
species, whereas the south will tend to late-
successional conditions. This is illustrated on
the table shown to the right. Figure 5.93 Successional status of tree species and tree selection (Hirons and Sjöman 2019 ©TDAG)
Precedents
Figure 5.98 South Gardens (CTF Photo ©A Pollok-Morris)
Examples of successful low-input naturalistic
plantings are shown and described as follows:
The Highline in New York is based on an

understanding of the found post-industrial/
infrastructure plant communities. They were
ingeniously reinterpreted by James Corner
and Piet Oudolf using native American prairie
plant communities.
Figure 5.94 Highline before (Photo ©Joel Sternfeld) Figure 5.96 Beech Gardens, Barbican (©Nigel Dunnett)
Beech Gardens at the Barbican is a naturalistic

typology of stylised planting design based on
observations of steppe and woodland edge
plant communities.
South Gardens in South London replicates a

woodland edge / glade typology; afforestation
with diverse structured shrub and ground
flora a complex condition where ecology is
richest - from field herbs, lianas, low shrubs,
fruiting canopy to high canopy.
Figure 5.95 Highline (Piet Oudolf, Field Operations) Figure 5.97 Beech Gardens, Barbican (©Nigel Dunnett) Figure 5.99 South Gardens (CTF Photo ©A Pollok-Morris)
5.3.2 TREE STRATEGY • Enhance ecological biodiversity of the site
and support varied fauna
The tree planting strategy is inspired by the
conditions and naturalistic plant communities • Respond to Civil Aviation Authority
found on site and within OMH. Species concerns regarding bird strike hazard to
selection and distribution avoids the formal Civil Aviation - refer to separate section
traditions of uniformity or baroque ‘green
architecture’, and instead articulates a sense • Ensure sufficient soil resource/volume is
of wildness found on the site. Naturalistic available to all trees in accordance with
and opportunist distributions of plant current best practice
communities are proposed that will appear to
have colonised the site over time, informed by Dockside Trees
varied site conditions. Generally large canopy species that are
associated with windswept waterside
Tree Selection Criteria conditions - Black Pine, Willow Oak, Sea
• Create a strong local identity for the Buckthorn, Honey Locust and Serviceberry
Silvertown Quays site and emphasise the
hierarchy of public realm and streets with Rain/Pioneer Garden Trees
pioneer species to the north and late Species that are commonly found as pioneer
successional species to the south species and are able to withstand seasonal
inundation - Cut-leaved Alder, Hazel, Downy
• Utilise a diverse range of species and Birch, River Birch, Spindle, Eastern Redbud
canopy sizes in accordance with best
practice and for reasons of biosecurity and Marker Trees
climate resilience
Denote key thresholds and junctions and
provide legibility - Chinese Elm, Honey Locust,
• Responsive to localised site conditions
Black Poplar, Willow Oak
i.e. microclimate (exposure to sun, wind), Dockside trees
soil resource, localised watershed, ground
coverings
Parkland Trees Marker trees
A combination of large canopy and fruiting/
Pioneer/Rain Garden trees
• Large canopy, long lived trees are flowering species to provide shade, ecological
preferred where possible to provide value and seasonal variation - Mulberry, Parkland trees
significant long term green infrastructure Broad-leaved Cockspur Thorn, Black Pine, Sea
with multifaceted benefits such as - Buckthorn North Woolwich road trees
cooling/shade, wind mitigation, pollution Courtyard Trees
mitigation and ecological services, well- Courtyard Trees/Copse
being, Described in the Plot sections of the DAS. Courtyard Copse
Temporary trees for wind

• Respond to the RMA specifications North Woolwich Road Trees mitigation
requirement for one edible fruit trees (or
shrubs) per occupant and respond also to Large canopy trees in a mixture of species
Existing trees
cultural / horticultural references suited to transport corridors - Small-leaved
Lime, Elm, Willow Oak.
Figure 5.100 Tree Planting Strategy with examples keyed to this plan on the following page
122 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.107 Tamarix ramosissima - Salt Cedar
Figure 5.101 Quercus phellos - Willow Oak Figure 5.110 Ulmus ‘New Horizon’ - Elm
Figure 5.104 Pinus nigra - Black Pine
Figure 5.102 Hippophae salificifolia - Sea Buckthorn Figure 5.105 Gleditsia triacanthos - Honey Locust
Figure 5.108 Sorbus torminalis - Wild Service Tree Figure 5.111 Alnus ‘Imperialis’ - Cut Leaf Alder
Figure 5.103 Betula pubescens - Downy Birch Figure 5.106 Pinus sylvestris - Scots Pine Figure 5.109 Populus nigra betulifolia - Black Poplar Figure 5.112 Amelanchier lamarkii - Serviceberry
5.3.3 GROUND the reuse of site won materials and soils
which will be investigated at the next stage of
PLANTING STRATEGY the project
The design of the ground layer planting Pioneer Gardens

will aim to replicate and abstract the Open
These plantings are located in the northern
Mosaic Habitat found on site by mimicking
dockside areas and aim to recreate OMH
and abstracting its plant communities
conditions of pioneers plant communities.
and conditions. This compliments the
They will function in part as rain gardens,
tree strategy and will follow the broad
particularly on the margins, but levels are
principle where pioneer species are found
built-up into topographies reminiscent of
predominantly in the northern open parts of
colonised spoil. Species are based on a
the site, transitioning to later successional
combination of wild plant communities,
communities to the southern areas and in
garden cultivars, brownfield exotics and
courtyards.
species of similarly arid conditions found in
Garrigue/Maquis landscapes.
Tree and Plant Provenance
Wherever possible UK grown trees and plants Rain Gardens
will be prioritised and species have been
A species rich palette of wild grasses,
selected on the basis of UK stock availability.
flowering perennials /biennials ferns and
Availability of larger tree stock cannot
shrubs, all of which are tolerant of seasonal
always be guaranteed from UK nurseries so
inundation and intervening dry spells.
if stock needs to be sourced from abroad a
This will require diversity of species in the
reputable UK nursery with an industry leading
palette. Where possible these reflect the
Biosecurity policy (i.e. Hilliers) will act as
species found on site and reinforce site-wide
agents to import and monitor stock.
character.
Soil Resource and Mulches Courtyard Understorey/Flower

The aim to replicate and abstract OMH will Rich Perennial Planting
extend to the proposed soil resource. A Rain gardens
Described in separate sections of the DAS.
mixture of substrates and mineral mulches
typical of a post industrial landscapes is Pioneer Gardens
proposed and a variety of soil types will be Climbers
Courtyard Understorey
utilised including low nutrient, calcareous and Cultivated wall fruit, and native lianas/
acidic substrates to create diversity and highly climbers will be trained onto boundary walls Species Rich lawn
localised conditions across the site. and other landscape features
Climbers
Soil specification will follow British Species Rich Lawn

Standards for Topsoil BS 3882:2015 and
A species rich lawn turf is proposed to all
Subsoil 8601:2013. Mineral mulches using site
lawn areas. This turf will tolerate high levels
reclaimed materials will be used in planted
of wear, but contains a low level flora which
areas to recreate found OMH conditions.
can be mown slightly less frequently to allow
Ground contamination is likely due to past
the sward to flower. May also be contour
industrial use and a survey and remediation Figure 5.113 Ground Planting Strategy
mown to allow some areas to flower for
strategy is being undertaken. This may impact
longer periods.
124 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.114 Lychnis coronaria and Stipa tenuissima
Figure 5.123 Salix exigua (Coyote Willow)
Figure 5.117 Fennel, Cytisus Figure 5.120 Scabious, Wild Carrot, Fennel
Figure 5.115 Centranthus, Fennel, Salsify, Papaver Figure 5.118 Cistus, Euphorbia, Artemisia, Tulbaghia Figure 5.121 Sanguisorba, Filipendula Figure 5.124 Erica arborea (Tree Heather)
Figure 5.116 Stipa, Achillea, Allium, Fennel Figure 5.119 Verbascum, Perovskia, Allium Figure 5.122 Pilosella aurantiaca Figure 5.125 Tamarix (Salt Cedar)
5.3.4 BIODIVERSE Guidelines 2018.
GREEN ROOFS Replicating OMH

Biodiverse green roofs in many respects
Biodiverse green roofs will form a key
closely replicate the conditions found in OMH
component of green infrastructure for the
where exposed open conditions and limited
Silvertown Quays masterplan. The definition
depths of low nutrient substrates leads to
of a biodiverse green roof can be found in the
similar conditions where stress tolerant plant
GRO Green Roof Code 2014 (Section 2.2.2) as
communities thrive and succession does not
follows:
occur leading to increased diversity.
“created primarily for biodiversity purposes,

The proposed biodiverse green roofs aim to
typically to replace or enhance habitat lost
mimic the found existing plant community
through the development process”
and has been based on extensive research
of OMH habitats and plant communities
“A ‘green’ biodiverse roof would generally be especially found in the Thames basin and
broadcast with an appropriate seed mix (often verified against the specific conditions that
wildflowers and grasses),and/or planted with occur on green roofs.
species of plug plants (often wildflowers,
sedums and grasses) to encourage specific
Invertebrate Habitat
plant types that will support certain bird and
invertebrate species”. Habitat features will mimic the found
conditions on site each of which are suited to
‘Brown’ roofs are also classified in the GRO specific invertebrates including ground nesting
Code as ‘biodiverse’ but they differ from bees, and stag beetles. These include linear
Green roofs inasmuch as they are not planted mounds, log piles, sand lenses, rope coils,
- instead substrates are allowed to colonise and ephemeral water. A variety of aggregates
naturally over time with indigenous plants. and mineral mulches including brick, cockle
Brown roofs can take many years to achieve shells and slate will be employed as mulch
sustainable plant communities and habitat to further replicate the qualities of the OMH,
and create different light reflectivity and Biodiverse green roof
though so for this reason biodiverse green
roofs are preferred with localised areas of soil temperatures and will be patterned Semi-intensive green roof
bare substrate and habitat features to mimic to create large scale artworks visible from
the bare substrate and spoil areas found on accommodation or aircraft above. Simple Biodiverse green roof
OMH brownfield sites. Communal Roof Terrace
Biosolar Green Roofs
The green roof design has been produced in Where Photovoltaic Panels are required a Linear Mound
collaboration with Greengage and the Green suitable Biosolar solution will be required to Ephemeral Water
Roof Consultancy. The specification has been ensure that planting areas are maximised. A
prepared in accordance with the GRO Green planting species mix has been proposed that Sand Lens
Roof Code 2014 and the FLL Green Roof is suited to the conditions around PV panels. Rope Coil
Log Pile
Figure 5.126 Roofscape Strategy
126 Landscape | 5.0

HABITAT FEATURE
PLANTING
MULCH
SUBSTRATE
DRAINAGE/RESERVOIR Figure 5.131 Typical biodiverse green roof build-up of planting, mulches, 100-200mm substrate and drainage layer
ROOT MEMBRANE
PROTECTION FLEECE
Figure 5.127 Components of a Biodiverse Green Roof VEGETATION BARRIER
Optigreen System Type "Solar Green Roof" Figure 5.132 Habitat Feature - Sand Lens
FigureSun
Solution: 5.128 LABAN
Root 15° biodiverse green roof (©Dusty Figure 5.129 PV and Green Roof - Biosolar Roof
Gedge) 2850 mm - 3600 mm
1270 mm - 2000 mm
1680
mm
1680
mm
dow
Sha
15°
900 mm
15°
500 mm
300 mm gravel
Plate distance 850 mm - 1600 mm Sun-Root 15° 2000 mm
Figure 5.130 Biosolar Roof detail (©Optigreen) Figure 5.133 Habitat Feature - Ephemeral Water
Suitable substructure *
Optigreen Solar Module Support "Sun Root 15°" (60 mm) Gravel strip 16/32
L-shaped fixing profile Waterprofing membrane (root resistant according to FLL)*
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters
Module Support Application | Design and Access Statement 127
Photovoltaic Module Optigreen Protection and Storage Fleece Type RMS 500
Optigreen Drainage Board Type FKD 25 (25 mm), filled

5.4 SUDS/DRAINAGE STRATEGY
Water sensitive design is intrinsic to the Blue Green Roof Podiums
landscape proposals for Silvertown Quays
The podium condition on the courtyards of
and adopts best practise set out by CIRIA and
plots 1, 7 and 8 will utilise a blue green roof
GLA Draft London Plan. SUDs features will be
rainwater harvesting and passive irrigation
a familiar element in the landscape and will
system. This comprises a water storage layer
add value by articulating the site character
of Permavoid below the podium landscape
and emphasising its unique relationship to
build-up that harvests water from adjoining
water. Water will be managed to provide visual
rooftops. The Water is stored in a load bearing
amenity, improve ecology and water quality,
void (Permavoid) below the podium build-
mitigate urban flooding, provide climate
ups (both paving and planting) and conveyed
resilience and to irrigate planting beds.
through capillary action into the to podium
soil layer. In dry periods the Permavoid layer
Drainage Levels and Falls
is replenished using a flood irrigation system.
This section of the DAS should be read This is a sustainable, efficient and low input
in conjunction with the SUDS Statement method of irrigation.
prepared by AECOM Civil Engineers and
submitted as part of the RMA - this sets
out the assumptions and concept of the
SUDS strategy and design which has been
coordinated in the landscape design. The
proposed surface water drainage strategy
for Phase 1 aims to control runoff from
impermeable areas at source through use
of SuDS features. The proposed drainage
network shall comprise of a series of carrier
pipes, which intercept surface water runoff
from roofs and paved areas, which then
finally discharge to the existing dock or where
necessary due to proposed levels to the
Rain Garden
DN1800 Thames Water surface water sewer.
Planting
Rain Gardens
Self Binding Gravel (Permeable)
Are integrated throughout the landscape
proposal as the primary form of surface Green Roof
drainage and are planted with species rich
Communal Roof Terrace
wildflower species and trees.
Podium Blue Green Roof
Green Roofs
Drainage connection to dock
Green Roofs are proposed to all buildings
where feasible to mitigate stormwater run-
off, urban overheating and provide habitat for
invertebrates.
Figure 5.134 SUDS Strategy
128 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.138 Bridget Joyce Square (Robert Bray Assoc.)
Figure 5.135 Rain Garden (Robert Bray Associates/muf)
Figure 5.140 Permavoid Blue Roof System - proposed on the podium courtyards to plots 1, 7 and 8 (Polypipe)
Figure 5.136 Wetzgau Park (Atelier Dreisetl)
Figure 5.139 Rain Garden (credit unknown)
Figure 5.141 Trapeze, Cours Seguin (AAUPC ©Mireille Montmasson)

Figure 5.137 Sheffield Grey to Green (Nigel Dunnett)
5.5 PLAY STRATEGY
Children’s play forms an intrinsic element playable spaces’ within plots therefore play
in the public realm and plot courtyards and will be provided off-plot within adjacent
responds to high intensity programming. As public realm spaces.
such play is integrated within the landscape 10m²
and all features have been considered Residential Play Streets 10m² 85m² 20m² 10m² 10m²
for their potential play value within wider
Play is embedded into the pedestrianised
multifunctional spaces.
residential streets as ‘play-on-the-way’. Evelyn
80m²
Walk, Silo D Way and Silvertown Avenue.
Play will be provided on-site in accordance 20m² 90m²
Large scale rain gardens will form a playable
with the LB Newham Play Standards 10m² 45m²
landscape suitable for the 0-8 range where 90m²
which defer to Greater London Authority
plants and trees are interwoven with play 130m²
2012 Supplementary Planning Guidance
opportunities including check-dams (Silo
‘Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play and Informal
D Way), logs and stepping stones, granite
Recreation’.
boulders, found objects and ribbon-like raised
• Play value is provided on site through a pathways.
combination of conventional equipped play
features, wherever possible integrated in Public Realm
the landscape Will accommodate play for all ages but with
an emphasis on the older age ranges from
• Natural play in the form of playable 5-11 and 12+. The water play features of Mills
landscape and informal playable elements Square and the Play tower in Silo D Park are 30m²
with intrinsic but unprescribed play value described in the previous section of the DAS. 25m² 20m²
will be provided within multifunctional 20m²
These spaces alongside the Pioneer Gardens
spaces. of Silvertown Place will be complimented with 55m²
integrated playable features such as slopes, 30m²
• Where feasible there is a preference step stones, parkour furniture, salvaged 20m²
45m²
to create play features that can be industrial artefacts, logs and timber sleepers. 100m² 30m²
manipulated, including loose sand, water 10m²
25m² 0-4 years
and movable objects. Child Yield 30m² 10m²
80m² 70m² 5-11 years
Child yield for each of the plots has been 40m²
• Play features will reflect the unique genius 70m²
calculated in accordance with the 2012 SPG 12+ years
loci of the site, its industrial past and
rather than the recent ‘GLA Population Yield
its functionality (i.e. rain gardens). Site Silo D Local Park
Calculator’ (amended June 2019) as this is not 120m²
reclaimed artefacts and materials will be
aligned with the age ranges set out in the SPG 100m²
40m²
salvaged for possible reuse as playable 70m²
(i.e. 0-4 years, 5-11 and 12+).
objects that have an educational/ heritage 130m²
value. 80m² 65m²
50m²
80m²
Residential Courtyards 40m² 80m²
Doorstep play facilities are focussed in plot
courtyards for 0-5 years. It is practical to
include play for slightly older children, i.e.
siblings, so the age provision is ~0-8 years. It
is not considered practical to provide ‘local Figure 5.142 Play Strategy
130 Landscape | 5.0

Assessing child occupancy and play space requirements Assessing child occupancy and play space requirements Assessing child occupancy and play space requirements
Size of your development: Size of your development: Size of your development:

Number of FLATS Number of FLATS Number of FLATS
Studio 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total Studio 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total Studio 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total
Social Social Social
rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rented/affordable 0 25 22 20 0 0 67
Intermediate 0 6 2 0 0 0 8 Intermediate 0 23 22 0 0 0 45 Intermediate 0 10 6 6 0 0 22
Market 0 141 116 0 0 0 257 Market 0 38 23 0 0 0 61 Market 0 114 94 0 0 0 208
Total 0 147 118 0 0 0 265 Total 0 61 45 0 0 0 106 Total 0 149 122 26 0 0 297
Number of HOUSES Number of HOUSES Number of HOUSES

1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total
Social Social Social
rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0
Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0 Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0 Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0
Market 0 0 0 0 0 0 Market 0 0 0 0 0 0 Market 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0
Proportion of children Proportion of children Proportion of children
Number of Number of Number of

children % children % children %
Under 5 9 64% Under 5 3 64% Under 5 40 50%
5 to 11 2 18% 5 to 11 1 18% 5 to 11 25 31%
12+ 2 18% 12+ 1 18% 12+ 16 20%
Total 80 100%
Total 14 100% Total 5 100% Figure 5.145 Bridget Joyce Square (Robert Bray
Play space requirements Play space requirements Play space requirements Associates)
Alternative Alternative Alternative
local Total (sq m local Total (sq m local Total (sq m
GLA benchmark benchmark play space) GLA benchmark benchmark play space) GLA benchmark benchmark play space)
(sqm)* (sqm)** required (sqm)* (sqm)** required (sqm)* (sqm)** required
10 136.3 10 52.4 10 804.9
10 136.3 10 52.4 10 804.9

* GLA benchmark standard=minimum of 10sqm of dedicated play space per child * GLA benchmark standard=minimum of 10sqm of dedicated play space per child * GLA benchmark standard=minimum of 10sqm of dedicated play space per child
** Borough's local benchmark ** Borough's local benchmark ** Borough's local benchmark
Table 5.1 Plot 1 child yield Table 5.3 Plot 6 child yield Table 5.5 Plot 8 child yield
Assessing child occupancy and play space requirements Assessing child occupancy and play space requirements
Size of your development: Size of your development:

Number of FLATS Number of FLATS
Studio 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total Studio 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total
Social Social
rented/affordable 0 12 10 14 0 0 36 rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Market 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Market 0 99 92 49 0 0 240
Total 0 12 10 14 0 0 36 Total 0 99 92 49 0 0 240
Number of HOUSES Number of HOUSES

1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total 1 bed 2 bed 3 bed 4 bed 5 bed Total
Social Social Figure 5.146 South Gardens (Churchman Thornhill
rented/affordable 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
rented/affordable 0 0 0 0 0 0 Finch)
Intermediate Intermediate 0 0 0 0 0 0
Market 0 0 0 0 0 0 Market 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0
Proportion of children Proportion of children
Figure 5.143 Three Mills Green (Churchman Thornhill

Number of
children %
Number of Finch)
children %
Under 5 17 43% Under 5 15 57%
5 to 11 14 35% 5 to 11 8 29%
12+ 9 22% 12+ 4 14%
Total 40 100% Total 26 100%
Play space requirements Play space requirements
Alternative Alternative
local Total (sq m local Total (sq m
GLA benchmark benchmark play space) GLA benchmark benchmark play space)
(sqm)* (sqm)** required (sqm)* (sqm)** required
10 404.0 10 264.0
10 404.0 10 264.0
* GLA benchmark standard=minimum of 10sqm of dedicated play space per child * GLA benchmark standard=minimum of 10sqm of dedicated play space per child
** Borough's local benchmark ** Borough's local benchmark
Table 5.2 Plot 5 child yield Table 5.4 Plot 7 child yield
Figure 5.144 Domino Park (Field Operations) Figure 5.147 Granary Square (Townshend LA)
5.6 INDUSTRIAL ARCHAEOLOGY - FOUND LANDSCAPE
Alongside the retained buildings, Silvertown In addition reclaimed material such as stone
provides a rich layering of historic artefacts cobbles/granite setts, timber sleepers, logs
and industrial archaeology which includes from felled trees, concrete blocks can be
train tracks, jetties, dock walls and re-purposed as informal seating, natural
cobblestones. play elements, edging elements and possibly
feature pavings.
Industrial artefacts from the Mills building and
Silo D will be salvaged where practical and Found aggregate material such as gravels,
celebrated as public art and/or play features crushed stone, brick and concrete can
in the public realm to create a reference to potentially be reused on site to create Open
the place and its history. Remnant building Mosaic Habitat conditions in the public
slabs provide a scale and reference to the realm Pioneer Gardens or biodiverse green
industrial heritage of the site and provide roofs. Manilla rope often found discarded on
inspiration for the proposed hard landscape. dockland landscapes is a suitable material for
habitat features on green roofs.
The existing pre-cast concrete dock wall
capping’s will be retained and extended as a
detail common to the dock walls in the Site.
Existing dockside bollards and capstans will
be retained in place wherever practical.
The filled-in finger docks will be retraced

in the public realm within a special paving
treatment and their functions described
‘Repairing Slip’ and Resting Dock and ‘Site for
Workshops’.
Historic Buildings
Cobbles retained/repaired
Cobbles to be lifted
Relaid Cobbles
Outline of Finger Docks
Finger Dock Paving
Existing Bollards
Existing Capstans
Figure 5.148 Mapping of Found Landscape and Heritage
132 Landscape | 5.0

Plate 42: Map showing the Victoria Docks, 1855. PLA Archives
Figure 5.154 Photo pavement ironwork covers
Figure 5.151 Photo cobbles and train tracks
Figure 5.155 Photo flour sack slide
Figure 5.149 Map showing the Graving Docks at the Victoria Docks, 1859. (PLA Archives)
Plate 43: Map showing the Graving Docks at the Victoria Docks, 1859. PLA Archives
30 Donald Insall Associates
Figure 5.152 Photo 1990’s cobbles to the finger dock
Figure 5.153 Photo existing capstans and bollards
Figure 5.150 Aerial photo showing remnant concrete slabs (©Google) Figure 5.156 Photo flour sack slide
5.7 HARD LANDSCAPE
The proposed hard landscape is inspired by extend in a series of directional strips along
the varied utilitarian aesthetic found on this the street gradually diminishing as it moves
post-industrial site. This is informed by its away from royal dock. The brick relates to
degradation over time as hard surfaces their the language of brick masonry panels found
joints and interstices have been colonised on Millennium Mills and the Hovis Building
over time by opportunist plants, lichens and façades.
mosses.
Silvertown Avenue and Mills Way
The proposed paving palette aims to engage
Here the concrete plates gradually give way
with and express the scale, grain and patina of
to a greater dominance of brick paving which
the found landscape. Different materials have
is proposed in 2 formats - a slim 50x200mm
been proposed to emphasise the function,
laid in herringbone pattern for shared spaces
character and legibility of spaces across
and a 200x200mm staggered bond clay unit
the phase 1 public realm landscape and are
to define safe routes for pedestrians. A 60mm
described as follows:
high kerb demarcates shared space and safe
pedestrian routes. This transition is reinforced
Dock Waterfront by the presence of seating, rain garden edges
The Royal Victoria Dock waterfront is the key and a ductile iron channel drain. On junctions
threshold and it is characterised by the scale a paving feature is inlaid in panels into the
and language of an industrial landscape. To tie brick surface to denote the shared surface
in consistently with the Royal Dock frontage and warn vehicles/motorists and pedestrians
and Britannia Village to the west the pre-cast alike.
concrete dock coping and the band of granite
setts will be continued into the phase 1 site. Residential Streets and Canalside Asphalt
Behind this large slabs of in-situ concrete will
On the residential streets of Barrier Point Brick tiles staggered bond
evoke the remnant concrete aprons found
Road, Wesley Avenue and Hovis Street the
to the north with staggered joints and will Brick herringbone
material palette changes in character to
provide the main walking surface along the
reflect a conventional London street. Asphalt Site won granite setts
dock. These panels give way in places and
carriageways are inlaid with aggregate,
appear to be broken and in-filled with pioneer Large precast concrete plates
standard 100mm high kerbs and concrete
planting or ‘repaired’ with a brick paved. The
small unit paving define pedestrian routes.
entrance to the Mills will be a continuation In-situ concrete
Silvertown Street will consist of the same
of this theme and extended into steps ramps
palette but with 60mm high kerbs. On Fingerdock Paving
etc.
Canalside vehicular traffic is expected to
Small unit concrete blocks
be minimal therefore small unit paving
Silvertown Place is employed as a shared surface with a Self binding gravel
On Silvertown Place the slab pattern breaks contrasting paving to demarcate a safe
down and a new geometry is found with a pedestrian route (subject to Road Safety Concrete pavers
combination of planting and large pre-cast Audit). Granite setts
concrete plates. These mingle with planting
and brick panels and form a directional Mills Square and Silo D Park Precast concrete bridge
device emphasising the line of the dock. The
Refer to previous sections of this DAS for a
concrete plates are employed in 2 sizes and
description of the materiality of these key
spaces. Figure 5.157 Hard Landscape Strategy
134 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.158 In-situ concrete slabs, various finishes Figure 5.161 Clay pavers laid herrignbone bond
Figure 5.163 Engraved paving to denote finger docks
Figure 5.166 Self-binding Gravel
Figure 5.168 Clay pavers laid staggered bond
Figure 5.159 Large precast concrete plates
Figure 5.164 Reclaimed granite setts
Figure 5.167 Small unit concrete blocks
Figure 5.160 Precast concrete plates and planting Figure 5.162 Tegel (tile) clay pavers laid staggered bond Figure 5.165 Granite panels to denote shared Figure 5.169 Asphalt with rolled chippings
junctions
5.8 FURNITURE
The palette of street furniture, seating and established spacing rules to allow pedestrians
habitat features has been carefully selected to pass through. Where appropriate measures
to articulate the function of the proposed will be visually enhanced with Corten to
landscape and instil it with the sites intrinsic articulate the industrial qualities of the site.
historic and landscape character. *
Litter Bins
Dock Edge Generally litter bins will be integrated
To retain the character of the dock as into landscape features where possible
a visually open dock edge the existing including benches and rain gardens. For
treatments of post and chain and post and consistency litter bins are proposed with
wire railings are to be replaced with a passive a similar aesthetic to the bollards and will
edge protection treatment consisting of a accommodate HVM where required.
continuous line of 3m long timber sleeper
benches set out with 600mm gaps. These Wind Screens
provide a good degree of safety without
Screens are required to the east of plot 1
precluding access to the waters edge for
to mitigate the effect of wind in the public
leisure uses.
realm. The proposed screens are shown in
the visualisations the Dock Waterfront section
Rescue equipment consisting of life rings will
of the DAS and consist of vertical steel and
be provided on the dock edge every 20m.
timber fins.
Seating Cycle Racks

Seating will reference the timber sleepers Dock edge timber sleeper
Standard Sheffield type stands are proposed
found on site and the maritime language
in a galvanised steel or black painted finish. Seating 2 timber sleepers
of large timber buttresses and jetty piles.
Various depths of seating are proposed Seating 3 timber sleepers
Wildlife Habitat Features
either as perching seats or larger monolithic Seating 4 timber sleepers +
elements for flexible use. Arms and backs Habitat features are proposed in the public backrest
are integrated to provide for all ages/abilities. realm and within plot courtyards. They will
Rising Bollards
Seating elements in certain locations will compliment the invertebrate habitat features
proposed to the biodiverse green roofs. Fixed Bollards
integrate Hostile Vehicle Mitigation (HVM) to
ensure that security is provided discreetly - Wind Screens
refer to Security section of the DAS. Insect Hotels are proposed within the plot
Rescue Equipment
courtyards. Bird and bat boxes will be set into
Hostile Vehicle Mitigation the canopy of the existing trees on Rayleigh Cycle racks
Road. Loggeries for Stag Beetle habitat are * Courtyard Seating
The development will require rated or
proposed in planted areas. Loose aggregates
compliant PAS68 or IWA14 HVM measures * TfL Legible London Monolith
will be mounded as a habitat for ground
to protect particular zones. Active measures
nesting bees. Table Tennis
(expected to be sliding or rising bollards) are
proposed to manage authorised vehicular * Loggeries
Wayfinding
access, and passive measures (expected to Insect Hotel
concrete blocks, clad or buried within other TfL Legible London ‘Monoliths’ are proposed
on key pedestrian routes and junctions to Bat/Bird Boxes
street furniture) are proposed to complete
the protection. All measures will follow assist with wayfinding. Figure 5.170 Street Furniture and Habitat Features
136 Landscape | 5.0

Figure 5.171 Timber sleeper seating Figure 5.174 Drifter bench with back/arms (Streetlife) Figure 5.177 Dock Edge timber sleeper
Figure 5.180 Schegler bird box
Figure 5.175 Table Tennis table (Lars Laj)
Figure 5.172 Drifter bench (Streetlife)
Figure 5.178 Emergency Life Ring Figure 5.181 Insect Hotel, South Gardens (CTF)
Figure 5.173 Drifter picnic bench (Streetlife) Figure 5.176 Corten PAS 68 bollards Figure 5.179 TfL Legible London ‘Monolith’ Figure 5.182 Loggery, Kings Crescent (muf)
5.9 DOCK WALLS
The purpose of this section is to satisfy The
Reserved Matters Specification xvii (Annexe
5.9.2 SURVEY RESULTS
A of the OPP Decision Notice) in relation to
dock walls; details such as the layout, finished General
levels and materials to be used on external An above and below water level survey of the
surfaces are to be provided. WALL E2
three walls has been carried out to assess WALL E3
their condition; the survey was combined with
5.9.1 EXISTING DOCK an assessment of archive drawings for each
of the frontage sections. A summary of the
WALLS IN PHASE 1 RMA findings of the condition survey is provided
SITE below.
As part of Phase 1 RMA, there are three Water levels

sections of wall identified as section E2, E3 The nominal impound water depth level is
and C4, all of which will be refurbished and +4.24m AOD in the Royal Victoria Docks.
rebuilt as they interface with the buildings During normal operation, the water levels
constructed in this Phase. All the walls which operate within a range of up to 800mm
surround the Pontoon Docks are historic, below this level; however, the levels may
built with the original purpose to retain the rise to a maximum of +4.44m AOD or a
land behind for industrial use and provide a minimum of +3.24m AOD. London Rock Docks
berthing edge for vessels, berthing for repairs (LRD - Trading name of The Royal Docks
or for handling cargo. Management Authority [RoDMA]) need to be
instructed in writing to drop water levels for
C4
purposes other than normal dock operations. LL
WA
Existing dock bed levels

The current bed levels are estimated as:
• Section E2: +0.5m AOD
• Section E3: +1.5m AOD
• Section C4: -0.5m AOD
Figure 5.183 Existing dock wall locations and Phase 1 RMA Boundary
138 Landscape | 5.0

5.9.3 CONDITION OF 5.9.4 CONDITION OF 5.9.5 CONDITION OF
WALL E2 WALL E3 WALL C4
The existing dock wall is directly in front of The existing dock wall adjacent to Plot 1 of The existing dock walls in Silo D Quarter
Millennium Mills, or Plots 2A and 2B of the Mills Quarter comprises of a tied back steel (adjacent Silo D and Plots 7 and 8 of the
Phase 1 RMA. The dock wall consists of a sheet piled wall and is approximately 100m Phase 1 RMA) are concrete gravity walls with
concrete mass gravity wall with masonry in length. The wall is estimated as 80 years masonry cladding and are approximately
cladding and is approximately 140m in old and shows evidence of local failure. Life 230m in length. The wall is in fair condition
length. The overall condition of this wall is extension works for such an old steel frontage and will be retained. Restoration works to the
fair and minor repair works will be required are not a practical option so the frontage wall will entail localised masonry repairs at
to recondition the walls, though mainly for therefore will be be replaced. locations of general deterioration, including
aesthetic purposes. spalling of the capping beam, removal of
vegetation and marine growth from the wall
face and capping beam. The wall will require
future maintenance at intervals throughout
the life of the structure.
Figure 5.184 View of existing dock wall at location E2 Figure 5.185 View of existing dock wall at locations E3 Figure 5.186 View of existing dock wall at location C4
from Royal Victoria Dock from Royal Victoria Dock from Pontoon Docks
5.9.6 WALL E2 Materials 5.9.7 WALL E3 Finished Levels
The repair of the walls will vary from simple The dock walls are not the primary flood
A new sheet pile wall, tie-rods and sheet pile
Layout mortar patchwork, replacement of cracked defence for the area. However, the minimum
brickwork, and strengthening works where anchor wall are proposed to replicate the required land side dock level for the new
Wall E2 will maintain the line of the existing existing appearance of the water frontage
cracks in the coping have appeared. The wall development is set at +5.18m AOD based
wall.
will require future maintenance at intervals on the required minimum flood level. A new
throughout the life of the structure. The new frontage will be constructed concrete capping beam will be installed to
As the dock walls form a secondary flood approximately 1-2m in front of the existing raise the wall to the proposed finished level of
defence, the Environment Agency does not wall, with the anchor wall located 12m back
stipulate a minimum access strip. However,
Street Furniture approximately +5.2m AOD.
so as to remain independent of any building
LRD requires that a minimum of 1m access Details of the street furniture are provided in foundations, as well as providing sufficient
Section 5.8 Furniture.
Materials
strip is provided. The retained existing dock access for future maintenance. The wall will
wall will require access for inspection on be clad with pre-cast concrete sections with A new steel sheet pile wall, tie-rods and sheet
an annual basis and possibly maintenance Lighting the front face terminating below the lowest pile anchor wall are proposed to maintain
every ten to twenty years of the life of the impounded water level to provide long term the existing appearance of water frontage.
Details of the lighting are provided in Section
new development. Access to dock walls for corrosion protection to the sheet piles. The wall will be clad with pre-cast concrete
5.10 Lighting strategy.
maintenance will be via access roads on sections with the front face terminating below
land side. Access is also available from the the lowest impounded water level to minimise
Layout the effects of corrosion on the sheet piles and
water.
assure the design life of the structure.
Wall E3 will follow the existing line of the wall
Waterside safety equipment including safety
with a minor offset to incorporate the existing
ladders, lifebuoys and throw lines will be Street Furniture
structure.
provided along Wall E2 in line with best Details of the street furniture are provided in
practice. Section 5.8 Furniture.
As the dock walls form a secondary flood
defence the Environment Agency does not
Finished Levels stipulate a minimum access strip. However, Lighting
The dock walls are not the primary flood LRD requires that a minimum of 1m access Details of the lighting are provided in Section
defence for the area as the primary defence strip is provided. The new frontage is 5.10 Lighting strategy.
is the Thames flood walls combined with the not expected to require any significant
King George V lock flood gate and the Thames maintenance for 50 years or more. Access
Barrier. However, the minimum required land to dock wall will be required for occasional
side dock level for the new development is inspection and, eventually, for maintenance.
set at +5.18m AOD based on the required This access will be via the site’s access roads.
minimum flood level. A new concrete capping Access is also available from the water. The
beam will be installed to raise the wall to anchor walls will be located 12m behind the
the proposed finished level of approximately new dock wall so not to interfere or clash
+5.2m AOD. with the building foundations.

ladders, lifebuoys and throw lines will be
provided along Wall E3 in line with best
practice.
140 Landscape | 5.0

5.9.8 WALL C4 Materials
Repair works to the wall will entail localised
Layout masonry repairs at locations of deterioration
including spalling of the capping beam,
Wall C4 will maintain the line of the existing
removal of vegetation and marine growth
wall.
from the wall face and capping beam. The
wall will require future maintenance at
As the dock walls form a secondary flood
intervals throughout the life of the structure.
defence the Environment Agency does not
stipulate a minimum access strip. However,
Street Furniture
LRD requires that a minimum of 1m access
strip is provided. The retained existing dock Details of the street furniture are provided in
wall will require access for inspection on Section 5.8 Furniture.
an annual basis and possibly maintenance
every ten to twenty years of the life of the Lighting
new development. Access to dock walls for
maintenance will be via access roads on Details of the lighting are provided in Section
land side. Access is also available from the 5.10 Lighting strategy.
water.

ladders, lifebuoys and throw lines will be
provided along Wall C4 in line with best
Figure 5.187 Proposed replacement sheet pile frontage at Wall E3 practice.
Finished Levels
The dock walls are not considered to be the
primary flood defence for the area. However,
the minimum required land side dock level for
the new development varies between +5.18m
AOD to the lowest level of +3.50m AOD. The
top of the wall will remain at its current level
of +5.18m AOD.
5.10 LIGHTING STRATEGY
5.10.1 PURPOSE 5.10.2 SITE SURVEY
The purpose of this lighting strategy is Michael Grubb Studio (the lighting consultant)
to create a uniquely lit environment for undertook a survey of the surrounding area
Silvertown which defines it, not only as a and site on the evening of 15th August 2019.
desirable residential location, but as a vibrant The purpose of the survey was to review
destination. A place to be that, at its heart, and record existing lighting conditions during
focuses on people connecting them with twilight hours and after dusk.
space. Due consideration will also be paid to:
• U
se lighting to inspire and create a
character and identity for the site
• Using appropriate levels of light with

respect to safety without over-lighting Figure 5.188 South of Site - Residential and DLR Figure 5.189 Millennium Mills from north bank of
Royal Victoria Dock
• Establishing a visual hierarchy for the

lighting and assist with wayfinding
• Minimise excessive light pollution, glare

and flicker
• Generate a low energy solution that is

easy to maintain
• Provide guidance with regards to product

specification and the potential location of
lighting
• Protect and support surrounding habitats Figure 5.190 West of Site - Residential and Silo D Figure 5.191 Approach to Millennium Mills along dock
waterfront
This section provides key strategic principles
to establish an overall approach and
aesthetic, as well as set up lighting principles
for the Site as a whole to support an
attractive and cohesive look after dark.
Figure 5.192 South of Site - Exit from DLR towards Figure 5.193 Millennium Mills (left hand side) from Royal Victoria Bridge
Silvertown
142 Landscape | 5.0

5.10.3 VISION
The lighting of Silvertown will celebrate its
heritage and close connection to the water
creating a completely unique aesthetic.
Lighting takes inspiration from the past
and expands the creative horizon to create
something altogether new and original.
Warm light is the backdrop that sets the

scene. A warm glow casts an inviting glow
over Silvertown, illuminating faces and
extending the day to ensure enjoyment
continues long after sunset. Lighting brings
people together: it invites, playful and
inclusive, it guides, allowing people to feel
safe and secure.
Figure 5.194 Inspiration from the past Figure 5.195 The colour spectrum
Figure 5.196 Lighting for people
5.10.4 COLOUR
TEMPERATURE
A warm and welcoming environment will be
created for Silvertown by selecting a warm
colour palette of lamps. The principle being to
retain the warmth associated with sunset and
sunrise.
Colour temperature describes the coolness

or warmth of light. The lower the number in
degrees Kelvin, the warmer the appearance
of the light. For example, 1800K light has a
warm appearance, similar to candlelight, while
5000K light is very cold looking.
The general principle for the Silvertown is

to use only warm white light, with colour
temperatures ranging from 2000- 2700K. This
will be for all pedestrian routes and spaces.
This simple approach will help create a warm
and inviting environment after dark.
Special feature lighting will, in addition,

provide accents of even warmer colour
temperature in places. This will include
lighting under seating, architectural features
and areas of soft landscaping.
Figure 5.197 Colour temperature associated with sunset and sunrise
144 Landscape | 5.0

5.10.5 SAFETY 5.10.6 DARKNESS 5.10.7 WAYFINDING
A primary function of the lighting in Silvertown The preservation of darkness will also play Lighting to architectural and landscape
is to provide adequate levels of illumination to an important social role, helping to protect features will enable people to form a ‘mental
enable people to see in the absence of natural privacy for residents, alongside the considered map’ of the Silvertown and inform the way in
light. selection of light sources, helping to support which they experience and remember it.
well-being by minimising light trespass and
The extent to which people need to see after disturbances to circadian rhythms. Areas of After dark (including winter mornings,
dark will vary dependant on where in the site darkness will also support ecology associated afternoons, late evenings and night-time)
they are. Some areas, such as Millennium with the waterways and newly proposed soft many of these visual signs can disappear
Mills, will require high levels of visual acuity landscape areas. from view and leave residents and, in
whilst other areas should enable just a basic particular, visitors feeling disorientated and
understanding of scale and the ability to Light pollution, also known as ‘obtrusive uncomfortable.
identify a safe path through a space. light’, is man-made light which ends up in
places where it is not wanted. It is generated For example, it can become difficult to
Flooding a space with light does little to by poorly designed lighting schemes which understand both the scale and boundaries
improve the perception of a safe and secure employ luminaires that are either incorrect of spaces and to identify safe routes after
environment after dark, it instead creates a for the lighting application, inappropriately dark, which can heighten feelings of unease
negative and unwelcoming environment that directed, or provide poor lighting control as and insecurity. After nightfall it will be largely
results in minimal use. Within the residential a result of their inferior optical design. Light left to artificial light and preserved natural
settings low levels of light will be important pollution has a number of aspects; the main darkness to ‘edit’ the visual landscape to
in maintaining a sense of security and privacy. sources are sky glow, light spill, glare and light render some elements more prominent
All public realm areas (routes & spaces) will be trespass - all of which will be avoided. whilst allowing others to visually recede. This
lit to S2 and S3 levels. balance between light and dark will help
Glare is the discomfort caused by viewing a to reinforce a collective ‘map’ or ‘image’ of
Creating an environment that feels secure will bright light source against a dark background. Silvertown and support orientating around
largely depend on ensuring that spaces are Glare can be caused by a direct view of the it, with a view to improve the enjoyment and
legible, appear well maintained and do not light source or by a direct view of any part of image of the development.
inhibit adaptation of the eye through excessive the optical system of the luminaire. Generally,
contrast and glare. if the view of a light source is seen at an angle It should be noted that creating a legible
of more than forty five degrees then it is not after-dark environment will predominantly rely
The design of artificial light will support the significantly distracting. Glare is also disabling on achieving an appropriate balance of light
various needs of those visiting and inhabiting for CCTV cameras and in these cases is not and dark on vertical rather than horizontal
the neighbourhood after dark. This includes reduced by the angle of the lighting. It could surfaces as these are the surfaces that help
people with visual impairments, wheelchair also become problematic for aviation if to describe the scale and layout of built and
users, the young, the elderly and those with incorrectly considered. natural forms and help draw views through
special needs. to particular locations. With this in mind
the Millennium Mills, Silo D and the newly
Facial recognition is important for CCTV proposed bridge over the finger dock will
operation and has been considered and all assist with wayfinding and are therefore
aligned with the sitewide CCTV strategy. considered to be an enhancement to the lit
environment after dark.
5.10.8 SUSTAINABILITY 5.10.9 ECOLOGY 5.10.10 AVIATION The scheme has been developed in
accordance with CAP 393 Air Aviation: The
The extent and manner with regard to the use Artificial lighting can cause disturbance to London City airport and its runway are Order and Regulations, which requires:
of light will become a very visible symbol for ecological systems because animals, insects situated approximately 1km to the east • No strobe, laser or flashing lights should
the development’s sustainability credentials. and plants can all be affected adversely and of the Site. Particular attention has been be included in the lighting scheme on or
the waterside location of the site also needs given to ensure that lighting installed does around the airport’s vicinity.
Light is a highly visible form of energy use that to be taken into consideration to protect the not adversely affect the safe and efficient
not only exploits the earth’s precious natural ecology along the river. For this reason, the movement of aircraft by distracting from • The colour of lighting could cause it to be
resources but also creates unwanted impacts lowest appropriate amount of light has been visual aids or runway lighting. Lighting follows mistaken for an aeronautical ground light.
such as light pollution. The amount of light, used to achieve the needs of the various British Standard 5489, Part 8, which states In particular, white lights in a runway or
its distribution and direction and the manner routes and spaces. Lighting will be controlled the area within which a road lighting scheme linear pattern as well as red, green or blue
in which it is delivered and controlled must all with minimal light spilling upwards. Additional may affect the safe use of an aerodrome lights.
be carefully designed. Over-lighting and light glare control accessories shall be used where is 4.8 kilometres beyond the aerodrome
pollution (particularly light trespass) will be appropriate. boundary. • Light angle and alignment of lighting can
avoided. distract and confuse pilots by causing
Artificial night lighting harms species directly London City Airport operates an aerodrome glare. Lights should be adequately shielded
Light levels will be minimised when and where by triggering unnatural periods of attraction safeguarding policy to ensure the Airport and avoid an upward angle above the
possible but without compromise to safety or repulsion which can lead to disruptions in is consulted on planning applications and horizontal.
and security. S2 and S3 class is proposed for reproductive cycles by fixation, disorientation activities which may affect the safe operation
all pedestrian areas of the site. or by interfering with feeding and sustenance. of aircraft. • Light levels and the overall illumination
Light can also have an effect on the life of should not be at a level which detracts
Efficient light sources, control gear and plants as well as on the animals that use from the effectiveness of the approach and
luminaire optics will help to focus light onto plants for feeding or nesting. runway lighting.
the desired surfaces, whilst defined areas of
unlit public realm - i.e. the River Thames - will Many studies show that different species of • Lit signage should not cause distraction to
ensure that a connection to nature and the birds are affected by certain wavelengths pilots and will need to be assessed.
night sky is clearly promoted. of light in different ways. Where rare and
protected species are known to exist,
research should be undertaken to establish
whether the intensity of artificial light or
specific wavelengths of light should be
minimised generally or at specific times of the
evening/year to help protect species.
Lighting proposals comply with both the ILP

Guidance Notes for the Reduction of Light
Pollution and the CIBSE SLL Lighting Guides
for The Outdoor Environment.
146 Landscape | 5.0

5.10.11 OPERATION 5.10.12 STANDARDS & 5.10.13 LUMINAIRES
The controls of luminaires will have a GUIDES Consideration has been given to the types of
significant impact on the sustainability lighting equipment selected as well as their
and environmental impact of the project, This Lighting Strategy adheres to current mounting locations, materials, the longevity
especially as it concerns the amount of British and European Lighting Standards of their finishes and the types of light sources
energy that the equipment uses. coupled with the existing adopted highway utilised. This will ensure the sustainability and
standards. Examples include, PD CEN/TR longevity of the scheme.
The simplest and most cost effective way to 13201-1:2004, BS EN 13201- 2:2003, BS EN
control a luminaire is to switch it on or off. 12464-2:2007 and BS 5489:2013. Lighting has been designed to the prevailing
Although dimming may be a solution, it is best practice and to European and British
much more complex, costly, requires more Whilst this Lighting Strategy prescribes Standards and Regulations. Individual lighting
equipment and some types of lamp do not lighting criteria from set standards, it is well schemes will utilise long life, efficient light
dim effectively. established in the field of urban lighting that sources and control gear to help minimise
solely fulfilling such requirements will not long term maintenance and energy costs.
Amenity lighting will remain operational necessarily lead to a satisfactory lighting In all cases the aim is to provide suitable
between dusk and dawn. Feature lighting will solution. amenity, ensure ease of adaptation, limit
be switched off at curfew (midnight). This excessive contrast and avoid potential
simple philosophy allows the lighting control A purely functional, quantitative approach problems of over-lighting and glare.
to expand through each of the design phases, to lighting can lead to a design that is bland
for all areas of the site. and overly utilitarian, placing the emphasis All lighting will be provided by LED light
firmly on the immediate visual task and sources to maintain efficiency and a cost-
relegating spatial experience to a secondary effective solution. Also, ensuring that Ultra
consideration. Violet (UV) light is not used either within or
around the site.
Creating an after-dark environment that
enhances safety, security and accessibility Lighting equipment will be as discreet as
does not necessitate high light intensities possible unless it is intended as feature
and strong horizontal illuminance, but rather lighting. Where possible all lighting equipment
the selective illumination of key surfaces, will be hidden from view. Where this is not
forms and details. The illumination of vertical possible all lighting will be detailed in such
surfaces, whether they be natural (e.g. a way that it complements its immediate
trees) or man-made (e.g. architectural and environment.
landscape features) will be critical in revealing
the proportions and boundaries of spaces
within Silvertown after dark. Even soft lighting
to vertical surfaces can greatly increase the
legibility and perceived brightness of a space,
whilst providing visual interest and creating
character. Lighting to vertical surfaces will
help to provide diffuse reflected light to
peoples’ faces, helping to aid facial recognition
and further heighten perceptions of security.
5.10.14 ROUTES, SPACES & ARCHITECTURE
Routes have been considered with regard • The Green Island in Silvertown Place
to their intended users, whether these
are pedestrians, cyclists, motorists or any • Silo D Park and associated F&B break out
combination of the three. areas
Dock Waterfront
The external environment is open to the Feature lighting to certain key buildings will
Green
public 24/7, with certain areas being more provide a focal point and establish them as
Island
active than others after dark necessitating a landmark with the Silvertown Quays site.
appropriate feature lighting. Feature buildings include Millennium Mills, Silo
D and the Silo D Bridge across the finger dock. Mills
• M
ills Square is at the heart of the Site, Square
hosting a variety of restaurants, bars and
retail stores with water feature.
• Dock Waterfront/Facade of building on

water’s edge
Silo D Park
148 Landscape | 5.0

5.10.15 LUMINAIRE Silo D is a key historical area of interest set
within a green landscape. Two of the key
Example Column Specificiation Example Integrated Feature Lighting
TYPOLOGY DESIGN elements will be: feature lighting to Silo D

itself and the lighting of the surrounding
landscape and pathways. Bollard lighting
Precedents
will ensure that lighting is kept intimate
Lighting for the Silvertown Site has been illuminating the edges of the paths guiding
developed to provide an overall aesthetic people and connecting spaces.
approach whilst differentiating the different
plots, their requirements and the associated Products
public use of the spaces.
All products specified will be chosen based
upon the balance of requirements, namely;
Garden spaces will be lit to help the public
location, aesthetic, appearance, reliability,
feel welcome and in a safe environment.
quality of the product, durability and safety.
Illumination at a low level will provide an
The merits and ability of products to perform
intimate feel and avoid excessive flood lit Example Bespoke Column for Mills
well over a long period of time will also be key Example Bollard Specification
spaces and contrast levels that dominate. Square
to selecting the right products.
Soft lighting will guides visitors and residents,
gently illuminating the way, allowing the
enjoyment of the surrounding natural
environment.
Millennium Mills is a busy central focal point.

A large amount of visitors will make use of
the space in multiple ways. The requirement
is for a well lit environment which allows
flexibility in how it can be used. Bespoke
lighting columns will be designed in materials
and a style to aesthetically compliment the
space. Spotlights focussed in specific areas
will limit the necessity of multiple columns to
avoid clutter at ground level directing light to Example Column Specification Example Lit Environment
the places where it is needed.
Mill Place is an arrival point where people

can walk, sit and enjoy reconnecting with the
water. Integrated seat lighting at a low level
will highlight places to sit and relax providing
definition and accents of light to the soft
landscape. In addition, low level lighting will
illuminate footpaths without distracting the
eye’s view of the vista across the river.
150 Landscape | 5.0

5.10.16 LIGHTING Silo - D
Silo D is a historic landmark and the lighting
ATMOSPHERE chosen will complement the architectural
features. Low level lighting to the approach
Public Realm toward Silo D will create an almost regal feel.
The lighting will create a safe and warm The site lies within a green space and, as a
atmosphere for visitors and residents alike. result, low levels of light will ensure minimal
Lighting will enhance the architectural design, impact for the surrounding ecology. Lighting
celebrate the site’s heritage and fulfil the aims will assist with wayfinding and local residents
and aspirations for each area within the site will feel safe and secure because they can
connecting spaces and people to create a see across the whole area as well in the
sense of place. immediate vicinity.
Millenium Mills
Millennium Mills is the heart of Silvertown.
The atmosphere during the day will differ to
the lit night-time space where the pace will be
slower and people will have more time to rest
and socialise. The facade of the Millennium
Mills building will be lit to provide a dramatic
backdrop to the Square creating a destination,
or if desired, lighting could be altered
temporarily to commemorate or celebrate
an event. Lighting the building will connect it
to the Square bringing it down to a human
scale. Spotlights on Feature Lighting Columns
will provide light and focus on key focal points
within the site. Integrated lighting within the
play areas or within seating will add accents
of light and further define the depth of the
space.
5.11 LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT
As described in previous sections the Planting/Habitat Type Maintenance Task Frequency Season/Month
landscape proposals are deeply influenced Trees Guying: check, retighten if required, remove if feasible once tree is fully Annually and after high Autumn
established winds
by a found OMH brownfield landscape Mulch: replenish organic and/or mineral mulches Twice annually Spring / Autumn
Productive Fruit Trees/ Formative pruning to improve productivity of fruit trees, wall fruit (espalier) Annually Apples/pear winter
typology where plant succession is arrested Wall Fruit Cherry late summer
Mulch: replenish organic mulches to maintain good soil health 2 x annually Spring, Autumn
by the limitations of available soil substrate, Guying: check, retighten if required, remove if feasible and once tree Annually and after high Autumn
established winds
nutrients and moisture as well as the largely Windfall fruit: remove/reuse/compost Annually Autumn
unmitigated effects of microclimate on the Rain Gardens/Pioneer
Gardens/Courtyard
Perennials: Check, stake and tie taller perennials
Perennials/Grasses: Deadhead/cut to ground herbaceous species. NB allow
Fortnightly, as required
Annually
Spring to Summer
Late winter/early
existing site. Understorey seed heads to stand throughout winter
Weed: Remove self-seeded trees and other unwanted/weed species 4x annually
autumn
Spring, Summer, Early
Autumn
Mulch: replenish organic and/or mineral mulches 2 x annually Spring, Autumn
Therefore a key priority in the maintenance Leaves/litter: remove/compost Every 2 weeks and as
required
All year - primarily
autumn, winter
and management of the proposed landscape Check Dams (in sloping Rain Gardens): Inspect and clear inlets/outlets,
repair erosion, remove sediment
Monthly/as required All year
will be to retain this spirit of naturalness and Species Rich Lawn Mowing: Carried out to maintain a tight sward in well used areas Every 2 weeks April to September
‘urban wild’; both as an articulation of the Monthly March and October

Mowing OPTION: Subject to the intensity of lawn use mowing may be Every 3-4 weeks April to September
uniqueness of the site through its intrinsic relaxed to allow the sward to grow longer and allow low-level wildflowers Monthly March and October
to bloom
visual poetry and to maintain a robust range
Fertiliser: Apply compost tea (or Soil Association approved organic Annually Spring
of biodiverse habitats. alternative) as required for growth and to ensure good soil health
Leaves/litter: remove/compost Every 2 weeks and as All year - primarily
required autumn, winter
The range and distribution of proposed Climbers/Lianas Green
Weed: Remove weeds by hand
Trim: to remove excess / misplaced growth of evergreen species as Annually As required
plant communities has been meticulously Walls required
Cut back: deciduous species to ground Annually Late winter
determined by design, conditions, location, Tie-in: As required to climber supports as required
Supports: Check and retighten/tension supports and brackets as required
2x annually
Annually
Spring - autumn
As required
microclimate and soil resource but the Communal Roof Terraces Grow Gardens: Clear soil-debris around beds Weekly All
Drainage Outlets: Check and clear debris 2x annually Spring and Autumn
ongoing management of the landscape must Shrub Guying: check, retighten if required Annually and after high Autumn
winds
also be sufficiently flexible and intelligent to Weed: Remove self-seeded trees and other unwanted/weed species 2x annually Spring and Autumn
Mulch: replenish organic and/or mineral mulches 2 x annually Spring, Autumn
facilitate a natural dynamism and movement Leaves/litter: remove/compost Every 2 weeks and as All year - primarily
required autumn, winter
within plant communities (i.e. self-seeding). Biodiverse Green Roof Non-vegetated margins: Inspect and manually clear debris / vegetation. 2x Annually Spring and Autumn
Weed: Remove self-seeded trees and other unwanted/weed species 2-4 x annually Spring and Autumn
This will require an iterative and sensitive Fertiliser: Apply slow release organic fertiliser (with N:P:K ratio of 15:9:14 After 12 months Spring
respectively) at a rate of 50g/m to ensure that the vegetation becomes
approach to ongoing management that is well established
responsive to climate adaption. Drainage Outlets: Check and clear debris
Irrigate: to full depth of substrate
2x annually
As required
Spring and Autumn
As required primarily
establishment period summer
and drought
The landscape will be maintained in Semi-intensive Green Roof Non-vegetated margins: Inspect and manually clear debris / vegetation.
Weed: Remove self-seeded trees and other unwanted/weed species
2x Annually
4-6 x annually
Spring and Autumn
Spring and Autumn
accordance with best practise guidance in Fertiliser: Apply slow release organic fertiliser (with N:P:K ratio of 15:9:14
respectively) at a rate of 50g/m to ensure that the vegetation becomes
After 12 months Spring
relation to biodiversity. Examples include well established

Drainage Outlets: Check and clear debris 2x annually Spring and Autumn
completely avoiding the use of inorganic Irrigate: to full depth of substrate As required As required primarily
establishment period summer
fertilisers and pesticides, retention of dead and drought
Habitat Feature: Inspect: and replenish habitat materials (drilled logs, stems, bamboo, Annually Late spring
wood on site where feasible to provide Insect Hotel straw etc) as required and secure tightly in place
Leaves/litter: remove/compost Every 2 weeks and as All year - primarily
invertebrate habitat and allowing seed heads required autumn, winter
Habitat Feature: Generally: Logs should be left to decompose naturally as they provide ~2x annually and as As required
of perennials to stand through winter. Loggeries/Log Piles habitat for invertebrates including stag beetles and solitary bees where required
drilled. Guying/fixing or part burying of logs may be required to prevent
theft/disturbance – check and retighten as required
Leaves/litter: remove/compost carefully by hand Every 2 weeks and as All year - primarily
This table provides a summary of required autumn, winter
Habitat Feature: Generally: RSPB recommends that old nests are removed, and boxes Annually Autumn outside of bird
maintenance tasks and is to be read in Bird boxes cleaned but due to locations this may not be feasible. Avoid disturbance nesting season
to nesting birds during the nesting season.
conjunction with the plans on previous pages Habitat Feature: Generally: Wasp nests can consume the space in bat boxes - remove Annually Winter and when bats
that highlight locations of planting and habitat Bat boxes nests in the winter using a long, thin rod or stick only when bats are not
present. Due to locations this may not be feasible.
are not present
types. Habitat Feature:

Sand lens, rope coil,
Generally: Inspect during maintenance visits. Generally maintenance-free
except for weed removal by hand.
2-4 x annually Spring and Autumn
ephemeral water, linear

mound
Table 5.6 Landscape maintenance schedule
152 Landscape | 5.0

5.12 LANDSCAPE DELIVERY PLAN Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment is indicative and
subject to change under separate planning application.
Silvertown Quays will unlock a part of London permeability.

that has been inaccessible for the last 150
years. The proposed public realm will be Building Phase 2
crucial in re-establishing Silvertown Quays
This phase will see the delivery of key public Plot 2A Plot 2B
as a place of London-wide significance and Plot 1 1.2A 1.2B
realm spaces of Mills Square and the eastern 1.1
will enable access to the docks, permeability
portion of the Dock Waterfront. This phase
between the development, surrounding
will unlock the potential of Mills Square
communities and the wider urban context.
to support an events programme and the OUT OF HOURS Plot 3
1.3
cultural and commercial functions of the SERVICING
The drawing shown has been submitted to OUT OF HOURS SERVICING

re-purposed Millennium Mills. The future
discharge Condition A4 Phasing Details for Plot 4
delivery of Plot 3 (during building phase 5)WESLEY AVENUE 1.4
Phase 1. It illustrates the phased delivery of
will take place behind hoardings allowing the
the Phase 1 RMA which is built-out over a
remainder of the square to function until its
series of building phases with adjacent areas
completion.
of associated public realm and landscape. The
aim is to deliver landscape infrastructure and
The delivery of Plot 7 will stitch North
amenities in the early phases so as to support
Woolwich Road with Canalside and facilitate
the burgeoning community. Each building EVELYN ROAD
access to Silo D Park.
phase and how it relates to the landscape is Plot 5
described as follows. 1.5
Building Phase 3
MILL ROAD
Building Phase 1 This phase will deliver Silo D Bridge unifying
the proposed links between the Docks, Silo
The first phase prioritises a robust
D Park and Silvertown Avenue with North
placemaking strategy with the early delivery Plot 6
Woolwich Road and the existing community to 1.6
of key public realm spaces. This includes
the south.
Silvertown Avenue - the axial route connecting
Millennium Mills, the future Victoria Dock 0 5 10 20 50 m
N
Building
Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment is indicative and
subject to change under separate planning application.Phase 4 Plot 8
footbridge and Silo D, and the associated Silo 1.8
Key
D Park which will provide children’s playspace Plot 1 will be the final residential plot to be Phase 1 boundary
Plot 7
and amenity resource for the burgeoning delivered. The western portion of the Dock 1.7
Plot 2a*, 5, 6 Building Phase 1
Silo D neighbourhood. The new north-south Waterfront public realm will be delivered at Temporary
energy centre
connection will be ground-breaking in finally this stage thus completing the links along the Plot 2b, 7 Building Phase 2 AD
LWICH RO
RTH WOO
linking the existing communities to the south Dock Waterfront. Plot 8 NO
Building Phase 3
Plot 1 Building Phase 4
with the docks and beyond and will provide a Plot 3, 4 Building Phase 5 STATION
significant new piece of pedestrian and cycle Building Phase 5 PONTOON

*Plot 2a: Plot 2Ai (make exisiting building watertight,
exisiting façade works & fit out Ground to
DOCK DLR
infrastructure for London. This phase will seePlotthe 2A last remaining Plot 2B
7th floor)
Plot 2Aii (new façade works & fit out to
Plot 1 1.2A 1.2B 8th floor to 12th floor)
1.1
commercial plots delivered completing Mills
This phase will establish new pedestrian links Square and providing a permanent link with Public realm/landscaping Phase 1
west to Brittania Village creating a new urban Hovis Yard.

Public realm/landscaping Phase 2
OUT OF HOURS Plot 3 Public realm/landscaping Phase 4
SERVICING 1.3 Public realm/landscaping Phase 5
OUT OF HOURS SERVICING
Plot 4 Main pedestrian routes

WESLEY AVENUE
1.4 Main vehicular routes
Figure 5.198 Landscape delivery plan
EVELYN ROAD
5.13 ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT PLAN
5.13.1 EXECUTIVE The priority species and habitats for
Silvertown Quays, addressed through the
5.13.2 INTRODUCTION Also required are:
SUMMARY actions in this document are: Greengage Environmental was commissioned ‘xvi. Management arrangements, particularly
by TSP to produce an EMP to support for retained and/or created ecological
• Open mosaic habitat on previously
Greengage Environmental was commissioned the Phase 1 RMA of the Silvertown Quays habitats’.
developed land;
by TSP to produce an Ecological Management development. Specifically, the report
Plan (EMP) to support the Phase 1 RMA of the provides details regarding habitat mitigation, The report also provides details to support
• Invertebrates;
Silvertown Quays development. Specifically, compensation and enhancement, required the following conditions of Outline Planning
the report provides details regarding habitat through the Reserved Matters Specification Permission ref: 14/01605/OUT:
mitigation, compensation and enhancement, • Birds – existing species such as peregrine
(Falco peregrinus) and black redstart xvi and xx (Outline Planning Permission ref: • A
1 Reserved Matters Approval – provides
required through the Reserved Matters 14/01605/OUT). Condition EC1 also requires
Specification xvi and xx (Outline Planning (Phoenicurus ochruros), and target landscaping details;
species including house sparrow (Passer an Ecological Management Plan however, a
Permission ref: 14/01605/OUT). Condition separate Approval of Details application will
EC1 also requires an Ecological Management domesticus); • A6 Planting; and
be submitted to discharge this condition.
Plan however, a separate Approval of Details
application will be submitted to discharge • Bats; and • A11 Green and Brown Roofs.
The Reserved Matters Specification xx.
this condition. This separate document will be requires the following details in relation to Please refer to the Ecological Management
materially the same as the EMP as set out in • Jersey cudweed.
habitat mitigation: Plan, submitted as part of this application, for
this section of the DAS. Key landscaping features include, but are not details about aquatic habitat mitigation and
limited to, the following: ‘…details of habitat mitigation. This shall enhancement.
Phase 1 RMA Site is located in the western include a report where relevant detailing:
part of the Site and comprises Development • Biodiverse living roofs;
Plots 1, 2A (i and ii), 2B, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, a. specifications of any green and brown roofs
along with associated public realm and • Green walls;
including their method of construction and
landscaping. Together Plots 2A, 2B and 3 on-going management for five years;
comprise the proposals for the existing • Biodiversity friendly landscaping;
Millennium Mills building. b. details of the ground level planting
• Bird and bat boxes; and
(demonstrating how it has been designed to
Baseline ecological surveys have determined maximise its benefit within the context of the
the site supports protected species and • Invertebrate features – bee bricks, habitat
scheme’
therefore a number of mitigation measures panels and loggeries.
are required to be implemented. These
An ecologist will be present to oversee the
measures are detailed within this report.
placement and installation of the key actions
described in this report.
The proposals will see the loss of an area of
brownfield open mosaic habitat, a S41 habitat
Monitoring proposals for the Site in light of
of principle importance. Therefore, further
the enhancement features include a post
to the species specific mitigation, actions
construction review and visits in years 1, 3 and
included within the landscaping proposals
5 post completion.
have been designed to compensate for this
loss.
This document addresses terrestrial areas of
the Site.
154 Landscape | 5.0

5.13.3 OBJECTIVES • Describe design specifications for
ecological mitigation, compensation and
5.13.4 ECOLOGICAL
Key to the long-term success of Silvertown enhancements across the Site; and CONTEXT
Quays will be the embracing of nature’s
• Describe a proposed monitoring scheme
role within the placemaking process. Having Site location and description
access to nature is fundamental to people’s which aims to record the results of the
implemented ecological actions and inform The Phase 1 RMA Site sits in the wider
health, wellbeing and happiness, with natural
on-going management / maintenance Silvertown Quays development site which
features also helping to deliver tangible
actions. covers approximately 27 hectares and is
benefits relating to the day-to-day function
centred on National grid Reference TQ 4180
and longer-term climate resilience of a site. The priority species and habitats for 2231, OS Co-ordinates (541226, 180318).
Silvertown Quays, addressed through the
These benefits are termed ‘ecosystem actions in this document are: The Silvertown Quays site is situated on the
services’, and are wide ranging, covering
southern edge of the Royal Victoria Dock in
aspects such as surface flood risk reduction, • Royal Docks Site of Importance for Nature
the LBN. The Site comprises an expanse of
air quality improvement, support for mental Conservation (SINC);
post-industrial land associated with the iconic
well-being, and biodiversity conservation,
Millennium Mills building. Vegetation has
which itself helps to deliver key supporting • Open mosaic habitat on previously
colonised much of the Site footprint resulting
services such as pollination, carbon developed land;
in a mosaic of scrub, improved grassland,
sequestration and nutrient cycling. In an
bare ground and ephemeral / short perennial
urban context, ecosystem services are best • I nvertebrates including solitary bees and
habitats. Buildings in the Phase 1 RMA include
delivered via biodiverse green infrastructure bumblebees;
the Millennium Mills building, a 5-7 storey
(GI), which is designed and delivered in the
former flour mill and Silo D, a former flour
context of a site’s ecological priorities, whilst • Birds – existing species such as peregrine
silo. The Phase 1 RMA Site is bound along
maximising opportunities for multifunctional and black redstart, and target species
its northern edge by the Royal Victoria Dock
gains across multiple design disciplines. including house sparrow;
with another finger of dock extending into the
Phase 1 RMA Boundary to the south of Silo
The Phase 1 RMA is set within an urbanised • Bats;
D. Phase 1 RMA extends down to the North
setting, consideration has been given to the
Woolwich Road, which forms its southern
wider green and blue infrastructure (existing • Jersey cudweed;
boundary. The phase is bound to the west by
and proposed) within the Docklands and
residential houses and east by the remainder
wider east London/Thames Gateway region. • Aquatic survey.
of the Silvertown Quays site.
The primary objectives of this document are
therefore:
Phase 1 RMA Site is located in the western
• Present the ecological context of the part of the Silvertown Quays site and is shown
development in terms of the baseline in Figure 1.1 on page 3.
value and relevant drivers informing the
biodiversity features to be installed at the The wider Site is bordered to the east by
site; Connaught Bridge Road, which separates
it from London City Airport. Land to the
• Detail ecological mitigation to be west of the Site is dominated by residential
implemented; development such as Britannia Village.
Baseline survey results Invertebrates Bats 2019 Surveys
The Site was subject to a suite of ecological • Silvertown Quays is a site of moderate • A single common pipistrelle (Pipistrellus Updated surveys are in progress to reconfirm
surveys completed in 2013 to support the conservation importance for invertebrates pipistrellus) was recorded emerging from the baseline and where relevant these have
Outline Planning Application (ref: 14/01605/ overall, and is unlikely to be one of the and returning to a roost in the main been used to inform this report. These
OUT). Of specific relevance to this report are most important sites in London. Millennium Mills building with two common surveys include:
the following: pipistrelle recorded emerging from the
• Phase 1 Habitat;
• Brown-banded Carder-bee (Bombus adjacent building in 2013.
• Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (Arup,
humilis), a rare and declining Section 41
December 2013, file ref 601093-12); • Invertebrate;
species, was found. • Common pipistrelles were also thought to
be foraging within these buildings.
• Invertebrate Survey (Mark Telfer on behalf • Breeding bird;
• Silvertown Quays supports what appears
of Arup, November 2013);
to be a nationally important population of • Updated surveys in 2019 have recorded
the rare flower-bug (Anthocoris minki) on a a single common pipistrelle returning • Bat;
• Breeding Bird Survey (Arup, November 2013,
single poplar tree. to a roost in the main Millennium Mills
file ref 231513-25); and • Reptile; and
with two common pipistrelle returning to
• Thin strips of planted trees and shrubs roosts in the adjacent building. The nature
• Bat Survey (Arup, October 2013, file ref • Aquatic.
along the eastern, southern and western (e.g summer day) of these roosts will
230916-00).
edges of the site supported a small number be confirmed following additional roost The only additional finding of note is the
The key findings of the above are summarised of Red Data Book or Nationally Scarce characterisation surveys to be completed presence of a protected plant species, Jersey
below: species. by the end of August 2019. cudweed (Gnaphalium luteoalbum), in the
Breeding Birds Phase 1 RMA Site.
Habitat Survey • Bat droppings were noted on bat boxes
• A total of 42 species of bird were recorded hung from poles along the dock side to the Baseline Summary
• Phase 1 RMA Site supports a unique
assemblage of post-industrial brownfield during the 2013 surveys. north of the Millennium Mills building.
The recommendations mitigation,
habitats. compensation and enhancement, outlined
• Peregrine falcon were recorded on site on within this report have been informed by the
• The industrial heritage of the Site and multiple occasions although no nesting results of these surveys, in addition to best
subsequent years of dereliction have left behaviour was observed. practice, policy drivers and BAP targets.
a patchwork of substrate types, of varying
depths, drainage regimes and topographies. • Two black redstart nests were recorded on In particular, local BAP species such as
This has resulted in a mosaic of grassland, the Millennium Mills building. solitary bees and house sparrow will be
ephemeral/short perennial, scrub and bare considered in designs, alongside bats and
ground, classified as Open Mosaic Habitat other notable invertebrates.
on Previously Developed Land. This is a S41
Priority Habitat of Principle Importance.
• Trees within the main site are mainly self-

seeded although a planted avenue of trees
runs along Woolwich Road.
• The site is surrounded by docks, also a

priority habitat under the London BAP.
156 Landscape | 5.0

5.13.5 MITIGATION Invertebrates providing added protection compared with
most bird species.
There will be no permanent loss of
opportunities for this species. Nesting and
The following key actions have been
The following measures are to be feeding opportunities will be recreated at
incorporated into plans to compensate for
implemented during demolition and / or Further to the above, owing to the length of roof level of the Millennium Mills building
loss of habitat and seek to retain invertebrate
construction / operation to ensure the the construction period, special precautions through creation of biodiverse roofs with
populations at site:
proposals comply with relevant policy and will be taken to prevent works from disturbing all other buildings also supporting areas of
legislation. • Biodiverse roofs have been included on them directly as well as monitor the site living roof. Nest boxes for redstarts will also
buildings across Phase 1 RMA. for the presence of peregrine falcon and be provided on 50% of roofs across Phase 1
This report should be read in conjunction black redstart to ensure they are free RMA. An example of an open fronted nesting
with the relevant landscape drawings, the • T
he biodiverse roofs will seek to recreate from disturbance in areas outside of the box, suitable for this species, is provided in
references for these are listed below: the existing ground level mosaic of habitats construction zone. Figure 5.199. These will be deep open fronted
but at roof level. This will include patches boxes, hung ~2m from the roof level, facing
• Masterplan with roof layout - 529-CTF-XX- of bare ground, rubble and sand. Peregrine falcon were previously confirmed north or east (see Figure 5.199). The biodiverse
XX-DR-L-1004 as likely absent from the building, with 2019 roofs and landscaping set out later in this
• P
atches of high value habitat will be surveys re-confirming this. However, care document will re-create the open mosaic
• R
oof plan - SQP1-CTF-1-LAN-DGA-LXX- retained within the wider masterplan until should be taken to establish their continued habitat over which this species foraging.
LAN112 completion of Phase 1 RMA to provide absence in 2020 prior to commencement of
opportunities for invertebrate communities works.
• R
oof plan Plot 5 - SQP1-CTF-5-LAN-DGA- to persist at site and encourage
LXX-LAN152 colonisation of newly created living roofs Suitable perches and a nesting platform will
and landscaping. be provided on the Millennium Mills building
• R
oof plan Plot 6 - SQP1-CTF-6-LAN-DGA- upon completion to provide continued
LXX-LAN162 Birds potential use. In particular, opportunities
for perching will be provided on the north
• R
oof plan Plot 7 - SQP1-CTF-7-LAN-DGA- Site clearance - general
facing aspect and north western corner of
LXX-LAN172 Site clearance activities will be undertaken the Millennium Mills building; both seemingly
during the winter when most bird species preferred spots by the resident pair based on
• R
oof plan Plot 8 - SQP1-CTF-8-LAN-DGA- are less sensitive to disturbance, rather than site observations.
LXX-LAN182 during their breeding season (which for most
species is typically between March and August Two black redstart nests were recorded on
• P
ublic realm planting plan 1/2 SQP1-CTF-1- inclusive), where legislation exists to protect Millennium Mills buildings in 2014 with surveys
LAN-DGA-L01-LAN307 occupied nests, eggs and young. If this is not in 2019 suggesting at least one pair continue
possible, an ecological clerk of works will to nest. Should works stand to result in
• P
ublic realm planting plan 2/2 SQP1-CTF-X- supervise site clearance works. If any nests disturbance to areas of roof used by nesting
LAN-DGA-L00-LAN308 are found during this period, then work close black redstart during the active season then
to nests will be stopped and ‘zones of no precautionary measures to make these areas Figure 5.199 Example black redstart box1
disturbance’ employed to avoid contravening unsuitable should be considered. This could
legislation. include the use of bird scarers and increased
human presence on the rooftop prior to
Black redstart and peregrine falcon the period during which they would usually
Black redstart and peregrine falcon are nest. Avoidance of impact should however
both listed on Schedule 1 of the Wildlife and ideally occur through sensitively timed works,
Countryside Act, 1981 (as amended) making it meaning any works to the roof take place in
an offence to disturb them whilst they nest, the months September to February inclusive.
Bats Millennium Mills building and all new buildings.
The number and form of boxes is described
5.13.6 JERSEY CUDWEED be sent to the Millennium Seed Bank at Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, to be dried, frozen and
Roosting
in the Enhancement chapter, although boxes Jersey cudweed was identified as present stored until the biodiverse roof is complete.
Surveys in 2019 have found evidence of a incorporated into the Millennium Mills building within Phase 1 RMA Site of Silvertown Quays
potential active roost in the buildings of will in effect form compensation for lost during ecological surveys undertaken in 2019 To supplement this the plants and ~5cm
Phase 1 RMA (specifically the Millennium Mills potential opportunities currently afforded. on land adjacent to rubble spoil piles to the of the underlying substrate, a fine sandy
building). Measures to address impacts upon south of Millennium Mills. aggregate mix, will be collected using hand
these, in addition to the existing bat boxes Lighting tools and stored in bags at the development
hung along the dockside, will be implemented. The proposed Phase 1 RMA Development site. These bags will be marked with signage
Demolition / Construction
A European Protected Species licence (EPSL) works would result in disturbance of this area. to indicate its contents and reasons for
from Natural England will be required for Care will be taken to reduce disturbance to The plants are also growing next to a track retention. Upon completion of the biodiverse
these works. The mitigation methodology is foraging and commuting bats using the Site. which is frequently used by film crews, site roofs this substrate will be used to create
summarised below and will be provided in This will include timing works in daylight hours security and other site visitors, resulting in a aggregate piles.
greater detail in the EPSL application. when bats are inactive and keeping noise high risk of accidental disturbance.
disturbance to a minimum. No additional The seed will be collected and sent to Kew
Demolition / site preparation works affecting artificial lighting will be left on overnight. As Jersey cudweed is listed on Schedule 8 of by a named ecologist on an A31 Conservation
the area of the building around the roost will such, light, noise and general disturbance the Wildlife and Countryside Act, 1981 (as Licence. The named ecologist will then also
be undertaken when bats are least likely to be through construction activity will be limited to amended) making it an offence to deliberately oversee collection and storage of the plants
using the roost. The optimal timing for this will within hours that bats are not active. pick, collect, cut, uproot or destroy plants. and substrate, and installation of the living
be confirmed following the additional roost roof, including the spreading of seed. 25% of
Operation Jersey cudweed location and status
characterisation surveys discussed above. collected seed will be retained by Kew in case
An ecological clerk of works (ECoW) will be Lighting design has been designed for wildlife further seeding is required.
Approximately 75 Jersey cudweed plants were
on hand during removal of relevant roosting friendliness. Generally, lighting is considerate observed growing adjacent to a spoil bund to Biodiverse roof specifications
features, roofing elements or disturbance to of the site’s use as a wildlife corridor, the south of the Millennium Mills buildings in
previously inaccessible roof voids. avoiding unnecessary lighting, using low-UV spring 2019. The biodiverse roof will be substrate-based
component warm white LED bulbs which are with a low nutrient substrate ranging between
Prior to demolition a minimum of 4x. Bat downward facing with asymmetric beams, Mitigation strategy ~120-200mm. The substrate will be composed
boxes (Schwegler 1FF2 or similar) will be shielded from spill. Proposals follow guidance of recycled crushed brick, expanded clay
The proposed approach entails the collection
installed in suitable trees around the site provided by the Bat Conservation Trust and shale and recycled organic content (for
of a seedbank from on-site plants which
peripheries as a precautionary measure in Institute of Lighting Professionals3. example Bauder’s Biodiverse Substrate1). This
will then be relocated to a newly created
case any bats are discovered during the should be installed at a sufficient depth,
biodiverse roof on the Millennium Mills
works; the location of these bat boxes will be varying between 120mm and 200mm across
building as part of the Phase 1 consented
determined by the ECoW. the roof providing variation in microclimatic
development works. Precedent for this
condition, creating a range of potential niches.
approach has been set by other Greengage
The bat boxes with evidence of roosting Sandy piles and mounds of the reclaimed
projects, including 45 Millharbour on the Isle
located along the dock side north of substrate from the current jersey cudweed
of Dogs, where Jersey cudweed has been
the Millennium Mills building will require growth location will also be provided. The
confirmed as successfully growing following
relocating. These will be moved to trees 45 Millharbour case study discussed above
relocation onto a purposefully created
being retained as part of the masterplan evidences that these habitat types provide
biodiverse roof on the 14th floor of a new
scheme. Detail relating to this relocation will suitable conditions for cudweed growth.
residential block.
be secured through a European Protected
Species Mitigation Licence with Natural Management and monitoring
Under licence, seed will be collected by hand
England. The living roofs will be subject to standard
from the existing plant stock at the Site in
August – Early-September 2019. This seed will maintenance and management as per supplier
Bat boxes will be embedded within the
158 Landscape | 5.0

specifications. Lendlease will instruct a living
roof maintenance contractor.
5.13.7 HABITAT Feature Specification Comment
COMPENSATION AND Living roofs
Biodiverse roofs or intensive living
roofs with pollinator friendly planting
To cover at least 30% of building
footprint
In addition to these standard measures a sign
will be provided at the roof entrance to advice ENHANCEMENT To have focus on climate resilient
‘Mosaic’ of habitats to be provided
contractors who may be visiting the roof species which thrive in brownfield
The proposals will see the loss of areas of Landscaping recreating habitat variability currently
of the protected plant’s presence, and the sites. Over 90% of species to have
at site.
associated legal obligations. open mosaic habitat (OMH) on previously demonstrable value for wildlife.
developed land, a S41 priority habitat of
One large box (e.g. Habibat materni- Located away from direct illumina-
The roof will be surveyed to assess the conservation concern. Therefore, further ty5) and five small (e.g. Habibat 0036) tion from street lights or windows at
presence and abundance of Jersey cudweed to the species specific mitigation actions Bat boxes per suitable facade. ~2-5m height from the ground, ideally
annually for the first three years following described above landscaping proposals have 50% of suitable trees to have bat box, overlooking potential foraging areas
been designed to compensate for this loss of e.g. Eco Bat Box7 or dock basins. Facing south or west.
completion. Observations during these
monitoring visits will be used as a reference habitat and seek an overall net biodiversity Three terraces (each with three
point for any other non-standard site gain. chambers, making a total of 9 holes) East facing or out of sunshine, at
Bird boxes – house
to be grouped together on every suit- least 2m high, ideally facing over liv-
maintenance works that may be necessary for sparrow
Across the Phase 1 RMA Site, living roofs will able east facing facade. E.g Habibat ing roofs or landscaping/dock
the biodiverse roof. terraced Sparrow Box8
compose a significant proportion of available
If Jersey cudweed has not established itself in roof space after accounting for safety, access, Bird boxes – swift Five boxes per suitable facade. E.g.
East facing or out of sunshine, at
and equipment. Ground floor / public realm least 5m high, ideally facing over liv-
this time, then further seed will be sewn from (apus apus) Habibat swift box9
ing roofs or landscaping/dock.
the sample stored with Kew. landscaping will also be provided.
Hung from balustrades or other fea-
One open fronted box on 50% of
This report should be read in conjunction with Bird boxes – black tures overlooking living roof areas,
biodiverse roof, e.g. Eco Open fronted
the relevant plans, the references for this are redstart ideally out of direct sunshine and
Nest Box1.
east facing.
listed below:
Five green and blue bee bricks10 to be
• Masterplan with roof layout - 529-CTF-XX- provided on every block where south
MILLENNIUM MILLS XX-DR-L-1004 Invertebrate habitat - facing elevations overlook landscap-
n/a
bee bricks ing. Where brick walls overlook living
• Roof plan MILLENNIUM
- SQP1-CTF-1-LAN-DGA-LXX- roofs then one brick to be provided
MILLS
Ecological
Key Constraints per 2m of wall length.
LAN112 Ecological Constraints
Jersey cudweed
Jersey cudweed Jersey cudweed
A range of log sizes should be used
• Roof plan Plot 5 - SQP1-CTF-5-LAN-DGA- Invertebrate habitat – from ~10cm up to ~40cm diameter.
One loggery to be provided per plot.
LXX-LAN152 stag beetle loggeries Approximately one third of the log will
be buried in friable soils.
• Roof plan Plot 6 - SQP1-CTF-6-LAN-DGA- Invertebrate habitat - Each plot to have bespoke inverte-
LXX-LAN162 other brate habitat wall feature
Table 5.7 Ecological design principles for compensation and enhancement features
• Roof plan Plot 7 - SQP1-CTF-7-LAN-DGA-
LXX-LAN172
• Roof plan Plot 8 - SQP1-CTF-8-LAN-DGA-

LXX-LAN182 Greengage Environmental Ltd
64 Great Suffolk Street, London SE1 0BL
www.greengage-env.com
• Public realmFigplanting plan 1/2 SQP1-CTF-1-

1.0 Jersey cudweed
Figure 5.200 Jersey cudweed location plan LAN-DGA-L01-LAN307location
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement Project Number 551197
159
July 2019
1 to 1000 at A3
Basemap data: Google Earth
• Public realm planting plan 2/2 SQP1-CTF-X- Rain gardens are included, incorporating a completion, i.e. with completion year 0, the A single report will be produced each
LAN-DGA-L00-LAN308 species rich palette of wild grasses, flowering monitoring visit would be undertaken in years monitoring period.
perennials/biennials ferns and shrubs, all of 1, 3 and 5.
Principles for incorporation of ecological
which are tolerant of seasonal inundation and This report will include recommendations for
design features which have been considered
intervening dry spells. This would consist of a general high- any adjustments to the agreed monitoring
by each plot are outlined in Table 5.7.
level Biodiversity Assessment which scheme to reflect changing conditions at the
A biodiverse species rich lawn turf is proposed would compare the condition of the site Site.
Living roofs to all lawn areas. This turf is tolerant of high against baseline targets for the ecological
As is in Table 5.7, landscaping proposals will levels of wear, but also contains a wildflower enhancement features as well as compare Recommendations for management and
compensate for ground level habitats (OMH) element and is therefore mown less the overall ecological character of the site maintenance actions will also be detailed.
that are to be lost as a consequence of the frequently to allow the sward to flower. year on year over the course of the five-year This may include removal of nuisance/invasive
development with living roofs providing a monitoring programme. species, supplementary plug planting for
significant contribution to this. The concept Installation rooftops, or changing frequencies of mowing/
is to create an interconnected network This inspection would record the condition vegetation management, for example.
A suitably qualified ecologist will be
of stepping-stones which cross the site, of the various habitats across the site
present to oversee installation of the key
providing opportunities for the movement confirming presence/absence of nuisance or The summary report and key
habitat features, including the living roofs,
of invertebrates and birds roof-to-roof, and invasive species; it will also record any other recommendations will also be made available
invertebrate features and bird and bat boxes.
between roofs and ground level habitats. unforeseeable changes with regard to ecology to relevant architects and landscape
Invertebrate habitat structure is provided
on every biodiverse living roof. This includes
5.13.8 MONITORING AND across the site such as colonisation of living
roofs by new species, or observation of field
architects working on the current and future
phases of the wider development so that
features such as log piles, sandy piles, MANAGEMENT signs or potential for other notable/protected lessons can be learnt and any biodiversity
ephemeral water features and rope coils species that aren’t currently considered within design interventions optimised for future
which will reinforce their brownfield industrial This section provides an overview of the this monitoring scheme. plots.
character, provide aesthetic interest and also relevant management and monitoring actions
support biodiversity. for ecological features incorporated into the
Site as part of Phase 1 RMA. Feature Specification
Ground level landscaping Extensive biodiverse roofs will require little maintenance following initial
Herbaceous and shrub planting at ground Monitoring install and irrigation during establishment.
Extensive biodiverse
A single inspection will be undertaken annually. Drainage outlets will be
level looks to mirror the OMH currently at Site A suitably qualified ecologist will undertake living roof
inspected and cleared where necessary, nuisance species such as butterfly
with reference also to notable sites along the the monitoring programme that will measure bush or Canadian fleabane will be removed.
Thames Gateway Corridor such as Canvey the success of the enhancement features and
Wick. This intrinsically relies on the creation Roof gardens will be managed as per ground level landscapes. Irrigation
the site’s overall biodiversity value, observing
systems will be regularly checked and monitored. Litter and nuisance weed
of a variety of low nutrient, free draining any natural colonisation, the success of the Intensive living roof
species will be removed, with at least bi-annual checks by an experienced
substrates which support low-maintenance planting / seed mixes across the living roofs landscaping maintenance company.
drought-tolerant species including native, and and ground floor landscaping, and the use of
Climber / trellis system living walls will require limited management beyond
non-native Mediterranean or steppe grassland the site by key biodiversity indicators. Green wall – climber / upkeep of irrigation, standard weed control and management if spreading
type species (where ecological value can be trellis growth over windows/doorways. Specialist landscaping management
justified). The proposed monitoring scheme in this companies will be used.
instance will take the form of a visit during
Maintenance is an often-overlooked aspect of artificial invertebrate nesting
Tree species have been selected for their construction to ensure compliance with Invertebrate habitat
habitats. Nest tubes and features will be cleaned at the end of each summer
value for wildlife, ability to withstand urban the design requirements, followed by an features
where practical to do so.
conditions and climate resilience. immediate post construction site review. This
The features require very limited maintenance once installed. Any boxes that
will then be followed by a high level bi-annual Bird and bat boxes
are damage will be replaced.
site inspection beginning the year following
Table 5.8 Ecological Management Actions – to be repeated annually for first 5 years post completion
160 Landscape | 5.0

Results from the surveys and records of Baseline ecological surveys have determined Reference www.habibat.co.uk/category/bird-boxes/
species encountered at the site will be the Site supports protected species and habibat-terraced-sparrow-box
1. Example black redstart box - Eco Robin
provided to London Borough of Newham, therefore a number of mitigation measures
(Open-Fronted) Nest Box (Greengage do not
Greenspace Information for Greater London, are required to be implemented. These 8. Example integrated swift box – Habibat
specifically endorse this product) https://
London Bat Group and the London Wildlife measures are detailed within this report. Swift Box (Greengage do not specifically
www.nhbs.com/eco-robin-open-fronted-
Trust. endorse this product) http://www.habibat.
nest-box
The proposals will see the loss of an area co.uk/category/bird-boxes/habibat-swift-
Management of open mosaic habitats. Therefore, further box
2. Example bat box - Schwegler 1FF bat Box
to the species-specific mitigation actions
Table 5.8 outlines the management actions for (Greengage do not specifically endorse
described, landscaping proposals have been 9. Bee brick (Greengage do not specifically
the specific ecological features. this product) https://www.nhbs.com/1ff-
designed to compensate for this loss of endorse this product) - https://www.
schwegler-bat-box-with-built-in-wooden-
habitat and seek an overall net biodiversity greenandblue.co.uk/products/bee-brick
The general site landscaping will be subject rear-panel
gain.
to a specific horticultural-led management
schedule and therefore those actions are not 3. Bat Conservation Trust and Institute of
An ecologist will be present to oversee
repeated here. Lighting Professionals (2018); Bats and
the placement and installation of the key
Artificial Lighting in the UK: Bats and the
ecological enhancement actions described in
Built Environment series. BCT, London
this report.
Available at https://www.theilp.org.uk/
5.13.9 SUMMARY Provision for on-going management and
documents/guidance-note-8-bats-and-
artificial-lighting/ilp-guidance-note-8-bats-
Greengage Environmental was commissioned monitoring is also described.
and-artificial-lighting-oct-18-compressed.
by TSP to produce an Ecological Management pdf
Plan to support the Phase 1 RMA of the
Silvertown Quays development. Specifically, 4. Example large integrated bat box – Habibat
the report provides details regarding habitat Maternity Roost Box (Greengage do not
mitigation, compensation and enhancement, specifically endorse this product) http://
required through the Reserved Matters www.habibat.co.uk/category/bat-boxes/
Specification xvi and xx (Outline Planning habibat-maternity-roost-box
Permission ref: 14/01605/OUT). Condition
EC1 also requires an Ecological Management 5. Example small integrated bat box – Habibat
Plan however, a separate Approval of Details 003 Box (Greengage do not specifically
application will be submitted to discharge this endorse this product) http://www.habibat.
condition. co.uk/category/bat-boxes/habibat-003-bat-
box-range
The report also provides details to support
the following conditions of Outline Planning 6. Example small bat box for tree – Eco Bat
Permission ref: 14/01605/OUT: Box (Greengage do not specifically endorse
• A1 Reserved Matters Approval – provides this product) https://www.nhbs.com/eco-
landscaping details; bat-box
• A6 Planting; and 7. Example integrated house sparrow box

– Habibat Terrace (Greengage do not
• A11 Green and Brown Roofs. specifically endorse this product) http://
6.0
Pre-application discussions
6.1 CONSULTATION PROCESS
6.1.1 CONSULTATION The following methods of engagement
have been used to involve local people in
PROCESS developing the proposals:
• Stakeholder workshops and individual

Consultation on the detailed proposals for
stakeholder meetings
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 RMA was conducted
over a seven-month period between March
• Pubic exhibitions and a community open
and September 2019 to help inform the
day
scheme. This consultation was in addition to
the consultation carried out on the Outline
Planning Application in 2014. • An online, comment based, engagement
platform
The process has sought to engage local
stakeholders with an interest in Newham, the • Site tours
Royal Docks or Silvertown, local residents
and businesses and wider public participation • Attendance at local community events
through an online engagement platform.
• Engagement with local schools Figure 6.1 Stage 2 consultation
Consultation on the Phase 1 RMA comprised Over 500 local people have been engaged
of a three-stage process as follows: on the proposals either through face-to-
Stage 1 (March – May 2019): face engagement or through the online
engagement platform. 17 local stakeholder
Understanding local priorities for Phase 1 RMA groups have also been involved in the process.
Figure 6.2 Stage 2 consultation
in relation to the OPP
For further detail refer to the Statement of
Stage 2 (June – August 2019):
Community Involvement.
Consultation on the initial approach and
proposals for Phase 1 RMA
Stage 3 (September 2019):
Pre-application consultation on the proposals

for Phase 1 RMA
Figure 6.3 Stage 2 consultation Figure 6.4 Stage 2 consultation
164 Pre-application discussions | 6.0

6.1.2 CONSULTATION community to use and enjoy. There was a high
level of support for opening up the ground
Desire to see improved connections:
FEEDBACK floor for public access and cultural activities. There was support for the north-south
pedestrian link through Phase 1 RMA and
Access to the water: a desire to see the dock edge made more
The consultation process has recorded
accessible through improved pedestrian and
consistently high levels of support for the The proposed approach to activating the
cycle access. Improved east-west routes that
overall approach to Phase 1. As the principle finger dock and providing opportunities to
take people off North Woolwich Road and
of development was previously established enjoy or use the water were highly supported.
the new proposed Royal Victoria Dock Bridge
by the OPP, feedback has largely focused
Access to green space: across Royal Victoria Dock were also noted
on ensuring that Phase 1 delivers benefits
priorities.
and amenities for the existing communities.
Feedback suggested that access to green
The top priorities for this phase of the
space was high on the local agenda, and A full account of the consultation undertaken
Development were recorded as:
there was a particular interest in ensuring on the proposed Phase 1 RMA Development
that green spaces are provided near the and the feedback received can be found in the
1. Providing public access to Millennium Mills
water – as is the case with Silo D Park. It was Statement of Community Involvement which
important to local people that public spaces Figure 6.5 Stage 2 consultation
accompanies this Application.
2. Providing local amenities (cafés, shops, etc.)
felt ‘accessible’ and not exclusive.
3. Providing or encouraging access to the Providing local amenities:

water / water-based activities
The introduction of local amenities was
supported, and cafés, shops and dining
During the final stage of consultation, both
options were identified as something which is
the Mills Quarter and Silo D Quarter character
currently lacking in the area and would be of
areas received high levels of support for
benefit to local people. Health facilities also
the design and placemaking approaches
came up as a specific local need.
presented. 86% of people who provided
feedback supported the approach to Mills Support for a ‘bold and authentic approach’:
Quarter and 95% supported the approach to
Silo D Quarter. Feedback showed high levels of support for
the overall placemaking approach and mix
Key themes emerged from of uses. The majority of people were keen
to see Silvertown Quays becoming an active
consultation
destination that would attract people to the
A number of key themes emerged through the area, as long as it also catered for local needs
consultation process which have been used to through providing amenities for residents.
inform the design approach and proposal as
it has evolved. The key emerging themes are Architectural approach:
summarised below:
Local feedback showed that people are keen
Access to Millennium Mills: to see high quality architecture which is
visually interesting and reflects the industrial
The feedback from the community was heritage of the area. The majority of people
that the main priority for Millennium Mills is who provided feedback were pleased to see
to ensure the building is accessible for the the character of the Mills retained.
Figure 6.6 Stage 2 consultation
6.2 DESIGN REVIEW PANELS
6.2.1 INTRODUCTION
A significant pre-application engagement
process has been undertaken with LBN
planning officers including weekly meetings
with officers to review design and technical
matters, and an extensive and bespoke
DRP programme to ensure sufficient and
co-ordinated input from the Panel. This
comprised of a monthly programme of Custom House
dedicated half day DRP meetings and a Station
Pontoon Dock
Station
consistent panel of DRP members. It enabled
effective design advice, which produced
demonstrable improvement to the design
quality of this Application. We acknowledge
and thank the Panel for their input.
6.2.2 DRP 01 (25 MARCH) Barrier Park

At the first session, the DRP were presented
with an overview of the planning context
of the project, the vision, design principles, Royal Wharf High
street
character areas and emerging landscape
proposals. They were also introduced to the
Phase 1 RMA architects.
Feedback
Figure 6.7 DRP 01 routes and access points drawing
The Panel were very pleased to see proposals
come forward after a hiatus. They expressed
the need for a more thorough analysis of the
Consented Scheme, to see the scope to make
a more compelling overall proposition within
the approved Parameter Plans including a Millennium
Mills
better definition of approach to Brand use. A

better understanding of phasing was asked
for, to understand Phase 1 RMA within the
overall strategic vision and future roads and Silo D
linkages.
Figure 6.8 DRP 01 Figure 6.9 DRP 01 illustrative masterplan Figure 6.10 DRP 01 Phase 1 and future phases

MILLS SQUARE - A CONNECTED CARPET
RE - A CONNECTED CARPET Urba
SILO D PARK - A WATERSIDE DESTINATION

Urban Plaza Scenario
Landscape Seamless
connection
Emerging proposals for the key open spaces, through Mills

Seamless
connection
through Mills
Mills
SiloSquare, Silo D reference
D Park activity Park and Silvertown Airport Public
Water feature Flexible
Airport Public
Safety Zone
Flexible Safety Zone
Avenue were presented, along with design (PSZ) and integrated events (PSZ) Moored
events Moored
plaza heritage heritage elements plaza heritage
vessels vessels
principles and strategies. Refurbished
jetty for Refurbished
“maritime jetty for
Walking walk” “maritime
and Heritage Walking walk”
Shade trees
Feedback
cycling wayfinding/
route placemaking
and Heritage
element cycling wayfinding/
route placemaking
element
The Panel didn’t find the material presented
specific enough to the Site. They stressed
Daily scenario Special event scenario
theActivated
importance
waterfront with floatingof
dock the ‘found’
terrace, Melbourne, landscape
Australia Local festivals and market, Auckland, New Zealand Flexible events
lawns
to maintaining and further enhancing the Strong street

canopy
Mills Square
unique character andRoyal identity of Silvertown
Docks Waterfront
Figure 6.11 DRP 01 Mills Square urban plaza scenario
et
Quays.
A flexible, metropolitan events plaza
with an iconic backdrop. The heart of
They hoped to see
A space more
for movement betweenevidence
Mills
Square and the Bridge landing. Home to
at
Silvertown Quays. maritime heritage.
forthcoming reviews of how the materiality
and rich character of the Site has informed Mills Silo Connector Mills Square Royal Docks Waterfront
A shared space with a focus on A flexible, metropolitan events plaza A space for movement between Mills
the proposals for the public realm. pedestrian and cyclist experience, street with an iconic backdrop. The heart of Square and the Bridge landing. Home to
SILO D PARK - A WATERSIDE DESTINATION

trees, special paving, and furnishings. Silvertown Quays. maritime heritage.
e Royal Docks Waterfront
Community event scenario Pop up events scenario
Transformed park for destination events - outdoor cinema, Miami
Finger docks waterfront Silo D Park 6.12
Figure DRP 01 MillsMills Silo connector
Square landscape
Food truck events for local residents and workers, San Francisco, USA
Beach, USA Historic dock walls rejuvenated with A high performance community and A shared space with a focus on
water access for small craft, activated destination open space with good solar pedestrian and cyclist experience, street
with south facing dock extension. access and an intimate connection to the trees, special paving, and furnishings.
water.
Mill Square activity reference Roy
Plan view Silo D Park activity reference

Water edge view from the southwest Market scenario view from the north
Annual event scenario Green plaza / lunch time park

Laneway Music Festival, Melbourne, Australia Every day park, flexible, green and fringed by active frontage terraces,
New York, USA
Daily scenario Annual event scenario Green plaza / lunch time park
A daily centre of activity, King’s Cross, UK Laneway Music Festival, Melbourne, Australia Every day park, flexible, green and fringed by active frontage terraces,
New York, USA
Daily scenario Special event scenario
Maritime history Green lawn
Activated waterfront with floating dock terrace, Melbourne, Australia Local festivals and market, Auckland, New Zealand Flexible events
ds Heritage ships and industrial harbour equipment as An iconic green plaza, Drexel Square, Philadelphia, USA lawns
outdoor museum, Rotterdam, Netherlands
Strong street
canopy
Figure 6.13 DRP 01 Silo D view from southwest
Seasonal scenario Maritime history Green lawn

Art/Design Week, Cultural Event, Eindhoven, The Netherlands Heritage ships and industrial harbour equipment as An iconic green plaza, Drexel Square, Philadelphia, USA
outdoor museum, Rotterdam, Netherlands
Community event scenario Pop up events scenario
Transformed park for destination events - outdoor cinema, Miami
Finger docks waterfront Silo D Park Mills Silo connector
Food truck events for local residents and workers, San Francisco, USA
Beach, USA Historic dock walls rejuvenated with A high performance community and A shared space with a focus on
water access for small craft, activated destination open space with good solar pedestrian and cyclist experience, street
with south facing dock extension. access and an intimate connection to the trees, special paving, and furnishings.
water.
Figure 6.14 DRP 01 Silo D Park landscape
Plan view Water edge view from the southwest Market scenario view from the north
STREET SECTIONS
6.2.3 DRP 02 (25 APRIL) North South connector and primary road section

Primary road section
After a recap of planning context and further
Pedestrian link section Primary road section Pedestrian link section
elaboration on the concept of Brand Use and
its application in Phase 1 RMA, DRP 02 focused
FUTURE BRAND FUTURE BRAND
on an analysis of the Consented Scheme, Site Boundary
PLOT 5 PLOT 5
finding strengths and potentials to guide Phase 1 Boundary Phase 1 Boundary Phase 1 Boundary Phase 1 Boundary Phase 1 Boundary Phase 1 Boundary
the proposals. Additionally, a set of urban

strategies was presented, as well as links to
Spaces Integration with the context Character areas FUTURE COMMUNITY
specific future
FUTURE connections,
COMMUNITY like the east-west
primary pedestrian route and the Brand loop.
Streets, servicing and landscape were also
addressed.
Residential Residential Brand Retail
Brand Retail
+5 +5 +5 +5
Feedback
hours servicing
hours servicing
Planting zone-
Spill out Zone
Spill out Zone

Zone - Out of
Planting zone-
Spill out Zone
Spill out Zone
Planting zone
Zone - Out of
Planting zone
Privacy zone
Carriageway
Privacy zone
Carriageway
Pedestrian
Pedestrian
Footway
Footway
Footway
Footway
parking
Mill Road Existing Existing condition
parking
2 2.5 2
The Panel was pleased to see the refinements
6.5 2 3
2 2
2 2.5 2 6.5 2 3 2
2
14
2
2
2 14 2
to the overall plan, however felt that an

18m 17m 18m 12.7m 18m 13m 18m 17m 18m
QueenElephant
ElizabethPark,
Hall,London
London
even more clearly coordinated position in
relation to the wider masterplan could be
taken, particularly in relation to the primary
pedestrian routes from the Parameter Plans Meanwhile use strategy Brand strategy Coherence with the future massing
Plot 1-Millennium
(the diagonal and the east-west Primary road section
route).Mills section Figure 6.15 DRP 02 urban strategies Plot 1-Millennium Mills section
Plot 6+7
PLOT 2
Site Boundary
PLOT 7 PLOT 6 PLOT 7
PLOT 1
+2.5 +2.5
Residential Lobby Podium Retail Residential Lobby Podium
Retail +5 Brand Retail
Planting zone-
Planting zone-
Spill out Zone
Planting zone-
Planting zone-
Spill out Zone
Carriageway
Carriageway
Spill out Zone
Spill out Zone
Footway
Footway
Pedestrian
Footway
Footway
parking
parking
parking
parking
Zone
2 2
2 2.5 2 6.5 2 3 2 2.5 2 6.5 2 3
4 14 4
18m
James Street, London 22m Nordbahnhof, Vienna 7.6m 11.8m 12.3m 17.5m 18m
James Street, London
Figure 6.16 DRP 02 illustrative masterplan Figure 6.17 DRP 02 sections Plots 1 and 2 Figure 6.18 DRP 02 sections Plots 6 and 7

HERITAGE ELEMENTS AS BUILDING BLOCKS FOR THE NEW PUBLIC REALM
EXISTING LANDSCAPE HERITAGE
ROYAL DOCKSHERITAGE
WATERFRONT
INSPIRED ELEMENTS
Landscape PROGRAMMING STUDY
S Waterfront Performance area, 500 people
The presentation further elaborated on the
key open spaces, showing occupancy and
solar studies. The existing landscape heritage
was analysed and shown in relation to
proposed paving and planting character.
Feedback
The Panel felt a comprehensive and
MILLS RELICS REPURPOSED IN STUDY OF OTHER RELICS FROM MILLENNIUM
compelling landscape strategy for the whole Floating cinema, Toronto, Canada
THE LANDSCAPE MILLS TAGGED FOR LANDSCAPE
site was lacking from the presentation, and Swimming Pool / Lido, 200 people
its huge potential wasn’t adequately exploited.

They commented that the strategic character
and role of water spaces should be defined D 5 5
6 4
further. There were also comments on the
2
space around Silo D, which they felt was 1 6
3
underdeveloped, and on Mills Square, which
they thought needed a convincing strategy for
activation. Public Harbour Bath, Copenhagen, Denmark
Figure 6.20 DRP 02 Dock Waterfront
SILO D PARK
Heritage Boats with Restaurants, 200-400 People
CONVERTED HERITAGE BOATS WITH VARIOUS RAISED PLANTERS WITH SEATING EDGES, BIRCH MILLS OUTDOOR SCULPTURE PARK WITH
1 5 AND ALDER PLANTING, INTEGRATED PAVING
6 ARTEFACTS, BROWNFIELD PLANTING
USES, EG. RESTAURANT, EVENT VENUE
EXISTING EXISTING WATERFRONT LIGHTS AT PROPOSED GUARDRAIL WITH INTEGRATED LIGHT DESIGN
OCCUPANCY STUDY GUARDRAIL SILO
NEW PONTOON WALKWAY D, BRITANNIA VILLAGE, ROYAL
AROUND
2 NORTH OF HOVIS BUILDING
DOCKS
Film Screening, 400 people 3 POTENTIAL FOR MARINA EXPANSION
4 BRIDGE LANDING
Figure 6.19 DRP 02 existing landscape heritage
EXISTING RAILS AND PROPOSED

STREET COBBLESTONES INTEGRATION INTO
PAVING DESIGN
Tapas bar on Lightship, Rotterdam, Netherlands
PARK
4 5
4
WATERFRONT
RETAIN + REUSE LIGHTSHIP AND SS ROBIN RETAIN CRANE EXISTING CONCRETE DOCK PROPOSED SILVERTOWN FAMILY OF BENCHES PROPOSED SEATING EDGES INSPIRED BY CONCRETE CAP
S D STRUCTURE WALL CAP INSPIRED BY CONCRETE CAP
2 6
Transformed park for destination events - outdoor
cinema, Miami Beach, USA
3
2
Market, 400 people

1
3
Figure 6.21 DRP 02 Silo D Park

FLEXIBLE LAWN AREA FOR HERITAGE DOCK WALL TERRACE +
1 COMMUNITY EVENTS 5 PLAYGROUND + COMMUNITY USE 6 AMPHITHEATRE
2 SPILL OUT AREA FOR SILO D
3 BIRCH GROVE
4 FINGER DOCK WALKWAY

y Pedestrian routes - Roads - Servicing Alternative future phasing
THE ROYAL DOCK WATERFRONT

WATERFRONT SPACES AN AMAZING FRONT DOOR TO SILVERTOWN WITH ACTIVE WATERFRONT AND NEW ECOLOGICAL BIOTOPES
2
6.2.4 DRP 03 (21 MAY) Feedback 1 Landscape 3
The landscape architects presented a public

2 The Panel commended the comprehensive
Phase 1 RMA masterplan response to the points raised previously. There
realm site analysis,
4
including the north-south
Avenue as a principal connection, as well as
This session was focused on the presentation was a great degree of comfort that a plausible
1 further developed public spaceWATERFRONT
and landscape
3
ACTIVITIES AND USES
P of a set of clear diagrams on movement and framework had been established, and the strategies and proposals for Mills Square,
servicing, as well as the presentation of a Panel indicated they were looking forward to Dock Waterfront, Silvertown Avenue and Silo
comprehensive public realm drawing. commenting in more detail on the Phase 1
5 D Park.
RMA buildings.
The main part of the session was the first
presentation of the building designs 4by the Feedback
ROUTES OVERLAY
Figure 6.23 DRP 03 ecological biotopes
MILLENNIUM MILLS PLACE
WATERFRONT CONNECTIVITY + CIRCUITS HISTORY OF CACOPHONY OF WATERFRONT ACTIVITY A NEW FLOATING ECOLOGICAL BIOTOPE
architects of each plot. VENETIAN
ACTIVATED
MOMENT PLINTH EMERGENT PATCHWORK OF PAVING EXTENDING FROM MILLENNIUM MILLS COLUMN GRID
The Panel found

8 the direction of travel very
6 7
promising, with a range of interesting ideas
for activating the water spaces and improving
Overlay Pedestrian routes - Roads - Servicing Alternative future phasing
ACTIVATED
GROUND FLOOR POLYSTYRENE
LAND USE MODULES
ecology. They indicated their support for the WATER QUALITY TREATMENT
SQUARE TO WATER: A CONNECTED CARPET TO BRITANNIA
proposals to connect Dock Waterfront with VILLAGE AQUATIC HABITAT CREATION
Mills Square through Millennium Mills. The

Panel commented that it will be essential
2
KEY
pedestrian desire lines are accommodated,
View of Silo D Avenue (looking north)
1 A PERMEABLE
3
GROUND FLOOR
2 and suggested exploring how the softer

EVERYDAY: A CELEBRATION OF WATER Primary pedestrian route
5 PHASE 1 PUBLIC REALM WITH SILO D AVENUE CONNECTOR Secondary AND BACKBONE
pedestrian route
4
Vehicles on pedestrian avenue precedents
landscaped spaces can be more clearly
ROAD HIERARCHY
1
P 3 defined. Tertiary pedestrian route
5
Pedestrian
Figure 6.24 DRP 03 Mills Square connections
REFLECTING THE INDUSTRIAL RAILS AND COLUMN GRID
WATER JETS
ACTIVATE SQUARE
EVENT: ACTIVATION SERVICING ACCOMMODATED

Primary road
4
Secondary road
2
8
1
P 3 6 7
Tertiary road LOCAL SOUTH
FINGER DOCK CANAL
MOBILE ACTIVATOR
PAVILION MOVES
AROUND MILLS
THE SQUARE
THE YARD
Out of hours servicingENTRANCE
road ATROAD
WOOLWICH
N
SQUARE, GATEWAY,
4 AND WATERFRONT
P SILO D - DERELICT HERITAGE LANDMARK
8 KEY
View of Silo D Avenue (looking north) Primary pedestrian route
ON STREET
ACTIVITIES
7 5 Secondary pedestrian route
Vehicles on pedestrian avenue precedents Parking entrance
6
KEY
ROAD HIERARCHY
Primary pedestrian route Tertiary pedestrian route
5
P P
Secondary pedestrian route
Car club bay
ROAD HIERARCHY
Tertiary pedestrian route Pedestrian connections

SILO D AVENUE WITH
MILLS PLACE
Loading bay
Pedestrian connections
Primary road INFORMAL CHARACTER
Primary road
Secondary road
On street parking
2
Secondary road
1 Tertiary road
P 3
Out of hours servicing road Tertiary road SILO D AVENUE HYBRID
Out of hours servicing road CONDITION WITH
P
VEHICULAR ACCESS
8 4 Refuse collection location
P
ON STREET
ACTIVITIES
7 Parking entrance
Existing pedestrian signalised crossing

6
8
CROSSINGS
Car club bay
P P
Loading bay
ON STREET
ACTIVITIES
On street parking Parking entrance GATEWAY - ARRIVAL AND

7
6 Proposed pedestrian signalised crossing
KEY
Primary pedestrian route DECISION MAKING POINT
5
P P
Secondary pedestrian route
Car club bay
ROAD HIERARCHY
Tertiary pedestrian route Existing pedestrian signalised crossing

CROSSINGS
Loading bay
Pedestrian connections
Proposed pedestrian signalised crossing WATERFRONT WITH NEW
Site vehicle entrance
Primary road
On street parking
Secondary road
Tertiary road Site vehicle entrance ECOLOGICAL BIOTOPE
Out of hours servicing road
P
8 Refuse collection location
ON STREET
Residential active frontage

ACTIVITIES
Parking entrance
ACTIVE LANDUSE
7
6
CROSSINGS
P P Car club bay

Loading bay
On street parking
Brand active frontage
Retail active frontage Proposed pedestrian signalised crossing
ARRIVAL FROM
CUSTOM HOUSE
CROSSINGS
ACTIVE LANDUSE
Community active frontage
Proposed pedestrian signalised crossing
Site vehicle entrance STATION

Site vehicle entrance
Figure 6.22 DRP 03 Movement and servicing Residential active frontage
Figure 6.25 DRP 03 Phase 1 RMA public realm
ACTIVE LANDUSE

Retail active frontage

ACTIVE LANDUSE
Brand active frontage Retail active frontage

170 Retail active frontage Pre-application discussions | 6.0
MASTERPLAN
MASTERPLAN
MASTERPLANEVOLUTION
EVOLUTION
EVOLUTION
Previous
Previous
Previous
proposal
proposal
proposal
(25.4.2019)
(25.4.2019)
(25.4.2019) Updated
Updated
Updated
proposal
proposal
proposal Alternative
Alternative
Alternative
updated
updated
updated
proposal
proposal
proposal
Masterplan options
To answer questions about the flexibility
of the OPP parameters, three options were
presented for future phases:
• Consented Scheme as per previous

presentations;
• Re-interpretation of the diagonal route 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
within parameters (using 10m L.O.D.), 1 1 1

3 3 3
1 1 1
3 3 3
1 1 1
3 3 3
lessening its importance and directing it to
Mills Square;
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
• ‘What if’ illustrative option, with better

defined future development plots and
future routes. It was agreed that this
should be illustrative guidance for future
scheme development.
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
6 6 6 7 7 7 6 6 6 7 7 7 6 6 6 7 7 7
Figure 6.26 DRP 03 Consented Scheme Figure 6.27 DRP 03 re-interpretation of the diagonal Figure 6.28 DRP 03 ‘What if’ option
route
Plot 1 Plots 2A, 2B and 3 Plot 4
dRMM established plot specific constraints The position of the proposed new core was The initial proposals presented at DRP 03.
and opportunities which had helped to inform supported.
the key design moves for the massing. The
design principles were also reiterated as key Regarding the re-building of the east shoulder
moves which support the design development of the north elevation of Millennium Mills,
of the scheme. DRP suggested amending the setting out
of the openings to more closely match the
Proposed parking provision of 10% (with asymmetry of the existing. They supported
3% wheelchair accessible) was presented, the aspiration to capture the quality and
a reduction from the OPP quantum and character of the existing building.
supported by LBN and Arup.
The presented scheme showed side
dRMM proposed the principle communal extensions within Mills Square to Plots 2A and
residential entrance and concierge located 2B. DRP were concerned that too much of the
from the circus. Concept for this was to link existing building could be obscured.
the first-floor communal garden with the
ground floor entrance. Activation on this
southwest corner was supported.
Figure 6.33 DRP 03 Plot 2B
Figure 6.35 DRP 03 Plots 3 (right) and 4 (left)
Figure 6.30 DRP 03 Plot 1 Silvertown Place
Figure 6.32 DRP 03 Millennium Mills
Figure 6.31 DRP 03 Plot 1 view from Rayleigh Road Figure 6.34 DRP 03 Plot 3 Figure 6.36 DRP 03 Plot 4 south elevation

Plot 5 Plots 6 and 7 Plot 8
Plot 5 developed around the principles of There was support for the initial approach Plot 8 initially developed as a response to the
providing family homes and active frontages to massing, including Plot 6’s relationship masterplan massing, change in levels across
to Silvertown Street and Evelyn Walk, whilst to the terraces on Mill Road and how Plot 7 the Site and activation of frontages along
responding to the constraints of the Site; provided opportunities for north-south views both North Woolwich Road and Canalside.
including proximity to existing flats, location across the Site. There was also support for The scheme presented at DRP 03 consisted
next to the sewer easement and relationship the approach to the split ground floor plan of two ‘linear blocks’ around a central
to Plot 6. The scheme presented at DRP as a way of encouraging an active ground courtyard. Focus was placed on key entrances
03 explored the scale, layout and façade floor, though it was acknowledged that this and activating the frontage of the blocks to
treatment of a six storey L-shaped block. needed further development. As part of meet Design Code guidelines. An ‘alternative
In order to provide active frontages to the this, importance was placed on ensuring massing’ scheme was also presented, which
street, maisonettes with recessed entrances that homes on lower levels were not explored the building as four distinct blocks
were provided at ground floor, with gallery compromised. Development of the ground arranged around a courtyard to allow views,
access flats above. The scheme introduced a floor was a focus of proposals following the light and maximise dual aspect. The impact of
communal entrance on the prominent corner DRP, and included a developed approach to the massing for each option was considered
and communal garden for all residents. entry sequences and activation of the ground in context of two key views; towards Silo D
floors. along Silo D Way and across the basin from
Silo D Park.
Figure 6.37 DRP 03 Plot 5 Figure 6.39 DRP 03 Plots 6 and 7 north view
Figure 6.41 DRP 03 Plot 8 ground floor plan
Figure 6.38 DRP 03 Plot 5 plan Figure 6.40 DRP 03 Plots 6 and 7 ground floor axo Figure 6.42 DRP 03 Plot 8 views from Silo D Park and massing
6.2.5 DRP 04 (21 JUNE)
This DRP was aimed at presenting detailed
proposals for the plots. An illustrative plan
showing the ground floors of the plots in
relation to the public realm was presented as
an introduction.
Feedback
The Panel felt the coordination between
the plot architects to create the necessary
coordinated variety to establish a strong
sense of place an identity could be improved.
Additionally, concerns were raised about

the brief, methods of construction and the
accelerated programme.
Figure 6.43 DRP 04 Illustrative Masterplan

Comments from DRP 03 were to refine the In response to DRP 03 comments, the DRP commented that ground floor frontages
ground floor plan, including relocation of the extensions to Plots 2A and 2B were removed needed further development.
residential entrance lobby. dRMM responded and images were presented at DRP 04 with
by relocating the principle communal more of the original Millennium Mills facades The panel felt the architecture was interesting
residential entrance from Silvertown Place being visible. This was supported by the panel, with large balconies and roof form, and noted
and reviewing the residents and visitor as well as the new proportions of the north further richness and other materials could be
experience of the scheme. A new retail elevation. brought in.
offering was proposed on the southwest
corner to animate the circus. Referring to the materials, DRP raised They recommended a finer analysis of module
concerns that there maybe too much and proportion of elevations to new buildings.
An outline facade concept was presented to singularity and that further richness should be
the LBN planning officers as work-in-progress. brought in.
The concept was derived from the simple silo
building which was originally located on Plot 1
site historically. The concept design proposal
was an inverted silo form in either metal
cladding or pre-cast concrete to form the
scallop.
Figure 6.47 DRP 04 Plot 2B
Figure 6.44 DRP 04 Plot 1 Silvertown Place Figure 6.49 DRP 04 Plots 3 (right) and 4 (left)
Figure 6.45 DRP 04 Plot 1 view from Rayleigh Road Figure 6.48 DRP 04 Plot 3 Figure 6.50 DRP 04 Plot 4
The DRP 04 scheme responded to concerns The development of the ground floor was The DRP 04 scheme further progressed
over the massing in relation to the existing well received, including ideas for the entry the ‘alternative massing’ option with four
flats, reducing the massing to five stories, with sequence and the opportunities for a mix blocks. The revised massing and plot strategy
the corner at six stories to accentuate the of uses around Plot 7’s courtyard. It was responded to DRP 03 comments to improve
entrance at the junction of Silvertown Street suggested that the relationship between daylighting to homes and amenity, and
and Evelyn Walk. With overall support for the Plot 7’s smaller masses and the courtyard introduced an improved courtyard design
housing typology, the elevational treatment should be assessed, and these were reduced developed with the landscape architects.
and materiality were explored through a series following DRP 04. There was encouragement Further DRP 03 comments recommended
of studies. The elevations took inspiration Figure 6.52 DRP 04 Plot 5 street elevation to explore a range of approaches to private a review of the ground floor in regard to
from various contemporary buildings, as well amenity to respond to the location of legibility, entrances and experience of the
as the architectural language of dockside homes, this was also developed further. user. The legibility and hierarchy of the
warehouses and the historic Millennium Most significantly the need to develop the entrances and core locations was carefully
Mills and Silo D across the Site. A number of architectural expression for both buildings considered during the redesign of the
options for the treatment of the gallery were was strongly highlighted. Developing the lower and upper ground floor. The material
illustrated and discussed. character and appearance of both building strategy of ‘anchor building’, ‘enclosure’ and
was the primary focus for proposals following ‘containers’ was introduced, defining the
DRP 04. locations, types and hierarchy of materials.
Figure 6.53 DRP 04 Plot 5 gallery elevation
Figure 6.51 DRP 04 Plot 5
Figure 6.56 DRP 04 Plots 6 and 7 north view
Figure 6.54 DRP 04 Plot 5 street section Figure 6.58 DRP 04 ground floor and landscape
Figure 6.55 DRP 04 Plot 5 gallery section Figure 6.57 DRP 04 Plots 6 and 7 cycle store entrance Figure 6.59 DRP 04 Plot 8 view from south

PHASE 1 SOUTH MASTERPLAN
Phase 1 south plots 1:500
6.2.6 DRP 05 (24 AND masterplan co-ordination between the

architectural teams. They also were assured Rooftop amenity sp
29 JULY) by the demonstration that the key junctions EVELYN ROAD

PERGOL
can work well.
Green wall
SILO D AVENUE
Phase 1 RMA masterplan /
There were still questions about the spaces
landscape Silo D dock
around Silo D, as they didn’t seem to be
To demonstrate a coordinated approach, the responding to how the Phase 1 RMA will need
two sessions – on Mills Quarter and Silo D to function in terms of the use of Silo D itself.
Quarter respectively – started with a recap There was also a question about Silo D Way,
of the masterplan, showing the distinct as there was the expectation this would be a Recliners and decking
character of the two Quarters and the heavily used route and the character currently Biodiverse green roo
design guidelines that were set up to ensure seemed to be more like that of a dwelling High quality material finish along dock edge
coordinated variety. An illustrative masterplan space.

SILO D PARK
showed the developed landscape design L
ANA
KC
together with the buildings. The landscape Similarly questions were raised regarding GER
D OC
MILLENNIUM SQUARE PUBLIC REALM

F IN
architect’s presentation further focused on water features detracting from the usability
SILVERTOWN STREET
the design of the three-way junction and the and desire lines in Mills Square and the DO
CK
Programming analysis Millennium Square plan D
A SILO
courtyards of the individual plots. function and legibility of the green buffer. The
A
hierarchy, functions and servicing strategy of
1
B
Again, the plots were presented in further the space need to be clarified. Tegula pavers
1
detail, incorporating comments from the last Silo D Avenue

A
session. Tree planting on the waterfront should follow Large event scenario - 1500 people
SPIRAL
FOUNTAINS
REFLECTION
3
SIL
the stated concept of colonisation. Illustrative POOLS
B
OD
Feedback proposals for the dockside pontoons would
TREES IN
WA
SELF BINDING BENCHES
GRAVEL TREES IN
Y
PLAYSCAPE/ SELF BINDING
help to understand the future aspiration. ORNAMENTAL PICNIC AREA GRAVEL
The Panel indicated they found the update on PERENNIAL

GRASSES
2 A
the masterplan and public realm very useful Seasonal event scenario - 750 people
and were provided with greater assurances Timber benches along dock edge
St Leonards Circus
that there was an appropriate level of

AVENUE JUNCTION
2 3
Figure 6.62 DRP 05 Silo D Quarter plots and public realm LWICH RO
AD
NORTH WOO
Finger dock edge 1:200 (section A)

Swathes of hardy perennial grass species
Kings Crescent (muf)
Millennium Square section 1:50 (section A)

Trees in hard landscape
Water features
Portland Rain Garden
Space for pop up events and installations

SERVICING BAY
VISITOR PARKING
Flatiron Square (Witherford Watson
Informal seating beneath tree canopy
Figure 6.60 DRP 05 masterplan overview Figure 6.61 DRP 05 three-way junction SMALL UNIT
Flatiron Square (Witherford Watson Mann)
Figure 6.63 DRP 05 Mills Square public realm
PAVING
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement
Main Street Junction landscape plan 177
BLOCK
BOLLARDS
St Leonards Circus
Comments from DRP 04 were for ground DRP noted that the architecture had been DRP noted that the materiality of fenestration
floor to be understood within the public developed and refined and praised the result. and secondary infill elements will be very
realm context, and that principle communal important to the character and appearance
residential entrance was vast with convoluted DRP noted that the location of the lift core of these buildings. AHMM made reference to
internal corridors. The ground floor extension within Mills Square is logical, but the Barbican and its timber windows, infill
configuration was therefore readdressed, and that its southern elevation lacks the elegance detailing and deep balconies that can be
the back of house areas made more yard like. and fine grain of the existing buildings. They inhabited and planted, helping to provide relief
recommended that further refinements and from the extensive hammered concrete.
The residential amenity was elaborated improvements should be explored, including
upon with greater detail for the cores, lobby, the introduction of a canopy to emphasise the
private balconies and communal courtyard. entrance into the building at this point.
The landscape concepts of the green frames
edging the private amenity on podium and the
glades proposed to the central space were
well received.
Initial unit layouts were proposed of the

typical apartments within the scheme. The
facade and material were explained in greater
detail after dRMM undertook a systematic
approach to the facade arrangement of the Figure 6.68 DRP 05 Plot 2B
inverted silo concept.
Figure 6.70 DRP 05 Plots 3 (right) and 4 (left)
Figure 6.65 DRP 05 Plot 1 Silvertown Place
Figure 6.66 DRP 05 Plot 1 view from Rayleigh Road. Figure 6.69 DRP 05 Plot 3 Figure 6.72 DRP 05 Plots 3 and 4

View from Silo D park

The DRP 05 scheme carefully considered and The developed approach to the architectural Positive response to the massing evolution
illustrated the resident experience and journey language and balcony strategy for both reinforced the ‘alternative massing strategy’,
home, alongside a progressed landscape buildings was strongly supported, it however further clarity over the entrance
design, in response to DRP 04 comments. The was acknowledged that there would be strategy per block and user experience
design of the gallery was developed to be of a further development related to daylight was required. Working closely with the site
lighter construction, taking into consideration and overheating coordination which has levels and the landscape design, the PLOT
DRP 805MATERIALITY AND FACADE STUDIES
the privacy for homes off the gallery, impact since taken place. The development of the scheme carefully considered the location
DOUBLE CANT BRICK PANEL DOUBLE CANT BRICK DETAIL WINDOW ARTICULATION
on maisonettes and providing generous cycle storage and lobby spaces to Plot 7 of the entrance and cores for each block in
DOUBLE PANEL 01
SIDE PANEL 01
amenity space to the family homes. Facade was supported and it was suggested that order to appropriately activate the frontages,
studies illustrated the approach to materiality a connection to the courtyard could be respond to the context and provide the best Millennium Mills
and detailing, whilst also addressing the explored, this has been incorporated. The journey home. The residents’ experience was
DOUBLE PANEL 02
SIDE PANEL 02
masterplan guidelines. The use of light brick range of private amenity for Plot 7 was illustrated in vignettes of each entrance.
and red brick to accentuate the corner, plus supported however more clarity was required Facade studies reinforced the architectural Silo D
base proportions picked out with subtle brick for how internalised amenity would be concept, approach to details and adherence
SIDE PANEL 03
FULLY GLAZED
detailing, explored the relationship between integrated into homes, this has been further to masterplan guidelines. Blocks B, C and Figure 6.78 DRP 05 Plot 8 North Woolwich Road view
View along North Woolwich Road
Plots 5 and 6. developed following the DRP 05. D are proposed in a warm brick ‘enclosure’
BRICK INFILL PANELS WITHIN A GRID BRICK DETAIL APPROACH
Anchor building elevation treatment
exterior and light brick ‘container’ interior, Simple white brick finish
SIMPLE BRICK
whilst Block A sits as a defined object in
01
detailed red brick. The brick detailing in Block BURRIDGE GARDENS, HAWKINS BROWN
A becomes the treatment around the base of Bond
CHAMFERED BRICK
02
Blocks B, C & D which defines and unites the
buildings. The special brick detailing within the HAMPSTEAD GREEN, MORRIS+CO
warehouse style grid allows for movement of
BRICK DETAIL - PREFERRED

03
window placement whilst retaining a strong
composition.
Avenier Conejo Architectes LEITH & GORI, COPENHAGEN
Base and facade treatment on North Woolwich Road Brick grid with concrete detailing
Figure 6.79 DRP 05 Plot 8 materiality
Figure 6.76 Plots 6 and 7 north view
Figure 6.74 DRP 05 facade studies
Figure 6.75 DRP 05 facade studies Figure 6.77 DRP 05 Plot 7 south elevation bay study
6.2.7 DRP 06 For Mills Square, the Chair commented that
the extent of the space will be defined by the
Plot architecture Plot 1
The Chair re-emphasised the requirement for The adjustments to the plan, layout and
CHAIR WORKSHOP phase 2 buildings to the south, and that it is
distinctive place-making architecture to firmly landscape were welcomed and helped to
important that this feels like a large, singular
(11 SEPTEMBER) public space. The extent of cycle parking
establish the unique character and identity of
this new city district.
address previous concerns regarding the
orientation and privacy of homes within this
along the dock edge felt excessive.
plot as well as access to the cycle and refuse
Masterplan Further assurances were requested at storage areas from the car park.
For Silo D Park, more singularity and
The Chair noted that generally, the application stage about the materiality and
simplicity in terms of the colour and surface
refinements to the masterplan that are detailing of the elevations to set a benchmark It was noted that the constraints of
treatment of the ground plane in this area
possible within the approved parameters are for quality when the material samples and construction required more detailed
was encouraged. Tracing the line of the
positive and result in a finer urban grain and mock up façade panels are being considered. consideration. In particular, the difficulties in
historic dock edge in cut granite, inset with
a clearer hierarchy of routes and spaces than achieving the parapet curve in both plan and
interpretive material in key locations was
the original indicative masterplan. elevation should be anticipated as well as
strongly supported.
detailing for weathering.
Landscape
It was noted that the landscape design had
been developed positively and that the key Silvertown Plot 1 | DRP #6 - C
spaces of Millennium Square and Silo D Park

Silo D Park and Environs
felt more convincingly resolved since last
1
time.
2
4
2 dRMM Architects
Silvertown Plot 1 | DRP #6 - Chair’s Presentation
Proposed Material Key

Coloured cementitious material with large-
1
scale scalloped form.
4 Left: preferred arrangement to the
north elevation, slightly deviating from 1
Small-scale scallop textured coloured

the symmetry previously proposed
2
cementitious material. To match colour and introducing a new window
indicated below. 3
1 configuration: the wharf doors.
Dark-tone coloured cementitious material to
3
spandrel conditions.
2.Figure 6.80 DRP06 Mills Square Figure

Silo D Park 6.82 DRP06 Silo D Park
- Visualisations
3
4
Dark metal panel facade cladding to ground
floor and Block D fins
5 Metal balustrade /facade panels
6 Metal window frames to apartments typically

6
Matching metal balustrade finish
6 1
17
2
26 6
3.
Figure 6.81 DRP06 Dock Waterfront 1. 21 Figure 6.83 DRP06 View towards Silo D 2. Figure 6.84 DRP06 Plot 1 north facade Figure 6.85 DRP06 Plot 1 facade detail
Block A Section and North Bay Elevation
Right: detail of the north 25
facing wharf doors.

Plots 2A, 2B, 3 and 4 Plots 5 Plots 6 and 7 Plot 8
It was felt that the proportions of the front Though the general arrangement of It was noted that within plot 7, the It was noted that the architecture of the
elevation of Plot 3 were less successful than accommodation, layout, massing and establishment of clearer and more direct links ‘anchor’ building has the potential to be
the previous iteration of the scheme with the landscape were supported, it was noted that from the lobby spaces to the podium were successful but again the information
proportion of bays becoming squashed as a the design team would be better off reverting successful. The building’s smaller windows presented was insufficient to understand the
result of the introduction of a rebated vertical to and developing the previous iteration of the resulting from overheating analysis were materiality and detailing.
panel at the junction of this building and scheme and developing and refining the detail considered less successful, and it was noted
Millennium Mills. to ensure there is the required richness and that additional detailing may be necessary to The relocation of the lobby within block A was
interest in the elevations. add relief. questioned - the previous location directly
accessible from the street was more legible,
Soft landscaping was also felt necessary For Plot 6, as a key route into the site, encouraging footfall and helping to animate
to street facing front gardens, to help green the importance of the detailing around the street.
the street and soften the appearance of the windows, reveal depth, headers and sills was
PLOT 5 building. emphasised. Concern was expressed about the three north
Updated proposal ENTRANCE & CORNER TREATMENT - INDUSTRIAL DETAILS / GROUNDING / METALWORK
facing duplex homes and the extent of the
3 The architecture needs more refinement: white brick and particularly where it wraps
Review corner treatment to make a more substantial base
the gable end of the north eastern block.
Evelyn Walk
Detailed Information
Plot 7 Bay Studies 1
Silvertown Street
PLOT 8
Communal VISUALS
Garden
2
1 Variegated pink brick

3
4
2 Variegated white ‘Feature’ brick KEY
Facade Details - Existing Building 2A
Figure 6.86 DRP06

including: Millennium
Subject to further intrusive surveys
Further refinement Mills
(We need to retain some flexibility in order to be able to manage the assett appropriately (conditions to be discharged later))
Ground Floor entrance lobby
Figure 6.88 DRP06 Plot 5 entrance
View to entrance on junction of Silvertown Street and Evelyn Walk
Projecting cornice to match other new buildings
The proposal for the facades of the existing buildings is to retain the PLOT 5
around the square, glazing and more prominent PLOT 8 6.91 DRP06 Plot 8
Figure
View over basin towards Blocks A & B
appearance of the existing facade as much as possible. Existing windows
FACADE BAY STUDIES - SILVERTOWN STREET ELEVATION
1 0 1 2 5m
will be replaced with windows of a similar aesthetic.
Metres 1:100
entrance canopy
Repairs where required / fenestration
- eg. concrete and
lintels and cills, exposed steel concrete
1
1 0
0 1
1 2
2 5
5mm 1 0 1 2 5m
BAY STUDIES - TYPICAL BAY / BASE / GRID
rebars, repair to brickwork and application of protective coatings. Metres
Metres 1:100
1:100 Metres 1:100
detail
The existing buildings will be insulated internally to meet Part L.
A
Powder coated finish

1 B
2
3
3 1 3 D
C
5
1
1
2
4
2
1
5
4 5
REV DATE DESCRIPTION
1
5 1
4 4
2
4 5
1
1 4
3 1
2
5
4 Powder coated steel

4 2
3
1 2
2
5 5
2
2
DRP MATERIALITY OPTION 01 OPTION 02 OPTION 03 OPTION 04
5
2
3 4
CONTAINERS
1 Existing concrete column 4
DRAFT
2 Existing concrete infill
3
3 Existing concrete lintel Detail axonometric callout
4 Proposed replacement window frame Section Bay study elevation Bay study axonometric Detail axonometric callout
Bay study elevation Bay study axonometric
Section
1 2 3 4 5
Figure 6.87 DRP06 Plot 2A facadeMaterial

detail precedents
6
Figure 6.89 DRP06 Plot 5 facade detail South

Figure 6.90 Elevation
DRP06 Plot 7tofacade
Northdetail
Woolwich Road Figure 6.92 DRP06 Plot 8 facade detail
1 2
5-AE-DSC-LXX-A252
3 4
ENCLOSURE
09/09/19 CONSULTANTS
5-AE-DSC-LXX-A252
5-AE-DSC-LXX-A252 19-004 CLIENT LENDLEASE
5-AE-DSC-LXX-A252
09/09/19
09/09/19 SILVERTOWN QUAYS PLANNING CONSULTANT 09/09/19
DP9
19-004
19-004 PHASE
Stage 2 1 RMA 19-004
COST CONSULTANT ARCADIS
1 ISO_Plot 2A&2B_Typical Bays_Type 8 2 ISO_Plot 2A&2B_Typical Bays_Type 9 3 ISO_Plot 2A&2B_Typical Bays_Type 2B 4 SILVERTOWN
ISO_Plot 2A&2B_Typical Bays_Type
SILVERTOWN
PHASE
Stage
PHASE
Stage 21
2
2BQUAYS
1 RMA
RMA
Copy 1
QUAYS Strip Sections
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AKT ll SILVERTOWN QUAYS
PHASE
Stage 2 1 RMA
Blush brick Cant brick panel Textured feature panel Smooth feature panel Light metalwork
Light brick Recess brick detail Smooth feature panel

MECHANICAL ENGINEERLight metalwork
HILSON MORAN
Strip
Strip Sections
Sections Strip Sections
LANDSCAPE WEST 8
TRANSPORT & WASTE
FIRE & SUSTAINABILITY
ARUP
BURO HAPPOLD Maccreanor Lavington 476 - SILVERTOWN QUAYS
PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
7 - Bay Study Sections
PLINTH
APPROVED INSPECTOR BRCS

FACADE CONSULTANT MEINHARDT
Plots 6 & 7
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement NOTE
0 1 3m
181
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents /
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible.
The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the
architect. All dimensions should be checked on site by the contractor and such
dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility.
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:-

- any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or
for purposes other than those for which it was prepared
OR
- any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the

7.0
Mills Quarter
7.1 INTRODUCTION TO MILLS QUARTER
Mills Quarter is set around Millennium Mills,
with a commercial cluster around Mills
Square, and a statement residential building
to the west at the proposed Royal Victoria
Dock Bridge landing. For more detail refer to
Section 4.1.8 Character areas on page 40.
Plot 2B
Mills Quarter consists of the following plots:
Plot 1 Plot 2A Plot 3
• Millennium Mills: Plots 2A, 2B and 3
(Section 7.2): renovation and extension of
existing heritage building into a mixed use Mills Quarter
building with Brand Use, office space and
Dedicated Brand A1 Retail, Dedicated Brand
A3-5 Food and Beverage and A3-5 Food Plot 4
and Beverage
Architects: AHMM
• Plot 4 (Section 7.3):

New commercial building comprising
Brand, Office and Food and Beverage uses
completing the commercial cluster in
Phase 1 RMA
Architects: AHMM
• Plot 1 (Section 7.4):

A predominantly residential building with
Local Retail A1 and Food and Beverage A3-5
on ground floor, framing the gateway arrival
space Silvertown Place
Architects: dRMM
Silo D Quarter
Mill Road
Road
oolwich
Nor t h W
Figure 7.1 Mills Quarter location plan
184 Mills Quarter | 7.0

Complementing the
industrial quality
of Millennium Mills
and the found
landscape
Responding to
Millennium Mills
Creating an active and the Royal
waterscape by MILLENNIUM
bringing people S Docks
closer to water MILLS
as a new cultural
beacon Vibrant mixed use
district with destination
retail and brand
Gateway arrival exhibition
and part of the
wider docks
network MILLS SQUARE
A new destination HOVIS
for London PLOT 4 STREET
Servicing
Articulation
of the facade
to reflect
Millennium Mills
PLOT 1
Massing to step
down towards
Britannia Village
P SILVERTOWN
AVENUE
WESLEY Key pedestrian
AVENUE route towards Silo D
Primary road
Figure 7.2 Mills Quarter illustrative view
7.2 MILLENNIUM MILLS
7.2.1 INTRODUCTION
Millennium Mills is a cherished symbol of
N
the industrial past, its redevelopment will
be the beacon of the Site’s regenerated
future. The buildings define the gateway to
the development. The Millennium Mills brand
will bring back the flow to the Site, providing
activating uses / jobs / cultural draw and
energy. After years of inactivity on the Site,
the primary aim is to restore and activate, and
use Millennium Mills to establish a new centre
of gravity.
Guiding principle
The guiding principle is to retain as much of
the existing character as possible. While parts
of the building will require replacement the
majority of the existing internal structure and
fabric will remain. New additions like lifts
and stairs are proposed to make the existing
usable. These new elements are intentionally
positioned outside of the existing structure to
minimise demolition. Where new elements are
proposed they are designed to be in keeping
with the historic architectural character
and industrial typology of Millennium Mills.
Clear, simple, strong buildings largely made
of concrete with their structure and function
expressed honestly. For a more detailed
explanation of the architectural history of the
existing buildings, refer to the Heritage Report
by Donald Insall Associates.
Plot 2B Plot 2A
Figure 7.3 Plots 2A and 2B north elevation Figure 7.4 Illustrative masterplan. Note: Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment and pontoons are indicative and subject to change under separate planning application.
01 5 10 25m

VISIBLE
LIFTS
1 How to get in 2 Where to go 3 How to get there
2.0 Site Matters

DOCK WATERFRONT
2.05 Site History
The assemblage of buildings were constructed in

phases during the interwar years and 1950’s but
were styled to era’s preceeding their repsective
construction date. Block A (Inter War) has a late
Victorian style and the newer blocks take cues
from the 1930’s Art Deco movement. As such, the
architectural history of the mill buildings is not
their primary significance. Instead, the significance
of the surviving mill buildings rests principally in
4 Primary public space 5 Secondary spaces

their powerful physical presence on the dockside
with the monumental qualities of the mill complex 6 Connected spaces
contributing greatly to ‘local character’ and ‘sense of
place’. Moreover, the mill buildings are among the very
few surviving buildings that suggest the epic, global
scale of the industry once undertaken at the Royal
Victoria Dock and the importance of the docklands
to London’s infrastructure
The proposal engages with, and celebrates this history, General view of the North elevation before the fire Millennium Mills before the fire
while retaining the overall form and character of the
buildings.
Further information regarding the history of the

buildings can found in Donald Insall Associates
Historic Building Report which supports this
application.
1953 showing Block A North yet to be constructed South facade 1984
7 Volume + delight 8 Variety + character 9 Reflecting the existing

11092 | Millennium Mills | Design & Access Statement | December 2014 Page 16
Figure 7.5 Diagram showing design principles
Land use Plot 2Ai GEA (sq.m.) Plot 2B GEA (sq.m.) Plot 3 GEA (sq.m.)
Plots 2A, 2B and 3 are commercial buildings
Brand (Excl. Retail) 7,965 Brand (Excl. Retail) 11,572 Brand (Excl. Retail) 12,973
set around Mills Square. Each plot is a mixture
of Brand Use, Dedicated Brand A1 Retail,
Dedicated Brand Retail
Dedicated Brand A3-5 Food and Drink, and 35 Dedicated Brand A1 45 Dedicated Brand A1 35
A1
A3-A5 Food and Drink, and Office Use;
Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Dedicated Brand A3-A5
• Brand Use 24 124 24
Food and Beverage Food and Beverage Food and Beverage
Sui Generis Use to showcase and promote
corporate, educational and other brands Food and Beverage Food and Beverage Food and Beverage
305 2,885 723
including some or all of the following mix of (A3-A5) (A3-A5) (A3-A5)
uses: demonstration, exhibition, museum,
research and development, education, Office (B1) 0 Office (B1) 10,515 Office (B1) 0
offices, workshops, display.
Total 8,329 Total 25,141 Total 13,755
• Dedicated Brand A1 Retail Use
• Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and Drink Use Table 7.1 Plot 2Ai area schedule Table 7.2 Plot 2B area schedule Table 7.3 Plot 3 area schedule
• A3-A5 Food and Drink Use

Plot 2Aii GEA (sq.m.)
• B1 - Office Use
Food and Beverage
1,547
The adjacent diagram describes the allocation (A3-A5)
of uses.
Office (B1) 5,092
Total 6,639
Amount of development
Plot 2A is a ground plus 12 storey building Table 7.4 Plot 2Aii area schedule
forming the west wing of Millennium Mills,
Plot 2B is a ground plus 10 storey building
at the centre of the development facing the PLOT 2B PLOT 3
square and the docks; and Plot 3 is a ground
plus 7 storey building forming the east wing,
PLOT 2Aii
adjoining Plot 2B via the supercore. The

ground floor areas will be used for Brand
exhibition / showcase with some Dedicated
Brand A1 Retail, Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food
and Drink, plus A3-A5 Food and Drink uses to Brand Use (excluding retail)
compliment and activate further. Dedicated Brand A1 Retail

PLOT 2Ai
Dedicated Brand A3-A5

Food and Drink
Office B1
Food and Drink A3-A5

Figure 7.6 Diagrammatic section showing distribution and relationship of Brand Uses across Plot 2A, 2B and 3

1:15
1:15
1:15 1:15 1:15
1:15
Figure 7.7 Ground floor plan Figure 7.8 First floor plan Figure 7.9 Plot 2A second, Plot 2B & Plot 3 first Figure 7.10 Plot 2A third, Plot 2B & Plot 3 second
Figure 7.11 Plot 2A fourth, Plot2B & Plot3 third Figure 7.12 Plot 2A fifth Figure 7.13 Plot 2A sixth, Plot 2B & Plot 3 fourth Figure 7.14 Plot 2A seventh, Plot 2B & Plot 3 fifth
Figure 7.15 Plot 3 sixth Figure 7.16 Plot 2A eigth, Plot 2B sixth, Plot 3 seventh Figure 7.17 Plot 2A ninth, Plot 2B seventh, Plot 3 roof
STAIR
06
Brand Use (excluding retail)

1:15 1:15
1:15
Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and

Drink
Office B1
Food and Drink A3-A5

Figure 7.18 Plot 2A tenth, Plot 2B eighth Figure 7.19 Plot 2A eleventh, Plot 2B ninth Figure 7.20 Plot 2A twelfth, Plot 2B tenth
7.2.2 DESIGN PRINCIPLES
Key moves
The diagrams to the right set out the key
urban moves. 4 5
1 3
A fun front door to draw pedestrian 1 3
4
movement along the dock edge to the
entrance. Mills
Square 3
2 2
Mills Square will provide the major public 2
1
space of the masterplan. This will become
a large south facing multifunctional space
to host a range of events- a place to attract
visitors and service locals, for everyone to
have fun, to relax and to enjoy.
There is a clear east / west route to ensure

visual connection to the eastern water’s edge Figure 7.21 Entrance diagram Figure 7.22 Mills Square Figure 7.23 East/west route
from Silvertown Place.
1 Fun front door 1 Public route during operating hours, to be 1 East / west route
secured out of hours
2 Mills Square 2 Clear visual connection
2 Mills Square - primary public space
3 Visible lifts - animating the front elevation 3 Raised cantilever for improved connection
3 Shared core in corner
4 Arrival point of proposed Silvertown Bridge
4 Brand entrance space
5 Raised dock edge / entrance space

Phasing strategy
The aspiration is to occupy Millennium Mills
as soon as possible. In order to do this we
propose to bring forwards the development
in separate phases. The intent is to allow
occupation of parts of Millennium Mills 2
early in the programme to activate the
development and breathe life into Silvertown
Quays.
1
1 Phase 2Ai - make existing building watertight,

existing façade works & fit out Ground to 7th
floor
2 Phase 2Aii - new façade works & fit out to 8th
floor to 12th floor
3 Phase 2B - All floors of 2B and the shared
core
4 Phase 3 - All floors of 3
Figure 7.24 Phase 2Ai- Lower floors of Plot 2A Figure 7.25 Phase 2Aii- Upper floors of Plot 2A
Figure 7.26 Phase 2B- All floors of Pot 2B and shared core Figure 7.27 Phase 3 - Plot 3
7.2.3 LAYOUT
N
Site layout
The adjacent diagram shows the principal
layout of the scheme. The plan is derived
from the historical arrangement of the existing
buildings. The approach is to extend Plot 3 to
the south and east creating a primary public
space called ‘Mills Square’. Super
Plot 2B core
Core positions
There are two shared cores proposed, which
provide vertical access and escape for Plots Plot
2A, 2B and 3. 2A
Plot 2A is serviced by a core located outside
of the existing fabric set within Mills Square to
the east side to avoid interrupting Silvertown
core
Place and to provide a second means of
escape for Plot 2B. The core is positioned in
Mills Square
Plot 3
the centre of the plan to minimise circulation
distances.
Plots 2B and 3 are serviced by a new build Escape

stair Escape
core to the north-east, set in the knuckle
stair
between the two plots. This ‘super-core’
arrangement allows the floor plates of Plots
2B and 3 to share services and vertical
circulation. They also share a generous open
circulation space between the lifts for tenants
of both plots to enjoy. Figure 7.28 Diagram of the core positions
The secondary means of escape are provided

to comply with maximum travel distances Core
for safe means of escape, taking into account
Secondary means of escape
future-proofing for divestment and a variety
of tenancy splits .
Plots 2A and 2B can be split into a variety of

tenancy sizes, providing small, medium and
large sized units. Plot 3 could become a single
tenancy floor, or be split into two units. The
aspiration is to provide a full range of sizes
to create an ecosystem of tenants from local
start ups to global corporates.

December 2014
Historic arrangement
Millennium Mills comprises a collection of
constantly changing buildings which have
been chopped and changed over time. The
complex was originally a flour mill, then later
used to store animal feed and various other
products.
The complex itself is locally listed by LBN

and is considered a ‘non-designated heritage
asset’.
Our proposals seek to preserve as much of

the heritage asset as possible, by retaining the
majority of the facade, the existing slabs and
structural columns, but also to continue the
established philosophy of chop and change,
to use new elements to make Millennium Mills
viable for modern uses as well as protecting
its longevity.
Please refer to the Heritage Report

accompanying this submission for further
details.
Figure 7.30 Historic image from the north
Donald Insall Associates Millennium Mills 1
Figure 7.29 Historic images from the south illustrating

the courtyard and how the buildings have changed
Ground floor arrangement
The ground plan is made up of a series of
active frontages facing the key public spaces. N
Plot 2A entrance is on Silvertown Place visible
from the bridge landing.
The main approach to Plot 2B is via the new

Royal Victoria Dock (subject to a separate
future planning application) from the north.
A ramped and stepped plinth leads up to
the existing ground floor level set above
Plot 2A Plot 2B
existing external level which was formally a
loading bay for the building. Entrance doors
give access to the Brand exhibition space,
entrance lobby and retail, leading east through
to the supercore.
Plot 3 entrance is located in the north-east

corner of Mills Square.
The entrances for Plot 2A, Plot 2B and Plot 3

provide Brand space for tenants to showcase,
promote, exhibit and hold events, with views
towards the Dock Waterfront and Mills Plot 2B
Square.
Plot 3
Dedicated Brand A1 Retail, Dedicated Brand

A3-A5 Food and Drink and A3-A5 Food and
Drink uses are located in key positions at
ground floor.
The retail on the top two floors of Plot 2B is

accessible from the separate lobby off Mills
Square.
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01
01
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.31 Ground floor plan
01 5 10 25m

1:15
1:15
1:15
1:15 1:15
1:15
Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and Drink
Office B1
Food and Drink A3-A5 N

01 5 10 25m
Buried plant
Buried plant rooms have been proposed
beneath the raised slab of the shared lift
lobby of Plots 2B and 3, and beneath Mills
Square.
Access hatches and louvres for ventilation will

be provided and incorporated into the public
realm design.
3
2
1 Buried plant beneath supercore lift lobby
2 Buried plant in Mills Square
3 Indicative buried plant room for landscape

features with separate access
4 Access hatches
N
Figure 7.33 Plan showing buried plant 01 5 10 25m

Figure 7.34 View of Plot 2B ground floor split level space with brand to the upper level and Food and Drink A3-A5 to the lower
Brand Use
In accordance with the OPP, Millennium Mills
is to be a commercial building containing a
mixture of Brand, Dedicated Brand A1 Retail,
Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and Drink and
A3-A5 Food and Drink uses, and Office use.
A Brand use means a Sui Generis Use to

showcase and promote corporate, educational
and other brands including some or all of
the following mix of uses: demonstration,
exhibition, museum, research and Ground floor entrance Workshops Brand launch + showcase
development, education, offices, workshops,
display.
The OPP also approves Dedicated Brand A1 BRAND USE CORE

Retail Use and Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food BRAND RETAIL / BRAND
and Drink Use.
FOOD AND DRINK /
At ground these spaces are generous and
publicly accessible. They are designed to be FOOD AND DRINK Brand stalls
flexible in order to accommodate a range of
activities including showrooms, display and
curated experiences. They are connected to
the upper floor Brand spaces via the shared Seminar and education
cores.
Display and exhibition
The table below and diagrams adjacent
explain how the Brand Use spaces could
GF Brand Use
function.
Showcase and Use Images

promote:
Corporate Business showcase
Education Seminar; training session; community
engagement
Demonstration Fitness classes; arts shows
Exhibition Brand launch; product launch; Arts &

Crafts Fair
Museum Product showcase; charity showcase
R&D Seminar; training session; Charity

Fundraiser
Offices Business showcase
Workshops Community engagement with schools &

local community; training courses
Display Music & drama shows
Figure 7.35 Plan diagrams showing flexible and activated ground floor arrangements for the Brand Uses.
"Brand Use" means a Sui Generis Use to showcase and

promote corporate, educational and other brands
including some or all of the following mix of uses:
demonstration, exhibition, museum, research and
Figure 7.36 Image above illustrates an example of the
Brand exhibition use at ground floor for Plot 2B
Figure 7.37 Image above illustrates an example of the Dedicated Brand A3-A5 Food and Drink use at ground floor for Plot 2A
First floor arrangement
The first floor is primarily Brand Use for Plots
2A, 2B and 3. This level of Plots 2A and 2B
are connected to ground floor with existing
openings.
Plot 2A has cycle facilities located to the

south of the plot.
Shared cycle facilities for Plots 2B and 3,

including showers, lockers and cycle parking
are located to the north of Plot 2B and are
accessed via a dedicated lift and stair.
The facade and structure for Plot 3 at first

and second floor has been designed to 2 2 2 2 2
provide future flexibility of use. The space
indicated at second floor is a soft spot that 5
could in the future create a double height
volume if a tenant required this. The adjacent
image and diagrams indicate what the space 1 3
could be like in various arrangements.
Brand Use (not including Retail)

5
1 4 1
1 Brand Use 3
Future provision for bigger room
2 Cycle store and facilities
First floor Brand Use in Plot 2B is
3 Existing holes to be retained connected to the ground floor
4 Terrace 2
5 Lift Lobby
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01 01
N
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.38 First floor plan 01 5 10 25m

Figure 7.39 View from the optional Plot 3 double-height space in the bigger room
BAR
SQUARE SQUARE SQUARE

Base option Conference arrangement Events arrangement
Figure 7.40 Diagram showing the future flexibility of the Plot 3 bigger room
Typical floor arrangement
The cores are positioned to be shared and
to provide a second means to escape. They
are located outside of the existing footprint
to minimise demolition and retain as much
as possible. The existing silos within Plots
2A and 2B are removed to create open floor
plates designed to be as flexible as possible
to future tenant requirements.
Plot 3 is a generous open floor plate set on

a larger structural grid with great views and
light on three sides.
Brand Use (not including Retail)
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01 01
N
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.41 Typical floor plan 01 5 10 25m

Tenancy Split
Plots 2A, 2B and 3 have been designed with a
flexible approach to tenancy split and they are N
able to adapt to the changing requirements
of tenants and to accommodate a range of
different brands.
Plots 2A, 2B and 3 can be let on a floor by

floor basis to a large tenant, or be subdivided
into two tenancies or more by introducing
additional circulation.
Plot 2A Plot 2B
Figure 7.42 Single tenancy split per floor

Plot 2B
Plot 3
Figure 7.43 Two tenancy split
Figure 7.44 Multiple tenancy split for Plots 2A and 2B Figure 7.45 Illustrative typical floor plan showing possible layout
01 5 10 25m
Plot 3 Roof
There will be a biodiverse roof on Plot 3 which
will have the appearance of a wild and found N
landscape, featuring planting to suit biodiverse
requirements.
Plot 2A Plot 2B
Plot 2B
Plot 3
1
1 Lift Lobby
2 Biodiverse Roof
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01
01
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.46 Illustrative plan showing Plot 3 roof
01 5 10 25m

Plot 2B Level 9
The top two floors of Plots 2A and 2B are
A3-A5 Food and Drink uses with access to N
terraces and great views.
Provision for dedicated access from ground

with two shared passenger and good lifts
as well as additional access from the two
shared cores that serve the other floors of the
building.
Some plant required for Plots 2A, 2B and 3

Plot 2A Plot 2B
will also be located as indicated.
4
1
The existing parapets are to be retained and 2
3
restored. Openings are proposed to the west
elevation for views out to the west over the
Royal dock.
4
3 3
2
4
Plot 2B
Plot 3
1
1 Lift Lobby
2 Terrace
3 Plant
4 Existing parapets
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01
01
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.47 Illustrative Plot 2B level 09 plan showing possible layout of rooftop amenity
01 5 10 25m
Plot 2B Level 10
The adjacent plan illustrates an indicative N

arrangement of level 10 by A3-A5 Food and
Drink Use.
There will be a biodiverse roof to the east

which will have planting to suit biodiverse
requirements.
Plot 2A Plot 2B
Plot 2B
Plot 3
1 Provision for lift lobby
2 Accessible Terrace
12 10
11 09
10 08
09 07
08 06 07
07 06
05
06 05
05 04 04
04 03 03
03 02 02
02
01 01
01
00 00 00
2A 2B 3
Figure 7.48 Illustrative Plot 2B level 10 plan showing possible layout of rooftop amenity
01 5 10 25m

Roof plan
A biodiverse roof is proposed to the main roof N

which is accessed for maintenance only.
A BMU will be lifted from 2B level 10 and run

along the roof, which provides access to the
majority of the elevations.
Plot 2A Plot 2B
4 2 2
1 3
9
6
7
Plot 2B 8
Plot 3
1 BMU Track
2 Lift Overrun
3 Ramp to Terrace
5 1
4 Escape Stair
4
5 Tenant Plant Space
6 Dry air coolers, open to external
7 Access hatch/ladder to roof
8 BMU in parked position
9 Biodiverse roof
Figure 7.49 Illustrative roof plan
01 5 10 25m
7.2.4 SCALE
Existing and proposed massing Hovis Hovis
The diagrams to the right explain the existing Plot Plot 2B Plot 2C
mass and the proposed extensions and 2A Plot Plot 2B Plots 2B and 3
2A
additions. Shared Core
Following the OPP Plot 2C has been partially Mills Square Mills Square Plot 3
demolished in accordance with separate
planning application ref: 15/01357/FUL.
A single bay of structure and the facade Figure 7.50 Diagram of the existing plots positions Figure 7.51 Diagram of the proposed plots positions
remains and is supported with temporary
Max height +54.93m AOD Max height +54.93m AOD
propping unable to stand independently
without the support of the demolished
part behind. The proposal is to remove the 2
remaining section of 2C and re-build to
1
closely match the existing elevation in scale, 2 3 3
appearance and material and set within 1
the existing envelope established by the
maximum height parameter plan 07. The 4
4
existing structure and facade is in very poor Max height
+39.9m AOD
state of disrepair with a very tight structural
grid 3x6m which makes it unsuitable for
future uses. The new structure and facade 5
will form the new supercore providing access
to both Plots 2B and 3. 5
Plot 3 is a new mass to the south with a

proposed maximum height in accordance with
the parameter plans.
Figure 7.52 Existing massing Figure 7.53 Proposed massing
1 Plot 2A 1 Plot 2A - Missing tooth filled in
2 Plot 2A- Missing tooth 2 Plot 2A - Roof extension
3 Plot 2B 3 Plot 2B - Roof extension
4 Plot 2C - Eastern shoulder 4 Plots 2B and 3 - Shared core
5 Plot 2C - Southern section demolished 5 Plot 3

following the OPP in accordance with
Planning Application ref: 15/01357/FUL.

Flight path height restriction exceed the height of the current building.
The massing of the proposed buildings are
in keeping with the maximum heights of the Additional massing proposed towards the east Obstacle Obstacle
1073 1098
existing buildings and the maximum height side of the building will be below the obstacle
parameter plans, as follows: limitation surfaces 4.5% Slope
4% Slope
1 The east shoulder of Millennium Mills will The proposed massing has been reviewed +54.930m AOD
match the height of the existing building. with the aviation consultant. Refer to Aviation
+54.447m AOD
4.5% Slope +51.810m AOD
4% Slope 3 2
Safeguarding Report for further information. 1
2 The rooftop pavilion will not exceed the
height of the existing rooftop. A BMU is proposed on the roof of Plot 2B to +39.900m AOD
4
provide safe access to clean and maintain
3 The new build ‘missing tooth’ matches the
the façades of the existing building. This will
height of the rooftop extension and does not temporarily exceed the maximum height of
exceed the maximum height of the existing the existing building when in operation. Refer
building. to Aviation Safeguarding Report for further
details.
4 The new build Plot 3 does not exceed the
parameter plan height 0.00m AOD
Millennium Mills lies beneath flight paths

close to the westerly end of the runway at
London City Airport, subject to aerodrome Figure 7.54 Proposed elevation with flight path analysis
safeguarding.
The existing structure of the Millennium Mills

already infringes the take-off climb surface of
the OLS which rises with a slope of 4% from
the end of the declared take-off distance
available (TODA). The primary infringements
are associated with obstacles 1073 and 1098
in the airport obstacle survey. They lead
to a minimum climb gradient requirement
estimated to be around 4.5%.
The elements of additional mass have been

designed by reference to the existing building
profile, in particular obstacles 1073 and
1198, to avoid any additional constraints on
aircraft operations. The additional massing to
the west of these limiting corners does not
Site sections
The existing Millennium Mills buildings will
be the tallest buildings in the proposed
masterplan, but sit comfortably within the
proposed neighbouring buildings which are
medium rise.
Mills Square is a generous public realm that

feels enclosed and created by the existing and
the proposed, and planting within the public
realm.
6
The new build Plot 3 does not exceed the 7 5 5
6
parameter plan height and compliments the
surrounding context in volume and proportion.
4
1 Mills Square 4
2 Plot 2A in elevation 4
3 Brand Use
2 4
4 Office Use
5 Terrace 3
6 A3-A5 Retail 3
7 Tenant Plant Space
3
3
1
Figure 7.55 Plot 2A and Dock section

6 4
3 2
6
7
2
6
2
2
2 2
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
5 1
Figure 7.56 Plot 2A and Plot 3 Long section
1 Lobby
2 Brand Use
3 Plot 2A Tooth in elevation
4 Plot 3 biodiverse roof
5 Mills Square
6 Office Use
N
7.2.5 APPEARANCE
Appearance of existing facade
The collection of existing Millennium Mills
buildings have been constructed and
changed over time, but share a number of
characteristics.
The diagrams on the right show that all the

buildings have a concrete frame, with the
structure primarily expressed vertically. The
buildings are robust and simple with some
decorative features and details in concrete.
Plot 2B has red brick infill spandrel panels and

steel framed windows. Plot 2A has concrete
external walls to the north, east and west
and brick infill to the south with steel framed
windows. A number of openings in Plot 2A
have been infilled.
For a more detailed assessment of the history,

design, construction and historic relevance of
these buildings refer to the Heritage Report by
Donald Insall.
The new build façades will use a similar

architectural approach/aesthetic, which will
be described in more detail in the following
pages.
Figure 7.57 Diagram showing architectural and facade aesthetic

Challenge of retaining the existing A combination of approaches Figure 7.58 Existing south elevation of Plot 2B with
exposed concrete piers, brick spandrels over concrete
The key principle is to retain as much of the Repair of the damaged areas of concrete slab edges and exposed concrete lintels and cills. The
aspiration is to retain the exposed materials, however
existing fabric as possible. protective coatings may be required as described. The
- To suit the areas of exposed re-bar or
aspiration is for the north elevation to match.
Where possible, naturally finished materials spalling it will be necessary to cut back to
such as concrete / brick / render will be left the steel and treat the corrosion and re-cover
exposed. with repair mortar. Further protection against
future corrosion and water ingress will be
While this is the aspiration, some parts of applied using a clear or white opaque coating.
the existing facade have significant issues
including exposed steel reinforcement which Protection of concrete without visible
is badly affected by corrosion and spalling damage Figure 7.59 Existing west elevation of
Plot 2A with painted concrete walls
of the concrete. Many of the concrete cills and piers, concrete lintels and cills.
- The concrete will need a protective coating
are damaged and have external render that The aspiration is to retain the exposed
from water ingress and future corrosion. materials and repair as required.
is damaged and falling away, creating a
Depending on the condition / location of Protective coatings may be required as
significant risk to the public. described.
damage, protection will be provided using a
clear or opaque coating.
Survey information
Intrusive surveys have been commissioned to Repair of damaged render
fully understand all of the visible and invisible
- To suit the areas of damaged render, the
issues with the existing condition.
existing render will be removed and the wall
repaired. This will be protected from future Figure 7.60 Existing north elevation of
The results of this survey will determine Plots 2A and 2B with a combination of
which parts of the fabric can be retained damage using similar protective coatings as build ups as described in the images
and which may need to be replaced. The described above. above. The aspiration is for the north
elevation to match the south elevation,
survey will also detail the required repairs to with exposed brick spandrels. However,
Repair of the damaged brickwork
safeguard the buildings for the future. protective coatings maybe required as
described previously.
- To suit the areas of damaged brickwork it
In some cases it may be possible to protect
may be possible to carry out isolated repairs
the facade with a clear protective coating. In
and replacement of bricks or pointing. The
other cases, a white opaque coating or render
aspiration will be to leave as self finished.
finish may be required depending on the
Protective coatings may be required, using a
location and condition.
clear or white opaque coating as above.
Without the results of the surveys it is not
As noted where it is necessary all opaque
possible to describe the final appearance of
coatings will be a white paint in accordance
the repair existing façades.
with Design Code 9.8.2.
The following approaches have been
discussed and agreed in pre-app
conversations with LBN and the DRP.
Photo 109: Exposed reinforcing bars on window top lintel on Nort
Photo 141: View of north facing roof terrace and levels 9 and 10 Facade of block B
Nbhfn fnfs
Photo 111: Exposed reinforcing bars on pier on south elevation
Image
Figure 7.61 Existing concrete parapets to Plots 2A and 2B. Aspiration is Figure 7.62 Existing concrete Piers to south elevation of Plot 2B. Aspiration Figure 7.63 Existing concrete Piers to north elevation of Plot 2B. Aspiration
to retain the exposed materials, protective coatings maybe required as is to retain the exposed materials, protective coatings maybe required as is to retain the exposed materials, protective coatings maybe required as
Photo 142: Terrace interface with block A showing varying wall thicknesses, features
described. described. described.
on the wall and exposed aggregates to the roof Photo
level112:
wallExposed reinforcing bars on pier on south elevation
and parapets
North elevation façade and Parapets – Level 9 roof terrace

2260 | Revision 01 | 26 May 2019 Photo 110: Spalled
Page 82 concrete and exposed reinforcing bars on side
H:\Projects\2527 - Silvertown Millennium Mills\1. MHT\Facade\Inspections\Site Visit Reports\190528 Millenium mills preliminary facade survey report - Rev 01.docx
North elevation
May 2019 Page 104
m Mills\1. MHT\Facade\Inspections\Site Visit Reports\190528 Millenium mills preliminary facade survey report - Rev 01.docx
2260 | Revision 01 | 26 May 2019


Preliminary Facade Survey and Investigation Report
ation Report
External Façade condition
Meinhardt Façade Technology
Photo 50: Exposed reinforcing bars on West elevation and cut section of
Item 1. Block A – Exposed reinforcing bars on window and
Block A - South Elevation
Figure 7.64 Existing south elevation of Plot 2A with painted concrete Figure 7.65 Existing west elevation of Plot 2A with painted concrete walls Figure 7.66 Existing window openings of Plot 2A with very damaged
: Projecting Columns
piers, andrender
brick infill with beams in relation
over and to thelintels
exposed concrete face ofcills.
Photo
and the
51:infill
andbrickwork
Exposed reinforcing
exposed concretebars
lintelson West
and cills. elevation
Aspiration is to retain the exposed concrete lintels and cills. Aspiration is to retain as many as possible and
Aspiration is to retain the exposed materials and repair as required, materials and repair as required, protective coatings maybe required as repair as required, many may need to be removed and replaced.
protective coatings maybe required as described. described. Photo 35: Exposed reinforcing bars on concrete window ci
2260 | Revision 01 | 26 May 2019 Page 41
Image
• 3, Rumford Place, Liverpool (1929-36)
Key Works
• W&R Jacob Biscuit Factory
Plate 22. Millennium Mills from the South, • Castner Kelner Chemical Factory
1984
Appearance of new build façades

The character and presence of the existing
buildings have led to an architectural language
for the new buildings inspired by the material
and form of the buildings that have occupied
the Site throughout its history.
The industrial language is the architecture of

the place. It is a language entirely appropriate
for work places of the future. The approach
is to prioritise volume and light, to express
the structure and material that is required
to create these volumes and avoid additional
materials, decoration, coverings or finishes.
The brief is a space for the industrious and
the self made not for corporate headquarters
but for makers, a place to start and grow a
business, an idea, an attitude.
Inspired by form and material

The most extraordinary internal concrete
structure can be found within Millennium
Mills. These spaces are robust and
characterful.
The existing buildings have constantly

changed through time. In the recent past a
courtyard was created by silos to the south
Donald Insall Associates Millennium Mills 4
and the east. The simple concrete structures

were massive in scale, yet clear and simple, Figure 7.67 Aerial view of Millennium Mills, 1960s. PLA Archives Figure 7.68 Millennium Mills from the south, 1984.
beautiful and raw. Donald Insall Associates Millennium Mills 25

The detail of the concrete frame
The inside of Millennium Mills is filled with
interesting concrete details, including the
chamfered corners of columns, beams,
corbels and stairs.
Images opposite illustrate the character and Figure 7.70 Beams and columns shaped to improve
bearing capacity and reduce mass to be considered
joy of the internal existing concrete frame.
We have been inspired by these details to

create an architecture that is of the place.
Figure 7.71 Grid/waffle structure for massive structural

stability and strength
Figure 7.69 Image of internal concrete structure
Figure 7.72 Corbel detail for simple solution to provide

support for the horizontal element, column detail with
chamfered edges and different thickness of beam and
column
Figure 7.73 Columns massive and raw with beautiful

details becoming decorative elements
Typological study
A process of research and investigation into
industrial buildings led to an understanding
of the common characteristics, qualities and
aesthetics. This informed the approach to
develop a strong and appropriate architectural
language.
Figure 7.74 Typical detail for east and west elevations of Plot 2A

Relevant characteristics
Key characteristics were developed following
a discussion with the heritage consultant,
a study of the existing vernacular and an
investigation into industrial precedents
informed the proposed architectural
expression.
Express the frame Variety in section Playful proportions Human scale

Strong silhouette
Figure 7.75 A series of diagrams showing reference to characteristics
Elevation silhouettes
The below elevation diagrams illustrate how
the previous typology studies have informed
the design of a structural silhouette which
creates unique characters to each individual
elevation. Differing playful geometries, vertical
and horizontal emphasis, depth, bay types
and different parapets are the kit of parts
implemented to express a found industrial
architecture.
1 4
2
3
N
1 2
Infill to Plot 2A, with a tighter grid and Plot 3 west elevation, a top expressed as a
unbroken vertical columns help express the projecting horizontal cornice, a large deeply
slenderness of the volume. recessed portico framing an entrance while
providing a terrace at 1st floor level help
create variety to the elevation facing Mills
Square.

3 4 5
Plot 3 south elevation, vertical sheer walls with horizontally textured Plot 3 east elevation, differing bay widths 10.5m and 4.5m, 2-storey high Plots 2B and 3 super core north elevation,
concrete, 2-storey high truss supporting the cantilever to the southeast truss, parapets with one as a projecting cornice another with continuous taking from the language of the existing
corner and a typical bay at 4.5m centres. All create a variety in the vertical columns a shallowly recessed portico frame are all offset facade, the super core elevation has much
silhouette and contrast to the east and west elevations. against the simple silhouette of the new super core. less depth, window apertures are expressed in
vertical slots and capped with a flush parapet.
Conceptual approach Expressing the structure
Inspired by the existing we want to create an The new buildings have their structure
architecture specific to the place. expressed clearly and powerfully, which also
articulates the uses within.
An architecture true to the industrial
typologies that have characterised the Site.
The facade is the stability system
An architectural language that ‘Does what The facade will also act as the stability
is says on the tin’. To paraphrase Alberti ‘ system, in combination with stability walls of
‘Nothing need be added and nothing can be an escape core. This is expressed as a sheer
taken away’. wall in concrete on the southern facade of
Plot 3.
We have created a Kit of Parts that can
repeated and adapted and used for all the Figure 7.76 Image showing 4.5m and Figure 7.77 Image showing shear wall Figure 7.78 Image showing cornice
new build elements. The way that industrial
Material 9m grid projecting spandrels for stability for weight and staining, corbels to
support a cantilever
buildings have always been built without The structure of the building will be concrete.
ornament but with great beauty. The facade will also be concrete with
glazing set between. The concrete lintels
Kit of parts for the architecture and upstands project to create shading.
The framing for the glazing is colour to
A set of details to be used in combination to
compliment the concrete and introduce
create a playful rich tapestry of depth / light
further variety.
and shade from a common set of elements.
True to the industrial typology
• Spandrels - shaped for drips

• Cornice for weight and staining
• Shear/walls for stability
• Corbels to support a cantilever
• Two simple grids a 4.5m and 9m bay
Figure 7.79 Image showing recesses for amenity

Colour to compliment the
concrete
The fenestration is designed to provide

additional shading and colour to the
elevations. Responding the existing green
windows the proposed windows will be
coloured to match. A deep horizontal fin
and extended pressed metal cill introduce a
secondary material which is more pronounced
from the ground.
Figure 7.80 Images showing coloured window frames complimenting the concrete structure
Concrete finish 1 2
The concrete finish is to be visible both
inside and out for all new build buildings
and extensions. The images opposite shown
an aspiration for the quality of the surface
finish. With the imperfections adding to
the character, board marks, day joints, tie
holes and small blow hos are visible and are
expected to an extent. The images show a
relatively consistent colour finish is desirable
and excessive making good discouraged.
3 4
List of Images
1 mehrfamilienhaus in renens, by Dreier

Frenzel Architecture

Frenzel Architecture,
3 Studio Terraces in Berlin, by Brandlhuber +

Emde architects
4 S9 architects

6 Cocoa Studios, by AHMM Architects


5 6 7
Elevations
North elevation
The north elevation is characterised by a
repeated array of vertical concrete columns
with brick infill set between two strong
shoulders. As described before the eastern
shoulder will be re-built. The proposal for the
replacement mass aims to retain the scale
and character of the existing elevation and
closely match the fenestration and material.
Rebuild the eastern shoulder

The existing facade was retained during Figure 7.81 View of the existing north elevation of Millennium Mills Figure 7.82 Thin slither of facade retention
recent demolition works associated with the
asbestos strip out to safeguard the envelope
in relation to the OLS. However, a number of 1 4
Diagram of the existing / design parameters
challenges make ongoing retention impossible, SIGNAGE
5
including the requirement of propping for 1 Overall scale / shape to match pre demolition size as OPP
stability; existing 3x6m grid unsuitable for
desired uses; mismatched floor levels and the 3 2 Concrete frame to match the existing
2
inability to build within the foundation zone 3 Vertical expression of three bays
without re-building the existing.
4 Heavy top
The following diagrams show the design intent
5 Signage (under separate application)
of rebuilding the eastern shoulder to closely
match the existing in terms of size and scale.
Figure 7.83 Diagram of the existing
To match the existing character, the vertical
expression of the three window bays, set
out asymmetrically and beneath the heavy Diagram of the proposed elevation
concrete top is proposed.
1 Overall scale / shape to match pre demolition size as OPP
Signage is also proposed to be covered under 12 4
SIGNAGE MILLENNIUM MILLS SPILLERS
a separate application. 5 2 Concrete frame to match the existing
3 Vertical expression of three bays

31 4 Heavy top
1
2 1
5 Signage (under separate application)
Figure 7.84 Diagram of the proposed north elevation of Millennium Mills

5
3
2
1 4
Plot 3 behind Hovis Building Plot 2B Plot 2A
Figure 7.85 North elevation 1 Plot 3 behind Hovis building

Shopfront design and advertising to
2 be subject to separate applications for
Louvres for plant planning permission and advertising
consent
3 Super core
Signage design to be subject to separate
applications for planning permission and
4 Refurbished Plot 2B facade advertising consent
5 Roof top extension
N 6 Pending tenant use and ground floor activation, a mix of glazing and louvres will be required.
Figure 7.86 View of entrance to Plot 2B

Figure 7.87 View of the north elevation of Millennium Mills
South elevation Plots 2A & 2B
This elevation faces onto Mills Square.
New doors at ground floor will increase
permeability.
The existing windows will be replaced

with windows of a similar character.
The south elevation of Plot 2A features a

gable end, to be retained and repaired.
Existing windows will be replaced and

new windows introduced where openings
have been filled in at some point in the
past.
4
South elevation of Plot 3

This elevation faces Plot 4 and
incorporates the cantilever to Plot 3 8
creating the east / west route through 1
3 2
the masterplan.
9
A concrete shear wall is set in front of
the secondary escape stair provides
structural stability and variety to the
elevation. 7
The bigger room is again expressed in the
elevation bringing light and activation to 5 6
the Mills Way.
Plot 2A Plot 2B Plot 3
Figure 7.88 South elevation of Millennium Mills
1 Revealed brick spandrels 6 Doors at ground floor Shopfront design and advertising to
be subject to separate applications for
planning permission and advertising
2 Window openings to match existing 7 Double height recessed glazing consent

3 Re-introduce windows to into filled in 8 Recessed window applications for planning permission and
openings advertising consent
4 Louvres for plant behind 9 Steel truss encased in concrete

N
5 New doors

Figure 7.89 View of Mills Square from the south
West elevation of Plot 2A
The proposal for the west elevation of Plot 2A
seeks to retain the character of the existing
building. A new build ‘missing tooth’ infill will
close the gap between the 1933 and 1954
building with a strong simple silhouette with
clear vertical emphasis.
This elevation faces west onto Silvertown

Place includes the main entrance of Plot
2A, as well as a number of retail units. Plant
rooms required at ground floor are located
away from the corners to improve the 6
activation.
A new projecting canopy will highlight the 3

entrance from the bridge landing position and 2
1
on Silvertown Place.
1 Window openings to match existing
2 Re-introduce windows to filled in openings
3 Vertical expression of windows
4 New doors
5 Projecting canopy and Signage zone

5
6 Plant room 4
Plot 2A Plot 4
Figure 7.90 West elevation of Plot 2A and Plot 4

consent

advertising consent
Figure 7.91 Axonometric view of a typical bay of

Plot 2A ‘missing tooth’ infill

Figure 7.92 View of Millennium Mills from bridge landing position
East elevation of Plot 2A
On this elevation, the new build ‘missing tooth’
infill extends to ground creating space for a
new external core for Plot 2A. Three bays of
glazing will provide views out from the lift
lobby and make visible the vertical circulation
from the square.
This elevation faces and looks onto Mills

Square and will contain an entrance into Plot
2A entrance lobby, A3-A5 retail and some
ground floor plant and servicing provision.
6
The verticality of the concrete piers is
expressed matching the west elevation. A
solid concrete zone creates a clear distinction
between the new infill and the existing south
elevation of Plot 2B. A projecting cornice to
the top relates the design to Plots 3 & 4,
making explicit the architectural relationship
1
and reinforcing the common architectural 2
language. 3
1 Window openings to match existing
2 Re-introduce windows to filled in openings
3 Vertical expression of windows

5
4 New doors 4
5 Signage zone Plot 2A Plot 2B
Figure 7.93 East elevation of Plot 2A

6 Plant room
consent

advertising consent

Figure 7.94 View of east elevation of Plot 2A including
the new ‘missing tooth’ infill and obvious entrance
into the Brand exhibition / showcase space with
signage canopy over.
Plot 3
As described before, the architecture of Plot
3 is derived from the robust aesthetic of the
existing Millennium Mills buildings. An exposed
concrete frame clearly reveals the structural
logic. A hierarchy of spaces is expressed
with depth creating amenity and through
the deliberate thickening of the structural
elements to create order and the strong
robust aesthetic.
West elevations of Plot 3

This elevation faces onto Mills Square and
at ground level will contain a number of
entrances into the Brand Use exhibition
showcase and A3-A5 Food and Drink. 4
Above the glazing is recessed to create depth
for solar shading. At first floor, double height
windows and a set back terrace add variety 5
to the elevation and further activate the
square. Concrete lintels and projecting cornice
3
supported by corbels, elements from the kit 6
of parts, are part of the common industrial
architectural language for all the new build
elements and emphasise an architecture
specific to the place. 2
1 Entrance doors at ground floor

1
2 Double height set back glazing to terrace Plot 2B Plot 3 Plot 4
Figure 7.95 View of West elevation of Plot 3 and Plot 4

3 Recessed glazing and opening windows
4 Projecting concrete cornice be subject to separate applications for
consent
5 Expressed concrete frame
6 Chamfered lintel and upstand advertising consent
Figure 7.96 Axonometric view of typical ground

floor bay.

Figure 7.97 View of west elevation of Plot 3
East elevation of Plot 3
This elevation faces east towards London City
airport and the service yard, and is primarily
characterised by the structural challenge of
creating the cantilever. A steel truss encased
in concrete has been incorporated into the
facade language to transfer the loads from
the upper floors to allow for the cantilever
to create a clearly visible east / west route
through the masterplan.
Glazing has been recessed as part of the

solar shading strategy. Louvres have been
introduced where plant is located.
Both the 9m and 4.5m bay types are used to

create difference emphasised by a changing
parapet detail. The 4.5m bay used within the
service yard to reflect the scale of the existing
Hovis building and the space between. 2 2
As with other elevations, details from the
kit of parts extend the common industrial
architectural language and emphasise an
3 3
architecture specific to the place. 4
Hovis Yard elevations

Hovis Yard is framed by Plot 2B, Plot 3 and 1
the existing Hovis building. The space provides
vehicle access into the loading bay at ground 5
and light to the spaces above.
The proposal is to continue the kit of parts Figure 7.98 East elevation of Plot 3 Plot 3 Plot 2B / Hovis Yard Hovis
referencing the robust aesthetic of Millennium
Mills. The exposed concrete frame clearly
reveals the structure, and a hierarchy of 1 Double height recessed glazing Shopfront design and advertising to
spaces and functions. be subject to separate applications for
2 Recessed window
Plant is located to the northern end of the consent
east facing façade, with the louvres set within Signage design to be subject to separate
into two full 4.5m bays. 3 Expressed concrete frame
advertising consent
4 Steel truss encased in concrete
N
5 Loading bay

External lighting
The approach to external lighting is part of
the sitewide strategy. The adjacent image
illustrates the indicative proposal.
Uplighting to the façades expresses the depth

of the facade and creates background lighting.
More focussed recessed lighting within the
entrance canopies and other signage will
illuminate the primary entrances to the
building.
1 Uplights to columns
2 Recessed lighting in entrance canopy
3 Recessed lighting to signage
Figure 7.99 View of west elevation at night
Typical detail for north and south
elevations of Plot 2B
The proposal is to retain the existing
appearance of the facade. A number of repairs
may need to be completed on the facade,
including repair to concrete lintels and cills,
exposed steel rebars, repair to brickwork and
application of protective coatings. The existing
buildings will be insulated internally to meet
4
Part L.
Existing windows will be replaced with new

windows of a similar aesthetic.
The images below illustrate the two options

for the future appearance of the existing,
subject to intrusive survey.
1 2 1
Clear protective coating White protective

coating
1 Existing concrete column
2 Existing brick infill
3 Proposed replacement metal window frame
4 Existing concrete lintel
Figure 7.100 Typical detail for north and south elevations of Plot 2B

Typical detail for east and west
elevations of Plot 2A
The proposal to retain the existing appearance
of Plot 2A facade is the same as Plot 2B.
Please see page opposite.
Clear protective coating White protective

coating
1 Existing concrete column
2 Existing concrete infill
3 Proposed replacement window frame
4 Existing concrete lintel
Figure 7.101 Typical detail for east and west elevations of Plot 2A
Typical detail for east and west
elevations of Plot 3
The proposal is to express the concrete
structural frame as part of the facade and be
insulated from the inside.
The east and west facade of Plot 3 are set

out at 9m centres. The facade consists of a
chamfered concrete lintel and upstand, which
is supported between the external columns.
The glazing system sits on top of the

upstand and goes to the height of the soffit.
The windows will have a thermally broken
aluminium window frame.
1 2
Figure 7.102 Axonometric view of Plot 3 east and west

typical bay
1 Exposed concrete structure
2 Concrete lintel and upstand between

columns
3 Metal window frame similar to Millennium

Mills replacement windows
Figure 7.103 Plot 3 east and west elevation detail

Typical detail for the south
elevations of Plot 3
The architectural approach is the same for
the south elevation as the east and the west
elevation.
The south facade of Plot 3 are set out at 4.5m

centres. The facade consists of a chamfered
concrete lintel and upstand, which is
supported between the external columns.
The windows are of the same logic and

system as the east and west elevation.
2 2
Figure 7.104 Axonometric view of Plot 3 south typical

bay
2 Concrete lintel and upstand between

columns
3 Metal window frame similar to Millennium

Mills replacement windows
Figure 7.105 Plot 3 south elevation detail
7.2.6 LANDSCAPE
Plots 2A/2B roofs
Hard and soft landscape terraces are located
at the top floors of Plots 2A and 2B as
indicated. These provide external amenity for
the tenants.
50% of the available roof space are biodiverse

roofs to Plots 2A, 2B and 3 to comply with the
OPP requirements.
Figure 7.106 Image showing rooftop terrace
Plots 2A and 2B biodiverse roof
Accessible terrace
Figure 7.107 Rooftop locations Figure 7.108 Axonometric view of the typical rooftop
facade

Plot 3 roof
There will be a biodiverse roof on Plot 3 to
comply with the OPP requirements.
2
1
Figure 7.109 View of Plot 3 roof
1 Stair upstand
2 Indicative BMU in parked position
Plot 3 biodiverse roof
Figure 7.110 Rooftop locations
7.2.7 ACCESS
Servicing strategy
Refuse strategy
For Plot 2A, refuse from the upper floors will
be taken down the goods lift to the refuse
store at ground to be collected from the
square out of hours.
For Plots 2B and 3, refuse will be taken down

via the goods lift to the shared refuse store.
A baler is located within the store and waste
will be compacted. Waste collection will take
place from the loading bay.
The rooftop retail will have a separate refuse

store, adjacent to the rooftop goods lift, to be
collected from the square.
Refer to the transport strategy for further LOADING

information. BAY
Delivery strategy
For Plot 2A, deliveries will arrive via the
square. Hours of servicing to comply with the
OPP.
LOADING
For Plots 2B and 3, deliveries will arrive via the FROM SQUARE
loading bay / Hovis Yard. Hours of servicing to
comply with the OPP.
Refer to the transport strategy for further

information.
Refuse Store
Refuse Route
Deliveries Route N
Figure 7.111 Diagram showing servicing strategy 01 5 10 25m

Cycle strategy
Cycle provision is located on the first floor of
Plots 2A and 2B/3.
Visitor cycle parking is incorporated in the

sitewide strategy.
Access
A dedicated bike lift is provided for access

into the bike store and cycle facilities.
Cycle facilities
The number of cycle spaces provided meet 1

the requirements of the OPP, and facilities 4 4 3 3 3 2
include showers and lockers, located adjacent
to the cycle store. Refer to the transport 5 5
strategy for further information.
Cycle storage flexibility
The cycle store and associated facilities may

be delivered in a phased approach to align
with the amount of occupied floor space
within Plots 2B and 3.
Cycle stands
Cycle lockers
1
Showers 3 5
4
1 Cycle Lift
2 Cycle Stair
3 Cycle Store
4 Showers
5 Lockers N
Figure 7.112 Diagram showing cycle strategy 01 5 10 25m
7.2.8 ACCESSIBILITY AND Car parking Careful consideration of colour scheme,
surfaces, signage and lighting requirements
AD M and BS6465 and provide both ambulant
and cubicles in each of the Male and Female
Millennium Mills will not provide car parking
INCLUSIVE DESIGN for staff or visitors within the proposed
will be developed as the scheme progresses. facilities. Wash-hand basins will be designed
to work and welfare standards. Accessible
development but will include accessible Corridor doorsets will provide adequate
Accessibility and inclusive design provisions WCs will be handed on alternate floors to
parking bay provision in close proximity within effective clear width and appropriate opening
are being designed in line with ADM Vol 2 2015 offer users choice.
the public realm. force.
and BS 8300 2018.
These facilities will be designed in accordance
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS Cycling and end of journey Vertical circulation with the recommendations in Approved
for a detailed commentary of the access and facilities Upper floor office accommodation is
Document M and BS8300.
inclusive design strategy for the Phase 1 RMA.
The proposal indicates provision for bicycle accessed from the lift and stair cores at all
levels.
Egress and fire strategy
storage and toilet / changing facilities at
Pedestrian access It is noted that the Egress Strategy will adopt
first floor level accessed off the street
Staircase provision - This is being developed BS9999:2017 principles and are covered by
Pedestrian access points to the Brand, Retail with powered door access and cycle lift to
to meet the requirements of Approved the separate Fire Consultant report by Buro
and office land uses are described as follows: encourage the use of cycling to and from the
Document K and M of the Building Regulations Happold. Details will be developed during
building.
• Plots 2A and 2B are designed to be highly and BS 8300 Vol 2. the project and this should include specific
permeable for pedestrians at the ground
level. Access is available through Plot 2A
Ground floor access Split-levels - there is also a split-level provisions for disabled people.
Ground floor level accommodation contains between new build and existing with a link
east-west connecting Silvertown Place to
Brand Use, Dedicated Brand Retail (A1); through via stairs and lift for Millennium Mills
Mills Square, and through Plot 2B north-
Dedicated Brand Food and Drink (A3-A5); which will require careful design development
south connecting Mills Square to the Dock
and Food and Beverage (A3-A5); with step to provide step free access going forward.
Waterfront.
free access and will be developed for future Passenger lifts – Passenger lift provision
• Pedestrian access for Brand/office staff tenant fit out in line with accessibility and exceeds minimum dimensional requirements
and visitors to the Plot 2A lift core is inclusive design requirements. with travel speeds to suit the intended height
provided from the east and western
of travel and frequency of use. The provision
frontages, via Silvertown Place or Mills Horizontal circulation will also allow for use of a Fire Fighting lift.
Square.
Corridors will follow the relevant guidance
• The ‘supercore’ for Plots 2B and 3 is located for ADM Vol 2 and BS 8300 Vol 2 with all Sanitary provisions
at the northeast corner of Mills Square and core access corridors having a width that will There are accessible visitor toilet facilities
can be access from either the north or ensure a high level of access for wheelchair on the ground floor level for each building
south. users. section. The dimensions and layout of
Upper level circulation is generally open plan, the cubicle will be designed to meet the
Building entrances requirements of ADM Vol 2 and BS 8300 Vol 2.
with the only corridors proposed serving the
Design development of the entrance doors, WC and Lift Bank locations – this reduces the Accessible shower and changing facilities are
weather protection and signage considers all barrier that doors can present to accessible also provided at first floor level adjoining the
relevant aspects of inclusive design noted circulation. bicycle storage.
including requirements within Approved
Document M Vol 2 of the Building Regulations On the upper floors, WC provision is
and BS 8300 Vol 2. centralized off each floor with standard,
Ambulant, Enlarged and Accessible WC
facilities being located adjacent on each floor
level. WCs will accord with requirements of

7.3 PLOT 4
7.3.1 INTRODUCTION
N
Plot 4 is a new build commercial building with
a mix of Brand Use, Office and A3-A5 Food
and Drink uses that is located to the south of
the Millennium Mills.
Separated from Plot 3 by Mills Way, a clear

east-west route through the masterplan,
the building is simple in form and rectilinear.
Plot 4 is in line with the Parameter Plan and
creates an open space to the south of the
building.
The new Mills Square sits to the north-west

of the building and offers a civic space in the
heart of the masterplan with direct access
Figure 7.113 Roof plan of Plot 4 in context

into the building.
N
Urban strategy
Visible
stairs
The architectural appearance and approach 2.0 Site Matters
for Plot 4 is similar to Millennium Mills and 2.05 Site History
Plot 3. The aspiration is to create a collection The assemblage of buildings were constructed in
phases during the interwar years and 1950’s but
were styled to era’s preceeding their repsective
of coherent buildings reminiscent of the construction date. Block A (Inter War) has a late
Victorian style and the newer blocks take cues
from the 1930’s Art Deco movement. As such, the
historic buildings in character and materiality.

architectural history of the mill buildings is not
1 How to get there 2 How to get in 3 Where to go

their primary significance. Instead, the significance
of the surviving mill buildings rests principally in
their powerful physical presence on the dockside
with the monumental qualities of the mill complex
contributing greatly to ‘local character’ and ‘sense of
The same kit of parts has been used across

place’. Moreover, the mill buildings are among the very
few surviving buildings that suggest the epic, global
scale of the industry once undertaken at the Royal
Victoria Dock and the importance of the docklands
Plots 3 and 4 to create two similar buildings to London’s infrastructure
The proposal engages with, and celebrates this history, General view of the North elevation before the fire Millennium Mills before the fire
with a family of details that relate directly to

while retaining the overall form and character of the
4
buildings.
Further information regarding the history of the
the existing architecture. buildings can found in Donald Insall Associates

Historic Building Report which supports this
application.
1953 showing Block A North yet to be constructed South facade 1984
11092 | Millennium Mills | Design & Access Statement | December 2014 Page 16
4 Volume and delight 5 Variety + character 6 Reflecting the existing
Figure 7.114 Location Figure 7.115 Urban strategy diagrams
Room Key Room Key Room Key
01 Entrance 01 Entrance 01 Entrance

02 Cycle Parking 02 Cycle Parking 02 Cycle Parking
03 Cycle Parking: Showers 03 Cycle Parking: Showers 03 Cycle Parking: Showers
04 Loading Bay 04 Loading Bay 04 Loading Bay
05 Plant Room 05 Plant Room 05 Plant Room
06 Plant Room: External 06 Plant Room: External 06 Plant Room: External
07 Lift Lobby 07 Lift Lobby 07 Lift Lobby
08 Fire Fighting Lobby 08 Fire Fighting Lobby 08 Fire Fighting Lobby
09 Refuse Store 09 Refuse Store 09 Refuse Store
10 Lift: Passenger 10 Lift: Passenger 10 Lift: Passenger
11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting 11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting 11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting
12 Lift: Goods 12 Lift: Goods 12 Lift: Goods
13 Lift: Goods/Passenger 13 Lift: Goods/Passenger 13 Lift: Goods/Passenger
14 Lift: Cycle 14 Lift: Cycle 14 Lift: Cycle

15 Balcony/Terrace 15 Balcony/Terrace 15 Balcony/Terrace
16 Biodiverse Roof 16 Brown Roof 16 Brown Roof
Area Use Key Area Use Key Area Use Key

Brand Use (excluding retail) Brand Use (excluding retail) Brand Use (excluding retail)
Dedicated Brand A1 Retail Dedicated Brand A1 Retail Dedicated Brand A1 Retail
Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food
Office B1 Office B1 Office B1
Residential C3 Residential C3 Residential C3

Food & Drink A3-A5 Food & Drink A3-A5 Food & Drink A3-A5
Local A1 Retail Local A1 Retail Local A1 Retail
Local A2-A5 Retail Local A2-A5 Retail Local A2-A5 Retail

Community & Education D1 Community & Education D1 Community & Education D1
Land use
Boundaries Boundaries Boundaries
RMA Application Boundary Outline Planning Outline Planning

Permission Boundary Permission Boundary
Plot 4 is a commercial building with a mix of

Brand, Office and A3-A5 uses.
All A3-A5 uses are located at ground floor,

while Brand Uses are located on ground and
upper levels. Office uses are located on the
top floor of the building.
Amount of development
Room Key Room Key 1 Room Key
1
01 Entrance 01 Entrance 01 Entrance
SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-200 02 Cycle Parking 02 Cycle Parking SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-200 02 Cycle Parking
03 Cycle Parking: Showers 03 Cycle Parking: Showers 03 Cycle Parking: Showers
04 Loading Bay 04 Loading Bay 04 Loading Bay
05 Plant Room 05 Plant Room 05 Plant Room
Plot 4 is a ground + 8 storey building. Typical

06 Plant Room: External 06 Plant Room: External 06 Plant Room: External
Figure 7.116 Ground floor plan Figure 7.117 First floor plan
DRAFT Figure 7.118 Second floor plan
DRAFT Figure 7.119 Third floor plan
DRAFT
07 Lift Lobby 07 Lift Lobby 07 Lift Lobby
08 Fire Fighting Lobby 08 Fire Fighting Lobby 08 Fire Fighting Lobby
0 2 10 20 m 0 2 10 20 m 0 2 10 09 Refuse20Store
m 0 2 10 09 Refuse20Store
m 09 Refuse Store
10 Lift: Passenger 10 Lift: Passenger 10 Lift: Passenger
floor plates provide approximately 2.300sqm

11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting 11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting 11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting
Client job title Client job title Client job title Client
12 Lift: Goods 12 Lift: Goods 12 Lift: Goods
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a 18158_Millennium Mills & Plot 4
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a13 Lift: Goods/Passenger 18158_Millennium Mills & Plot 4
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a 13 Lift: Goods/Passenger 18158_Millennium Mills & Plot 4
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by 13 a Lift: Goods/Passenger
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issueddrawing
to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issueddrawing
to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B
title / location 14 Lift: Cycle title / location 14 Lift: Cycle drawing title / location 14 Lift: Cycle
2A
2A
2A
2A
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3
GEA and can be for single tenant use or by

architect. All dimensions should be checked on site by the contractor and such 4
Floor Plan - Ground Floor
The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the 15
Balcony/Terrace
4
Floor Plan - First Floor
Balcony/Terrace
4
Floor Plan - Second Floor
Balcony/Terrace
4
dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. 16 Brown Roof dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. 16 Brown Roof dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. 16 Brown Roof
20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Area Use Key Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Area Use Key Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Area Use Key Regent's Place
- any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or 5 London NW1 3BF
for purposes other than those for which it was prepared for purposes other than those for
Purpose which it was prepared
of drawing
Brand Use (excluding retail) for purposes other than those for
Purpose which it was prepared
of drawing
Brand Use (excluding retail) for purposes other than those
Purposefor which it was prepared
of drawing
two smaller tenancies.

- any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the
INFORMATION INFORMATION INFORMATION
Consultant Consultant Consultant Consultant
background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the Dedicated Brand A1 Retail background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the Dedicated Brand A1 Retail background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the Dedicated Brand A1 Retail
6 6 6 6
time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM Dedicated A3-A5 Brand FoodApproved 8
- any loss or degradation of the information held in this drawing resulting from the
7
ALLFORD HALL MONAGHAN MORRIS Drawn Checked
Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food 7 Approved
Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food
7 Approved
7
ALLFORD HALL MONAGHA
translation from the original file format to any other file format or from the recipients
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than FD
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than FG
translation from the original file format to any other file format or from the recipients Office B1
FD FG
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than
Office B1
FD FG
translation from the original file format to any other file format or from the recipients Office B1
that which was used to prepare it ARCHITECTS Ltd that which was used to prepare
Date it Scale Residential C3 Size ARCHITECTS Ltd that which was used to prepare
Date it Scale Residential C3 Size ARCHITECTS Ltd that which was used to prepare
Date it Scale Residential C3 Size ARCHITECTS Ltd
- the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL
3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UKproceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information1 : 200 Food & Drink A3-A5
A1 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UKproceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information1 : 200 Food & Drink A3-A5
A1 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information 1 : 200 Food & Drink A3-A5
A1 TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHM
- any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for Local A1 Retail - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for Local A1 Retail - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for Local A1 Retail
2 16/08/2019 RMA second draft the purposes of the planning application to which it relates 2 16/08/2019 RMA second
N draft the purposes of the planning application
Drawing number to which it relates Revision 2 16/08/2019 RMA second
Drawing number to which it relates Revision 2 16/08/2019 RMA Nsecond draft the purposes of the planning application
Drawing number to which it relates Revision N
1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft
Re Date Description Drawn Checked Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L00-A-100
Community & Education D1
Local A2-A5 Retail
3 Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L01-A-101
Local A2-A5 Retail
3 Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L02-A-102
Local A2-A5 Retail
3
Boundaries Boundaries Boundaries
Outline Planning Outline Planning Outline Planning

Permission Boundary Permission Boundary Permission Boundary
1
SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-201
1
SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-201 1
1
1
Room Key
01 Entrance
02 Cycle Parking
03 Cycle Parking: Showers
1 1 04 Loading Bay
05 Plant Room
SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-200 06 Plant Room: External
07 Lift Lobby
e
08 Fire Fighting Lobby abov
tline
09 Refuse Store ildi ng ou
t 3 bu
of Plo
10 Lift: Passenger tive line
Indica
11 Lift: Passenger/Firefighting
Figure 7.120 Fourth floor plan Figure 7.121 Fifth floor plan
DRAFT Figure 7.122 Sixth floor plan
DRAFT Figure 7.123 Seventh floor plan
DRAFT
12 Lift: Goods
13 Lift: Goods/Passenger
0 2 10 20 m 0 2 10 20 m 0 2 10 20 m 0 2 10 20 m
14 Lift: Cycle
15 Balcony/Terrace
Client job title Client job title Client job title 16 Brown Roof Client
NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE
When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied byArea
a Use Key
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issueddrawing
to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B
title / location drawing title / location drawing title / location Brand Use (excluding retail)
2A
2A
2A
2A
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3
Floor Plan - Fourth Floor
Floor Plan - Fifth Floor
Floor Plan - Sixth Floor
4
dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. Dedicated A3-A5 Brand Food
20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Office B1 Regent's Place
- any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or Residential C3 5 London NW1 3BF
for purposes other than those for which it was prepared for purposes other than those
Purposefor which it was prepared
of drawing for purposes other than those forofwhich
Purpose drawing it was prepared for purposes other than those for
Purpose of which it was prepared
drawing
- any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the Food & Drink A3-A5
INFORMATION INFORMATION INFORMATION
Consultant Consultant Consultant Consultant
background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6 background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6 background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6 background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6
Plot 4 GEA (sq.m.)

time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and whichDrawn issued by AHMM Local A1 Retail
occur to that information after it has been Checked 8
7
7Approved
7 Approved
ALLFORD HALL MONAGHAN MORRIS - any loss or degradation of the information held in this drawing resulting from the Local A2-A5 Retail
7
Approved
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than FD FG
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than Community & Education D1
Date it Scale Size ARCHITECTS Ltd that which was used to prepare
Date it Scale Size ARCHITECTS Ltd that which was used to prepare
Date it Scale Size ARCHITECTS Ltd
- the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL - the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL
3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information 1 : 200 A1 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information1 : 200
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK A1 3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue 07/22/19
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information 1 : 200 Boundaries A1 TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHM
- any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for - any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for
2 16/08/2019 RMA second draft the purposes of the planning application to which it relates 2 16/08/2019 RMA second
Drawing number to which it relates Revision 2 16/08/2019 RMA second
Drawing number to which it relates Revision 2 16/08/2019 RMANsecond draft the purposes of the planning
Drawingapplication
number to which it relates Outline Planning Revision N
1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft 1 26/07/2019 RMA first draft Permission Boundary
Re Date Description Drawn Checked Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L04-A-104 3 Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L05-A-105 3 Re Date Description Drawn Checked SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DFP-L06-A-106 3
Brand Use (Excl. Retail) 17,421
Office (B1) 1,258 1

Food and Beverage

205
(A3-A5)
Brand
Total 18,884
Office
A3-A5
1
Table 7.5 Plot 4 area schedule Figure 7.124 Eighth floor plan SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-200
Figure 7.125 Basement floor plan
0 2 10 20 m
NOTE
0 2 10 20 m
Client
NOTE
job title
DRAFT Client
18158_Millennium Mills & Plot 4

When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents /
drawing title / location
2B
2A
2A
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3 models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3
Floor Plan - Eighth Floor
dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility. dimensions shall be the contractor’s responsibility.
20 Triton Street 20 Triton Street
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place
for purposes other than those for which it was prepared for purposes other than those
Purpose for which it was prepared
of drawing
- any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the - any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the
INFORMATION
Consultant Consultant
background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6 background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6
time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8 time of issue, and which Drawn
occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8
7
ALLFORD HALL MONAGHAN MORRIS
Checked 7Approved
reading of it in any other programme or any version of the programme other than FD
FG
Date it Scale Size ARCHITECTS Ltd
Brand Use Views to Mills Square
The lower levels of the building are principally
Views to Mills Square

made up of active frontages with views to the
LOBBY
BRAND USE AND
south or Mills Square to the northwest.
1
The Brand Use at ground floor is a showcase
and exhibition space for the tenants of the
brand space above, and sits alongside the A3-
A5 uses. 2
This large, permeable space is designed to

be flexible and to accommodate a variety of
different activities, including market space, A3 - A5
flexible working, exhibition, gathering and 3
events spaces.
N
Views to south
Trading house Figure 7.126 Ground floor diagram showing uses
The trading house approach to Plot 4 creates

a generous theatre for occupation by a variety 4
of different uses and tenants.
As a trading house, the building offers space

to suit a variety of different scenarios. For
example, one building for a single brand,
mutually supportive brands and co-working 5
brands. Fitness Class @ Natural History Museum
Art Exhibition @
Plot 4 offers flexibility for all of these types of Truman Brewery
uses by providing open and active frontages

on ground floor, generous and flexible floor Figure 7.127 Sectional use diagram Figure 7.128 Section illustrating a fun building used in many different waysFood Market
Training Seminar @ WeWork Community Engagement (Kids Table Tennis Tournament
plates, volume and delight on the upper level Makers Fair @ Somerset House Music Events @ Stour Space Hackney Wick Patagonia Film Premiere @ Crate Brewery
and projecting balconies and amenity for Food Market
tenants. Patagonia Film Premiere @ Crate Brewery
1 Volume and delight on upper levels
2 Office
3 Supportive uses (seminar/relax)

Brand
4 Shared communal spaces with a mix of cellular
Office and open plan to encourage research and
development across brands
A3-A5 5 Public facing ground floor for brand promotion,
Figure 7.129 Example Brand Uses
showcase and exhibition.
7.3.2 DESIGN
PRINCIPLES N
Plot 4 is located to the south of Plot 3 and the

existing Millennium Mills building. The adjacent
plan describes Plot 4’s positioning in relation
to its immediate context and forms the basis
for understanding the key moves and design
principles of the proposal.
Figure 7.130 Ground floor plan of Plot 4 in context to Plot 3 and Millennium Mills
0 5 10 25m

Key moves
The key urban moves associated with Plot 4
are described below and show the principle
layout of the scheme:.
Public space to the south Activating to the south, west & north Core position and building shape Front door
10.5m
2B 2B
2A 3 2A 3
4 4
9m
N N N
The building opens up to the south with its In line with the OPP, large, flexible Brand The building is simple and rectangular in The primary entrance to the building is from
primary elevation and projecting balconies all space on ground floor activates the southern, shape. It is formed on a 9m x 10.5m frame the north via Mills Square. The entrance in this
facing this way. western and northern elevations. with the core located in the centre of location allows for a large, adaptable Brand
the northern facade of the building. This entrance lobby and showcase facade along
At ground and first floors, the facade is A visible entrance lobby and lift core on the maximises the depth of the floor plate to the west elevation, with A3-A5 Uses along the
recessed in line with the OPP, and create a north facade activates Mills Way. accommodate a range of Brand Uses. southern elevation.
purposeful and enjoyable south facing public
space.
Figure 7.131 Key moves diagrams
7.3.3 LAYOUT
N
The ground floor of the building is principally
made up of a series of active frontages with
views to the south and west. 8 4 4
The main approach to the building is from

Mills Square, to the northwest of the building. 2
Pedestrians enter the building through a
clearly defined entrance that opens into a 5
tall and bright entrance lobby and adaptable
Brand space on the ground floor of the
building. This flexible space wraps itself 1
around the building, creating an open and
multi-purpose space that presents itself on
three of the building elevations. 4
8
Cycle facilities are accessed from the
northeast of the building via a dedicated 7 4
entrance straight into the cycle store. 4
Changing and shower facilities are located in 8
the centre of the plan. 5 4
Deliveries and refuse arrive and leave the

building from the loading bay along the
5
eastern facade.
4 6
3
1 Lobby and Brand Use 4
2 Lift Lobby
3 Traditional A3-A5 Uses
4 Plant room
5 Cycle facilities
6 Loading bay
7 Refuse store
8 FM facilities Figure 7.132 Ground floor plan
0 5 10 25m

Basement
Plot 4’s basement is home to the building’s N
sprinkler tanks and pump rooms and takes up
a small area of the building’s footprint.
A staircase and the goods lift provide access

to the basement to facilitate maintenance of
the tanks and pumps.
The basement is beneficial to the building

design as it reduces the amount of plant
that would be needed at ground. This in turn
improves the ground floor activation of the
building and benefits the public realm.
Figure 7.133 Basement floor plan

0 5 10 25m
N
With the core located along the northern
elevation of the building, the floorplates are
generous and flexible, offering the opportunity
for single tenants or multiple tenants per
4
floor.
An indicative furniture layout shows how 2

4 3 3
the space can be divided to accommodate a
single Brand.
Level access to a balcony along the southern

elevation on every second floor provides
amenity for tenants and assists in shading the
facade.
5
1 Brand Use
2 Lift Lobby
3 Stairs
4 WCs
5 Figure 7.134 Typical floor plan

Balcony 0 5 10 25m

Plot 4 roof
N
The solidity of the roof in elevation gives
the building a unique identity within the
masterplan. The projecting cornice and
balconies to the south provide an emphasis to
the building’s primary south-facing elevation.
4 4
The roof is only accessible for building
4
maintenance and a series of deep roof-
1
lights to the eighth floor office level create
a generous volume filled with daylight and
character.
The eighth floor of Plot 4 wraps around a

centrally located external plant space and 3
presents itself to the terrace on the east of
the building.
4
2
4
3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4
1 Low-level plant to level 08 terrace
2 Level 08 terrace
3 Deep roof lights to level 08 office
4 Indicative PV zone
5 External plant to level 08 Figure 7.135 Level 08 Plan

0 5 10 25m
7.3.4 SCALE
Proposed massing 5
Plot 4 is a ground + 8 storey building with a
maximum height that is in-keeping with the KEY
6 4
PLOT 4: North East Isometric
surrounding context Figure 7.137 and complies
with the Parameter Plan.
The diagram below shows how the building

adheres to the planning parameters;
1 The southern facade on the lower levels is

recessed to provide amenity to the south of the 3
building NOTE: Drawings are INDICATIVE ONLY and are subject to change.
7 8
01 10/05/2019 Draft Facade Information
2 The building steps in section to the east in line 02 24/05/2019 Draft Elevations and Typical Bays
with the parameter plan height
The building does not exceed the parameter plan

3
height
The step in massing creates a large terrace on

the eighth floor that provides amenity for the
DRAFT
2
building tenants.
CONSULTANTS
CLIENT LENDLEASE
PLANNING CONSULTANT DP9
PLOT 4: South West Isometric

COST CONSULTANT ALINEA
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AKT ll
MECHANICAL ENGINEER HPF
LANDSCAPE WEST 8
TRANSPORT & WASTE ARUP
FIRE & SUSTAINABILITY BURO HAPPOLD
APPROVED INSPECTOR
FACADE CONSULTANT
BRCS
MEINHARDT
1
2 OD
mA
NOTE
.9
+39

background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the
time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM
3
OD
that which was used to prepare it
mA
- the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims,
proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information
- any scaling from this drawing other than by the local planning authority solely for
.9 the purposes of the planning application to which it relates
+4 4 LOCATION
N
2B
2A 3
1 Plot 4
4
2 Plot 3
ARCHITECTS Ltd
MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK 3 Plots 2B and 3 - shared super core
1
job title
4
drawing title / location
PLOT 4_Facade Full Building Isometrics
Plot 2B - roof extension
drawn by checked scale status
KP FG @A1 INFORMATION
ty
e ni 5 Plot 2A - roof extension
project zone classification drawing no. revision
ic Am 18158 4 (SK)_2105 02
P ub l
6 Plot 2A - missing tooth filled in
© Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited
7 Plot 2A - existing
Figure 7.136 Massing diagram showing planning constraints 8 Plot 2B - existing

Figure 7.137 Massing diagram showing proposal in relation to existing Millennium Mills and proposed Plot 3

Site sections
Plot 4 will sit comfortably within the scale of
the masterplan and proposed neighbouring
buildings which are all medium rise. +44.9m AOD
The existing Millennium Mills buildings will

4 +39.9m AOD
be the tallest buildings in the proposed 3
masterplan, and create a backdrop to the
north of the building.
Plot 4 does not exceed the height of

Parameter Plan and compliments Millennium 1
Mills, its extension, and the surrounding
context in terms of volume and proportion.
1 2
Plot 2A Plot 2B Plot 4

Figure 7.139 Long section 1
+44.9m AOD
Long section 1 5 3
Cross section 2
1
Parameter Plan 07 Maximum building heights
1 Brand Use
4
2 Traditional A3-A5 Uses
3 Office Use
4 Balconies/Terrace 6 5 5 2 7
5 Plant
5
6 Mills Way
7 Public amenity to south Figure 7.138 Cross section 2

Plot 2B Plot 3 Plot 4
7.3.5 APPEARANCE Facade approach
To be in-keeping with the character of the
Inspired by form, material and existing buildings, Plot 4’s structure will be
existing details clearly expressed on its facade, articulating
the uses within.
Note: The architectural approach is the
same as Plot 3. Please refer to Section Bringing the concrete frame to the facade
7.2.5 Appearance on page 212 for further of the building celebrates the structure of
information. the proposal and allows it to perform many
functions;
Kit of parts for the architecture • Shade the internal floor plates
A set of details are used to create a rich,
playful tapestry of depth and light/shade from • Reduce the window-to-wall ratio, reduce
a common set of elements, while remaining cost and improve project viability
Projecting spandrels Solid tops for weight and rigidity
true to the industrial typology of the existing • Create depth
buildings.
• Provide architectural quality that is
Elements of the new build facades include: appropriate to the surrounding context and
• Spandrels for drips and shading place
• Projections for amenity
• Solid tops for weight and rigidity
• Shear walls for stability and bracing
• Corbels for support
• Varying grids for solidity and window-to-

wall ratio
Shear wall for stability Corbels for support
Figure 7.140 Images of the architectural kit of parts Projections for amenity 5.25m and 9m grids

Expressing the structure
The diagrams to the right show the hierarchy
between the primary structural elements
and the shading elements deliberately legible
across all facades of Plot 4.
The façades have a chamfered concrete

upstand, and a feature glazing system with
coloured metal window frames.
Stability system
In combination with the core to the north,
shear walls provide stability and are exposed North Elevation East Elevation
on the facade as simple concrete walls. The
core is expressed in concrete and punctuated
with glazing to the stairwells and lift lobbies
to create variety.
Expressed corbels support projecting

balconies on the southern elevation and
provide shading to the floors below.
Projecting cornices supported by similar

concrete corbels on the west and southern
elevation, provide shading on the upper levels.
South Elevation West Elevation
Figure 7.141 Diagrams showing the hierarchy in structure on each elevation
Depth and light and shade
The depth of the expressed frame and
shading elements create light and shade that
adds richness and variety to each elevation.
Figure 7.142 Images of the architectural kit of parts

Colour and material
The fenestration is designed to provide
additional shading and colour to the
elevations.
A deep horizontal fin and extended pressed

metal cill introduce a secondary material to
give colour to the facades, compliment the
concrete and tie the articulation of the new
build back to the materials of the existing
Millennium Mills.
Figure 7.143 Images of the architectural kit of parts
Concrete surface finishes
The proposal is for the visible external
concrete surface finish to be similar to the
new build elements of Millennium Mills.
The image to the right shows how the

proposed Plot 4 ties into the language and
material qualities of the existing building and
its proposed extensions.
Figure 7.144 View looking north towards Plot 2A from

the south-western corner of Plot 4.

The image adjacent shows an aspiration for
the quality of the surface finish.
With the imperfections of the material adding

to the character of the architecture, board
marks, day joints, tie holes and small blow
holes in the exposed concrete will remain
visible.
A consistent colour finish is desirable and

excessive ‘making good’ is discouraged.
Figure 7.145 View looking up at the concrete balconies

of Plot 4 on the southern elevation
Elevations
The following pages show the elevations of
Plot 4 in the context of Millennium Mills and
Plot 3.
With a simple set of materials the facades 9

of Plot 4 are made up of a kit of parts and a
common set of details that are similar to Plot
3 and inspired by the language of the existing
building.
1 8 4 1
6
7 5
Plot 4
Figure 7.146 North elevation of Plot 4
Shopfront design and advertising to be subject to

separate applications for planning permission and
advertising consent.

applications for planning permission and 9
1
1 9m facade bays
2 5.25m facade bays 10

3 10.5m facade bays
4 Glazing to core 10 8
5 Entrance
6 Signage zone 10
7 Doors to plant and services
8 Shear wall
9 Terrace Level 08
Plot 4
10 Balconies Figure 7.147 South elevation of Plot 4 and the Millennium Mills in the background

9
10
3
7 7
Plot 4
Figure 7.148 East elevation of Plot 4 and Plot 3
2 8
10
Plot 4
Figure 7.149 West elevation of Plot 3 and Plot 4
North elevation
This more solid elevation is playfully
proportioned with clear, robust massing and
characterful elements such as shear walls
and entrance canopies that create delight.
The north elevation is purposefully simple.

Created using same kit of parts, the verticality
of the glazing to the core and the rigidity
of the walls is reminiscent of the simple
concrete silos of the existing buildings.
Figure 7.150 View of Plot 4 north elevation

South aspect
The building opens up to the south for views
and light. This elevations is composed of
a clear and simple architectural language
of structure and amenity with characterful
details from the common kit of parts.
Figure 7.151 View of Plot 4 south elevation
View looking east on Mills Way
Standing in Mills Square, Plot 4 can be seen
separated from Plot 3 by Mills Way. Trees and
landscaping create a pleasant street-scape.
The concrete architectural details of the

corbel projections and amenity to the south
give character and intrigue that is reminiscent
of the existing buildings.
Figure 7.152 View of Plot 4 west elevation from Mills Square

View looking west on Mills Way
The main east-west route connecting Mills
Square to the masterplan. Plot 3 and 4
provides active frontages at ground floor to
create a lively and vibrant street.
Plot 3 is cut back at the lower levels to

improve visual connection across the site.
Plot 3 and 4 have a common architectural

language but a different rhythm and
fenestration colour to give variety.
Figure 7.153 East elevation of Plot 4 (left) and Plot 3 (right)
Typical detail for the east and
west elevations
The east and west façades of Plot 4 are set
out at 5.25m centres with two bays between
each grid line.
The facade consists of a chamfered concrete

lintel and upstand, which is supported
between the external columns.
The glazing system is fixed to the top of the KEY
upstand. The windows have a coloured metal 5

frame and are internally replaceable.
A projecting horizontal fin and extended 4

pressed metal cill give the elevation colour
and create difference between Plots 3 and 4.
3
2 1
DRAFT
CONSULTANTS
Figure 7.154 Axonometric view of Plot 4 typical east CLIENT LENDLEASE
and west bays PLANNING CONSULTANT

COST CONSULTANT
DP9
ARCADIS
1 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 1a 2 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 2a 3 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 2b 4 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 3a STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AKT ll
MECHANICAL ENGINEER HILSON MORAN
LANDSCAPE WEST 8
1 Exposed concrete structure NOTE

2
Concrete lintel and upstand between columns The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the

3 Extended pressed coloured metal cill - any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or
4 Horizontal coloured metal fin - any loss or degradation of the information held in this drawing resulting from the
5 Metal window system

Figure 7.155 Elevation and section of typical east and west facade bays the purposes of the planning application to which it relates
LOCATION
N
2B
274 2A 3 Mills Quarter | 7.0
4
Typical detail for the north and
south elevations
The north and south façades of Plot 4 are set
out at 9m centres. The facade consists of a 6
chamfered concrete lintel and upstand, which
is supported between the external columns.
The glazing system is fixed to the top of

the upstand. Here the windows also have
a coloured metal frame with projecting
horizontal fin and extended pressed metal cill.
7
The southern elevation has projecting
balconies every second floor that provide
4
amenity for tenants and shading to the floor
plate. Level access between the office floors
and the balconies allows for easy access for 3 1
all building users.
KEY

6
Figure 7.157 Axonometric view of Plot 4 typical south

bay

7
2 Concrete lintel and upstand between columns
3
4
Extended pressed coloured metal cill
Horizontal coloured metal fin

DRAFT
CONSULTANTS
CLIENT LENDLEASE
5 Doors to balconies PLANNING CONSULTANT

COST CONSULTANT
DP9
ARCADIS
a 3 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 2b 4 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 3a STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AKT ll
6 Concrete upstand to balcony edge with recessed balustrade MECHANICAL ENGINEER

LANDSCAPE
HILSON MORAN
WEST 8
7 Metal window system FIRE & SUSTAINABILITY

APPROVED INSPECTOR
BURO HAPPOLD
Figure 7.156 Elevation and section of typical south facade bay

BRCS
NOTE
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the

7.3.6 ENTRANCE AND
SIGNAGE CONCEPT
External building signage scope
The primary external building signage for Plot
4 makes clear the entrance to the building
and is located on the northern elevation.
Made from concrete, the entrance canopy

forms part of the building’s suite of concrete
details.
All signage zones have been scoped on

elevations and are indicative only. The
signage design is to be subject to separate
Room Key
01 Entrance
02 Cycle Parking
04 Loading Bay
05 Plant Room
06 Plant Room: External
Figure 7.158 View of entrance signage from north of Plot 4

07 Lift Lobby
08 Fire Fighting Lobby
09 Refuse Store
10 Lift: Passenger
12 Lift: Goods
14 Lift: Cycle
15 Balcony/Terrace
16 Brown Roof
1 Entrance and signage canopy

Area Use Key
Office B1
Residential C3
Food & Drink A3-A5
Local A1 Retail
Local A2-A5 Retail

Boundaries
Outline Planning
Permission Boundary
Figure 7.161 Indicative entrance signage scoping plan Figure 7.159 View of entrance signage from east of Plot 4 Figure 7.160 View of entrance signage from west of Plot 4
276
NOTE
Client job title
DRAFT Mills Quarter | 7.0
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B drawing title / location
2A
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. 1 3

20 Triton Street
Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:- Regent's Place
KEY
External building signage detail

Signage for ground floor Brand and A3-A5
Uses is simple in nature. A steel mesh screen
covers a glazed panel adjacent to the doors
and allows for personalised logos.
The signage, advertising and shopfront design

3
is to be subject to separate applications for
planning permission and advertising consent.
Figure 7.162 Axonometric view of typical ground floor

DRAFT Room Key
01 Entrance
02 Cycle Parking
bay CONSULTANTS
CLIENT LENDLEASE
04 Loading Bay
05 Plant Room
06 Plant Room: External
PLANNING CONSULTANT
COST CONSULTANT
Figure 7.166 View of retail/other signage
DP9
ARCADIS
07 Lift Lobby
08 Fire Fighting Lobby
4 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 3a 09 Refuse Store

STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AKT ll
1
10 Lift: Passenger
Possible locations for other retail/tenant signage MECHANICAL ENGINEER

LANDSCAPE
HILSON MORAN
WEST 8
12 Lift: Goods
TRANSPORT & WASTE ARUP 14 Lift: Cycle
2 Cycle Store signage

15 Balcony/Terrace
16 Brown Roof
Area Use Key
FACADE CONSULTANT MEINHARDT Brand Use (excluding retail)
3 Pending tenant use and ground floor activation, a Dedicated Brand A1 Retail
mix of glazing and louvres will be required.

Office B1
NOTE
Residential C3
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / Food & Drink A3-A5
models / drawings for which they are solely responsible. Local A1 Retail
The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the Local A2-A5 Retail
architect. All dimensions should be checked on site by the contractor and such Community & Education D1
2 Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:-

Boundaries
Outline Planning
Permission Boundary
2
the purposes of the planning application to which it relates
LOCATION
N
1
2B
2A 3

ARCHITECTS Ltd
MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL
TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.AHMM.CO.UK
job title
1 drawing title / location

PLOT 4 - TYPICAL BAYS - ISOMETRIC
drawn by checked scale status

RS Checker @A1 INFORMATION
Figure 7.165 Indicative signage scoping plan project zone

Figure 7.163 View of retail/other signage
classification drawing no. revision
Figure 7.164 View of cycle store signage
18158 4 (SK)_2106 0
8 ISO_Plot 4_Typical Bay_Type 5b
© Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited
NOTE
Client job title
DRAFT 277
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B drawing title / location
2A

20 Triton Street
External lighting
A sitewide strategy for external lighting has
been developed and has been described in
further detail in Section 5.10 of this design and
access statement.
The following image is indicative of

the aspiration for subtle lighting which
compliments the architecture of the building.
1 Up-lighting to columns
1
2 Up-lighting to L02 soffit and balconies
3 Recessed lighting to balustrades
Figure 7.167 Indicative view of Plot 4 south elevation

at night

7.3.7 ACCESS AND Cycling and end of journey 1 3 N
facilities
INCLUSIVE DESIGN
Provision has been made for cycle storage on
the ground level, accessed off Mills Way with
Introduction
powered door access, to encourage the use of
6
Accessibility and inclusive design provisions cycling to and from the building.
are being designed in line with ADM Vol. 2
Toilet, shower and changing facilities 4
2016 and BS 8300 2018.
associated with cycle storage include
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this accessible toilet / shower / changing provision.
design and access statement for a detailed
commentary of the access and inclusive Ground floor access
design strategy for the Phase 1 RMA.
The main reception provides access to the lift 2
core to all upper floors. Visitors will need to 5
Pedestrian access
enter the main reception to enable ongoing
Pedestrian access points to the Brand and access through security gated access to the
Retail land uses and is described as follows: lift core.
• The main pedestrian access for Brand staff Brand and A3-A5 Uses are proposed for the
and visitors will be from Mills Way, located ground floor with step free access and will
to north-west corner of the building; and be developed for future tenant fit out in
line with accessibility and inclusive design
• Additional access points to ground floor
requirements.
Brand and A3-A5 Use spaces are indicated
along the western and southern frontages
of the building.
Horizontal circulation
Corridors will follow the relevant guidance 2 2 2 2
Building entrances for ADM Vol. 2 and BS 8300 Vol 2 with all
core access corridors having a width that will
Design development of the entrance doors,
ensure a high level of access for wheelchair
weather protection and signage considers all
users.
relevant aspects of inclusive design noted
0 5 10 25m
including requirements within Approved Careful consideration of colour scheme,
Document M Vol. 2 of the Building Regulations surfaces, signage and lighting requirements
and BS 8300 Vol. 2. will be developed as the scheme progresses. Figure 7.168 Ground floor plan highlighting entrances and cycle facilities
Car parking Corridor doorsets will provides adequate

effective clear width and appropriate opening
Plot 4 will not provide car parking for staff or force. 1 Main entrance
visitors within the proposed development but
will include accessible parking
0 bay
2 provision in10 20 m 2 Additional entrances
close proximity within the public realm. 3 Cycle entrance
4 Cycle store NOTE

Cycle storage
PDF version and is issued to enable the recipient to prepare their own documents / 2B
2A
1
5 Cycle end of journey facilities models / drawings for which they are solely responsible.
Cycle lockers
3
6 Lifts to brand and office floors Showers & changing
- any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or 5
background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6
time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8
7
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement - any loss or degradation of the information held in this drawing resulting from the
279
Vertical circulation These facilities will be designed in accordance
with the recommendations in Approved N
Upper floor office accommodation is
Document M and BS8300.
accessed from the lift and stair core and
provides for a flat floorplate at all upper
Egress and fire strategy
levels. This should provide scope to ensure
access and circulation routes can meet It is noted that the Egress Strategy will adopt
Approved Document M Vol 2 and BS 8300 BS9999:2017 principles and are covered by
2018 Vol 2 requirements. the separate Fire Consultant report by Buro
Happold. Details will be developed during
Staircase provision - This is being developed the project and this should include specific
to meet the requirements of Approved provisions for disabled people.
Document K and M of the Building Regulations
and BS 8300 Vol 2.
Passenger lifts – Passenger lift provision

exceeds minimum dimensional requirements
with travel speeds to suit the intended height
of travel and frequency of use. The provision
will also allow for use a Passenger come Fire
Fighting lift.
Sanitary provisions 0 5 10 25m

There are accessible visitor toilet facilities on
the ground floor level. The dimensions and
N
layout of the cubicle will be designed to meet
the requirements of ADM Vol 2 and BS 8300
0 2 10 20 m
Vol 2.
Client
NOTE
Accessible shower and changing facilities are When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a
2A
also provided at ground floor level adjacent to The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the
4
the Bicycle Storage.

20 Triton Street

- any alterations or additions to or discrepancies arising out of changes to the Consultant
1
SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-201 background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6
8
On the upper floors, WC provision is

7
ALLFORD HALL MONAGH
centralized off each floor with standard, 1

that which was used to prepare it SQP1-AHMM-4-AE-DEL-LXX-A-203
ARCHITECTS Ltd
- the accuracy of survey information provided by others or for any costs, claims, MORELANDS, 5-23 OLD STREET LONDON EC1V 9HL
proceedings and expenses arising out of reliance on such information TEL 020 7251 5261 FAX 020 7251 5123 WEB WWW.A
3 08/08/2019 Energy Model Issue
Ambulant, Enlarged and Accessible WC 2
1
16/08/2019
26/07/2019
RMA second draft
RMA first draft
the purposes of the planning application to which it relates N
Checked
facilities being located on each floor level.

Re Date Description Drawn
WCs will accord with requirements of AD

M and BS6465 and provide both ambulant
and cubicles in each of the Male and Female Goods lift
facilities. Wash-hand basins will be designed Passenger lift
to work and welfare standards. Accessible
Passenger/fire-fighting lift
WCs will be handed on alternate floors to
offer users choice. WCs
Accessible WC
Accessible shower Figure 7.170 Typical floor plan 1

0 5 10 25m
0 2 10 20 m
Servicing strategy
N
Refuse strategy
Refuse from the upper level brand and office

floors will be taken down to ground via the
goods lift, through the back-of-house corridor
and stored in the refuse store. A baler is
located within the refuse store and waste
will be compacted. Waste collection will take
place via the loading bay.
Delivery strategy
Deliveries will arrive via the loading bay and

will be distributed via the goods lift. For more
details refer to transport strategy.
LOADING BAY
0 5 10 25m
Figure 7.171 Ground floor plan highlighting refuse and delivery routes
0 2 10 20 m Goods lift
Refuse store
NOTE
Loading bay When this drawing is issued in uncontrolled CAD format it will be accompanied by a
2A
Refuse route The recipient should report all drawing errors, omissions and discrepancies to the
Deliveries route Allford Hall Monaghan Morris Limited accepts no responsibility or liability for:-
- any use of this drawing by parties other than the party for whom it was prepared or 5
background information on which the drawings are based that was current at the 6
time of issue, and which occur to that information after it has been issued by AHMM 8
7
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement - any loss or degradation of the information held in this drawing resulting from the
281
7.4 PLOT 1
7.4.1 INTRODUCTION
Proposed scheme
Plot 1 is a mixed-use development of
residential apartments up to 13 storeys, with
Local A1 Retail and A3-A5 Food and Beverage
ground floor uses.
The building arrangement has been informed

by the early concept principle of ‘passing
views’: arranging the buildings to enable as
many of the homes as possible with views
towards the docks, Canary Wharf and Silo D,
and Millennium Mills.
The articulation of the four buildings

facilitates the creation of ‘homes with
identity’, meaning that the extent of the
scheme is broken down to a smaller scale,
typically with eight apartments per core. The
four buildings are located around a central
communal courtyard.
Land use
Plot 1 GEA (sqm.)
Local Retail (A1) 511
Food and Beverage

819
(A3-A5)
Table 7.6 Plot 1 area schedule
Number of units 265
147 x 1 bed
Mix
118 x 2 bed
Dual aspect 128
Affordable Homes 8
N
Table 7.7 Plot 1 unit numbers Figure 7.172 Illustration of Plot 1
Plot 1

KEY CORNER
COMPLETING THE CIRCUS PERC

COURTYARD GARDENS PUBLIC SPACE 1ST FLOOR VALUE
KEY CORNER MILLENNIUM MILLS SILHOUETTE
7.4.2 DESIGN
PRINCIPLES 1954
These design principles have been established 1933
to underpin the evolving design from Brief to

RCUS Concept Design, and have
PERCEIVED been a consistent
VALUE SPILLERS
throughout the Design Development of the
scheme. COMPLETING THE CIRCUS PERCEIVED VALUE
1. Prioritise the pedestrian experience of 2. Respond to the Millennium Mills building form 3. Address the Rayleigh Road/Wesley Avenue
Silvertown Place Circus
COMPLETING THE CIRCUS PERCEIVED VALUE
KEY CORNER MILLENNIUM MILLS SILHOUETTE ROOF TOP VALUE
1954
1933
SPILLERS
ROOF TOP VALUE

COURTYARD GARDENS
4. Key corner form when viewing Plot 1 from 5. Capitalise on the opportunity for views 6. Provide rooftop amenity and communal uses
primary masterplan route
RDENS PUBLIC SPACE 1ST FLOORCOURTYARD
VALUE GARDENS PUBLICCOURTYARD
SPACE GARDENS 1ST FLOOR VALUE PUBLIC SPACE 1ST FLOOR VALU
ROOF TOP VALUE
7. Lower level experience of the waterscape 8. Orientation of the courtyard as a sun trap
7.4.3 LAYOUT
The ground floor of the development includes
Local A1 Retail and A3-A5 Food and beverage
tenancies located along the north and east
frontages, and within the southwest corner
facing Rayleigh Road Circus. It is proposed
that a restaurant will occupy the northeast
corner unit and a café to the southeast.
Flexible retail uses are proposed for the other
units. The northern retail units are afforded a
pedestrian service entrance off Rayleigh Road,
limiting the need for servicing from the dock
promenade or from Silvertown Place.
The four residential buildings incorporate a

communal circulation core of stair and lifts,
which have natural daylight and views to the
courtyard. Each core is accessible from the
ground floor, either by a dedicated entrance
lobby (Blocks A and D) or the shared principal
lobby (located between and connecting
Blocks B and C).
Each building entrance will have a distinct

address and visitors to the residential
units will use these entrances. The podium
courtyard is accessible only to the residents
and their guests.
Key: Entrances:
A3-A5 Food and
Beverage Primary communal
residential
Local A1 Retail
Secondary
Lobby, Shared Space communal residential
Car Park Figure 7.173 Ground floor in public realm

0 5 10 25 m N

Main entrance and journey home
The principal lobby (the main residential
entrance and concierge facility) is located
centrally to the east frontage. This will be a
prime location and address for the residents
in the heart of Silvertown Place. Residents
will also be able to use this entrance to
collect deliveries and contact the building
management, and acts as a main focal
and meeting point for all the residents. A
resident’s lounge will be provided, leading
to the residential cores of Blocks B and C.
Individual residents entrances and lobbies are
provided to Blocks A and D.
All residential cores have direct access to

the raised courtyard garden located at first
floor level, while the principal lobby will also
be connected to this via an external stair.
The external stair is placed within a planted
light-well, which offers a direct connection
between the main entrance and green
podium.
C
O
N
C
C
O
I
N
E
C
R
C I
G
O E
E
N R
C G
I E
E
R
G
E
Figure 7.175 Axonometric view of connections across

the landscaped courtyard
C
O
N
C
C I
O E
N R
C G
E C
I O
E N
R C
G I
E E
R
G
E
01
01
01
Arrival at Silvertown Place Principal Lobby Landscaped light-well Landscaped courtyard Residential cores Apartment entrance
Figure 7.174 Residents journey throughout the building
01
01
01
Typical upper floors
The upper levels of the development are
arranged around the residents’ communal
courtyard at the first floor. The arrangement
of the buildings has been informed by
maximising the potential views of all homes
towards the docks and other key landmarks.
The first floor homes facing the courtyard will

have direct access to private amenity space
overlooking the courtyard. This arrangement is
described later in the document. All residents
will have access to the courtyard through
doors from the main circulation cores.
A light-well will be provided from the principal

lobby, allowing a visual connection to the
central courtyard space.
Block D is limited to four storeys. This

arrangement allows good natural daylight over
this low building and into the courtyard.
At the upper levels, the buildings reads as Figure 7.176 First floor plan Figure 7.177 Eleventh floor plan
three distinct elements: Blocks A, B and C.
The space formed between Blocks B and C is
8 storeys.
Key:
1 bed
2 bed
Projecting balcony
Private terrace
0 10 20 50 m N

Roof level arrangement
The roof level of each building varies,
distributing height across the scheme
and maintaining interest in the massing
arrangement.
The tallest buildings, Blocks A and B, are

12 and 13 storeys respectively. The building
element between Blocks B and C is 8 storeys Indicative PV
high. Layout PV
e
tiv t
d i c a yo u
Block C is 12 storeys and will have a residents’ In L a
communal roof terrace located at level 12.
The communal roof terrace is accessed from
Block B
the residential core that provides lift and
stair access to the uppermost level. The roof
terrace includes a viewing platform and raised
planters. Block A
The lowest building, Block D, is comprised

three storeys of residential accommodation.
Communal
The roof level will feature biodiverse green
Residents
roof which is not accessible to residents, and Indicative PV Courtyard
will have minimal rooftop plant and PV Panels. Layout
The roofs to Blocks A, B and D will be

accessed via utility ladders that are secured
and used only by the estate management.
Block D
Block C
Residents
Roof Terrace
Key:
Green roof
Roof terrace
Figure 7.178 Roof plan 0 5 10 25 m N
Typical dwelling layouts
Plot 1 is comprised of one and two bedroom
apartments. The homes have been arranged
with larger units located at the corner of the Bedroom 1
Living/Kitchen/Dining
buildings, one bedroom units typically located

Utility
centrally within the buildings. Bedroom 1
The dwelling layouts have been designed Utility
Bedroom 2
in accordance with OPP parameters and Living/Kitchen/Dining Utility
the dwelling design principles as set out in

Section 4.5. Living/Kitchen/Dining
Bedroom 1
Residential approach Homes have been developed to provide quality

The design of the homes has been carefully and address the following priorities:
considered to create high quality dwellings that • Open plan (sprinklered) layouts to optimise
1 Level 02_Typical Layout 1B2P 2
1 : 150 Floor Plans
are both functional and enjoyable to live in. space
1 Levelto02_Typical
• Sensible adjacency of functions ensure Layout 1B2P 2 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B3P
All homes benefit from open plan arrangements 1 : 150 Floor Plans 1 : 150 Floor Plans
practical living arrangements (i.e. separation
(sprinkler systems are provided to all
between kitchens and bathrooms, views into
blocks), with careful consideration of the Figure 7.179 Typical 1bed 2person unit layout Figure 7.180 Typical 2bed 3person unit layout
bedrooms on entry avoided, etc.)
spatial qualities of the living areas to ensure
• Shallower plan than standard in new build
opportunities to ‘zone’ for kitchen, dining and
residential (circa 7m), leading to better
living spaces. Wherever possible, open-plan
daylight penetration and greater fenestration
living spaces have been placed on corners to
opportunities
benefit from dual aspect views.
• Sensibly proportioned rooms, with
All apartments have been designed as masterplan geometries generally resolved in
accessible, in accordance with Part M of the larger open plan spaces allowing bedrooms
Building Regulations 2010. and smaller rooms to remain efficiently and
practically planned
• Some split bedroom arrangements offer Living/Kitchen/Dining
greater privacy for sharers
Utility
• Dual aspect living rooms to capitalise upon
views
• Large format, and full-height
Utility
windows to
optimise daylight and views Bedroom 1
• Minimised ‘dedicated’ circulation space

within the homes to ensure living areas are
Bedroom 1
maximised
• Wherever possible, a view on – or within
a couple of steps of, entry is provided to
connect the residents with the external
3 Level 02_Typical Layout 1B2P with Smoke Shaft
1 : 150 Floor Plans
environment
1 : 150 Floor Plans

CLIENT:
CLIENT:
THIS DRAWING IS COPYRIGHT OF dRMM LIMITED.
THE ORIGINAL HARDCOPY OF THIS DRAWING HAS BEEN EXECUTED TO SCALE AND IS
BASED ON AVAILABLE SURVEY INFORMATION.
REPRODUCTION AND ELECTRONIC DISSEMINATION MAY RESULT IN DISTORTION AND

RESIZING OF DRAWING CONTENT.
dRMM LIMITED TAKES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEASUREMENTS OR SCALING TAKEN

FROM ANY OTHER DRAWING THAN THE ORIGINAL HARDCOPY ISSUED BY DRMM AND NO
RELIANCE MAY BE PLACED ON SUCH DIMENSIONS. IF NO DIMENSION IS GIVEN, IT IS THE
BUILDINGS SHOWN AS DOTTED OUTLINES REPRESENT EXISTING BUILDINGS HERE A
CONSENT FOR A NEW BUILDING IS IN PLACE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RECIPIENT TO
ASCERTAIN THE DIMENSION SPECIFICALLY FROM THE ARCHITECT OR BY SITE
MEASUREMENT. THE SIZING OF ALL STRUCTURAL & SERVICEELEMENTS MUST ALWAYS BE
CHECKED AGAINST THE RELEVANT ENGINEERS DRAWINGS.
ANY OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWING INFORMATION
SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR.
CDM REGISTER: FLAGGED H&S ISSUES RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION (DESIGN AND
MANAGEMENT) TO BE ADDRESSED DURING DESIGN DEVELOPMENT.
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH DESIGN RISK REGISTER AND RESIDUAL RISK
REGISTER.
ALL INTERNAL LAYOUTS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY
NOTES:
REGISTER.
Bedroom 1 ALL INTERNAL LAYOUTS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY
Bedroom 1
NOTES: Living/Kitchen/Dining
Living
Bedroom 1 Living/Kitchen/Dining
Storage
Storage
Utility
Bedroom 2
Living/Kitchen/Dining Living/Kitchen/Dining Utility
Utility Living/Kitchen/Dining
Utility
Bedroom 2
Bedroom 2
Bedroom 2
Utility
Utility Storage
Bedroom 1
2 Level 02_WAD_1B2P_2
1Bedroom
: 150 1 Floor Plans
1 : 150 Floor Plans Bedroom 1
Bedroom 1
Bedroom 2
3 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B4P_Corner

1 : 150 Floor Plans 3 Level 02_WAD_2B3P_3
3 Leve
Figure 7.181 Corner 2bed 4person unit layout
Figure 7.182 Alternative Corner 2bed 4person unit Figure 7.183 1bed 2person
1 : 150
Figure 7.184 2bed 3person
Floor Plans
1 : 150
1 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B4P_SPLIT
layout
1 : 150
BEDROOM
Floor Plans
wheelchair accessible unit layout wheelchair accessible unit layout
1 : 150 Floor Plans
ical Layout 2B4P_SPLIT BEDROOM
8
82
90
Bedroom 2
_1
8
82
IP
90
W
_1
IP
W
REV DESCRIPTION DR CHK QA DATE
Utility
KEY
y
Bedroom 1
KEY
2 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B3P_SPLIT BEDROOM

TITLE
UNIT LAYOUTS_TYPICAL
1 : 150 Floor Plans PROJECT

TITLE
SILVERTOWN PLOT 1
PROJECT
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement SILVERTOWN PLOT 1
PROJECT STATUS
289
SCALE SIZE
FOR INFORMATION 1 : 150 A3

DRAWING NO REV
PROJECT STATUS SCALE SIZE

7.4.4 SCALE il l s
nni um M
Mil l e
Scale and massing ose d
Pro p
As described in the previous chapter, the
massing has been arranged around the
principle of ‘passing views’: arranging the
apartment buildings to allow views between
the buildings while maximising natural
daylight.
Royal Victoria Dock Max. +49.9m
The maximum heights stated in the OPP have AOD
been adhered to, with the tall buildings all Block B
within the maximum height parameter of 13
+49.9m AOD. The massing to the southwest Block A
corner of Plot 1 is reduced and within the
12
+25.0m AOD height control.
8 Block C
The articulation of the buildings has been 12
informed by the context and by the Design Eastern Quay
Code, which requires the use of gaps to
articulate and separate the building masses.
The treatment of the two buildings facing the
western edge of Silvertown Place have been
informed by the massing of Millennium Mills,
with a lower ‘notch’ formed as a response to Max. +25.0m
the existing ‘Spillers Notch’. AOD Block D
4
Through the design process, the buildings
have referenced the scale and proportion of
Ray
the existing Millennium Mills buildings. The

l eig
strong vertical articulation of the Mills and

hR
distinctive scale have informed the designs.

ue
oad
en
Av
sl ey
We
Figure 7.185 Proposed Plot 1 massing within OPP parameter heights

Sections
The sections to the right illustrate the vertical
arrangement of the building. Max +49.9m AOD
Plot 1 is situated on a predominantly flat site,

with approximately 0.2m fall across Plot 1
towards the dock.
The ground floor retail and residents’ facilities

are located around the perimeter of the Max +25.0m AOD
building, with the secure residents’ car park
located centrally.
The residential apartments are provided from

the first floor upwards, arranged around the
central residents’ courtyard garden.
The first floor apartments to all buildings and Figure 7.187 North / south section AA
to the top floors of Blocks A, B and C have a
taller ceiling level, intended to improve the
natural daylight to these apartments and
increase the views towards the dock and Max +49.9m AOD
waterscape.
All of the buildings have been sized to fit

within the maximum permitted height of
+49.90m AOD, as per the OPP. As such, all of
the buildings are lower than Millennium Mills.
Figure 7.188 East / west section BB

B
B
Key:
1 bed A3-A5 Retail
2 bed A1 Retail
A
Figure 7.186 Section location plan Lobby, Shared Space
Typical upper floors
arranged around the residents’ communal
courtyard at the first floor. The arrangement
of the buildings has been informed by
maximising the potential views of all homes
towards the docks and other key landmarks.
The first floor homes facing the courtyard will

overlooking the courtyard. This arrangement is
described later in the document. All residents
will have access to the courtyard through
doors from the main circulation cores.
A light-well will be provided from the principal

lobby, allowing a visual connection to the
central courtyard space.
Block D is limited to four storeys. This

arrangement allows good natural daylight over
this low building and into the courtyard.
At the upper levels, the buildings reads as Figure 7.176 First floor plan Figure 7.177 Eleventh floor plan
three distinct elements: Blocks A, B and C.
The space formed between Blocks B and C is
8 storeys.
Key:
1 bed
2 bed
Projecting balcony
Private terrace
0 10 20 50 m N

The roof level of each building varies,
distributing height across the scheme
and maintaining interest in the massing
arrangement.
The tallest buildings, Blocks A and B, are

12 and 13 storeys respectively. The building
element between Blocks B and C is 8 storeys Indicative PV
high. Layout PV
e
tiv t
d i c a yo u
Block C is 12 storeys and will have a residents’ In L a
communal roof terrace located at level 12.
The communal roof terrace is accessed from
Block B
the residential core that provides lift and
stair access to the uppermost level. The roof
terrace includes a viewing platform and raised
planters. Block A
The lowest building, Block D, is comprised

three storeys of residential accommodation.
Communal
The roof level will feature biodiverse green
Residents
roof which is not accessible to residents, and Indicative PV Courtyard
will have minimal rooftop plant and PV Panels. Layout
The roofs to Blocks A, B and D will be

accessed via utility ladders that are secured
and used only by the estate management.
Block D
Block C
Residents
Roof Terrace
Key:
Green roof
Roof terrace
Figure 7.178 Roof plan 0 5 10 25 m N
Plot 1 is comprised of one and two bedroom
apartments. The homes have been arranged
with larger units located at the corner of the Bedroom 1
buildings, one bedroom units typically located

Utility
centrally within the buildings. Bedroom 1
The dwelling layouts have been designed Utility
Bedroom 2
in accordance with OPP parameters and Living/Kitchen/Dining Utility
the dwelling design principles as set out in

Section 4.5. Living/Kitchen/Dining
Bedroom 1
Residential approach Homes have been developed to provide quality

The design of the homes has been carefully and address the following priorities:
considered to create high quality dwellings that • Open plan (sprinklered) layouts to optimise
1 Level 02_Typical Layout 1B2P 2
1 : 150 Floor Plans
are both functional and enjoyable to live in. space
1 Levelto02_Typical
• Sensible adjacency of functions ensure Layout 1B2P 2 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B3P
All homes benefit from open plan arrangements 1 : 150 Floor Plans 1 : 150 Floor Plans
practical living arrangements (i.e. separation
(sprinkler systems are provided to all
between kitchens and bathrooms, views into
blocks), with careful consideration of the Figure 7.179 Typical 1bed 2person unit layout Figure 7.180 Typical 2bed 3person unit layout
bedrooms on entry avoided, etc.)
spatial qualities of the living areas to ensure
• Shallower plan than standard in new build
opportunities to ‘zone’ for kitchen, dining and
residential (circa 7m), leading to better
living spaces. Wherever possible, open-plan
daylight penetration and greater fenestration
living spaces have been placed on corners to
opportunities
benefit from dual aspect views.
• Sensibly proportioned rooms, with
All apartments have been designed as masterplan geometries generally resolved in
accessible, in accordance with Part M of the larger open plan spaces allowing bedrooms
Building Regulations 2010. and smaller rooms to remain efficiently and
practically planned
• Some split bedroom arrangements offer Living/Kitchen/Dining
Utility
views
• Large format, and full-height
Utility
windows to
optimise daylight and views Bedroom 1
• Minimised ‘dedicated’ circulation space

within the homes to ensure living areas are
Bedroom 1
maximised
• Wherever possible, a view on – or within
a couple of steps of, entry is provided to
connect the residents with the external
1 : 150 Floor Plans
environment
1 : 150 Floor Plans

CLIENT:
CLIENT:


REGISTER.
ALL INTERNAL LAYOUTS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY
NOTES:
REGISTER.
Bedroom 1 ALL INTERNAL LAYOUTS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY
Bedroom 1
NOTES: Living/Kitchen/Dining
Living
Bedroom 1 Living/Kitchen/Dining
Storage
Storage
Utility
Bedroom 2
Living/Kitchen/Dining Living/Kitchen/Dining Utility
Utility Living/Kitchen/Dining
Utility
Bedroom 2
Bedroom 2
Bedroom 2
Utility
Utility Storage
Bedroom 1
1Bedroom
: 150 1 Floor Plans
1 : 150 Floor Plans Bedroom 1
Bedroom 1
Bedroom 2

1 : 150 Floor Plans 3 Level 02_WAD_2B3P_3
3 Leve
Figure 7.181 Corner 2bed 4person unit layout
Figure 7.182 Alternative Corner 2bed 4person unit Figure 7.183 1bed 2person
1 : 150
Figure 7.184 2bed 3person
Floor Plans
1 : 150
1 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B4P_SPLIT
layout
1 : 150
BEDROOM
Floor Plans
wheelchair accessible unit layout wheelchair accessible unit layout
1 : 150 Floor Plans
8
82
90
Bedroom 2
_1
8
82
IP
90
W
_1
IP
W
Utility
KEY
y
Bedroom 1
KEY
2 Level 02_Typical Layout 2B3P_SPLIT BEDROOM

TITLE
1 : 150 Floor Plans PROJECT

TITLE
SILVERTOWN PLOT 1
PROJECT
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement SILVERTOWN PLOT 1
PROJECT STATUS
289
SCALE SIZE
FOR INFORMATION 1 : 150 A3

DRAWING NO REV
PROJECT STATUS SCALE SIZE

7.4.4 SCALE il l s
nni um M
Mil l e
Scale and massing ose d
Pro p
As described in the previous chapter, the
massing has been arranged around the
principle of ‘passing views’: arranging the
apartment buildings to allow views between
the buildings while maximising natural
daylight.
Royal Victoria Dock Max. +49.9m
The maximum heights stated in the OPP have AOD
been adhered to, with the tall buildings all Block B
within the maximum height parameter of 13
+49.9m AOD. The massing to the southwest Block A
corner of Plot 1 is reduced and within the
12
+25.0m AOD height control.
8 Block C
The articulation of the buildings has been 12
informed by the context and by the Design Eastern Quay
Code, which requires the use of gaps to
articulate and separate the building masses.
The treatment of the two buildings facing the
western edge of Silvertown Place have been
informed by the massing of Millennium Mills,
with a lower ‘notch’ formed as a response to Max. +25.0m
the existing ‘Spillers Notch’. AOD Block D
4
Through the design process, the buildings
have referenced the scale and proportion of
Ray
the existing Millennium Mills buildings. The

l eig
strong vertical articulation of the Mills and

hR
distinctive scale have informed the designs.

ue
oad
en
Av
sl ey
We
Figure 7.185 Proposed Plot 1 massing within OPP parameter heights

Sections
The sections to the right illustrate the vertical
arrangement of the building. Max +49.9m AOD
Plot 1 is situated on a predominantly flat site,

with approximately 0.2m fall across Plot 1
towards the dock.
The ground floor retail and residents’ facilities

are located around the perimeter of the Max +25.0m AOD
building, with the secure residents’ car park
located centrally.
The residential apartments are provided from

the first floor upwards, arranged around the
central residents’ courtyard garden.
The first floor apartments to all buildings and Figure 7.187 North / south section AA
to the top floors of Blocks A, B and C have a
taller ceiling level, intended to improve the
natural daylight to these apartments and
increase the views towards the dock and Max +49.9m AOD
waterscape.
All of the buildings have been sized to fit

within the maximum permitted height of
+49.90m AOD, as per the OPP. As such, all of
the buildings are lower than Millennium Mills.
Figure 7.188 East / west section BB

B
B
Key:
1 bed A3-A5 Retail
2 bed A1 Retail
A
Figure 7.186 Section location plan Lobby, Shared Space
7.4.5 APPEARANCE
Appearance and façade treatment
The external appearance of the Plot 1
has been developed with reference to
the post-industrial history of the Site and
with reference to the distinctive adjacent
Millennium Mills.
The appearance of the building is informed by

three main elements:
• Dock edge: Informing the ground level

shop front façades and the treatment of
the low-rise Block D façades
• Loading zone: A moment of transition,

informed by the historic loading of goods
into dockside warehouses; and
• Inverted silo façade: The main façade

treatment to the tall residential buildings.
The form is informed by the inverse profile
of a grain silo.
These three elements are arranged to provide

a human scale to the ground level, a moment
of contrast to the first floor and transition
zones, and finally play on the post-industrial
heritage of the Site while referencing the scale
DOCK EDGE LOADING ZONE INVERTED SILO FACADE
of the adjacent Millennium Mills building to
the east. Referencing the structural buttresses typical to Referencing wharf buildings goods loading Referencing the scalloped silo typology
an articulated dock edge construction colonnade, the transition between the plinth and silhouette as an inverted silo form
The upper levels are articulated through the the body
use of projecting cantilevered balconies that Figure 7.189 Façade concept diagrams
align to extenuate the vertical expression
of the inverted silo form. To the northern
elevation, inset balcony conditions are
employed to differentiate this key frontage
and provide shelter to the homes located
immediately under the City Airport flight path.

Elevations
Figure 7.191 South elevation
Figure 7.190 Elevation location plan Figure 7.192 North elevation 0 5 10 25 m
Materiality ROOF TERRACE
The proposed material palette has been

developed with reference to the post-
INVERTED SILO
industrial setting to give a distinctive character
to the architectural proposals.
• Scalloped form large-panel
façade elements to reference
The ground floor condition is a combination
the industrial heritage of the
of shop front, residential entrances and
site
service frontages. This element is intended to
reference the historic dock edge treatment,
• Pre-cast concrete, GRC
and will be characterised by metal-clad
or similar panels with
vertical fins and glazed inserts. The treatment
pigmented colour
of Block D will be an extension of the ground Figure 7.194 Precedent Nottingham Figure 7.195 Precedent Vantage
floor condition, continuing the fins up the TRANSITION ‘LOADING’ ZONE Contemporary by Caruso St John Point by GRID Architects
Architects
façade.
• Smaller scale textured
The predominant façade material to the upper vertical ribs also in a
levels will be a coloured pre-cast concrete, cementitous material with a
GRC or similar material that is scalloped in contrasting pigment colour
form with reference to the inverted silo form. to the ‘inverted silo’
The intent is for each panel to be a large
space with a scale that is in keeping with
the Millennium Mills context. The projecting LANDSCAPED COURTYARD
balconies with metal verticals as balustrading,
reminiscent of the metal work additions to the
historic silo buildings, previously and currently ARTICULATED DOCK EDGE
on the Site.
• Shop front of large glazed
Figure 7.196 Pre-cast concrete, GRC Figure 7.197 Pre-cast concrete, GRC
The transition zone between the large units set within a metal or similar scallop texture or similar vertical rib texture
scalloped façade and the ground floor frame
treatment will offer a contrast, with a smaller
scale vertical rib texture to the façade in an • Block D façade of metal
contrasting pre-cast concrete, GRC or similar cladding frame to match
material which set back from the form above. shop front
This scale, materiality and geometry of this
zone affords breathing space between the • Opportunity to add texture
ground floor and the notch between the large through perforations and
building forms. indentations to metal façade
elements
Figure 7.193 Materiality axo Figure 7.198 Precedent 325 Kent by Figure 7.199 Precedent Central
Shop Architects Cross by Buckley Gray Yeoman

Typical bay study 1
The character and materiality of the three
distinct ‘inverted silo’ building forms is
illustrated in the Building B bay elevation
which is typical for buildings A, B, and C. A
clearly defined bottom, middle and top is 1
Coloured scalloped facade,
established from the material choices and concrete or GRC
form. 2
3
4
Vertical textured concrete
or GRC
3
4 1
Dark spandrel panel, concrete

or GRC
4 2
1 5
4
6
Metal window system with pressed

metal cill. Balustrades to match
5
2
Metal balustrade and louvre

6
Figure 7.201 Section Figure 7.202 Building B bay elevation Figure 7.203 Building B bay axonometric
Figure 7.200 Bay location plan Dark metal facade 0 2 5 10 m
Building D bay study 1
Building D is an extension of the ground
floor plinth treatment. The main bulk of the
building is refined to included faceted metal
cladding to provide texture and depth to the
façade.
Mid-tone metal panel
facade cladding -multiple
tones 1
2
3
Dark metal panel facade

cladding.
3
Figure 7.207 Building D bay axonometric
Metal window system

with pressed metal cill. 1
Balustrades to match
1 3
Figure 7.204 Bay location plan Figure 7.205 Section Figure 7.206 Building D bay elevation 0 2 5 10 m

Figure 7.208 Illustrative view
Figure 7.209 View of Plot 1 and Silvertown Place
location plan
Illustrative views
Figure 7.211 shows Plot 1 as proposed from
Rayleigh Road Circus looking west.
Figure 7.212 on page 299 is the view across

Royal Victoria Dock looking south.
Figure 7.240 on page 305 shows Plot 1 as

proposed from Silvertown Place at the landing
point of the new pedestrian and cycle bridge
(not part of this Application).
Figure 7.210 Illustrative view location plan Figure 7.211 View of Plot 1 from Rayleigh Road Circus

Figure 7.212 View of Plot 1 from across the dock
7.4.6 LANDSCAPE
Podium garden
Plot 1 will include a podium level shared
garden, accessible to all blocks with private
amenity space adjacent to all first floor
dwellings.
Circulation to all cores is provided from the

podium ensuring the landscape on Plot 1 will
be used regularly as part of residents’ routes
from dwellings to street level. A lightwell links Figure 7.213 Green cores within circulation routes
the principal concierge entrance at street level
to the podium landscape.
To the north of the podium, extensive views

are afforded of Royal Victoria Dock. This
coincides with a higher floor slab below for
the retail units and lends itself to a more
open hard-landscaped space, slightly raised
to provide a viewing deck.
Private amenity space will be provided

around the edges of the podium for first floor
dwellings. A central shared ‘green heart’ of 2
lawns will offer multi-functional flexible space
which will be screened from private amenity Figure 7.214 Stepping stones through soft landscape
spaces with dense copse planting.
Water play, sand play and an integrated

slide will provide 100sqm of doorstop
Figure 7.216 Plot 1 podium landscape - opportunities and constraints
play in accordance with the GLA 2012 SPG
‘Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play and Informal
Private amenity space Trees/shrubs
Recreation’.
Building core Central amenity space
To the south of the podium, raised beds
Grow garden
will offer residents an opportunity to grow Planted lightwell
plants of their choice. The podium copse Water play
Green edges
canopy will be visible from street level. The
following pages provide more detail of the Key movement routes
Plot 1 landscape proposals, including rooftop
amenity spaces and biodiverse roofs.
Figure 7.215 Water play

A
Viewing deck
Grow gardens Glade Viewing deck
Slide Copse
Figure 7.218 Section A
Private
amenity
space
Glade
Planted
buffer
Shared
amenity
space
Sand
play
B B
Glade C
Copse
Figure 7.219 Section B - typical section through defensible space
Water play
Lightwell
Copse C
Copse
Grow gardens
1:500
Figure 7.217 Podium landscape layout
A Figure 7.220 Section C - lightwell access from concierge to podium
Materials
Routes through the garden will comprise
small unit clay pavers. Private amenity spaces
will have a distinct patterned concrete finish,
to complement the building facade and
indicate areas within private demise. Places to
sit will be provided informally on lawns and
dedicated hardwood benches will be located
facing into the central space to prevent
overlooking into private amenity spaces.
Figure 7.221 Clay pavers Figure 7.235 Patterned

concrete
Figure 7.223 FSC Figure 7.222 Insect hotel Figure 7.224 Illustrative view of podium landscape
hardwood timber bench
Play Planting Trees Shrubs Perennials Grasses
The podium will be a playful landscape with Allowance has been made in the podium
water and sand play integrated at the edges build up for soil depths to support a verdant
of the central lawn. The north lawn will soft landscape. Tree planting will include
include playful undulating topography and a large multi-stems, fruiting species and dense
slide will form the edge of the lawn along the copse planting to provide screening to the
level change. surrounding residential units.
Figure 7.226 Myrtus Figure 7.229 Jasminum Figure 7.231 Alium Figure 7.233 Stipa gigantea
The under-story planting mix will include
a rich variety of shrub, perennial and grass
species including fruiting shrubs to meet the
requirement for fruiting plant species as set
out in the OPP.
Figure 7.225 Slide Figure 7.227 Water pump Figure 7.228 Cercis Figure 7.230 Ribes rubrum Figure 7.232 Achillea Figure 7.234 Anemanthele

Roofscape
The roofs of Plot 1 will work hard to provide
additional residents amenity space, rainwater
harvesting and ecological benefits. The
roofscape combines biodiverse green roofs
on Blocks A, B and D and an accessible
communal roof terrace on Block C.
Biodiverse
green roof
The proposed rooftop amenity space layout Biodiverse
responds to the opportunities of views and green roof
micro-climate and offers a range of uses for
residents including passively irrigated grow
gardens and landscaped seating areas.
The green roofs will comprise varied substrate

depths. Open mosaic habitat features
Figure 7.238 Biodiverse green roofs
and native species mix will enhance their
biodiversity value. A
Biodiverse
green roof Residents’
roof terrace
Figure 7.236 Plot 1 roofscape layout A Figure 7.239 Raised planted beds
Raised planted beds Seats/tables Raised planted beds
Figure 7.237 Section A - residents’ amenity terrace
7.4.7 ACCESSIBILITY Car parking
Vehicular access to the Plot 1 on-plot car park
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN at ground floor level is provided directly from
Wesley Avenue.
Introduction
The scheme is set around the central Centrally, the residents’ car park provides 26
landscaped courtyard that provides a link parking spaces, making up 9% of residential
between the residential cores. The principal units. Of this provision, 3% will be provided as
lobby and concierge are located facing wheelchair accessible spaces (9 No.).
Silvertown Place, providing a key address
for Plot 1 and activating the main pedestrian Accessible housing provisions
thoroughfare into the masterplan. The four residential buildings comprise a
communal circulation core of stair and lifts.
Plot 1 provisions have been designed in line
with ADM Vol. 1 for the residential elements Each core is accessible from the ground floor,
and Vol. 2 for the communal use, courtyard either by a dedicated entrance lobby (Blocks A
and retail elements. and D) or the shared principal lobby (located
between and connecting Blocks B and C).
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS Residents’ cycle storage and refuse collection
for a detailed commentary of the access and is also located off this.
All residential cores have direct access to the
Pedestrian access raised courtyard garden located at first floor
Pedestrian access to residential lobby areas level, while the principal lobby will also be
on the ground floor are located on the connected to this via an external stair.
western, eastern and southern sides of Plot 1.
All homes are designed to exceed the
Pedestrian access to the retail units at the nationally described space standard (NDSS),
northern edge of Plot 1 is provided directly and will have private amenity space accessed
from Dock Waterfront and Silvertown Place. directly from the living room, as either a
Direct access to retail units to the south is balcony or podium terrace.
provided off Wesley Avenue and Silvertown
Avenue. M4(3) Category 3: Wheelchair user dwellings
will be provided contributing to the overall
Phase 1 RMA total of 10%, while the remainder
will meet the M4(2) Category 2: Accessible
and adaptable dwellings standard.

Figure 7.240 View of Plot 1 and Silvertown Place
8.0
Silo D Quarter
8.1 INTRODUCTION TO SILO D QUARTER
Silo D Quarter is a predominantly residential
neighbourhood set around Silo D and Silo D
Park. For more detail refer to Section 4.1.8
Character areas on page 40.
Silo D Quarter consists of the following plots:
• Plot 5 (Section 8.2)

This residential building plays a key role Mills Quarter
in linking Silvertown Quays to the existing
community of Britannia Village.
Architects: Pollard Thomas Edwards

Similar to Plot 5, this predominantly
residential building with A3-A5 Food and
Beverage and community use on ground
floor links to the existing community in
Britannia Village, as well as forming part of
the gateway into the Site from the south.
Architects: MaccreanorLavington

This predominantly residential building with
community use on ground floor forms the Plot 5
backdrop to Silo D approaching from the
north, and, like Plot 6, forms part of the
gateway into the Site from the south.
Architects: MaccreanorLavington

Together with Plot 7, this predominantly
residential building with community use on
Silo D Quarter
ground floor defines the frontage to North
Mill Road
Plot 6
Woolwich Road, as well as serving as a Plot 8
backdrop to Silo D.
Architects: Pollard Thomas Edwards
Plot 7
d
ic h Roa
Woolw
Nor t h
Figure 8.1 Silo D Quarter location plan
308 Silo D Quarter | 8.0

Massing steps
down towards
SILVERTOWN Silo D
AVENUE
SILO D PLOT 8
SILO D PARK Creating

an active
A new neighbourhood
waterscape by
park with historic
bringing people
backdrop
closer to water
A green space
incorporating play
PLOT 5
SILVERTOWN
STREET
PLOT 7
M
ill
Ro
ad
PLOT 6
Gateway to
the Site
ad
Ro
h
Massing steps ic
w
down to context
o ol
W
r th
No
Figure 8.2 Silo D Quarter illustrative view
8.2 PLOT 5
8.2.1 INTRODUCTION
Proposed scheme
Plot 5 sits within the context of Silo D Park on
the south-west side of the Site adjacent to
the existing homes along Mill Road.
Key considerations throughout the

development of the plot have been proximity
to Silo D Park, the connection and relationship
with Britannia Village and the treatment of
both the external and internal elevation to
respond appropriately to the context.
Plot 5 provides 36 dual aspect high quality

affordable homes and associated cycle and
refuse stores together with a shared amenity
space. This plot is an opportunity to provide
excellent family homes in the form of 8
maisonettes with their own front doors and
private gardens, and six family flats with
generous gallery amenity.
A west facing shared garden provides amenity

and play for the use of all residents.
Land use
Plot 5 GEA (sq.m.)
Residential (C3)
3,636
(Including ancillary)
Number of units 36
8 x 3 bed maisonettes
6 x 3 bed flats
Mix
10 x 2 bed flats
12 x 1 bed flats
Dual aspect 36
Affordable homes 36 N

Plot 5

8.2.2 DESIGN The Garden
The garden of Plot 5 can provide a greener

PRINCIPLES softer boundary to the existing flats on Mill
Road by creating a courtyard garden that
Plot 5 has been identified as an opportunity
provides a landscaped outlook for the existing
within Phase 1 RMA to provide high quality
and proposed homes.
PM PM AM AM
affordable homes. Below we have listed the

main principles we have followed:
Each ground floor family maisonette is
provided with their own rear amenity with
• Provide family homes PM PM AM AM
access to the shared garden, which provides

amenity and play for younger children for all
• Aim for 100% dual aspect homes
the homes in Plot 5.
PM PM AM AM
• Predominantly east-west orientation The Gallery
• Appropriate response to existing and Providing gallery access that wraps around
future context two sides of the garden space, all homes PM PM AM AM
ROUTES ROUTES GREEN SPACE / GARDENS GREEN SPACE / GARDENS
can enjoy dual aspects. This access gallery Address the corner and Developed around east and west
1 2
• Address junction of Evelyn Walk and features front doors and additional amenity street frontage orientation and day-lit amenity
Silvertown Street pockets overlooking the garden space, MILLENIUM MILLS MILLENIUM MILLS
creating a safer and more communal

ROUTES ROUTES GREEN SPACE / GARDENS GREEN SPACE / GARDENS
• Provide an appropriate relationship with environment. The end of the galleries become
Plot 6 generous private amenity for the 3 bed flats.
MILLENIUM MILLS MILLENIUM MILLS
Active streets and front doors

• Provide an appropriate transition from the
existing homes on Mill Road. Utilising the maisonette typology ensures that
the ground floor reads as a traditional street
• Maximise active frontages with entrance doors activating the frontages,
providing garden amenity and ensuring
sleeping accommodation is raised above the
ground floor flood-plane.
D D
VIEWS & OPPORTUNITIES VIEWS & OPPORTUNITIES D D TYPOLOGY TYPOLOGY
VIEWS & OPPORTUNITIES VIEWS & OPPORTUNITIES Connections to views TYPOLOGY

Active
TYPOLOGY frontages with
3 4
and heritage assets front doors to streets
8.2.3 SITE LAYOUT
Ground and first floor
arrangement
On the ground floor are entrances to the eight
family maisonettes, each with their own front
door accessed from either Silvertown Street
or Evelyn Walk. At this level the kitchen dining
rooms face onto the street and living rooms
to the garden. The living rooms lead into small
private amenity which then links to the larger
sunny shared garden.
The first floor of the maisonettes contains the

family bedrooms and bathroom.
The corner on the first floor also contains two

generous 2 Bed flats with private balconies.
Lobby, Shared 1 Bed

space
Core, Circulation 2 Bed
Projecting balcony 3 Bed
Private terrace Other
Primary communal
residential Private residential
Secondary communal 0 5 10 25m N

residential
Figure 8.5 Ground Floor Plan Figure 8.4 First Floor Plan

Entrances
Active frontage is provided along Evelyn
Walk and Silvertown Street, through the
introduction of front doors onto the street for
each family maisonette.
The main entrance for all the upper floor flats

is through a spacious corner lobby. This is
located on the key corner where Silvertown
Street meets Evelyn Walk (the link to Britannia
Village). The meeting of these two streets
creates a prominent junction and gateway for
routes towards Mill Place to the north and
Silo D Park.
This lobby allows views through to the shared

garden and provides an airy space to pick
up the post, park your bike and meet your
neighbours.
From the lobby we have provided a generous

Figure 8.6 Corner of Silvertown Street & Evelyn Walk Figure 8.7 Gallery
staircase with light and views to the north to
encourage its use as a way home.
This leads to the gallery access which is

designed to be light and open, promoting a
sense of community and providing excellent
views to the west. The gallery also overlooks
the shared garden that contains play space
for the younger children in Plot 5 and an
attractive garden for all the residents.
Figure 8.9 Journey home diagram Figure 8.8 View through entrance to garden
Typical upper floor arrangements
The second, third and fourth floors have a 0 5 10 25m N
variety of dual aspect homes all accessed
off the generous gallery which overlooks the
shared garden.
On each typical floor are 4 x 1 Bed flats 2x 2

Bed flats and 2 x 3 Bed flats
The 1 Bed and 2 Bed flats all have private

balconies as amenity. The 3 Bed flats have the
wider end of the gallery outside their flats as
private amenity providing a generous sunny
space overlooking the shared garden.
The top floor corner flats provide two 2 Bed

homes that are dual and triple aspect.
Roof level
At roof level there is a green roof, accessed
for maintenance purposes only.
Safe maintenance is provided by a 950mm

parapet with collapsible railing along all roof
edges.
Lobby, Shared
space
Core, Circulation
Projecting balcony
Private terrace
Figure 8.10 Second - Fourth Floor Plan Figure 8.11 Fifth Floor Plan Figure 8.12 Roof Plan

3 BED HOMES
3 BED HOMES
2 BED HOMES
2 BED HOMES
1 BED HOMES
1 BED HOMES
8.2.4 TYPICAL
DWELLING LAYOUTS Gallery
Gallery Gallery
Gallery
0 1 2 5m
Residential approach
The design of the residential unit layouts

has been carefully considered to create high
3 BED HOMES
TYPE
TYPE
5.1 Decking
5.1 Decking
Flat_Dual
Flat_Dual
Aspect_50.9
Aspect_50.9
m2 m2 TYPE
TYPE
5.2_Dual
5.2_Dual
Aspect_63.5
Aspect_63.5
m2 m2
quality dwellings that are both functional and
3 BED HOMES
PRODUCT
PRODUCTBOOK:
BOOK:
N/A N/A PRODUCT
PRODUCTBOOK:
BOOK:
N/A N/A
enjoyable.
2 BED HOMES
1 BED HOMES
LIVING
LIVING
/ KITCHEN
/ KITCHEN
/ DINING
/ DINING LIVING
LIVING
/ KITCHEN
/ KITCHEN
/ DINING
/ DINING LI
All residential units are covered by a sprinkler

BEDROOM
BEDROOM BEDROOM
BEDROOM B
system. This has provided the opportunity
to explore open plan apartment layouts and BATHROOM
BATHROOM
/ WC / WC BATHROOM
BATHROOM
/ WC / WC B
wherever possible living spaces have been
placed on corners to benefit from dual aspect UTILITY/
UTILITY/
STORAGE
STORAGE UTILITY/
UTILITY/
STORAGE
STORAGE U
views.
CIRCULATION
CIRCULATION CIRCULATION
CIRCULATION C
All apartments have been designed to comply

with Part M of the Building Regulations 2010. Gallery Gallery
Private amenity Private amenity
Homes have been developed to provide quality
and address the following priorities:
Figure 8.13 Typical 1 bed home Figure 8.14 Typical 3 bed home
• Open plan (sprinklered layouts) to optimise
space
TYPE 5.2_Dual Aspect_63.5 m2 TYPE 5.3 Decking Flat_Dual Aspect_104.8 m2
• Standard 7mPRODUCT
deep apartment
BOOK: N/A plans to PRODUCT BOOK: N/A
LIVING / KITCHEN / DINING TYPE 5.1 Decking Flat_Dual/ DINING
LIVING / KITCHEN Aspect_50.9 m2 TYPE 5.2_Dual Aspect_63.5 m2
provide wider, better proportioned rooms PRODUCT BOOK: N/A PRODUCT BOOK: N/A
LIVING / KITCHEN / DINING LIVING / KITCHEN / DINING
BEDROOM
• Shallower plans lead to better daylight BEDROOM
penetration BEDROOM BEDROOM
BATHROOM / WC • Generous living rooms BATHROOM / WC
• Well-designed built in storage BATHROOM / WC BATHROOM / WC

UTILITY/ STORAGE• Some split bedroom arrangements offer UTILITY/ STORAGE
3 BED HOMES
2 BED HOMES
greater privacy for sharers UTILITY/ STORAGE UTILITY/ STORAGE

3 BED DUPLEX HOUSE
3 BED DUPLEX HOUSE
views
• Large format windows to optimise daylight
and views
Gallery
Private amenity Private amenity
Figure 8.15 Typical 2 bed home Figure 8.16 Typical 3 bed maisonette
E 5.1 Decking Flat_Dual Aspect_50.9 m2 TYPE 5.2_Dual Aspect_63.5 m2 TYPE 5.3 Decking Flat_Dual Aspect_104.8 m2
ODUCT BOOK: N/A Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement
PRODUCT BOOK: N/A PRODUCT BOOK: N/A 315
LIVING / KITCHEN / DINING LIVING / KITCHEN / DINING
E
LIVING
LIVING
/ KITCHEN
/ KITCHEN
/ DINING
/ DINING
TYPE
TYPE
5.4_Dual
5.4_Dual
Aspect_101.8
Aspect_101.8
m2 m2
PRODUCT
PRODUCTBOOK:
BOOK:
N/A N/A
8.2.5 SCALE
Scale and massing
The Design Code highlights Development Zone
2 as a ‘buffer to the surrounding area beyond’
and will act as an ‘intermediate scale’ in order
to reduce the impact on the existing Britannia
Village development. Britannia Village ranges
in size from low-rise terraces to mid-rise
apartment blocks.
In addition, the maximum building height

of +25m AOD is stated in the OPP on the
approved Maximum Height Parameter Plan.
Plot 5 is generally five storeys high only

stepping up to six storeys on the corner
of Silvertown Street and Evelyn Walk. This +25m
AOD
provides a neighbourly relationship to the
existing homes, whilst providing a strong PARAMETER
corner to this important junction and +25m MAX
AOD
remaining below the permitted maximum
height.
Figure 8.17 Massing - OPP

DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
HEIGHT
2B
DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
HEIGHT
DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
Sections
HEIGHT
5-Level 05
5-Level 05
1 2A
As illustrated on the site sections there is a 5-Level 04 5-Level 05
sensitive relationship to the homes on Mill
3
5-Level 04
Road which are at a lower level. 5-Level 03 5-Level 04
5-Level 03
5-Level 02 5-Level 03
The new homes are arranged around a green 5-Level 02
garden space which adjoins the boundary to 5-Level 01 5-Level 02
the existing homes on Mill Road. 5-Level 01
5-Level 01
5-Level 00
5-Level 00
An attractive planted boundary treatment 5-Level 00
has been designed with a garden that slopes

upwards to the new homes on Plot 5.
Figure 8.18 Section A - north / south
4
Due to flood restrictions across the Site,
bedrooms are prohibited below +5.5m AOD.
MAX PARAMETER HEIGHT 25000
We have addressed this by providing family DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
HEIGHT
DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
maisonettes at ground and first floor with DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
HEIGHT
sleeping accommodation on the upper level. 5-Level 05

HEIGHT
5-Level 05
The face of the building is over 18 metres 5-Level 04 5-Level 05
5-Level 04
away from the face of the existing flats on
Mill Road (habitable room to habitable room is 5-Level 03
therefore over 18m) 5-Level 02 5-Level 03

B C 5-Level 02
The generous gallery that lines the western 5-Level 01
façade also increases privacy both for new 5-Level 01

5-Level 00
residents and the existing homes.
5
5-Level 00
5-Level 00
Figure 8.19 Section B - east / west

A A

DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
HEIGHT B C
DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER
5_Roof HEIGHT
MAX PARAMETER HE
DZ2_5_MAX PARAMETER 5_Roof
HEIGHT
5-Level 05 5_Roof
5-Level 05
5-Level 04
Lobby, Shared Space 1 Bed
5-Level 03
5-Level 02 Core, Circulation

5-Level 03
2 Bed
5-Level 02
5-Level 01 5-Level 02 3 Bed
6
5-Level 01
5-Level 00
5-Level 01
Other
5-Level 00
8
5-Level 00
Figure 8.20 Section C - east / west
7 317
8.2.6 APPEARANCE
Appearance and facade treatment
Figure 8.21 illustrates the approach to facade
treatment, hierarchy and materiality.
The treatment varies for the east and west

elevations, responding to the public and
private context of the facades.
It is the ambition to ensure that design

doesn’t stop at the front door, that the
building’s architecture carries through with
the resident’s experience to cores, homes and
rooms.
Figure 8.21 Materiality diagram
Figure 8.22 Precedents & heritage references

Eastern and northern elevations
These elevations explore activation of

the frontage through the expression of
maisonettes as a row of London terraces and
series of paired front doors.
Balconies for the 1 Bed and 2 Bed flats are on

the second floor and above.
On the corner of Silvertown Street and Evelyn

Walk the building is one storey higher at six
storeys marking this important junction.
All elevations are in a light brick which
complements the adjacent building in Plot 6.
The main entrance for all the upper floor

flats is through a generous corner lobby and 1
staircase clad in a perforated patterned metal
screen and doors that allows light and air to
filter through.
1 Eastern elevation
The buildings are capped in a feature coping
that references the top of the Millennium
Mills.
Western and southern elevations
The western elevation faces onto the back

of the existing flats that line Mill Road and
overlooks the communal garden. These light-
coloured brick elevations are lined with the
gallery that accesses all the homes from the
second floor up.
This generous gallery helps protect privacy to

both existing and new homes. The ends of
the gallery become private amenity for the 3
Bed flats. The backdrop to this elevation is a
landscaped sloping garden that ensures sunny 2
amenity for all residents.
2 Western internal elevation
Figure 8.23 Elevations
Materiality
A very light textured brick and mortar is 2
proposed for Plot 5 that will complement the
brick choices for Plot 6.
A vertical textured brick detail is proposed

along the street elevations. This provides
visual interest at street level, expresses the
maisonettes and ties in to the datum and 1 Concrete
brick detail to the lower level of Plot 6.
The detailed deep coping at the top of Plot 5

references the top of the Millennium Mills. 3
1
The corner entrance screen is to be
perforated metalwork designed with a 4
Silvertown filigree. The screen treatment
carries the full height of the staircase
providing light and views, and encourages the
use of the stair as a way home. 2 Light brick
Figure 8.24 Entrance / stair detail
The entrance allows for views through to
the shared garden and this will be finished
2
in robust materials bringing the external
materials, paving and brickwork through to
1
the inside.
Both the corner entrance, and the paired front

doors to the maisonettes, are proposed as a
deep red colour referencing red detailing in
the Millennium Mills building.
3 Brick detail
Balconies are designed with a simple white

balustrade and soffits.
On the western elevation a strong feature is

the gallery access which is a simple design in
white concrete posts and metal railings and
soffits set off by the lush green planting in the
garden.
4 Red metalwork
Figure 8.25 Garden elevation detail Figure 8.26 Materials

1
3
4
Plot 6 Plot 5
Figure 8.27 Detail of Silvertown Street elevation Figure 8.28 Corner of Silvertown Street & Evelyn Way
DRP
OPTION 01 OPTION 02 OPTION 03 OPTION 04
MATERIALITY
Bay study - street elevation

A very light textured brick and mortar is
1 0 1 2 5m
proposed for Plot 5 that will complement the
brick choices for Plot 6. A vertical textured Metres 1:100
brick detail is proposed along the street
elevations which provides visual interest at
eye level, expresses the maisonettes and ties 1 Brick type 1 3
in to the datum and brick detail to the lower
level of Plot 6.
2B 1
The detailed deep coping at the top of Plot 5
1
references the top of the Millennium Mills.
2A 4
The corner entrance screen is a permeable 3

perforated metal screen treatment in a 2 Recess brick 5
bespoke design that carries on up the full detailing
height of the staircase. The entrance allows
for views through to the shared garden 5
and this will be finished in robust materials
bringing the external materials, paving and
4
brickwork through to the inside.
1
Both the corner entrance, and the paired front
doors to the maisonettes, are proposed as a Brick texture 4
3
deep red colour referencing red detailing in parapet
the Millennium Mills building. Balconies are
designed with a simple white balustrade and
soffits. 2
4
4
4 Metal window
system with
pressed metal cill 2
5 Metalwork
Figure 8.29 Materials Figure 8.30 Section Figure 8.31 Elevation Figure 8.32 Detail axonometric callout

5-AE-DSC-LXX-A252
09/09/19
DRP
MATERIALITY
Bay study - garden elevation

On the western elevation a strong feature is
the gallery access which is a simple design in
white concrete posts and metal railings and
0 1 soffits set off by the lush green planting in the
serteM garden.
1 Brick type 1 2
All entrance doors to homes are proposed
2B
in the deep red colour used on the street 3
facade.
1 2A
1 1
The deck contains a planter edge detail 4
that aids privacy and allows personalisation
outside each front door. 3 5
2 Brick texture
The same light textured brick and mortar is parapet
proposed for all of Plot 5 5
3
4
3 Smooth concrete 4
or similar
1
3
4
4
4 Metal window 1
system with
5 1 4
5 Metalwork
Figure 8.33 Materials Figure 8.34 Section Figure 8.35 Elevation Figure 8.36 Detail axonometric callout
Figure 8.37 View down Silvertown Street

8.2.7 LANDSCAPE EVELYN WALK
Garden layout
Plot 5 has a ground level ‘back garden’
character and can accommodate large
trees and verdant planting. Tree planting PLOT 5
is beneficial to the west facade to provide
privacy to the neighbouring properties on Mill
Road to the west and to mitigate the effects
of thermal gain.
The communal garden negotiates a significant

level change, sloping down to the western Figure 8.39 A playful level change
site boundary. The space will need to include
170sqm of doorstep play in accordance with
STREET
GLA policy guidance and the level change
provides an opportunity for playful elements
such as slides and climbing walls.
SILVERTOWN
ROAD
Pedestrian access to Plot 5 is via the covered PLOT 5

external entrance court on the building corner
and a secure secondary entrance to the
MILL
courtyard is provided between Plots 5 and

6 to the south. Both entrances are visually
permeable, framing views from the street into
the courtyard and the garden beyond.
Figure 8.40 Meandering garden paths
Figure 8.38 Plot 5 garden landscape - opportunities and constraints diagram
Building core Key movement route
Gathering space
Private amenity space
Tree
Yard
Neighbouring property
Planted edges Figure 8.41 Play integrated into soft landscape
Defensible
space
Pedestrian
space
SUDS
zone
Carriageway
Entrance court
Figure 8.43 Section A - Typical section through defensible space on street
Copse
Planted buffer
Shared amenity
space
Copse
Boundary wall with

climbing plants
Toddler swing
Private amenity
space
B B A A
Copse
Copse Seesaw
Figure 8.44 Section B - Typical section through garden defensible space

Amphitheatre
Cycle store Cycle store Yard Gate/

C C railings
Bouldering Gate/ Bouldering
Slide
wall Entrance railings wall
yard Amphitheatre
Slide
Copse Water
1:250 catchpool
Figure 8.42 Plot 5 landscape layout Figure 8.45 Section C

Materials
The ground treatment at the entrances to the
garden will be varied with some large slabs
of material surrounded by smaller units in
reference to the dock side heritage of the site.
The tegula paving material of silvertown street
will meet the clay pavers of the garden path
in the entrance yard areas, stitching the route
from the garden path into the street.
Figure 8.46 Clay pavers Figure 8.47 Tegula
Figure 8.48 Patterned Figure 8.49 Water Figure 8.50 Illustrative view of Plot 5 garden
concrete catchpool
Furniture Planting Trees Shrubs Perennials Grasses

Amphitheatre steps with clay paver risers and In Plot 5 there is an opportunity to plant long
amenity turf treads will provide seating on lived tree species along the western boundary.
the level change. Elsewhere in the garden FSC Smaller fruiting trees and multistems will
timber benches will be located along the edge provide a lower canopy of copse planting to
of the path. A semi-mature chestnut tree will screen the private amenity spaces along the
have a curved tree seat around its base. rear of the building.
Figure 8.53 Aesculus Figure 8.55 Glenista Figure 8.57 Salvia Figure 8.59 Stipa arundinacea
Understorey planting will consist of a
colourful and tactile mix of shrubs, perennials
and grasses. To meet the requirement set out
in the outline planning consent of one fruiting
species per dwelling, fruiting shrub species
will be included in the understorey mix.
The garden wall will be planted with native
Figure 8.51 Stepped Figure 8.52 Curved tree climbing species. Figure 8.54 Pyrus Figure 8.56 Hydrangea Figure 8.58 Crocosmia Figure 8.60 Stipa gigantea
seating bench
On street parking is provided outside the
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN family homes. One wheelchair accessible
space is provided on street in the public realm
Introduction for Plot 5.
Plot 5 sits within the context of Silo D Park
on the southwest side of the Site adjacent to Accessible housing provisions
the existing homes along Mill Road, and within All homes in Plot 5 are designed in line with
Development Zone 2. Approved Document M 4(2).
Plot 5 provides 36 affordable homes and ADM4(3) units are not provided in Plot 5 due to
associated cycle and refuse stores together the plot specific flood constraint of bedrooms
with a shared amenity space. not being allowed on the ground floor of the
eight maisonettes.
The plot provisions have been designed in line
with ADM Vol 1 for the residential elements Additionally, the provision of two passenger
and Vol 2 for the communal access use and lifts for so few units would have made the
courtyard elements. service charges very high. The Plot 5 garden
area is also steeply sloping because of the
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS relationship with existing levels.
for a detailed commentary of the access and
inclusive design strategy for the Phase 1 RMA. Therefore affordable wheelchair homes would
be better located in Block D on Plot 8 where
Pedestrian Access a core with two lifts serves a larger number
There is no vehicle access (for car parking or of homes and there is direct level access to a
servicing) provided on-plot for Plot 5, with central shared podium garden.
these activities to be accommodated on-
street. In addition wheelchair accessible parking can
be provided at the lower ground floor.
Residential units located on the ground floor
of Plot 5 will have direct access from the
street - either Silvertown Street (to the east)
or Evelyn Road (to the north).
Access to upper level residential units is

provided at the northeast most corner of Plot
5.

Figure 8.61 Plot 5 entrance
8.3 PLOT 6
8.3.1 INTRODUCTION
Proposed scheme
The building is the first block on the
masterplan when approaching from the west.
It meets North Woolwich Road and Silvertown
Street to the east. The facade design of its
two main frontages respond to these two
different conditions with a more detailed
treatment to North Woolwich Road and a
calmer frontage to Silvertown Street.
Land use
Plot 6 GEA (sq.m.)
Food and Beverage
795
(A3-A5)
Community (D1) 142
Number of units 106
61 x 1 bed flats
Mix
45 x 2 bed flats
Dual aspect 52
N
Affordable homes 45

Plot 6

8.3.2 DESIGN
PRINCIPLES
A series of strategic principles have been
developed to underpin the design approach
for Plot 6. These take into account Plot 6’s
location, existing and proposed context in
order to inform the urban approach to edge
conditions and neighbourly relationships.
The design principles have been established

with full cognisance of the Masterplan Vision
and are compatible with its Place Principles
and Place Pillars and aligned with the bold
ambition to realise the fantastic potential of
the Site through quality of design, quality of
place making and entrepreneurial verve.
1. Clearly define North Woolwich Road 2. Contribute to a terrace of residential 3. Create a landscape buffer between new
buildings and existing homes
4. Create a clear relationship with Silo D and 5. Step height down from Plot 7 to the terraced 6. Maximise the potential for expansive views
the water houses of Mill Road
Figure 8.63 Design principles of Plot 6
8.3.3 LAYOUT
Combined ground floor
The plan opposite amalgamates the lower
ground (level 0) and upper ground (level 1)
plans to better depict how the building meets
the sloping ground plane.
Plot 6 negotiates a level change from north

to south of approximately three metres, with
+2.0m AOD along North Woolwich Road and
+4.7m AOD on the northeastern corner of the
building. Active ground floor uses have been
arranged appropriately over these two levels
to engage with the streetscape.
There are four retail units, one on North

Woolwich Road and three opposite Silo D Park
to bring activity to the significant new public
space and provide much needed local retail
units in the neighbourhood.
Clearly identifiable communal residential

entrances are spaced along the length of the
building. Where possible ancillary residential
uses have been placed to the rear of the
building to limit areas of inactive frontage Upper Lower ground
ground floor floor
Food and Drink Primary communal

A3-A5 residential entrance
Community and Secondary communal

Education D1 residential entrance
Lobby, shared space Public use entrance

(gym etc.),
Other entrance
Core, circulation
N
01 5 0 25 m
Other
Figure 8.64 Combined ground floor plan showing uses that meet the street

Main entrances
Plot 6 is broken down into three separate
residential buildings serving fewer than
8 homes per level. Each has its primary
entrance on Silvertown Street with a clear line
of sight through to the resident’s garden. Post
lobbies, cycle parking, refuse and recycling
stores are located conveniently by the
entrances.
Each core contains two 13 person lifts sized

to accommodate wheelchairs and allow for
furniture removals. A single enclosed stair
serves all floors and is designed to fire-
fighting standards
Figure 8.65 Axonometric showing combined ground floor with all uses that meet Figure 8.66 Illustrative view of entrance lobby
the street with proposed street levels
Lower ground floor arrangement
The lower ground floor is at the same level as
North Woolwich Road. On the southern end of
the building a retail unit brings activity to the
main road and the ‘feature’ brick garden wall
defines the boundary of the garden marking
the beginning of the new neighbourhood.
The community space is placed at the point of
levels changing to maximise the opportunity
for a double height space. Two residential
cores are accessed at this level, each with
bicycle and refuse storage, independent
vertical circulation to residential levels and
providing direct access to the garden.
There are 5 wheelchair accessible car

parking spaces are on this level which are
accessed from the street via a ramp. Building
services plant equipment and other ancillary
residential uses are placed to the rear of the
plan where possible and street access has
been only used where necessary.

Community and Secondary communal

Lobby, shared space Public use entrance

(gym etc.),
Other entrance
Core, circulation
Other
N
01 5 0 25 m
Figure 8.67 Lower ground floor plan

Upper ground floor arrangement
At the north end, the upper ground floor has
three retail units facing Silo D Park that bring
activity to the edge of the significant new
public space. In between these, a residential
entrance with related amenity provides
access for the northern core and a direct
route for residents through to the garden.
The southern end, which due to the level

change is at Level 01, has the typical
residential level organisation. Here
opportunities for dual aspect, larger homes
on corners has been maximised.

Lobby, shared space Secondary communal

(gym etc.), residential entrance
Core, circulation Public use entrance
Other Other entrance
1 Bed
2 Bed
Projecting balcony
N
01 5 0 25 m
Dual aspect
Figure 8.68 Upper ground floor plan
Typical level arrangement
The organisation of homes on the residential
levels maximises opportunity for dual aspect
homes, with larger units located on the
corners but also dual aspect one bedroom
through flats in the gaps between cores.
In each core, at every level there are no more

than 8 homes per landing.
All private amenity on these levels is provided

with projecting balconies. A standard sized
6m2 balcony has been used for all flats
allowing 1 bedroom homes to benefit from
additional private amenity.
1 Bed
2 Bed
Projecting balcony
N
Dual aspect 01 5 0 25 m
Figure 8.69 Typical residential level

The roof plan opposite shows how the block
is articulated as three distinct but connected
buildings.
The roofs of Plot 6 are unoccupied by

residents and so have been designed to
provide a habitat to support biodiversity and
a location to relocate plant species that have
established themselves in the open mosaic
conditions within the existing site.
Whilst unoccupied, the roofs are viewed from

the taller adjacent buildings and also from
the air. As such, the aesthetics of the planting
design as well as the coordination, placement
and enclosure of building services has been
considered. The roofscape has been designed
as a ‘green roof’ and the location of future Lvl 07 Proposed Proposed Roof
Roof Plant Area
photovoltaic cells has been considered. PV Area (commercial) Potential
PV area
Plant Area
(commercial)
Potential
PV Area
Proposed
Roof Plant
Proposed Roof
Potential Plant Area
Area (resi) (commercial)
Safe access for maintenance is provided

via stair hatches that sit directly above the AOV Proposed
AOV Proposed
Roof Plant
AOV
Roof Plant
above the main stair cores. 1100mm minimum Access
hatch
Area (resi)
Access
hatch
Area (resi)
Access
hatch
parapet guarding is maintained around all roof

edges to eliminate the risk of falling.
N
01 5 0 25 m
Figure 8.70 Roof level plan

enjoyable.
to explore open plan apartment layouts and
placed on corners to benefit from dual aspect
views.

with Part M of the Building Regulations 2010.
Homes have been developed to provide quality

and address the following priorities: Figure 8.71 Typical one bed unit layout Figure 8.73 Typical two bed unit layout

space
• Standard 7m deep apartment plans to
provide wider, better proportioned rooms
• Shallower plan lead to better daylight
penetration
• Generous living rooms
• Well-designed built in storage
• Some split bedroom arrangements offer
views
and views
The plans on these pages illustrate a range of

typical layouts.
0 1 2.5m Figure 8.72 Typical one bed dual aspect unit layout Figure 8.74 Typical two bed unit layout

Figure 8.75 Typical two bed unit layout
Figure 8.76 Typical two bed unit layout
8.3.4 SCALE
Scale and massing
The scale of the building mediates between
the existing two storey Victorian homes
(around +12.0m AOD) to the west and the 14
storey (+49.9m AOD) maximum datum for
the OPP along North Woolwich Road which
is set by City Airport’s aerodrome navigation
requirements.
This result is a six-storey volume at the

southern end of the Site where the ground
level is lower (circa +2.00m AOD). As the
land rises to the quayside datum of +5.2m
AOD the building drops to five storeys
to sit comfortably within the OPP height
parameters.
The mass is broken down into three distinct

volumes, these are similar in length to the
volume of Plot 5 and create a clearly legible
series of residential buildings along Silvertown.
Street.
Figure 8.77 Proposed massing with OPP heights
Figure 8.78 Section C - Short section

Sections
As a result of the level change are a series of
relationships between the ground floor of Plot
6 and its garden. This relationship has been
developed in collaboration with Churchman
Thornhill Finch’s design for the garden and the
openings in the facade have been developed
to compliment these interior spaces.
Through the residential lobby
All three residential lobbies connect directly

to the courtyard and provide views to the
greenery from the street. At the rear of the
building the entrance lobby becomes the core.
Through retail unit Figure 8.79 Section A - through communal garden and entrance lobby
There is opportunity for sunlight into the retail

spaces - it is important to consider privacy for
residents and that openings do not limit the
use of spaces for future tenants.
At a building scale the sections clearly

illustrate the active ground floor and Figure 8.80 Section B - through communal courtyard and retail unit
residential upper floors. Figure 8.78 on page
340 illustrates the relationship between Plot
6 and its neighbours in more detail. The role
of the garden buffer space at this scale is
clear both for the residents of Mill road and of
Plot 6.
Food and Drink Other

A3-A5
1 Bed
Community and
Education D1 2 Bed
Lobby, shared space

(gym etc.), Figure 8.81 Section D - Long section
8.3.5 APPEARANCE
Plot 6 is intended to be a considerate and
contextual piece of city. It has a role to play in
marking the arrival at a new place but it is a
building which mediates between the adjacent
existing and emerging conditions.
MaccreanorLavington is also the author of

Plot 7 which forms the opposing frontage
to Silvertown Street – the entry to the
Site. We have developed the appearance
and materiality of these two buildings Figure 8.82 Two distinct buildings with a shared order Figure 8.83 Civic façades addressing public spaces
The strategy of a base, middle and top outlined in the masterplan Architectural The thinner flank of Plot 6 is given special treatment and expression to address
concurrently. They share facade strategies Guidelines has been adopted to suit each block. The position of these bands relate North Woolwich Road.
which are based on the principles outlined in established heights in the masterplan.
the Masterplan Architectural Guidelines.
The strategic ideas, illustrated on this page

in no particular order, show how the façades
have been conceptually structured and
organised. They have been overlaid in the final
diagram to show how each façade is adapted
to its place whilst remaining part of a unified
building.
Figure 8.84 An active street frontage Figure 8.85 Organising fenestration and balconies
Opportunities for ground floor uses that activate street frontage are maximised. Flank walls have no projecting balconies in order to address North Woolwich Road
This has been materially defined as a ‘special’ base. and ensure a defined relationship with Plot 5.
Figure 8.86 Façades with character that responds to their context

The culmination of these strategies is a residential building with calm and subtly varied elevations which, address their surrounding streets and spaces.

Elevations
The building is organised vertically into three
sections, a base, middle and top. The frontage
facing both North Woolwich Road has a more
special treatment to address the main road to
the south. The organisation of the building into
these three sections, and focus on the north
and south elevations reflect the masterplan
architectural guidelines.
The three blocks form a residential terrace

with Plot 5 contributing to a family of
buildings that provide a calm backdrop to Silo
D.
Figure 8.87 East elevation to Silvertown Street
Figure 8.88 West elevation to the garden
01 5 0 25 m
Figure 8.89 South elevation to North Woolwich Road Figure 8.90 North elevation to Plot 5
Materiality and language
Aspects: The building has three distinct
façade types: the ‘front’ addresses Silvertown
Street, the ‘gable’ presents to North Woolwich
Road; the ‘back’ looks towards the garden and
Mill Road.
Front: A bustling streetscape with generous

and well-proportioned shop fronts
interspersed with tall and distinct common
entrances. A varied olive grey brick is laid in
fluted panels to separate each premises and
define the building’s base. A varied chalky
buff stock brick faces the apartments above.
Regular window openings, projecting balconies
and vertical notches combine to form a calm
and ordered backdrop to Silo D Park. The
facade is topped with a simple brick parapet
and robust coping.
Gable: The North Woolwich Road façade is

the first encounter with the new Masterplan
when approaching from the west. It uses
the same material palette described above
however it has additional layers of fine
corbelled pilasters and string courses to make
a more refined facade
Back: The rear elevation is simple, light and

calm. It will only ever be seen obliquely and Section Bay Study
through the lush foliage of the tree canopies.
476 - SILVERTOWN QUAYS

PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
0 1 3m
Upper floor plan
2 3 1 Ground floor plan

Figure 8.92 Bay study key Figure 8.91 1 East Elevation to Silvertown Street

Section Bay Study Section Bay Study

PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
0 1 3m 476 - SILVERTOWN QUAYS

PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
Upper floor plan 0

Upper floor plan
1 3m
Ground floor plan Ground floor plan
Figure 8.93 2 South Elevation to the North Woolwich Road Figure 8.94 3 West Elevation to garden
Detail study - base
The base is defined by varied olive grey
brick, laid in fluted panels to separate each
premises and define the building’s base. They
frame generous residential entrances and well
proportioned retail shopfronts. A textured
spandrel panel defines the openings and 1
compliments the primary buff brick. 1
Figure 8.95 Stock brick
The more atriculated gable end to North

6
Woolwich Road uses the same material
palette and has additional layers of fine
corbelled pilasters and string courses to make 1
4
a more refined facade to the main road.
3
2
Figure 8.96 Varied olive grey ‘Feature’ brick
Figure 8.97 Metal window system
Indicative shopfront Indicative shopfront
4 2
Figure 8.98 Residential metalwork
5 6
Figure 8.99 5 Recon stone or feature brick Figure 8.100 Axonometric of base meeting
middle section where North Woolwich Road
6 Recon stone or pressed metal cill meets Silvertown Street

Detail study - top
5 A varied chalky buff stock brick faces the
apartments above. Regular window openings,
projecting balconies and vertical notches
combine to form a calm and ordered
backdrop to Silo D Park. The facade is topped
with a simple brick parapet and robust coping.
3 Windows and metalwork balustrades in

complimentary tones are used throughout.
The side panels of the balconies have a
3 decorative elliptical pattern to add variety and
interest when walking up the long elevation
1 along Silvertown Street.
6 4
Figure 8.101 Axonometric of top meeting middle section Figure 8.102 Material quality precedents, clockwise
from top: Maccreanor Lavington, 3144, DSDHA
Illustrative views
Views have been identified capture Plot 6’s
relationship with its historic context and the
emerging neighbourhood. These are shown on
the following pages.
View 1 - Looking east along North Woolwich

Road
Plot 6 is the first building of the Development
when approaching from the west. Its calm
appearance and olive grey base mark the
beginning of the new neighbourhood.
View 2 - Looking north up Silvertown Street

The elevation facing North Woolwich Road
has detail and articulation to address the
main road and announce the beginning of the
masterplan. The ‘feature’ base clearly defines
the ground floor and its public uses.
Figure 8.103 View locations Figure 8.104 View 1 - Looking east along North Woolwich Road

Figure 8.105 View 2 - Looking from North Woolwich Road to Silvertown Street
8.3.6 LANDSCAPE
Garden layout
The level change from the proposed Plot
6 building line to the boundary of the Mill
Road properties is quite significant in places,
especially towards the north where there
is ~1:3 gradient. This will be used as an
opportunity for placemaking and play. To the
north the steepest level change is utilised to
form an amphitheatre and small bouldering
wall for children.
Figure 8.107 Gathering spaces within the soft
landscape
Resident access to Plot 6 is via three cores
distributed evenly along the building. Much of
the rear facade is likely to be inactive frontage
ROAD
due to the ground floor retail use. A secondary

point of secure access will be created onto
North Woolwich Road from the southern end
of the courtyard.
MILL
The linear garden will be richly planted. Tree

planting is beneficial to the west facade for
the purpose of privacy to the neighbouring PLOT 6
properties on Mill Road and to mitigate the
effects of thermal gain. Gathering space
Grow garden
Due to its narrow plan form and extent of Figure 8.108 Tree planting in grass terraces
level change across its width, the approach Movement route
is to create a singular path that navigates
between levels. Along its length, spaces will Block core
open out into ‘niches’ each with different
Trees/shrubs
character and programme. The path ties in
with each of the 3 core entrances.
Fruiting species
The walkway will navigate either side of Planted edges

richly planted slopes with multistem shrubs
and perennials. The southern portion of the Neighbouring properties
garden is dedicated to a small apple orchard
and walled gardens for wall trained fruit trees Figure 8.106 Plot 6 garden landscape -
and grow gardens for residents use. opportunities and constraints
Figure 8.109 Walled fruit garden with espalier trees

Water
catchpool
Bouldering
wall
Amphitheatre
Copse
Water
catchpool
Terraced apple
Seating niche orchard
Boundary wall with

climbing plants Copse
Garden path
Espalier fruit trees
B B
Seating niche
Walled fruit
garden
Copse
A Copse A
Espalier fruit trees
Grow garden
Sunken glade
1:250 1
Figure 8.110 Plot 6 plan (north) Figure 8.111 Plot 6 plan (south) Figure 8.113 Section B
Materials
Much of the garden will be a richly planted
soft landscape with a garden path to provide
access through the sloping site. The route
through the garden will comprise a clay paver
and resin bound gravel path.
Metal drainage channels and water catchpools

will capture rainwater and ‘make drainage
visible’ along the topography of the garden.
Figure 8.114 Clay pavers Figure 8.115 Resin

bound gravel
Figure 8.116 Drainage Figure 8.117 Water Figure 8.128 Illustrative view of Plot 6
channel catchpool
Seating niches with timber benches will Long-lived tree species will be planted along
be located along the garden path providing the western boundary, providing screening. A
small gathering spaces. At the south of the weeping beech tree will add character to the
garden, raised planters will allow residents an grow garden area at the south of the garden.
opportunity for growing fruit and vegetables. Along the path, the garden will be densely
planted with understory shrubs, perennials
and ground cover species. Figure 8.120 Espalier Figure 8.122 Rubus Figure 8.124 Knautia Figure 8.126 Stipa
malus phoenicolasius macedonia arundinacea
The stepped terraces will be planted with an
apple orchard and further espalier fruiting
trees will be trained on the walls surrounding
the grow garden area ensuring the garden
provides one fruiting tree or shrub per
dwelling. The boundary wall will be planted
Figure 8.118 Seating niche Figure 8.119 Raised grow with native climbing species. Figure 8.121 Fagus Figure 8.123 Morus nigra Figure 8.125 Rosemarinus Figure 8.127 Stipa
gardens sylvatica ‘pendula’ officinalis tenuissima

Car parking
8.3.7 ACCESSIBILITY
Five (5) wheelchair accessible spaces are
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN included within the ground floor curtilage.
Introduction Accessible housing provisions

Plot 6 is purely Residential (C3) use at the Plot 6 has three separate blocks with
upper levels. The ground is activated with individual cores. Each has its own entrance
welcoming communal entrances as well direct from the street and separate internal
as a number of ‘shop’ premises to house circulation. Post lobbies, cycle parking, refuse
Community and Education (D1) uses and Food and recycling stores are located by the
and Beverage (A3-A5) offers. The ground floor entrances.
also contains residential ancillary functions
such as refuse, recycling, cycle storage, plant Each core contains two 13 person lift. A single
rooms. enclosed stair serves all floors.
The provisions have been designed in line with All homes are designed to exceed the
ADM Vol 1 for the residential elements and Vol nationally described space standard (NDSS),
2 for the communal access use, garden and and will have private amenity space accessed
retail elements. directly from the living room.
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS M4(3) Category 3: Wheelchair user dwellings
for a detailed commentary of the access and will be provided contributing to the overall
inclusive design strategy for the Phase 1 RMA. Phase 1 RMA total of 10%, while the remainder
will meet the M4(2) Category 2: Accessible
Pedestrian access and adaptable dwellings standard.
Pedestrian access is provided to three
separate residential lobbies directly from
Silvertown Street on the eastern side of Plot
6. Pedestrian access to the ground level
community and retail units is proposed via
Silvertown Street and North Woolwich Road,
respectively.
Plot 6 negotiates a marked level change from

the north to the south of the block which has
required careful design to provide accessible
routes for all.
8.4 PLOT 7
8.4.1 INTRODUCTION
Proposed scheme
Plot 7 meets four distinct street conditions;
The historic dockside to the north; the
proposed pedestrian connection of Silo D Way
to the east; the busy North Woolwich Road
to the south and Silvertown Street, a new
high street to the west. These varied street
conditions offer great opportunity and each
of the building’s façades has been designed to
relate to its adjacent streetscape.
Land use
Plot 7 GEA (sq.m.)
Community (D1) 317
Number of units 240
99 x 1 bed flats
Mix 92 x 2 bed flats
49 x 3 bed flats
Dual aspect 127

N
Plot 7

8.4.2 DESIGN
PRINCIPLES
A series of strategic principles have been
developed to underpin the design approach.
These take into account Plot 7’s location,
existing and proposed context in order to
inform the urban approach to edge conditions
and neighbourly relationships.
The design principles have been established

with full cognisance of the Masterplan Vision
and are compatible with its Place Principles
and Place Pillars and aligned with the bold
ambition to realise the fantastic potential of
the Site through quality of design, quality of
place making and entrepreneurial verve.
1. Clearly define North Woolwich Road 2. Maximise the potential for expansive views 3. Provide a strong backdrop to Silo D
4. Create a clear relationship with Silo D and 5. Step height down from North Woolwich 6. Make a virtue of the challenges
the water Road to Silo D
Figure 8.130 Design principles of Plot 7
8.4.3 LAYOUT
The plan opposite amalgamates the lower
ground (level 0) and upper ground (level 1)
plans to better depict how the building meets
the sloping ground plane.
Plot 7 negotiates a level change from north

to south of approximately three metres,
with +2.0m AOD along North Woolwich Road
and +5.2m AOD along the dock edge. The
courtyard is also gently sloping from +4.5m
AOD to +5.7m AOD to create an accessible
route from Canalside to the upper ground
residential cores
Active ground floor uses have been arranged

appropriately over these two levels to engage
Upper ground
with the streetscape.. floor
Lower ground
floor
Community and Primary communal


1 Bed Projecting balcony
2 Bed Internalised amenity
3 Bed Winter garden

01 5 0 25 m N
Dual aspect
Figure 8.131 Combined ground floor plan showing uses that meet the street

Main entrances
Plot 7 is broken down into three separate
cores serving fewer than 8 homes per level
on average. Each has its primary entrance
directly from the street with a clear
connection to the courtyard garden. Post
lobbies, cycle parking, refuse and recycling
stores are located conveniently by the
entrances. Each core contains two 13 person
lifts sized to accommodate wheelchairs and
allow for furniture removals. A single enclosed
stair serves all floors and is designed to fire-
fighting standards.
A concierge facility and residents common

room serving Plot 7 is located remotely on the
northwestern corner, close to the taxi drop-
off on Silvertown Street.
Figure 8.132 Entrance on North Woolwich Road Figure 8.133 Approaching the resident’s concierge from Silvertown Street
Figure 8.134 Axonometric showing combined ground floor with all uses that meet Figure 8.135 The courtyard provides a calm secondary route for residents to their
the street with proposed street levels homes
Active uses on the lower ground floor have
been located along North Woolwich Road.
This includes two residential entrances, who’s
lobbies are connected by centralised cycle
parking. Particular care has been taken to
incorporate this cycle parking in naturally lit,
visible and overlooked communal spaces in
order to promote a healthy lifestyle as well as
to increase security and overlooking.
As a result of the existing Thames Water

sewer there is limited opportunity for parking
podia structures, so instead a modest amount
of on-plot parking (5 Wheelchair Accessible
spaces) is included within the ground floor
curtilage. This along with other inactive uses
such as refuse, recycling, cycle storage and
building services plant rooms is located to
the rear of the plan to allow the more active
public spaces on the façade in compliance
with the principals of the OPP Design Code. A
large refuse store is provided on Silvertown
Street next the only accessible loading bay
to Plot 7. This has been oversized in order to
accommodate the bins from the eastern bin
store on collection day.
Community and Primary communal



01 5 0 25 m N
Figure 8.136 Lower Ground Floor plan

The upper ground floor relates to the dockside
providing level access from Canalside to the
courtyard of Plot 7. The lusciously planted
courtyard is at the centre of the upper ground
floor providing a relaxing place for residents to
enjoy. Through garden lobbies it also provides
a secondary route to homes, and access to
the three cores from the dockside.
The resident’s concierge faces the public

space at the end of the dock and brings an
active use to the waterfront.
Homes on the upper ground floor have been

carefully considered to ensure privacy and
a clear relationship with the surrounding
public realm. This is achieved both through
a raised ground floor which limits direct
views into living rooms from the street, and
by internalising private amenity in order to
provide more generous flat interiors. This
avoids low level external private amenity
which is often not used and has an adverse
impact on the public realm.
Community and 1 Bed

Education D1
2 Bed
Lobby, shared space
(gym etc.), 3 Bed
Core, circulation Dual aspect
Other Projecting balcony
Secondary communal Winter garden

residential entrance
01 5 0 25 m N
Internalised
amenity Figure 8.137 Upper Ground Floor plan
The approach to typical residential levels
and, in particular to the provision of
private amenity ,is divided into two distinct
approaches. One addresses middle floors
(levels 02-10) while the other addresses
top floors (levels 11-13) in order to ensure
the strategy responds to the conditions of
individual homes.
The ‘middle’ floors of the building have been

arranged to maximise opportunities for dual
aspect dwellings. On these floors private
amenity is provided through projecting
balconies on the east and west façades
and face into the courtyard and onto the
surrounding streets which have a more
residential character.
The exceptions to this are three single aspect

south facing single aspect homes to North
Woolwich Road which have winter gardens in Figure 8.138 Level 02-03 Figure 8.139 Level 04-06
response to the busier road and DLR. There
are also winter gardens on levels 02 and 03
facing Canalside to ensure privacy.
On the top levels where projecting balconies

would be more exposed to wind and therefore
would be less likely to be used, winter gardens
are again proposed. These are adjacent to
living spaces and has been arranged to make
the most of the expansive views.
1 Bed Projecting balcony
2 Bed Winter garden
3 Bed Resident’s roof

terrace
Dual aspect
Green roof
Figure 8.140 Level 07-10 Figure 8.141 Level 12-13

A roof terrace provides communal external
amenity along North Woolwich Road with
long views to Silo D. The remaining roofs of
Plot 7 are unoccupied by residents and have
been designed to provide a habitat to support
biodiversity and a location to relocate plant
species that have established themselves in
the open mosaic conditions within the existing
site.
11
Lvl
Whilst unoccupied, the lower roofs are viewed
from the taller adjacent buildings and also 03
Lvl
from the air. As such, the aesthetics of the
planting design as well as the coordination,
03
placement and enclosure of building services Lvl
has been considered. The roofscape has been
designed as a ‘green roof’ and the location of l PV
Lvl 11 entia
Pot ed
future photovoltaic cells has been considered. Are
a pos
Pro f Plant
R oo esi)
a (R
Are
Safe access for maintenance is provided Potential PV Area
via stair hatches that sit directly above the

above the main stair cores. 1100mm minimum
parapet guarding is maintained around all roof
edges to eliminate the risk of falling. Proposed Roof
Plant Area (Resi)
es s ed
Ac c h pos
V hatc Pro f Plant
AO Roo (Resi)
a
Are
AOV Access
hatch
ed 14
pos
Pro f Plant Lvl
Roo (Resi)
a
Are
Lv l 08
Lvl 14 Lv l 04
Green roof
Communal roof
terrace
01 5 0 25 m N
Private terrace
Figure 8.142 Roof level plan

enjoyable.
placed on corners to benefit from dual aspect
views.

with Part M of the Building Regulations 2010.
Homes have been developed to provide quality Figure 8.143 Typical one bed unit layout with projecting balcony Figure 8.144 Typical one bed unit layout with winter garden
space
provide wider, better proportioned rooms
• Shallower plan lead to better daylight
penetration
• Some split bedroom arrangements offer
views
and views
The plans on these pages illustrate a range of

typical layouts.
Figure 8.145 Typical two bed split bedroom unit layout with projecting balcony Figure 8.146 Typical two bed unit layout with winter garden
0 1 2.5m

Figure 8.147 Level 1 one bed unit layout with internalised amenity Figure 8.148 Typical three bed unit layout with projecting balcony
Figure 8.149 Level 1 two bed unit layout with internalised amenity
8.4.4 SCALE
Scale and massing
The axonometric drawing reveals stepping in
the massing. Two primary bars are oriented
east-west and rise to 14 storeys stepping
down to 11 storeys to the north to minimise
any impact of overshadowing Silo D Park.
At lower levels the north and south elevations

are partially infilled to present a more
continuous perimeter frontage to the street.
The heights of the infill buildings vary to
provide a more dynamic silhouette and break
down the overall scale of the block.
The building can be read as one perimeter

block but also a conglomeration of buildings.
This theme is reinforced in the materiality and
detailing of the facade. As part of this a pair
of two storey ‘gate houses’ mark the entrance
to the courtyard clearly defining the building
along the dockside. The symmetry of this
frontage relates to the historic silo.
The massing has been developed in

compliance with the OPP Maximum Height
Parameter Plan. This approves a maximum
height for Plot 7 of +49.9m AOD which is met
by the tallest point.
Figure 8.150 Proposed massing with OPP heights

Sections
At a building level the building mediates the
scale of Silo D and the new development
along North Woolwich Road. With the
courtyard providing a sheltered and intimate
space for residents next to the dockside.
The Silo is also central to the section looking

north where the two taller masses of Plot
7 frame views of the Silo D from North
Woolwich Road.
Figure 8.151 Section A-A through courtyard looking east
Figure 8.152 Section B-B through courtyard looking north
8.4.5 APPEARANCE
Appearance and façade treatment
Plot 7 is intended to be a considerate and
contextual piece of city. It has a role to play
in marking the arrival at a new place but it
is essentially a background building which
responds sympathetically to the surrounding
conditions – existing and emerging. Figure 8.153 Two distinct buildings with a shared order Figure 8.154 Civic façades addressing public spaces
The strategy of a base, middle and top outlined in the masterplan Architectural The thin flank walls of Plot 7 have special treatment to address surrounding public
Guidelines has been adopted to suit each block. The position of these bands relate realm and provide a backdrop to Silo D.
MaccreanorLavington is also the author of established heights in the masterplan.
Plot 6 which forms the opposing frontage
to Silvertown Street – the entry to the Site.
We have developed the appearance and
materiality of these two buildings in tandem,
not as a pair but as an ensemble. They
share facade strategies which are based on
the principles outlined in the Masterplan
Architectural Guidelines.
The strategic ideas, illustrated on this page Figure 8.155 An active street frontage Figure 8.156 Organising fenestration and balconies
in no particular order, show how the façades Opportunities for ground floor uses that activate street frontage are maximised. Flank walls have no projecting balconies in order to address North Woolwich Road
This has been materially defined as a ‘special’ base. and provide a clear backdrop to Silo D
have been conceptually structured and
organised. They have been overlaid in the
final diagram to show how each façade is
adapted to its place whilst remaining part of a
unified building.
Figure 8.157 Façades with character that responds to their context

The culmination of these strategies is a strong building with rich and subtly varied elevations which, address their surrounding streets and spaces.

Elevations
Plot 7 contributes to four street elevations:
Canalside looks north over the historic dock
and Silo D set within a new public square;
Silo D Way is a pedestrian thoroughfare with
a verdant and peaceful residential character;
North Woolwich Road to the south is being
transformed from a dual carriageway to
an urban boulevard with regular building
frontages of a civic scale; Silvertown Street
will become a local high street with regular
shop fronts. In the following pages we will
show how the building façades respond to
the scale and character of these distinct
conditions.
Silo D:
One of the opportunities that Plot 7 holds is a
close proximity to Silo D with its idiosyncratic
industrial quality and elegant silhouette. Figure 8.158 South elevation to North Woolwich Road Figure 8.159 East elevation to Silo D Way
Without wishing to mimic, or to make over-
elaborate or over-simplistic associations, we
have tried to create a building which makes
the most of its setting and which has a subtle
but reciprocal relationship with the Silo D,
through form, symmetry, order, colour and
motif.
Figure 8.160 North elevation to Canalside Figure 8.161 West elevation to Silvertown Street
Materiality
Order: The new masterplan guidance suggests
that the residential buildings should be
ordered with a tripartite base middle and top.
The bay studies on the opposite page clearly
show how this has been established through
the change of material and form. This is
described below:
Base: A white brick base is set at a constant

level around the entire block against the
changing ground plane. The datum is the
second floor which relates the base to the
elevated railway tracks. The facings are a
blend of white feature bricks to add variation,
depth and texture (to affect a ‘hand-made’
quality). The larger shop front windows use
brick corbelling to provide a simple T-shape
motif that is derived from Silo D. There are
no projecting balconies to residential windows
within the base so establishing a clean urban
relationship with the street.
Middle: The stock brick is a strong blend of

rusty pinks, chalky buffs and muddy grey Figure 8.164 Studies of Silo D have been used to inform the elevational organisation
and details of Plot 7
facings with a considerable level of contrast
when viewed up close. On the long elevations
the brick detailing is kept simple with unfussy
window apertures and regular projecting
balconies articulating the façades (which are
generally viewed obliquely along the streets).
The shorter gable façades that look north and
south over larger public spaces are clutter-
free to present a calm civic backdrop. These
façades use stepping brickwork pilasters to
create a vertical order and a grander scale.
Section Bay study
Top: The top uses the same stock brick blend
as below but it is distinguished in three ways.
Firstly by stepping the massing back from the
silo; secondly by making the façades flush Upper floor plan
(and providing inset private external amenity

at these upper floors) and thirdly by altering
Ground floor plan
the format of window apertures (in fact white
facing are used to create the impression of Figure 8.163 Bay study key 1 3 2 Figure 8.162 1 South Elevation to North Woolwich Road
much larger openings).
Section Bay study Section Bay study
Middle floor plan Upper floor plan

PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
Ground floor plan Ground floor plan
0 1 3m 476 - SILVERTOWN QUAYS
Figure 8.166 2 North Elevation to the Canalside 3 East Elevation to Silo D Way
PHASE
Plot 1 RMA
Figure 8.165
0 1 3m
Detail study - base
A white brick base is set at a constant level
around the entire block against the changing
ground plane. The facings are a blend of white
feature bricks to add variation, depth and
texture (to affect a ‘hand-made’ quality). The 1
larger shop front windows use brick corbelling 1
to provide a simple T-shape motif that is Figure 8.167 Stock brick
derived from Silo D. There are no projecting
balconies to residential windows within the 6
base so establishing a clean urban relationship
4
with the street.
The base provides a clear contrast to the
middle section that is in the primary stock brick 5
2
- a strong blend of rusty pinks, chalky buffs 2
and muddy grey facings with a considerable
level of contrast when viewed up close. Figure 8.168 Varied white ‘Feature’ brick
3
5
3
Figure 8.169 Metal window system
Indicative shopfront Indicative shopfront

4
Figure 8.170 Residential metalwork
5 6
Figure 8.171 5 Recon stone or feature brick

Figure 8.172 Axonometric of base meeting middle section
6 Recon stone or pressed metal cill

5
Detail study - top

The top uses the same stock brick blend
as below, at this top section there are no
projecting balconies. The format of the window
apertures is altered and white facings are used
to create the impression of larger openings.
windows and metalwork balustrades in
1 complimentary tones are used throughout.
The facade is topped with a brick parapet and
2 1
robust coping. Typographic ornamentation along
the parapet is ledgible from the street and
3 announces the new neighbouhood at an urban
scale.
Figure 8.173 Axonometric of top Figure 8.174 Material quality precedents, clockwise
meeting middle section from top: Collectief Noord, Maccreanor Lavington,
Duggan Morris
Illustrative views
Views have been identified to capture Plot 7’s
relationship with its historic context and the
emerging neighbourhood. These are shown on
the following pages.
View 1 - Looking west along the finger dock

This view clearly illustrates the strong
relationship between the detailed flank walls
and the historic silo. The detailed glazed base
provides a calm backdrop to the richness of
activity that will come to the dock edge.
View 2 - Looking west North Woolwich Road

The massing defines North Woolwich Road,
with lower masses mediating between the
scale of Plots 6 and 8. Residential entrances
are clearly identified and lobbies and cycle
storage maximise opportunities for active
uses along North Woolwich Road. Silo D Way
has a calmer more residential character.
Figure 8.175 View locations Figure 8.176 View 1 - Looking west along the finger dock

Figure 8.177 View 2 - Looking west North Woolwich Road
8.4.6 LANDSCAPE
Courtyard layout
The courtyard in Plot 7 is partly at ground
level to the north but to the south it extends
over a lower ground floor building podium.
An existing low level Thames Water (TW)

sewer is the primary constraint. This mains
sewer is approximated to be 11m below
ground levels but the access shaft and
manhole are located within the courtyard.
TW require 24/7 vehicle access in case of Figure 8.179 Grass species growing through unbound
paving away from thoroughfares
emergency maintenance. In addition tree/
shrub planting needs to adhere to TW
easements i.e. no large canopy trees within
6m of the sewer centre line.
The need for vehicular access provides an

opportunity to create a courtyard with some
hard landscape spaces which relate to the
existing dock edge condition. The adjacent
granite sett paving around the finger dock
provides a characterful reference for the
material treatment of the courtyard. The
paved hard landscape of the courtyard will
give way to soft green edges at the perimeters
and play spaces and seating niches will be
Figure 8.180 Green edges
integrated away from key movement routes.
Figure 8.178 Plot 7 courtyard analysis
Views into the courtyard will enliven the
public realm and conversely the building
footprint frames the views north of Silo D.
Granite setts Key movement route
Planted edges Historic movement of goods

Dock
Gathering space
Building cores
Thames Water sewer
Private amenity spaces

B
space
Shared amenity
zone
Planted buffer
amenity space
Private
Railing /gate
Copse
Private amenity
A
Stepping stones
A
Copse
Glade
Private radial paving
Copse
amenity
Seesaw Glade
Copse
Private
Private Figure 8.182 Section A - Typical section through
amenity private amenity space
Water channel
amenity
Raised seating Seating deck Copse Play area

Private amenity
Copse
Private amenity
1:500
Figure 8.183 Plot 7 courtyard layout Figure 8.181 Section B
Materials
Plot 7 is in close proximity to the characterful
granite paving details around the dock edge.
This has informed the material choice for the
courtyard with a mix of site won, new granite
setts and clay pavers forming a circular paving
pattern. A cast concrete channel will provide
drainage for rainwater to be directed to the
dock at surface level. Drifter benches, similar
to those used along the dock edges will
provide seating in the courtyard.
Figure 8.184 Existing dock Figure 8.185 Half-brick

edge granite setts paving
Figure 8.186 Drainage Figure 8.187 Drifter Figure 8.200 Illustrative view of Plot 7 courtyard
channel benches
Planting Trees Shrubs Ferns Perennials Grasses Climbers
Open canopy long lived tree species will be

planted in the ground to the north of the
courtyard with multistemmed copse species
around the edges of the space and on
podium. Fruiting shrubs will provide an edible
layer to the copse screening - species such as
Chaenomeles quince and mulberry will add Figure 8.188 Celtis Figure 8.190 Myrtus Figure 8.192 Dicopteris Figure 8.194 Saxifraga Figure 8.196 Luzula nivea Figure 8.198 Helix hedera
seasonal colour and interest.
Ground cover mixes will include species for

sun, partial-shade and full shade to respond
to the varying light levels in the space. Private
amenity spaces facing onto the courtyard will
be planted with native climbing species to
Figure 8.189 Betula Figure 8.191 Chaenomoles Figure 8.193 Asplenium Figure 8.195 Anemone Figure 8.197 Stipa nitida Figure 8.199 Lonicera
provide screening. pubescens

Roofscape
The roofs of Plot 7 will provide additional
residents amenity space, rainwater harvesting Biodiverse
green roof
and ecological benefits. The roofscape
combines biodiverse green roofs on Blocks
A and B with part of Block B accessible as a
Private amenity
communal residents roof terrace. terrace
The proposed rooftop amenity space layout

responds to the opportunities of views and Private amenity
terrace
residents including passively irrigated grow Figure 8.203 Biodiverse green roofs
gardens and landscaped seating areas. Biodiverse
green roof
biodiversity value.
Biodiverse
green roof A
Residents’
communal Figure 8.204 Raised planted beds
amenity terrace
Figure 8.201 Plot 7 roofscape layout
Five (5) wheelchair accessible spaces are
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN included within the ground floor curtilage.
Introduction Accessible housing provisions

Plot 7 is purely Residential (C3) use at the Plot 7 is broken down into three separate
upper levels. The ground is activated with vertical cores. Each has its own entrance
welcoming communal entrances as well as a direct from the street and separate internal
two ‘shop’ premises to house Community and circulation as well as access to the courtyard.
Education (D1) uses on the corners to North Post lobbies, cycle parking, refuse and
Woolwich Road. To maximise opportunities for recycling stores are located by the entrances.
active frontage there is a resident concierge to
the dockside and an active cycle storage area Each core contains two 13 person lifts and a
to North Woolwich Road. The ground floor single enclosed stair serves all floors.
also contains residential ancillary functions
such as refuse, recycling, cycle storage, plant All homes are designed to exceed the
rooms. nationally described space standard (NDSS),
and will have private amenity space accessed
Plot 7’s provisions have been designed in line directly from the living room, as either a
with ADM Vol 1 for the residential elements balcony or roof terrace.
and Vol 2 for the communal access use,
courtyard and retail elements. M4(3) Category 3: Wheelchair user dwellings
will be provided contributing to the overall
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS Phase 1 RMA total of 10%, while the remainder
for a detailed commentary of the access and will meet the M4(2) Category 2: Accessible
inclusive design strategy for the Phase 1 RMA. and adaptable dwellings standard.
Pedestrian access
Primary pedestrian access to the three
residential entrances is from the footway of
North Woolwich Road and Silo D Way.

Figure 8.205 Looking west along the finger dock
8.5 PLOT 8
8.5.1 INTRODUCTION
Proposed scheme
Plot 8 is a development of residential homes
designed as four distinct buildings, from 8 -
15 storeys, that address each of the varied
edge conditions. This arrangement, central
landscaped courtyard for all residents,
maximises the opportunities for dual aspect
homes and makes the most of special views.
To maximise opportunities for active

frontage the ground floors include welcoming
communal entrances for each block and
a central resident concierge in Block B.
Community (D1) Space is provided on the
southwest corner of Silo D Way and North
Woolwich Road.
The lower ground floor area under the garden

podium contains wheelchair accessible
parking spaces and ancillary spaces
Land use
Plot 8 GEA (sq.m.)
Residential (C3)
27,054
(Including ancillary)
Community (D1) 282
Number of units 296
147 x 1 bed flats

Mix 122 x 2 bed flats
27 x 3 bed flats
Dual aspect 181
Affordable homes 89 N

Plot 8

8.5.2 DESIGN
PRINCIPLES
A series of design principles have been
used to underpin the design approach for
Plot 8. These respond to Plot 8’s context,
the masterplan vision Place Pillars and the
aspiration for the future building. D
• Active frontage to North Woolwich road,

with the Community use and main
entrances for Blocks C and D
• Visual and physical permeability

1 Scale response to Silo D 2 Active frontage to North Woolwich Road
opportunities for residents
• Activating the courtyard with entrances
• Massing and ground floor uses responding

to the street levels leading up to Silo D MILLENNIUM MILLS
open space and the Canal Side
• Providing homes that make the most of D

special views
D
• Opportunity to relate to the existing
heritage in the new architecture
• An appropriate response to scale as the

backdrop to Silo D
3 Relate to heritage in new architecture 4 Respond to street levels
Figure 8.207 Design principles
8.5.3 LAYOUT
arrangement
The lower ground and ground floor
arrangement is designed to:
ck B
• Maximise active frontages Blo
by
Lob
e
ierg
• Address the complex level changes around Lob
by Con
c
each boundary
• Provide permeability from the public realm

to the courtyard
ck A
Blo
Cyc
• Provide a servicing strategy for Plot 8 from by
le
Lob
stor
e
Barrier Point Road
Cyc
le
stor
The public realm flows around each block,
e
with visual links and access points through to
the courtyard garden. Each block has its own
UGF
entrance lobby and core, linking to the shared
podium garden that includes play and shared LGF
Refuse
amenity for all residents. Entrance lobbies for
Blocks A and B are reached from Canalside Plant
Plant
opposite Silo D, whilst entrance lobbies

for Blocks C and D are located on North car park
Ramp to ore
st
& cycle
Woolwich Road.
UGF
LGF Cycle st
ore
Community & 1 Bed

Education
Cycle st
Cycle st
Lobby
Lobby, Shared 2 Bed C
by
Block
ore
Lob
space
ore
Core, Circulation 3 Bed ity
Commun
D
Private terrace Other Block
Primary communal
Public use entrance
Secondary communal
Other entrance
Private residential N
0 5 10 25m
entrance
Figure 8.208 Combined lower & upper ground floor plan

Main entrances
The journey home for every resident has been
carefully considered so that each block has its
own core and generous inviting entrance lobby
that include the cycle stores, encouraging use
of these often-underused facilities.
Each block will have its own distinct address
and visitors to the residential units will use
these entrances. The concierge facility,
which also contains a resident’s lounge, is
located in Block B. This is where residents will
pick up deliveries and contact the building
management as well as relax and meet their
neighbours overlooking the water and Silo D.
Block A
The entrance lobby is accessed from

Canalside or Silo D Way and sits opposite the
concierge in Block B. This entrance also faces
into the courtyard providing an attractive
outlook and natural surveillance into the Figure 8.209 Block A entrance Figure 8.210 Block B entrance
Garden.
Block B
SILO D SILO D
The central concierge and residents lounge is

located in Block B on Canalside with views of A
Silo D. B
Blocks C and D
N .W. R N .W. R
OA D
The entrance lobbies for Blocks C and D sit OA D
PONTOON
next to each other on the North Woolwich DOCK
Road. Both of these are generous day-lit

spaces providing welcoming lobbies in which
to come home pick up your post park your
bike and meet your neighbours. SILO D SILO D
C D
N .W. N .W.
R OA D R OA D
PONTOON PONTOON
DOCK DOCK
Figure 8.211 Blocks C & D entrances Figure 8.212 Journey home diagrams
Refuse storage is arranged as a central
managed strategy with one large bin holding
area in the lower ground. This will be picked
up on collection day from Barrier Point Road.
Residents will drop their rubbish and recycling

off into vertical pods that are located in the
central garden. These pods lead directly
into the shared refuse store on the lower
level area. This avoids residents having to go
directly into large refuse stores.
The community unit is located on the sunny

southwest corner where North Woolwich Road
meets the pedestrian Silo D Way providing
active frontage in this key location.
The lower ground also contains the resident’s

car parking that comprises 10 wheelchair
accessible spaces. Residents for Blocks A, B
and C access these from the core of Block C.
Residents in Block D have their own access
directly from their core to the lower ground
parking area.
Community & Primary communal

Education residential entrance
Lobby, Shared Public use entrance
space
Core, Circulation Other entrance
Other
0 5 10 25m N
Figure 8.213 Lower ground floor plan

The podium garden unifies all the blocks on
this level and access is provided from each
core to the courtyard.
In Block A the residents lobby sits on the Lob

by
sunny south east corner overlooking the ierg

e
by c
Lob Con
courtyard. This sits opposite the concierge
facilities and residents lounge in Block B that
face over Canalside with views of Silo D.
Homes on this level in Blocks B, C and D

that face Silo D Way and Barrier Point Road
Cyc
by
le
Lob
stor
have a mixture of internal amenity and inset
e
balconies that deal with the challenging levels
Cyc
le
Stor
on these boundaries. Homes on this level that
e
adjoin the courtyard have private terraces
with planting arranged to provide screening
and privacy.
The details of the planting, play and amenity

are described in detail in the Chapter 5.0
Landscape.
Lobby, Shared 1 Bed

space
Other 3 Bed
Primary communal Private terrace

Secondary communal
Private residential
0 5 10 25m N
Figure 8.214 Upper ground floor plan
Typical upper floor arrangements
arranged in four distinct blocks each with
their own core that allow views and light into
the central courtyard and maximises the
opportunities for dual aspect homes.
This arrangement of the buildings also

harnesses the potential to make the most of
special views including those to Silo D and
across Thames Barrier Park.
The homes that are on the courtyard level will

around the perimeter of the central shared
garden. Their privacy is protected by the lush
planting strategy adjacent to these private
terraces.
Nearly all the other homes have private

projecting balconies arranged on all facades
to enjoy the light and views, with the
exception of the busy North Woolwich Road. Figure 8.215 Typical upper floor - sixth floor plan Figure 8.216 Typical upper floor - ninth floor plan
There are a small number of homes on the
lowest and the highest levels that have
0 5 10 25m N
internalised amenity that provide a solution to
issues of privacy at the lower levels and more
exposed conditions at the higher levels.
Lobby, Shared 1 Bed

space
Projecting balcony 3 Bed

Roof level
The roof levels of each building vary
responding to context and providing interest in
the massing arrangement.
The roofs of Blocks A and B at 8 and 12

storeys contain roof gardens accessed directly
from their cores that provide additional
amenity space taking advantage of the
spectacular views of the skyline to the west
of Canary Wharf and to the north of Silo D,
Millennium Mills and the emerging Silvertown
masterplan.
These roof terraces include seating,

landscaped planting and in Block A, a
masonry crown all around the top of the
building that frames key views.
The building's tallest Blocks C and D are at

14 and 15 storeys and will feature biodiverse
green roofing.
The roofs to Blocks C and D will be accessed

via utility ladders that are secured and used
only by the estate management team.
0 5 10 25m N
Figure 8.217 Second - fourth floor plan
8.5.4 TYPICAL
DWELLING LAYOUTS 0.5
Metres
0 0.5 1 2.5 m
1:50
0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
Metres 1:50

has been carefully considered to create high Spatial Plan
quality dwellings that are both functional and Spatial Plan
Scale: 1 : 200
Scale: 1 : 200
enjoyable.
wherever possible living spaces have been B
placed on corners to benefit from dual aspect A

B
A
views. D C
D C
All apartments have been designed to comply SQP1-PTE-08-ZZ-DR-A-001212

08/14/19
with Part M of the Building Regulations 2010. SQP1-PTE-08-ZZ-DR-A-001205

07/31/19
19-004
19-004
Silvertown Quays Phase 1
DZ2
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 2B-4P PTE-8-OMS-2B-H
DZ2
Homes have been developed to provide quality OMS-2B-A

2B-4P PTE-8-OMS-2B-A
OMS-2B-H
Scale: 1 : 50
Figure 8.218 Typical ground floor maisonette Figure 8.219 Typical 2 bed home
Scale: 1 : 50
72.8 sqm

space
provide wider, better proportioned rooms 0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
Metres 1:50
• Shallower plan lead to better daylight 0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
penetration Metres 1:50

• Some split bedroom arrangements offer Spatial Plan
Scale: 1 : 200

• Dual aspect living rooms to capitalise upon Spatial Plan
Scale: 1 : 200
views
and views
A D C
D C
SQP1-PTE-08-ZZ-DR-A-001202
OMS-1B-B WAD 07/31/19
19-004
Scale: 1 : 50
63.3sqm
SQP1-PTE-08-ZZ-DR-A-001201 DZ2
14.08.19 1B-2P WAD - PTE-8-OMS-1B-B
Typical 1 bed Platform
19-004
OMS/AR/SO-1B-A column locations
Scale: 1 : 50 DZ2
52.6sqm 1B-2P PTE-8-OMS/AR/SO-1B-A
Figure 8.220 Typical 1 bed home Figure 8.221 1 bed wheelchair home 0 1 2 5m

Block A
Figure 8.218 illustrates plans of the duplex

homes that are on the ground and first floors
of Block A sitting on Canalside. The ground to 0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
0.5
Metres
0 0.5 1 2.5 m
1:50
first floor has a higher ceiling level improving

Metres 1:50
daylighting levels on the ground floor.
Figure 8.219 illustrates a typical upper floor 2

bed flat with wide frontage and dual aspect
Spatial Plan Spatial Plan
optimising views over Silo D Park. Scale: 1 : 200 Scale: 1 : 200
Block B
Figure 8.220 and Figure 8.221 illustrate is

a typical one bed flat and a dual aspect
wheelchair accessible 1 bed flat both with B
projecting balconies. A
Block C
D C
09/10/19
Figure 8.222 and Figure 8.223 illustrate a dual
19-004
08/14/19
19-004
OMS-2B-L SILVERTOWN QUAYS
Scale: 1 : 50 PHASE 1 RMA
DZ2
aspect 2 bed flat with a projecting balcony OMS-2B-E

Figure 8.222 Typical 2 bed home
DZ2
2B-3P PTE-8-OMS-2B-E
72sqm
Figure 8.223 Top 2 bed unit home with internalised amenity

2B-3P PTE-8-OMS-2B-L
Scale: 1 : 50
and a dual aspect 2 bed flat at the top of the 72.8sqm
block. This includes internal amenity which

provides more protection from the elements
at these higher levels. 0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
Metres 1:50
Block D
Scale: 1 : 50
AR-3B-A
86.6sqm
Figure 8.224 and Figure 8.225 Illustrate two

dual aspect family homes.
One overlooking the shared garden with a Spatial Plan

Scale: 1 : 200
private terrace and one with internalised

amenity to Silo D Way
D C
08/14/19
19-004
SILVERTOWN QUAYS
PHASE 1 RMA
DZ2
3B-5P PTE-8-AR-3B-B
Projecting balcony Private terrace AR-3B-B

Scale: 1 : 50
91.6sqm
Internalised
amenity
Figure 8.224 Typical corner 3 bed home Figure 8.225 Lower 3 bed home with internal amenity
Scale: 1 : 200
Spatial Plan
0.5
Metres
DZ2
3B-5P PTE-8-AR-3
Silvertown Quays P
19-004
08/14/19
SQP1-PTE-08-ZZ-
0
0.5
A
D
1
8.5.5 SCALE
Scale and massing
The residential apartments are arranged in
four distinct blocks that allow light into the
central courtyard, make the most of special
views and maximise the opportunity for dual
aspect homes.
The blocks range from 8 to 15 storeys and

will provide 296 apartments located around
a central communal garden. Each of the four +49.9m
blocks respond in height and orientation to Max Parameter
their context. Block A has been designed as AOD
the lowest building providing the backdrop to
Silo D and Blocks C and D increase in height +47.7m
towards North Woolwich Road. +49.9m AOD
AOD
The maximum heights approved in the OPP
Maximum Heights Parameter Plan have been
adhered to, with the tall buildings all within
the maximum height parameter of +49.9m
AOD.
Figure 8.226 Massing - OPP

2B YARD
RAYLEIGH ROAD
1 2A MILLS
SQUARE
3
HOVIS STREET
MILLS WAY
WESLEY AVENUE
Sections 4
PHASE 1 BOUNDARY
North-south section
The site sections to the right illustrate the

vertical arrangement of the building.
Plot 8 is situated on a sloping site with

approximately 3.5m drop from Canalside
to North Woolwich Road. This is illustrated
EVELYN
clearly here WALK
on the north south section.
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
The courtyard garden is set at the upper level

and is accessed either from Canalside or the PONTOON DOCK
top of Silo D Way as well as all cores.
5
The lower level at North Woolwich Road DLR
contains the generous entrance lobbies and

community space. The back of the lowest
level contains car parking; bins and plant.
MILL ROAD
SILOreferences
The three-storey base treatment D
Figure 8.227 North / south section
PARK
the DLR height as it passes Plot 8 and its 8_Maximum
49900
dramatic concrete structure.

SILO GE
BRID
BARR
8-Level 14
East-west section
B
D
8-Level 13
IER P
SILVERTOWN STREET
There has been a co-ordinated approach to

8-Level 12
6
the arrangement of homes and balconies
OINT
8-Level 11
between Plots 7 and 8 and on the elevations

8
SILO
8-Level 10
along North Woolwich Road and Silo D Way.

ROA
A
8-Level 09
DW
7
8-Level 08
Blocks A and D are arranged to minimise the A

AY
number of balconies in Silo D Way and those 8-Level 07
that are there are arranged to be offset to 8-Level 06
those in Plot 7. B 8-Level 05
8-Level 04
Illustrated here is the cross section about half PONTOON DOCK DLR
AD
LWICH RO & Education
8-Level 03
way up Silo D Way, this shows the podium WO O Community 1 Bed

NORTH
garden and the entrance to the car park from 8-Level 02
Lobby, Shared Space 2 Bed

Barrier Point Road. 8-Level 01
CAR ENTRANCE
Core, Circulation 8-Level 00 3 Bed

Level 0 AOD
Other BLOCK D
SILO D WAY BLOCK C BARRIER POINT ROAD
Figure 8.228 East / west section
8.5.6 APPEARANCE
The external appearance of the four blocks
that form Plot 8 has been developed with
reference to the unique location of each
block; the industrial history of the Site and
the distinctive form of Silo D. The following
principles have informed the design of Plot 8.
1 Interior
• Facades with character that respond to
their unique context
• Active street frontages with clearly

expressed entrances
• Maximising potential for views
• Homes around a courtyard garden

2 Enclosure
• Provide a strong backdrop and clear
relationship to Silo D and the finger dock
• Respond to North Woolwich Road Figure 8.229 Materiality diagram
• Relationship to Plot 7
3 Base
4 Anchor
Figure 8.230 Precedents & heritage references Figure 8.231 Materials

PLOT 7 BLOCK D BLOCK C BLOCK C BLOCK B 2
1 South Elevation - North Woolwich Road 2 East Elevation - Barrier Point Road
BLOCK B ANCHOR PLOT 7 ANCHOR BLOCK D 3
3 North Elevation - Silo D Park 4 West Elevation - Silo D Way
4
Figure 8.232 Elevations
Materiality
Approach to base, middle and top
Interior – Homes within the Enclosure Walls
The base of Blocks B, C and D is expressed
Within the courtyard and off the streets these
in feature textured concrete (or similar)
facades and the homes contained within the
responding to the sculptural form of the DLR
enclosure walls are expressed in a simpler
set at three storeys on North Woolwich Road,
treatment and are proposed in a white brick,
moving along the building to become two
reflecting light around the internal courtyard
storeys as ground levels rise to the Canalside.
and providing a backdrop for the lush green
This datum is picked up in the detailing in the
planting and textures on the podium garden.
duplexes in the Anchor Building and unifies
a range of different uses around the ground
Anchor – The Anchor building Block A
floor.
The Anchor building which sits on Canal Side
The brick detailing to the middle and top
will be clad in a special textured brick detail in
reflect the facade principles in the red
a rich red colour that references the remnants
brick grid enclosure to streets; the homes
of rust around the site in the retained
contained within the courtyard and the key
buildings and provides a strong backdrop to
Anchor Building.
the white Silo D.
Figure 8.233 Stacked double cant brick detail Figure 8.234 Offset example of Double cant brick -
CF Moller, Olympic Village Stratford
Enclosure - Facades on main streets
The balcony detail will reference the old
historic warehouse buildings and generous
The proposed enclosure to North Woolwich
windows will let light flood in and maximise
Road; Silo D Way and Barrier Point Road above
the potential of spectacular views.
SIDE PANEL 02
SIDE PANEL 03
SIDE PANEL 01
the base is a red blush brick arranged in a
strong simple grid.
Within this we have developed a texture

detail using standard stacked double cant
bricks referencing the crown of Silo D and
corrugation of the plots former industrial use;
the evolution of this detail is illustrated here.
This beautiful but simple brick grid and

DOUBLE PANEL 01
textured panels allows for different window
DOUBLE PANEL 02
FULLY GLAZED
sizes; arrangements and offsets that provide a
calm ordered treatment, rich with variety.
Figure 8.235 Window studies - provide design flexibility for platform

Figure 8.236 Anchor building elevation treatment on Silo D Way Figure 8.237 Base and facade treatment on North Woolwich Road
Figure 8.238 View towards Block A from Silo D Way Figure 8.239 View across basin towards Blocks A & B Figure 8.240 View up Barrier Point Road towards Millennium Mills
OPP BOUNDARY
DOCK WATERFRONT
RTOWN
ACE 2B HOVIS
YARD
2ABay studyMILLS
SQUARE
3
- external facade
1
1 0
The base of Blocks B, C and D is expressed Metres

4
in feature textured concrete (or similar)
HOVIS STREET
responding to MILLS
the sculptural
WAY form of the
DLR. There are no projecting balconies in the
1 Brick type 1 5
base level. This concrete base is arranged in
the grid with the textured detail and window
4
arrangement echoing the detailing of the
brickwork above.
Above the base the red blush brick is arranged 2

in the strong simple grid. Within this we have 6
developed a texture detail using standard Brick feature 2
2
panel type 1
chamfered bricks referencing the crown of
Silo D and corrugation of the plot’s former
industrial heritage. Light toned projecting
balconies are offset against the warm brick 5
colour. 2
1
The façade is topped with a brick parapet that
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
Textured concrete
3
sits above the concrete datum; detailing here PONTOON DOCK
or similar
includes a daubed mortar treatment.
1
Windows and metalwork in complementary
tones are used throughout.
235
75
75
Recon stone or
4 5
brick detail
D
RK 3
3
SILO GE
BRID
BARR
3
6
D
6
IER P
5 Metal window
system with 4
OINT
pressed metal cill

SQP
8
SILO
3 09/0
ROA
19-0
DW
SILV
D
7 PHA
DZ2
AY
Bay
6 Metalwork
Figure 8.241 Materials PONTOON

Figure 8.242 Section Figure DOCK DLR
8.243 Elevation Figure 8.244 Detail axonometric callout
AD
WICH RO
NORT H WOOL
OPP BOUNDARY
DRP
MATERIALITY
DOCK WATERFRONT
RTOWN
ACE 2B HOVIS
YARD
0.5 0 0.5 1 2.5 m
2ABay studyMILLS Metres 1:50
3
- internal facade
SQUARE
Within the courtyard and off the streets these
1
internal facades and the homes contained
HOVIS STREET
within the enclosure walls are expressed in 3
MILLS WAY
a simpler treatment and are proposed in a
white brick, reflecting light around the internal
courtyard and providing a backdrop for the 1 Brick type 2
lush green planting and textures on the
podium garden.
4
The façade is topped with a brick parapet that 1
sits above the concrete datum; detailing here 4
includes a daubed mortar treatment. 5
4
Light toned metalwork railings on the
projecting balconies is offset by a warm 2 Textured concrete
or similar 1
red base and soffit detail. Windows and
metalwork in complementary tones are used
4
throughout.
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
PONTOON DOCK
3 Recon stone or
brick detail
5
D 4
RK 5
SILO GE
BRID
BARR
4 Metal window 1
D
system with
IER P
pressed metal cill

A253
09/19/19
OINT
19-004
SILVERTOWN QUAYS
8
SILO
4 PHASE 1 RMA
DZ2
ROA
Internal Balconies
DW
7
AY
5 Metalwork

Figure 8.246 Section Figure DOCK DLR
8.247 Elevation Figure 8.248 Detail axonometric callout
AD
WICH RO
NORT H WOOL
OPP BOUNDARY
DOCK WATERFRONT
RTOWN
ACE 2B HOVIS
YARD
2ABay studyMILLS
3
- anchor building
SQUARE
The Anchor building is clad throughout in
a special textured brick detail in a rich red 3
HOVIS STREET
0.5 0 0.5
colour that references
MILLS WAYthe remnants of rust
Metres
around the site in the retained buildings and
provides a strong backdrop to the white Silo
D. This textured brickwork is arranged in a 1 Brick type 3 4
4
strong grid that contains generous windows
designed to reference the historic warehouse 3
building.
4
The Concrete detailing that runs around the
base of Plot 8 is picked up in the duplexes at 3
the base of the Anchor building. 1
1
The façade is topped by the brick frame that 2 Textured concrete 5
continues up to form a crown that contains or similar
and frames the residents roof garden. 3
5
The balcony detail will reference the old
SILVERTOWN AVENUE
historic warehouse buildings and generous

PONTOON DOCK
windows will let light flood in and maximise
the potential of spectacular views.
2
3 Recon stone or
brick detail
1
4
151
D
235
235
RK
3
SILO GE
BRID
BARR
2
4 Metal window
D
system with 4
IER P

OINT
8
SILO
ROA
2
DW
7 SQP1-0
AY
09/09/19
19-004
SILVERTOWN
5 Metalwork
PHASE 1 RMA
DZ2
Bay Study - No
Figure 8.250 Section DOCK
Figure DLRElevation
8.251 Figure 8.252 Detail axonometric callout
AD
WICH RO
NORT H WOOL
Figure 8.253 View east along North Woolwich Road
Figure 8.254 View from Silo D Park

8.5.7 LANDSCAPE
Courtyard layout
The courtyard in Plot 8 is partly at ground
level to the north, addressing the dock edge
and Silo D Way. To the south, there is a slight
level change where the courtyard extends
over a lower ground floor building and is
elevated at podium level. This distinction
between ground and podium levels has
informed the emergence of two character
areas within the courtyard; a hard landscape
linked to the surrounding public realm and an Figure 8.256 Courtyard materials informed by the
enclosed, richly planted garden to the south. site’s dockside heritage
Access to all buildings will be provided across

the courtyard to the north and via garden
paths to the south blocks.
The play space provision has been carefully

integrated into the hard and soft spaces, to
ensure doorstep play is provided within a
garden which works for all residents.
Private residents amenity spaces will be

screened from the central shared garden with
subtle level changes in the soft landscape and
open canopy copse planting. Figure 8.257 Open canopy tree species
Figure 8.255 Plot 8 courtyard analysis
Private amenity space Paved courtyard
Building cores Soft landscape
Key movement routes to entrances Central ‘marker’ tree
‘Playful’ level change Copse trees Figure 8.258 Playful topography within soft landscape
Central amenity zone
C
Defensible Shared Dock
A space space edge
Railing /gate
ce
A
le spa
e n s ib
D ef
Figure 8.260 Section A - Dockside defensible space

Table
tennis
Shared amenity space

Planted buffer
Yard
Marker tree
Grass
Slide
bank
Railing /gate
a ce Private amenity
ni t y sp space
a me
ate
Pr i v
Copse B
Glade
Private
amenity
space
B
Copse
Glade Figure 8.261 Section B - typical section through defensible space

Copse
Grow gardens
Pergola Courtyard Garden
1:500
Figure 8.259 Plot 8 courtyard layout Figure 8.262 Section C

Materials
Concrete and clay pavers will form the hard
space at the north of the courtyard and will
stitch the ground plane to the tegula paving
along the dock edge and the in-situ concrete
of Silo D Way. Site won and precast concrete
slabs will be inset into the paving to create
characterful moments at the entrances. The
meandering routes through the garden will be
paved with and small unit clay paving.
Figure 8.263 Tegula pavers Figure 8.264 Inset concrete

elements
Figure 8.265 Clay pavers Figure 8.266 Clay pavers Figure 8.276 Illustrative view of plot 8 courtyard
A large circular bench will surround the Open canopy tree species such as alnus
courtyard’s central tree, providing a spot for glutinosa lacianata and betula pubescens will
residents to enjoy views towards the finger ensure light reaches the understory planting
dock and Silo D. Robust play objects such as and lawns. A characterful semi-mature
the concrete table tennis and granite boulders Saphora japonica tree will be located at
will be located at the edges of the courtyard. centre of courtyard.
Figure 8.269 Alnus glutinosaFigure 8.277 Ribes uva-crispa Figure 8.272 Aster Figure 8.274 Stipa tenuissima
The level changes of the grass verges will be
enticing play spaces with tactile grass species
growing around the play boulders.
Site found perennial species will be mixed

with fragrant climbers and a variety of fruiting
shrubs in the understory planting to meet the
Figure 8.267 Circular tree Figure 8.268 Concrete in- Figure 8.270 Saphora Figure 8.271 Eleagnus Figure 8.273 Eryngium Figure 8.275 Stipa nitida
seat
OPP requirement for edible species. japonica
ground table tennis
Roofscape
The roofs of Plot 8 will work hard to provide
additional residents amenity space, rainwater
harvesting and ecological benefits. The
roofscape combines biodiverse green roofs on
A
Blocks C and D and communal roof terraces
Residents’
on Blocks A and B. Residents’
amenity terrace
amenity terrace
The proposed rooftop amenity space layout
responds to the opportunities of views and
residents including passively irrigated grow Figure 8.279 Biodiverse green roof
gardens and landscaped seating areas. The A
raised parapet on Block A will frame views
towards the docks and Silo D.

Biodiverse green
biodiversity value. roof
Biodiverse green
roof
Figure 8.280 Raised planted beds
Figure 8.278 Plot 8 roofscape layout

A lower ground floor area under the garden
AND INCLUSIVE DESIGN podium contains 10 wheelchair accessible
parking spaces.
Introduction
The residential apartments are arranged in Accessible housing provisions
four blocks around a central courtyard. The Each of the four blocks has its own core
Blocks range from 8 to 14 storeys and will and entrance lobbies. The ground floor also
provide 296 apartments located around a contains residential ancillary functions such
central communal garden. as refuse, recycling, and cycle storage.
The homes include a mix of tenures, open All homes are designed to exceed the
market sale; affordable rent and intermediate. nationally described space standard (NDSS),
and most will have private amenity space,
The plot provisions have been designed in line internal or external.
with ADM Vol 1 for the residential elements
and Vol 2 for the communal access use, M4(3) Category 3: Wheelchair user dwellings
courtyard and community use elements. will be provided contributing to the overall
Phase 1 RMA total of 10%, while the remainder
Please also refer to Section 4.5.12 of this DAS will meet the M4(2) Category 2: Accessible
for a detailed commentary of the access and and adaptable dwellings standard.
Pedestrian Access
Plot 8 sits between the Canalside to the north
and North Woolwich Road in the southwestern
corner of the Silvertown Quays OPP.
9.0
OPP compliance
9.1 PARAMETER PLAN COMPLIANCE
The Phase 1 RMA plots layout has been
overlaid onto the Parameter Plans approved
under Condition B1 of the OPP to demonstrate
compliance.
NOTES
9.1.1 PARAMETER PLAN

01: SITE PLAN


Phase 1 RMA is located within the OPP Site KEY:
Plan red line boundary as illustrated on Outline planning application boundary
Parameter Plan 01 (shown in red).
1.2B
1.1 1.2A 1.3
1.4
04 UC SH 280414
03 LT SH 170414
02 UC SH 030414
01 UC SH 120314
0 UC SH 040314
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.7 PARAMETER PLAN 01
SITE PLAN
1251 GA 03001 04
SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
04.03.2014 / UC / SH
OPP Boundary

Figure 9.1 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 01: Site Plan
Proposed Phase 1 RMA plots
408 OPP compliance | 9.0

02: DEMOLITION PLAN
AND EXISTING SITE NOTES
LEVELS
Millennium Mills is the only existing building (c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.
within the Phase 1 RMA. Millennium Mills will

be subject to part demolition and rebuild,
KEY:
and part restoration as permitted on the Buildings to be demolished
Parameter Plan.

Existing Site levels, AOD in metres
Silo D, while serving as an iconic backdrop

(based on topographical survey
received from Arup 2013.11.25)
for the surrounding park and buildings, is not Existing dock levels, bathymetry to top
of silt, AOD in metres. The underlying
bed level is typically around -4m AOD
included in the Phase 1 RMA. to -5m AOD and is shallower in finger

docks. Survey undertaken in
November 2003 by Pelorus Surveys
Rank Hovis
Millennium Mills
1.2B
1.1 1.2A 1.3
1.4
04 UC SH 080514
03 UC SH 280414
02 LT SH 170414
01 UC SH 120314
0 UC SH 040314
1.5
Silo D
1.6
1.8
1.7
PARAMETER PLAN 02
DEMOLITION PLAN AND
EXISTING SITE LEVELS
1251 GA 03002 04
SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
04.03.2014 / UC / SH
OPP Boundary

Figure 9.2 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 02: Demolition Plan and Existing Site Levels
03: PROPOSED SITE
LEVELS
0 5 10 20 50m
N
The Proposed Site Levels Parameter Plan

shows proposed site levels as spot levels
with +/- 1m L.O.D., as well as distinguishing
between proposed site levels as existing (in Key
red) and proposed Phase 1 RMA site levels if Outline planning permission boundary
different from existing (in blue), see Figure 9.3. Buildings subject to part demolition
+0.0m Proposed site levels (as existing based
on topographical survey received from
Arup 2013.11.25), A.O.D in metres
A S96a application has been submitted to +/- 1m L.O.D
+0.0m Proposed site levels (if different from
make non-material amendments to the existing) +/-1m L.O.D
-0.5m Existing dock levels retained.
Proposed Site Levels Parameter Plan to Bathymetry to top of silt, A.O.D in

metres. The underlying bed level is
typically around -4m A.O.D to -5m
facilitate a water tank beneath Millennium A.O.D and is shallower in finger docks.
Survey undertaken in November 2003
by Pelorus Surveys
Mills Square associated with the proposed +0.0m Proposed dock levels +/- 1m L.O.D
fountains, in addition to small basements Maximum extent of potential

excavation for basements +/-10m
L.O.D (horizontal).
under Plots 3 and 4 to accommodate plant Undercroft and fill to create public
realm levels
and thus freeing up more active frontage at 1.2B

Single level basement within former
dock area. +/-10m L.O.D (horizontal)
ground floor. Dock area filled to create water area

maximum 3m deep and site levels
1.1 1.2A 1.3 +5.1m (+/- 1m A.O.D). Refer to
Drawing 1251 GA 03003 for site levels
and and water conditions in OS1.1 &
OS1.2
1.4
07 18.09.2019 Planning amendments RB CC

1.5 Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
Consultant
1.6 70 Cowcross Street

London
EC1M 6EJ
1.8
1.7 1
2B
2A
3
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
PARAMETER PLAN 03
PROPOSED SITE LEVELS
Purpose of drawing

RB CC TSP
OPP Boundary Date Scale Size
SEPT 2019 1:1500 A1

Phase 1 RMA Boundary 1251 GA 03003 07
Figure 9.3 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 03: Proposed Site Levels

Proposed Phase 1 RMA site levels
overlay
Detailed design of the levels within Phase
1 RMA, to accommodate drainage and
accessibility requirements as well as the +5.0m
+5.0m +5.3m
landscape design, generally complies with the +5.2m
proposed site levels (+/- 1m L.O.D.) as shown +5.3m

+5.1m
on the Parameter Plan overlay in Figure 9.4.
The plan shows (where relevant) the proposed
Phase 1 RMA site levels next to the level
indicated in the original Parameter Plan. +5.3m
+4.9m
+4.8m
The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to
+5.0m
accord with the approved ‘Proposed Site
Levels’ Parameter Plan. There are two specific
locations (highlighted on plan) where the
Phase 1 RMA site levels deviate slightly from
the levels identified on the Parameter Plan.
Both of these relate to the location of the
new public routes located to the east and
+5.2m
west of Plot 8 where the gradient rises from +4.8m
North Woolwich Road up to Pontoon Dock.
The principle of these routes was allowed
for on the Parameter Plan based on the
indicative masterplan assumed under the
OPP. The location of these routes in the Phase
1 RMA has moved marginally in comparison +4.8m
to the indicative masterplan following design
development arising from pre-application +5.0m
+5.3m
discussions with LBN officers and the DRP.
The resulting levels in these locations are +3.5m
within the range assumed at OPP stage for +5.1m
these routes.
+3.0m +2.2m
Parameter Plan 03: Proposed Site +2.1m +2.6m

+1.7m +1.6m
Levels
+1.9m +1.9m
+2.4m
Phase 1 RMA plots +1.7m
+0.0m Proposed Phase 1 RMA AOD levels
+0.0m Parameter Plan 03 AOD levels
OPP Boundary
Phase 1 RMA Boundary Figure 9.4 Phase 1 RMA proposed site levels in AOD
04: WORK TO EXISTING
STRUCTURES NOTES
Dock walls within Phase 1 RMA will be all dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. ≡ do not
retained and repaired as per this Parameter

Plan. (c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.
KEY:
The dock area to be modified, as indicated in Outline planning application boundary
the Parameter Plan, will accommodate a new

Buildings to be demolished
bridge immediately east of Silo D. Buildings subject to part demolition and

Dock Area to be modified to provide

diversity in conditions. This could include
Millennium Mills is subject to part demolition partly infilling, bridging and submerging
(natural) elements. Diversity is desirable
for microclimatic variance, ecological
and rebuild, and part restoration, as permitted enrichment and visual interest
Dock area to be retained
by the Parameter Plan. Dock walls to be retained and reparied
Dock walls to be retained and modified
Dock walls to be replaced
1.2B
1.1 1.2A 1.3
1.4
05 UC SH 080514
04 UC SH 280414
03 LT SH 170414
02 UC SH 200314
01 UC SH 120314
0 UC SH 040314
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.7
PARAMETER PLAN 04
1251 GA 03004 05
SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
04.03.2014 / UC / SH
OPP Boundary

Figure 9.5 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 04: Work to Existing Structures

05: ROADS AND ROUTES
Road and routes in Phase 1 RMA, as well as
NOTES
the access points indicated in the plan, follow fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and
the Parameter Plan within the +/- 10m Limits scale this drawing. ≡ any discrepancies in dimensions are to be
Of Deviation. (c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.
KEY:
Tertiary roads have been added as per “Figure Buildings to be retained
4.52 Proposed roads and routes hierarchy” on

page 68”
where modification to dock is proposed
(for reference)
Access point (pedestrian) 10m L.O.D

vehicular)10m L.O.D
Modifications to North Woolwich Road
Proposed primary roads +/- 10m L.O.D.
Proposed secondary roads +/- 10m

L.O.D.
Tertiary road +/- 10m LOD, can be

omitted to allow larger development
plots

cycling is permissible and with fire
+/-10m L.O.D.
1.2B
+/-10m L.O.D.
1.1 1.2A 1.3

+/- 10m L.O.D.
Area safeguarded for potential future
1.4
pedestrian bridge
1.5 REV DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE
1.6
1.8
1.7
PARAMETER PLAN 05
ROADS AND ROUTES
1251 GA 03005 07
SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
04.03.2014 / VJ /SH
OPP Boundary

Figure 9.6 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 05: Roads and Routes
06: OPEN SPACE
Open spaces in Phase 1 RMA, OS 2.1, OS2.2
NOTES
(partly outside Phase 1 RMA), OS2.3, OS2.4, Fletcher Priest Architects is a Limited Liability Partnership registered in
OS3 (outside Phase 1 RMA), and OS4, have fpa. ≡ this drawing is to be read in conjunction with other drawings and
been provided to comply with or exceed reported to the architect. ≡ all information subject to detail site survey.
the minimum area as indicated in Table 9.1 (c) UKMap Copyright. The GeoInformation Group 2013 Licence No.
(Condition B5) and within the maximum

envelope as indicated in Parameter Plan 06. KEY:
Min. Buildings subject to part demolition and
Open Principal Phase rebuild, and part restoration
area Key public open spaces. Maximum
space function 1 Area envelope
(sqm) Key public open spaces. Minimum area
Open space area including water and

areas intersected by secondary street
Waterside amenity & build- 9,700 (as identified on Parameter Plan 05) +/-
OS1.1 10m L.O.D highlighted with dashed line.
ing plots Water is to be maximum 3m deep.
Area of water, including buildings

Ecological feature and 4,500 covering not more than 50% of the
OS1.2 area, +/- 10m L.O.D highlighted with
visual amenity dashed line. Water is to be maximum
3m deep.
OS2.1 Public congregation 3,800 3,900 Existing dock retained
OS2.2 Public Amenity 1,300 1,300 OS2.4 OS7 where modification to dock is proposed
(for reference)
OS2.3 1.2B
Orientation/way finding, 2,300 3,100
OS2.3 OS2.2
public amenity and display 1.2A
1.1 OS2.1
OS2.4 Waterside Amenity 2,200 2,700 1.3
OS6
OS3 Public Amenity 900 900 1.4 OS1.1 OS8
Waterside Amenity and 1,400 2,500 OS3
OS4
community use
OS5 Orientation, public amenity 1,000
Exhibition and public 2,700

OS6
display OS1.2
1.5 OS9
Casual amenity area which 8,000
seeks to discourage public
OS7 congregation because of OS5
its location in the public
safety zone OS4
1.6
Green area and playground 1,900
pitches for primary school 1.8
OS8 and amenity space pri- 1.7
marily for PARAMETER PLAN 06
residents OPEN SPACE
Amenity and play facilities 2,000

OS9 DRAWING NUMBER / REVISION
for residents 1251 GA 03006 05

Table 9.1 Open space requirement SCALE
1:1500 @A1 1:3000 @A3
04.03.2014 / UC / SH
OPP Boundary
Proposed Phase 1 RMA open spaces
Propose Phase 1 RMA plots Figure 9.7 Phase 1 RMA open spaces overlay onto Parameter Plan 06: Open Space

07: MAXIMUM BUILDING
HEIGHTS
0 5 10 20 50m
N
Building heights fall within the maximum

envelope as specified in the Parameter Plan,
as shown in Table 9.2.
Key
An application has been submitted under Outline planning permission boundary

Section 96a for Non-material amendments Buildings subject to part demolition
*
to the OPP to vary ‘Parameter Plan 07 - Extension to existing building with maximum
building heights as existing Millennium Mills
building
Maximum Building Heights’. The Non-material Outline of existing dock wall in area where
modification to dock is proposed (for reference)
amendment seeks to vary the Parameter Plan +44.9m

Maximum building heights in
meters A.O.D. Including roof
plant, parapets, lift overrun etc.
to accommodate the design of the proposed (excluding public realm furniture
and energy centre flue stacks)
new core to the Millennium Mills building. Maximum building heights as existing
The proposed new core structure will not

Location for energy centre
(with flue stacks 3m above adjacent
building heights)
exceed the maximum height of the existing

Millennium Mills building.
1.2B
* 1.3
Phase 1 RMA 1.1 1.2A
Maximum
proposed
Plot building height
maximum 1.4
parameter
building height
1.1 +49.9m AOD +49.00m AOD
1.2A As existing As existing 06
05
20.08.2019
04.03.2014
Planning amendments
Outline planning submission
CC GM
1.2B As existing As existing 1.5

Client
1.3 +39.9m AOD +39.90m AOD 20 Triton Street

Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
1.4 +49.9m AOD +44.90m AOD Consultant
1.5 +25m AOD +25.00m AOD

1.6 +25m AOD +24.83m AOD 1.6 1.8
70 Cowcross Street
London
EC1M 6EJ
1.7 +49.9m AOD +49.90m AOD

1.7 2B
1.8 +49.9m AOD +49.90m AOD

1
2A
3
Table 9.2 Phase 1 RMA building heights per plot 5
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
PARAMETER PLAN 07
MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHTS
Purpose of drawing

OPP Boundary Drawn
CC
Checked
GM
Approved
TSP
Date Scale Size
20.08.2019 1:1500 A1
Phase 1 RMA Boundary Drawing number Revision
1251 GA 03007 06
Figure 9.8 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 07: Maximum Building Heights
08: DEVELOPMENT
ZONES
Development Zones as defined in Parameter
Plan 08 define the maximum floorspace
permitted across the Site. Phase 1 RMA falls
within DZ1, DZ2 and DZ4 and doesn’t exceed
the maximum floorspace permitted.
1.2B
1.1 1.2A 1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.7
Figure 9.9 Phase 1 RMA Site and plots layout overlay onto Parameter Plan 08: Development Zones

9.2 DESIGN CODE COMPLIANCE
9.2.1 INTRODUCTION 9.2.2 PRIVATE AMENITY Plot 5
The design has responded sensitively to the
Phase 1 RMA has been designed with due SPACE existing neighbours to the West and has
regard to the Design Code as set out in the developed along with Plot 6 to provide a calm
OPP. A Design Code tracker, listing all Design Design Code 5.5.2 states that ‘Private amenity
and ordered streetscape for Silvertown Street.
Codes and whether Phase 1 RMA is compliant, space should be provided in accordance
An approach to provide common design
has been added to Appendix A4 of this DAS. with the London Housing SPG. The Phase 1
components aiming to simplify the façades
RMA has been designed to comply with the
has led to a single sized projecting design
Updated design principles and strategies Housing Supplementary Planning Guidance
solution to one and two bedroom homes.
for Phase 1 RMA, combined with specific November 2012, with the exception of
Three bed family homes have a compliant
issues uncovered in detailed design, have residential internal space standards which
private provision at the ends of the rear
meant that there is a small number of Design comply with Housing SPG 2016 (consistent
Gallery.
Codes that are challenged. These challenges with the nationally described space standards)
have been discussed and agreed at various and the external amenity standards.
Plot 6 and 7
pre-application discussions with LBN and
throughout the DRPs. TSP have discussed with LBN that internalised The architectural expression of plots 6 and 7
amenity will be provided to some homes is calm and ordered. The design seeks to, as
The key aspects of the Phase 1 RMA that do where external space would be compromised far as possible, space windows and balconies
not fully comply with the Design Code are by context (with additional space sized to in a uniform manner. The dimensions of
outlined in this section. These include: meet min area requirements of the National projecting balcony components for one and
Space Standards). Where external amenity is two bedroom homes are common, with the
• In order to achieve a coherent streetscape provided: same projection from the façade and the
and follow the masterplan guidelines for same width, to enhance the regular quality
elevations and facade concepts, in some - 1B over provided (6sqm) of the façade. Projecting balconies to three
instances private amenity doesn’t fully bedroom homes have been carefully located
accord with the London Housing SPG; - 2B3P compliant (6sqm) so that larger dimensioned balconies can
be accommodated without detriment to the
• Corridor width of secondary roads has - 2B4P non-compliant (6sqm) façade composition.
been reduced to 16m (from 18m), main
reason for this is to create a clearer roads - 3B compliant (size varies) Plot 8
and movement hierarchy;
Plot 8 consists of four large building blocks
Plot 1 arranged around a generous courtyard,
• Distance between habitable rooms has
Throughout the design process, along with with each block responding to a variety of
been reduced (in one instance) to 16m,
comments from the DRP, dRMM have looked plot edge conditions. No projecting amenity
main reason for this is also to create a
to rigorously deliver the silo concept within has been provided to facades facing North
clearer roads and movement hierarchy;
the architecture. This has therefore meant Woolwich Road and within the base of the
standardising the elevational treatments, building as discussed with planning and
• Active frontage strategy has been amended
reducing the number of different scallop the DRP. For design clarity across the four
to reflect updated Phase 1 RMA design,
panels and balconies to provide consistency. buildings where projecting balconies are
primarily the introduction of Silvertown
Generous communal amenity at podium and provided, a single sized design solution has
Avenue.
roof terrace level is also provided in addition been developed to work within the residential
to the private amenity spaces. architectural façades grid. Three bed family
homes with projecting balconies have two
of these components to meet the provision
required.
9.2.3 VEHICULAR Proposal
ROUTES - SECONDARY
ROADS
Design Code 2.2.14 states that ‘Secondary
Roads will have a minimum overall width of
18m and will have two-way vehicular traffic
with a total carriageway width of 5.5m’.
The Design Code describes an identical

corridor width between primary and
secondary roads of 18m. To create a more +25m AOD
legible street hierarchy, secondary corridors
have been narrowed to 16m.
WESLEY AVENUE
16m
Design Code
er Plan 05, and

he key routes
Residential lobby
PLOT 1
um overall
vehicular
h of 5.5m.
h a minimum
side of the
aged 2.5 3.0 5.5 2.0 2.5
Footway
Loading bay
Carriageway
rain garden
Planting
Footway
table rooms
om the public
etween 1-3m
e pavement to Figure 9.10 Illustrative section through a typical Figure 9.11 Illustrative section through
Secondary
Illustrative Roadthrough
section (from aDesign
typical Code) proposed Secondary Road (Wesley
Secondary Road Avenue)

cted using
n. 200mm
street level.
2.5.1 The masterplan should be developed with

consideration to key views set out below.
2.5.2 The alignment of The Diagonal should include
2.5.4 The alignments
glimpsed viewsof of
streets and built
Millennium form
Mills should in
as shown
allow direct
View 1 below.glimpsed views of Silo D from the
north, east and south east. This can be over the Design Code Proposal
2.5.3 topMillennium
of buildings Mills should
so long be visible
as the from
majority across
of the body
of the
the Dock.
silo is This canas
visible, beindicated
over the on
topthe
of buildings,
images as
indicated on View 2 below.
below.
9.2.4 KEY VISTAS Figure 9.16 shows an improved view of Silo D

due to the introduction of the north-south
Design Code 2.5.3 states that ‘Millennium Mills route (Silvertown Avenue). Figure 9.18 shows
should be visible from across the Dock. This the view unchanged from the Design Code.
can be over the top of buildings’
Figure 9.14 shows the proposed view towards

the Millennium Mills from across the docks,
due to the introduction of Plot 3. The
Millennium Mills are still visible over the top 1. Illustrative
Figure 9.13 view towards Siloview
1. Illustrative D from east the Dock
across Figure 9.14 1. Illustrative view across the Dock
of (future) buildings as required by the Design towards Millennium Mills (from Design Code) towards Millennium Mills (proposal)
2. Illustrative view across the Dock towards
Code. Millennium Mills
2.5.4 The alignments of streets and built form should Design Code Proposal
Design Code 2.5.4 states that ‘The alignments allow direct glimpsed views of Silo D from the
of streets and built form should allow direct north, east and south east. This can be over the
glimpsed views of Silo D’ top of buildings so long as the majority of the body
of the silo is visible, as indicated on the images
below.
1
1
Figure 9.15 2. Illustrative view towards Silo D from Figure 9.16 2. Illustrative view towards Silo D from
north
2. (fromview
Illustrative Design Code)
towards Silo D from north east north (proposal)
2
1. Illustrative view towards Silo D from east
1. Illustrative view along the Diagonal towards
Millennium Mills
Design Code Proposal
3
2
Figure 9.12 Key vista location plan Figure 9.17 3. Illustrative view towards Silo D from Figure 9.18 3. Illustrative view towards Silo D from
east (from Design Code) east (proposal)
3. Illustrative view towards Silo D from north
2. Illustrative view towards Silo D from north east
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement SILVERTOWN QUAYS | DESIGN CODE 27 419
e design and
s, emphasising
apes.
9.2.5 MASSING AND Proposal
RESIDENTIAL PRIVACY
Design Code 3.3.1 states that ‘Distance
between habitable rooms should be a
minimum of 18m.’
As a consequence of the narrowing of

secondary road corridors, as well as the
with the
decision to not set building back from the
t out on
road (but create strong frontage instead), in
s and coherent Silo D Way the distances between habitable
c open spaces room is less than 18m. Where this occurs, SILO D WAY
, buildings shall overlooking has been carefully tested to 16m
r heights and
ensure resident’s privacy is adequately
evelopment
protected.
idential privacy
Design Code
should
18 m
the plot is
duced provided
quatly protected
PLOT 7
Community
PLOT 8
Community
uld include use
ws or obscure
g of windows to
18 m
2.0-4.0 2.0
width varies
rain garden
Planting
width varies
rain garden
Planting
Footway
Footway
Minimum 18m setback to all
Figurehabitable rooms 18m setback to all habitable
9.19 Minimum Figure 9.20 Illustrative section pedestrian street. Silo
rooms (from Design Code) D way- Plot 7 & Plot 8

below, should positively address the public realm
80% 80%
and at least 50% of the ground floor building Primary active frontages: 80% of the ground floor
frontages should comprise of shop/brank building frontages should comprise of shop/
frontages, office lobbies or entrances (communal brand frontages, office lobbies or communal
or individual) to residential buildings. entrances.
2.6.3 Other frontages should be designed to feel part of

the building and not more than 25% of the ground
floor frontage on each individual street should
be taken up with refuse, car parking entrances,
services entrances or cycle parking storage. Any
frontage should have a maximum continuous
inactive frontage of 15m.
2.6.4 Building frontage must be in accordance with
the site wide Access and Appearance guidance in
sections 4.0 and 6.0 of this document.
9.2.6 BUILDING Design Code primary active frontages
secondary active frontages

Proposal
FRONTAGE
Design Code 2.6 describes primary, secondary
and other active frontages. 80%
84%
2B
58%
1 2A 3
The updated strategy for active frontages for
100%
Phase 1 RMA, shown in Figure 4.33 on page 72%
48, builds upon the strategy set out in the 4
81%
Design Code (see Figure 9.22), but diverts
to incorporate the newly introduced north-
south route (Silvertown Avenue) and shifts Location of primary and secondary active frontages
Figure 9.22 Location of primary and secondary active
the focus to activating key open spaces. The frontage (from Design Code)
5
updated strategy also tries to reconcile the
limited area available for active uses (retail, Primary active frontages
community) in DZ2 by only activating corners
Secondary active frontages
of plots on North Woolwich Road.
Mill Road
%
100
6
There is a requirement for 80% of primary 57% 8
7
frontages to be active (see Figure 9.21), and 91%
73%
50% of secondary frontage to be active. Ro ad

lw ic h
No rt h Woo
Compliance is demonstrated in Figure 9.23
(which is a translation of Figure 9.22 for Phase Figure 9.23 Phase 1 active frontages percentages
1 RMA). Only the northern facade of plot 4 is
slightly below the required percentage.
Primary active frontages
The active frontage strategy and any Secondary active frontages

amendments have been extensively discussed
OPP Boundary
and agreed with LBN in pre-application
discussions. Phase 1 RMA Boundary
ages along
efined on
outes indicated
minantly
nd floor
of shop/brand
nal entrances
n the plan
e public realm
80% 80%
building Primary active frontages: 80% of the ground floor
brank building9.21
Figure frontages should
Primary comprise
active of shop/ 80% of the
frontages:
es (communal brand frontages,
ground office lobbies
floor building or communal
frontages should comprise of
s. entrances. frontages, office lobbies or communal
shop/brand
to feel part of entrances (from Design Code)
of the ground
eet should
g entrances, Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application | Design and Access Statement 421
storage. Any
ontinuous
Appendix
A1
Drawings
A1.1 CONDITION A3: PHASING STRATEGY
0 5 10 20 50 m
N
Key
Phase 1 boundary
Phase 1.0 - Excluded works phase. No floorspace
Phase 1.1 - Plot 1
*Phase 1.2Ai - Plot 2Ai
(make exisiting building watertight, exisiting façade works
& fit out Ground to 7th floor)
*Phase 1.2Aii - Plot 2Aii
(new façade works & fit out to 8th floor to 12th floor)
Phase 1.2B - Plot 2B
Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment is indicative and subject to Phase 1.3 - Plot 3
change under separate planning application.
Phase 1.4 - Plot 4
Phase 1.5 - Plot 5
Phase 1.6 - Plot 6
Phase 1.7 - Plot 7
Phase 1.8 - Plot 8
Phase 1.9 - Public realm and landscaping phase
No floorspace
Phase 1.10 - Temporary energy centre
Note: Plot 2A (comprising Plot 2Ai and 2Aii) constitutes a single phase
of the development for the purposes of the Community Infrastructure
Levy 2010 (as amended).
Phase 1: Buildings shown are indicative and subject to change based on future
Reserved Matters Application
Phase 2- 7: Buildings within Phases 2-7 will be set out in future Reserved
1.2B
Matters Applications and this Site Wide Phasing Strategy shall be amended
accordingly
"Phase" means the phases of the Development described in the phasing
1.2A*
strategy approved pursuant to Condition A3, which phases may comprise any
component part of the Development and may either individually or collectively
1.1 1.3
comprise Excluded Works, Construction Works, a Development Plot (or
Development Plots), a Building (or Buildings), landscaping and infrastructure
PHASE 3 or, in any case, part thereof and each and every such phase described on the
approved phasing strategy shall constitute a separate phase of the
development authorised by this planning permission for the purposes of the
Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010 (as amended).
PHASE 6 "Excluded Works" means archaeological investigation, remediation works

associated with decontamination, exploratory boreholes, site or soil
investigations, demolition, site clearance, excavation and/or site preparation,
PHASE 4 site reclamation and site remediation works, installation of trunk services to
serve the Development, temporary construction works, temporary diversion
1.4 of highways, pegging out, the erection of temporary fencing and hoardings or
other measures to secure the site, the construction of temporary access and
service roads and the diversion laying construction enlargement repair
maintenance cleansing connection to and use of services to serve the
Development, preparatory engineering works designed to lay foundations,
works of repair of the dock edge wall, provision of temporary construction and
security site accommodation.
For the avoidance of doubt, the ‘Excluded Works’, each of the ‘Plots’, the
‘Public Realm and Landscaping’ and the ‘Temporary Energy Centre’ identified
within Phase 1 each constitute a separate phase of the development for the
purposes of the Community Infrastructure Levy 2010 (as amended).
PHASE 2
1.5 01
00
09.07.2019
16.05.2019
For review
For review (submitted with drawing no. MP-1803-003)
CC
CC
GM
GM
Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
PHASE 5
Consultant
PHASE 7
1.6
70 Cowcross Street
London
EC1M 6EJ
1.8
2B
1
2A
3
1.7 4
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
SITE WIDE -
PHASING PLAN
Purpose of drawing

CC GM TSP
Date Scale Size
03.09.2019 1:1250 A1
SQP1-PP-X-MP-DGA-L00-MP102 03
Figure A1.1 Site wide phasing plan
366 Appendix - Drawings | A1

A1.2 CONDITION A4: PHASING DETAILS
0 5 10 20 50 m
N
Key
Phase 1 boundary
Plot 2a*, 5, 6 Building Phase 1

Temporary
energy centre
Plot 2b, 7 Building Phase 2
Plot 3, 4 Building Phase 5
*Plot 2a: Plot 2Ai (make exisiting building watertight,

exisiting façade works & fit out Ground to
Plot 2A Plot 2B 7th floor)

Plot 2Aii (new façade works & fit out to
Plot 1 1.2A 1.2B 8th floor to 12th floor)
1.1

OUT OF HOURS Plot 3 Public realm/landscaping Phase 4
SERVICING 1.3 Public realm/landscaping Phase 5
OUT OF HOURS SERVICING
Plot 4 Main pedestrian routes

WESLEY AVENUE
1.4 Main vehicular routes
EVELYN ROAD
Plot 5
1.5
MILL ROAD

Plot 6 00 09.07.2019 For review CC GM

1.6 Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
Plot 8
London NW1 3BF
1.8 Consultant
Plot 7
London
EC1M 6EJ
ROAD
OLWICH
2B
NORTH WO
1
2A
3
STATION
5
DOCK DLR
PONTOON
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
PHASE 1 -
CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN
Purpose of drawing

THAMES BARRIER PARK

CC GM TSP
Date Scale Size
03.09.2019 1:1000 A1
Figure A1.2 Phase 1 RMA - construction phasing plan
0 5 10 20 50 m
N
Key
Phase 1 boundary
Servicing road
Servicing locations
Loading bay
P Parking entrance
Car club bay
Servicing bay
On street parking
Motorcycle parking (5 spaces)
Plot 5 accessible parking
Plot 2A Plot 2B
Additional accessible parking (65 spaces) to
Plot 1 1.2A 1.2B achieve 10% provision (indicative only)
1.1 Short-stay cycle parking
LOADING BAY
Site entrance
Temporary energy centre
Plot 1 Plot 2a 98 Cycle parking

Plot 3
P OUT OF HOURS
SERVICING 1.3 265 Number of homes Plot 2b
254 Cycle parking
25 Car parking Plot 3
Servicing bay 391 Cycle parking Plot 4 125 Cycle parking

Plot 4 42 Short-stay cycle parking
WESLEY AVENUE
1.4 Plots 2a,2b,3,4
488 Short-stay cycle parking
LOADING BAY
Plot 5 Plot 7
36 Number of homes 240 Number of homes
1 Car parking 5 Car parking
60 Cycle parking 383 Cycle parking
1 Short-stay cycle parking 7 Short-stay cycle parking
3 Motorcycle parking
Plot 6 Plot 8
EVELYN ROAD
106 Number of homes 297 Number of homes
5 Car parking 10 Car parking
Plot 5 158 Cycle parking 447 Cycle parking
1.5 24 Short-stay cycle parking 8 Short-stay cycle parking
MILL ROAD

Plot 6 00 09.07.2019 For review CC GM
1.6 Rev
Client
Date Description Drawn Checked
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
Plot 8
London NW1 3BF
Servicing
bay 1.8 Consultant
Servicing bay
Plot 7
London
EC1M 6EJ
P
P P NORTH WO
OLWICH
ROAD
1
2B
2A
3
4
Servicing
bay
STATION
5
DOCK DLR
PONTOON
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
PHASE 1 -
PARKING AND SERVICING PLAN
Purpose of drawing

THAMES BARRIER PARK

CC GM TSP
Date Scale Size
03.09.2019 1:1000 A1
Figure A1.3 Phase 1 RMA - parking and servicing plan
368 Appendix - Drawings | A1

0 5 10 20 50 m
N
Key
Phase 1 boundary
Private
Intermediate
Affordable Rent
Mixed tenure - Affordable Rent/Intermediate
Mixed tenure - Intermediate/Private
Royal Victoria Dock Bridge alignment is indicative and subject to
change under separate planning application. Temporary energy centre
PHASE 1 FUTURE PHASES
PLOT 2B
1.2B
PLOT
PLOT 1 2A PLOT 3
1.1 1.2A 1.3
265
HOMES
PLOT 4
1.4
36
HOMES
PLOT 5 01
00
17.07.2019
09.07.2019
Planning amendments
For review
CC
CC
GM
GM
1.5 Rev Date Description Drawn Checked
Client
20 Triton Street
Regent’s Place
London NW1 3BF
106
HOMES
Consultant
70 Cowcross Street
PLOT 6 297
HOMES
London
EC1M 6EJ
1.6
240 PLOT 8
HOMES
1.8
2B
1
2A
3
PLOT 7 4
1.7
5
6
8
7
Project

Drawing title
PHASE 1 –
AFFORDABLE HOUSING PHASE PLAN
Purpose of drawing

CC GM TSP
Date Scale Size
03.09.2019 1:1250 A1
Figure A1.4 Phase 1 RMA - affordable housing plan
Appendix
A2
Secured by Design
A2.1 SECURED BY DESIGN
The Development has been initially registered The following table is a record of the in- Counter Terrorism
for Secure by Design, as confirmed by person meetings with the DOCO and CTSAs to
In the process of engagement with the CTSAs,
Christine Keen, the Designing Out Crime date:
the terrorism threat was clearly articulated as:
Officer (DOCO) for LBN. Reserved Matters
Specification xxi. of the OPP has a 31st January 2019 CTSAs 10. Consequential collateral damage arising
requirement to demonstrate how the Secured from an Improvised Explosive Device (IED)
By Design accreditation can be secured and 8th February 2019 Christine Keen, DOCO being used at nearby iconic targets outside
how these principles and practices will be of the Development.
incorporated in the Development. 15th May 2019 CTSAs
11. Vehicle as a Weapon (VaW) attacks within
To ensure Secure By Design principles are 30th May 2019 Christine Keen, DOCO the Development.
being followed the team have undertaken
a review of relevant local policies, current 6th August 2019 Christine Keen, DOCO These two identified threats have
legislation, and planning guidance, including: subsequently been addressed during this
8th August 2019 CTSAs and Christine design Phase by considering the following
• The National Planning Policy Framework measures:
Keen, DOCO
(NPPF 2018)
Counter Terrorism Security Advisors (CTSA) Blast Mitigation: Through consultation
• Government Issued “Planning Practice with a qualified Structural Blast Engineer
identified risks and areas of focus, established
Guidance” including specific notes on (SBE) on the Register of Security Engineers
criteria for mitigation measures, and evaluated
Design (2014) and Health and Wellbeing and Specialists (RSES), blast mitigation
the RIBA Stage 2 design in order to ensure
(2017) measures to the glazing and façades of the
Secure by Design principles are appropriately
applied to Phase 1. Development, and structural implications
• Secured by Design New Homes (2014) on the buildings using both theoretical and
Both the DOCO and CTSA were satisfied empirical guidance, thereby defining what
• Secured by Design: Homes (2016) is required for the glazing, framing and
with the process of early and in-depth
engagement. They have confirmed their building cores. It is planned that following any
• Secured by Design: Commercial clarification for the CTSA, this document will
support that Secured By Design had been
Development (2015) discharge the planning requirements in terms
considerately addressed. Key general Secure
By Design principles, as well more detailed of blast mitigation.
• Crowded Places Guidance (2017)
considerations related to Counter Terrorism
(CT) and CCTV, have been discussed and Hostile Vehicle Mitigation: In order to provide
• Protecting crowded places: design and a proportionate defence against VaW attacks,
agreed with the DOCO and the CTSAs.
technical issues (2014) that recognises both the seriousness of such
an attack, but also the need to provide a high
Furthermore, TSP and various members of the
quality urban landscape, a Vehicle Dynamics
design team have met with Christine Keen,
Assessment (VDA) will be prepared for agreed
whilst developing the design for Phase 1.
areas within the Phase that are ‘crowded
spaces’ consistent with the UK Government
Owing to the Development being a public
definition (Home Office, CPNI, NaCTSO, March
space a number of Counter Terrorism Design
2014).
Advisors (CTSA) have also been consulted as
part of this process.
Further technical detail can be supplied on
request.
372 Appendix - Secured by Design | A2

Video surveillance A Security Control Room will be provided in
Phase 1 and shall accommodate a console
Facilities and spaces in and around the
and monitor wall from where it shall be
Development shall be designed to discourage
possible for the system to be monitored on a
crime throughout the day and night. Crime
24/7 basis.
and the fear of crime can be greatly reduced
by removing isolated areas and ensuring
The public realm around the Development
locations are well lit and visible to others. This
will be in use outside daylight hours therefore
will ensure factors such as lighting, clear lines
general lighting shall be required to illuminate
of sight and CCTV are included in the context
the areas around the Development.
of existing crime factors in the vicinity.
Lighting has a great effect on the commission
Video surveillance monitoring has been
of a crime. Increased lighting levels in dark
incorporated into the design which is
areas can reduce the public’s fear of crime
consistent with a development of this size,
and reduce the opportunity for an offender to
mixture of uses, and aspirations; as it provides
commit a crime.
numerous benefits, including the recording of
criminal activity and crowd management in
Good and adequate lighting that promotes
the Development. Surveillance can also be a
feeling of safety, security and a desire to
considerable deterrent to would be criminals
return to the Development will be the main
from committing offences and it may also
objective of designing the external lighting
assist in reducing the public’s fear of crime.
along the main roads, the pedestrianised
walkways and communal amenity spaces.
Video surveillance monitoring has been
extended to cover the development public
The design of external lighting for the
realm, dockside, drop-off/pick-up areas, cycle
Development shall be primarily based on the
storage and walking routes. Used overtly, it
Secured by Design design guide published by
will act as a deterrent to crime and reduce
the Association of Chief Police Officers.
fear of crime in developments, on-street and
in vehicles.
Further technical detail can be supplied on
request.
There shall be IP cameras using network
video recorder (NVR) units providing 31 days
storage. The NVR’s will provide flexibility and
multiple controlled viewing locations within
the building. The NVR’s shall be configured
to enable viewing and play back of recorded
footage on an NVR playback workstation.
In addition to this the architecture has

allowed for clear, uninterrupted views of all
public areas, both internal and external to the
Development
Appendix
A3
Bird hazard management plan
A3.1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Greengage Environmental was commissioned A baseline assessment of potential bird
by TSP to produce a Bird Hazard Management activity was made during a site visit and
Plan (BHMP) to support the Phase 1 RMA orientation on 1st March 2019 as part of the
of the Silvertown Quays Development. Preliminary Ecological Appraisal. A review of
Specifically, the report is required under the the valuable habitats and features on site as
Reserved Matters Application Specification xvi well as those within the immediate vicinity
and xxii, and Conditions A1, A6 and A11. and any green corridors or wildlife linkages
to the proposed development site was
Phase 1 is located in the western part of the undertaken. Actual bird presence, types of
Site and comprises Development Plots 1, 2A activity, opportunities for nesting and other
(i and ii), 2B, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, along with field signs to indicate current site usage by
associated public realm and landscaping. birds was recorded and further wintering and
Together Plots 2A, 2B and 3 comprise the breeding bird surveys were undertaken in
proposals for the existing Millennium Mills February 2019 and spring / summer of 2019
building. respectively.
The Phase 1 RMA Site is located ~600m away This BHMP describes which steps have been
from London City Airport and therefore within taken to minimise the attractiveness of the
the statutory radius (13km) for aerodrome development to birds that could endanger the
safeguarding consultation. safe movement of aircraft and the operation
of the London City Airport and includes a
The Site lies beneath flight paths close to commentary on landscaping, architectural
the westerly end of the runway at London and roof design, and waste storage and
City Airport in an area subject to aerodrome collection.
safeguarding, the process by which airspace
required for safe and efficient take off and Input and advice are provided on how to
landing at airports is maintained free of manage the buildings, habitats and features,
new development. General design measures discouraging bird roosting, nesting and
relating to aviation safeguarding are discussed ‘loafing’ by certain species and establish a
in the Aviation Safeguarding Report produced regular monitoring regime that will ensure
by Eddowes Aviation Safety Ltd. mitigation procedures continue to work post-
development.
This BHMP refers to ‘Airport Operators
Association/Civil Aviation Authority’s
Safeguarding of Aerodromes Advice Note 3:
Wildlife Hazard around Aerodromes’.
376 Appendix - Bird Hazard Management Plan | A3

A3.2 INTRODUCTION
Greengage Environmental was commissioned This BHMP therefore includes the following
by TSP to produce a BHMP to support elements:
the Phase 1 RMA of the Silvertown Quays
• A baseline assessment of the current
development (Figure 1.1 on page 3).
attractiveness of the Site to birds;
Specifically, the report is required under the
Reserved Matters Application Specification xvi
and xxii, and Conditions A1, A6 and A11. • Design considerations incorporated into the
scheme to minimise bird activity
The specific parts of the aforementioned
conditions that are of relevance to this report • Details of a monitoring and management
include the following: regime for the living roofs on buildings;
• A6 – Planting • Details of site maintenance to include

All landscaping plans and all planting waste collection, storage and removal; and
should make such planting unattractive to
birds so as not to have an adverse effect • Deterrence techniques to reduce the
on the safety of operations at London City attractiveness of the development to birds.
Airport by encouraging bird roosting and
creating sources of food for birds, and This BHMP has been prepared as guidance
thereby presenting a bird strike threat to for the management and prevention of birds
aircraft operating at the Airport. at the Site due to its proximity to London
City Airport. The Plan will be implemented
• A11 – Green and Brown Roofs as approved unless otherwise agreed by the
No Construction Works in respect of any Local Planning Authority.
relevant Building shall be carried out unless
and until a detailed scheme for green and/ The ‘Airport Operators Association/
or brown roofs and associated aggressive Civil Aviation Authority’s Safeguarding of
bird management strategy has been Aerodromes Advice Note 3: Wildlife Around
submitted to and approved by the Local Aerodromes’ and ‘Civil Aviation Authority’s
Planning Authority having consulted with Wildlife hazard management at aerodromes’
London City Airport. documents were considered in the
development of this BHMP.
Phase 1 RMA Site is located in the western
part of the Silvertown Quays Site and
comprises Development Plots 1, 2A (i and ii),
2B, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, along with associated
public realm and landscaping. Together Plots
2A, 2B and 3 comprise the proposals for the
existing Millennium Mills building.
The Site is located ~600m away from London

City Airport and therefore within the statutory
radius (13km) for aerodrome safeguarding
consultation.
A3.3 BACKGROUND
Site location and description Description of development
The Site extends to 27.4 hectares and is Please refer to Chapter 1.0 Introduction for
centred on National grid Reference TQ 4180 the Phase 1 RMA and the OPP description of
2231, OS Co-ordinates (541226, 180318). The development.
Phase 1 RMA Site sits in the western part of
the Site and extends to 5.58 hectares.
The Site is situated on the southern edge of

the Royal Victoria Dock in the London Borough
of Newham. The Site comprises an expanse
of post-industrial land associated with the
iconic Millennium Mills building. Vegetation
has colonised much of the site footprint
resulting in a mosaic of scrub, improved
grassland, bare ground and ephemeral/short
perennial habitats. Buildings in this phase
include Millennium Mills, a 5-7 story former
flour mill and Silo D, a former flour silo. The
Phase 1 RMA Site is bound along its northern
edge by the Royal Victoria Dock with another
finger of dock extending into the Phase 1 RMA
Boundary to the south of Silo D. Phase 1 RMA
Site extends down to the North Woolwich
Road and boundary tree / shrub line, which
forms its southern boundary. The phase is
bound to the west by residential houses
(known as Britannia Village) and east by the
remainder of the Silvertown Quays Site.
The Site is bordered to the east by Connaught

Bridge Road, which separates it from London
City Airport. Land to the west of the Site is
dominated by residential development.

A3.4 BASELINE ASSESSMENT
Greengage undertook a site walkover as General site conditions and The Docks were classified as being of high
part of the Preliminary Ecological Appraisal observations value for waterfowl such as moorhens, coots
(PEA) on 1st March 2019 during clear and dry and mallards, with the open areas on site
weather conditions. Features within the OPP High value for nesting birds was observed in considered of high value for Canada geese
Boundary and accessible features immediately both existing buildings within Phase 1 RMA nesting.
bordering it were evaluated for their potential Site, with evidence of pigeon loafing and
for birds to be present; either nesting, foraging nesting in both in relatively high numbers Further surveys for birds were undertaken to
or loafing. Overwintering bird surveys and (upwards of 10 per building) observed during update the ecological baseline at site for the
breeding bird surveys were also undertaken initial walkover surveys. masterplan, however the observations made
in the February 2019 and spring / summer of during these surveys are of relevance to this
2019 respectively. Full results from these bird The trees, scrub and areas of shrub report and are accordingly reported below.
surveys can be found at Section A3.7 on page throughout the Site were classified as being of
387 and are summarized below. high value for nesting passerines.
Figure A3.1 Millennium Mills within which large numbers of pigeons were observed with Canada geese using the Figure A3.2 Silo D, dense scrub and dock habitats
Open Mosaic Habitat in foreground to feed and nest
Overwintering birds
Date Cloud cover Rain Wind Visibility
Two visits were undertaken in February 2019,
7/2/19 30-50% no breezy good
on the 7th and 22nd. The Site was walked
for a one day period by an experienced 22/2/19 0-5% no Calm good
ornithologist using 10x42 Leica binoculars Table A3.1 Conditions for overwintering bird survey visits
and a Swarovski telescope. Surveys were
conducted where possible in favourable Species Max Comments
weather conditions avoiding heavy rain and Number
strong winds which could suppress bird
Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo 7 Roosting alongside west facing edge of inner dock
activity especially vocalisations. Details of the
prevailing weather conditions are summarized Grey Heron Ardea cinerea 1 Overflying travelling east
in Table A3.1. Great Crested Grebe Podiceps
15 Seen in docks
cristata
All birds seen and heard were recorded and
Shelduck Tadorna tadorna 5 Roosting alongside west facing edge of inner dock
their locations marked on a map. In addition
the numbers of individual birds of each Egyptian Goose Alopochen Pair on SS Robin to the north of the Millennium
2
species were recorded. These surveys focused aegyptiaca Mills building
on the entire Silvertown Quays Site and the Canada Goose Branta canadensis 6 Pairs on wharves around the Site on both visits
full survey results are accordingly described
Mute Swan Cygnus olor 1 Seen in docks
here.
Mallard Anas platyrhynchos 2 Pair seen in dock near Silo D
In total 32 bird species were recorded at the Pair observed feeding over site and perching on the
Peregrine Falco peregrinus 2
Site and in the surrounding docks during the Millennium Mills building.
February visits. Moorhen Gallinula chloropus 1 Observed in inner dock near Silo D
Species observed which are considered as Observed in inner dock near Silo D and Royal
Coot Fulica atra 1
Victoria Dock near SS Robin
high risk to aerodrome safety are summarised
in Table A3.2. Roosting in mixed flock on dockside to the east of
Herring Gull Larus argentatus 5
the Site.
Other small passerine species were Lesser Black-backed Gull Roosting in mixed flock on dockside to the east of
4
encountered, including grey wagtail, dunnock, L.fuscus the Site.
stonechat and great tit, although these are Roosting in mixed flock on dockside to the east of
not considered high risk species and are not Mew (Common) Gull L.canus 12
the Site.
considered further.
Black headed Gull Larus Roosting in mixed flock on dockside to the east of
30
ridibundus the Site. Frequent in open water of docks.
Feral Pigeon Columba livia 30 Present in Millennium Mills building and Silo D
Wood Pigeon Columba palumbus 20 Present in small parties across the Site
Present across the Site within vegetation and on
Magpie Pica pica 4
buildings
Present across the Site within vegetation and on
Carrion Crow Corvus corone 4
buildings
Table A3.2 High risk bird species observed in February overwintering bird surveys

Species Max Comments
Number
Cormorant Non-breeder
2
Phalacrocorax carbo Singletons seen on most visits feeding and wing-drying beside dock
Great Crested Grebe
6 Attempted to breed next to SS Robin pier.
Podiceps cristata
Breeding birds
Resident in spring-early summer but no evidence of breeding
To provide a reasonable level of accuracy for Shelduck Tadorna
8 Four pairs on 8th April alighted on Millennium Mill and also on Silo D.
tadorna
determining the statuses of birds breeding Two pairs were seen on the 20th May and were clearly not breeding
on the Site, monthly visits were undertaken Egyptian Goose Resident in early summer but no evidence of breeding
between April and June 2019. 2
Alopochen aegyptiaca A pair were present and vocal on the decks of the SS Robin on 8th May.
Resident bred successfully
The Site was walked at dawn on each
Canada Goose Branta 4 plus pairs on wharves on both visits. Two pairs with goslings (6 and
visit for a minimum of 4 hours. Optics 12
canadensis 4 respectively were present wandering around near the mill). At least 4
used were 10x42 Leica red spot binoculars other pairs were present on the 20th May
and a Swarovski telescope. Surveys were
Resident, attempted breeder in vicinity of the Site
conducted where possible in favourable Starling Sturnus
4 Pairs were seen around Silo D and crossing the Site but no evidence of
weather conditions avoiding heavy rain and vulgaris
successful breeding was observed.
strong winds which could suppress bird
activity especially vocalisations. Details of the
Mallard Anas Pair seen in dock near Thames Water Barge on 8th April. A pair were
prevailing weather conditions are summarized 4
platyrhynchos again present on the 20th May, and a wild drake was associating with a
in Table A3.3. white-bellied domestic type.
In total 38 bird species were recorded at Female on Mill roof calling on 8th May. Male bird harassing pigeons on
site and in the surrounding docks during the Peregrine Falco
2 20th May. No evidence of breeding despite regular sightings but food
peregrinus
February visits. passes were noted in the late winter survey and it is possible they have
nested to the north of the ExCel centre.
Species observed which are considered as Moorhen Gallinula Resident in spring-early summer but no evidence of breeding
high risk to aerodrome safety are summarised 1
chloropus Singleton near Thames barge on all visits
in Table A3.4.
Resident in spring-early summer but no evidence of breeding Singletons
Coot Fulica atra 1
seen on all visits.
Again, other small passerine species were
Possible attempted breeder
encountered, including black redstart, sand
Herring Gull Larus Over flyers, and roosting on eastern cleared area. A pair acted
martin, wren, house sparrow, grey wagtail, 6
argentatus aggressively on 20th May, but no chicks were seen (though it wasn’t
dunnock, wheatear and great tit, although possible to view the roof of the green building a near the east gate)
these are not considered high risk species and
Lesser Black-backed Non-breeder
are not considered further. 4
Gull L. fuscus Over-flyers frequent but no breeding
Greater Black-backed Non-breeder
1
Gull L. marinus A singleton flew west across dock on 8th April
Feral Pigeon Columba Resident, bred successfully
18
livia Present on the Millennium Mills and Silo D
Wood Pigeon Resident, bred successfully
Date Cloud cover Rain Wind Visibility 18
Columba palumbus Small parties present across area on all visits.
8/4/19 100% YES CALM MOD Resident, attempted breeder in vicinity of the Site
Magpie Pica pica 4
Conspicuous but in low numbers across the Site
8/5/19 100% YES WINDY POOR
Resident, attempted breeder in vicinity of the Site
20/5/19 90% NO CALM GOOD Carrion Crow Corvus
2 Regularly seen in vicinity and foraging on open areas, but no evidence of
corone
29/6/19 0% NO CALM GOOD nesting activity seen on site.
Table A3.3 Conditions for breeding bird survey visits Table A3.4 Table 4.4 High risk bird species observed in breeding bird surveys
A3.5 BIRD HAZARD MANAGEMENT PLAN
In understanding the potential for bird strike
hazards at the Site, a view has to be taken on
A3.5.1 POTENTIAL FOR A3.5.2 DESIGN This report should be read in conjunction
with the relevant landscape drawings, the
the likelihood of the proposed development ATTRACTION TO BIRDS CONSIDERATIONS references for these are listed below:
of providing nesting/roosting/loafing
• Masterplan with roof layout - 529-CTF-XX-
opportunities within the built structures, The surveys clearly indicate that the Site
Landscaping XX-DR-L-1004
enhancing the ecological value of the Site, is currently of high value for a number of
and increasing the potential for foraging high risk species. Of greatest note is the All areas of dense vegetation in the centre
on discarded food waste or through poorly of Phase 1 RMA Site will be lost as a • Roof plan - SQP1-CTF-1-LAN-DGA-LXX-
abundance of gulls and geese which tend to
maintained bins and waste management consequence of the proposed development. LAN112
favour the open areas of bare ground and
areas. These all have the potential to increase disturbed habitats to loaf, roost and nest.
the concentration of birds on site. Trees running along the southern Phase 1 RMA • R
oof plan Plot 5 - SQP1-CTF-5-LAN-DGA-
Boundary will also be lost. LXX-LAN152
The dense vegetation is favoured most by
An increase in bird activity of such a nature, the smaller passerine species which are not
near airports, has been associated with considered as significant nuisance to aircrafts Areas of the Site which are currently bare • R
a perceived increase risk in potential bird at low numbers. ground, being favoured by species such as LXX-LAN162
strikes although the nature of bird activity, the Canada geese will become building or fall
species and the time of the year are all key Conservation objectives for the Site seek to under the footprint of road infrastructure/ • R
aspects in determining the likelihood of these prioritise habitats for small passerine birds, public realm landscaping. LXX-LAN172
events. Concern is given to any development invertebrates and other species such as bats.
or proposal that may have the potential to This would include the discouragement of Consequently, through the very nature of the • R
significantly increase bird activity within the larger gull and geese species currently found proposed scheme, the development will result LXX-LAN182
general proximity of the aerodromes. in abundance at the Site. in reduced opportunities for loafing, roosting
and nesting by high risk species. • P
ublic realm planting plan 1/2 SQP1-CTF-1-
Therefore, as discussed in detail below, the Designs could therefore stand to actively LAN-DGA-L01-LAN307
strategic approach employed for the proposed improve conditions at the Site in terms of However, the development proposals also
development has been to: flight safety, whilst still achieving ecological include extensive new planting across the • P
ublic realm planting plan 2/2 SQP1-CTF-X-
goals of improving general ecological value. Site. Primarily, the proposed landscaping LAN-DGA-L00-LAN308
• Assess the potential for birds to be includes:
attracted to the development;
Considerations which have bene embedded
• Living roofs in the form of extensive
within designs are discussed below.
• Design-out as far as practical the features biodiverse roofs and podium garden
that would enable birds to nest or loaf or intensive roofs;
be attracted to the Site in any way;
• Tree planting along streets and on podium
• Recommend a management and levels; and
monitoring regime to identify any problems
that might arise and measures to address • Rain gardens.
these if they do; and
• S
elect deterrents, anti-perching devices
and bird exclusion products that could be
used as necessary should bird strike risks
arise.

Species selection Key landscape design principles to minimise Architectural and roof design Waste management
the attractiveness of the scheme to nuisance
Whilst a detailed planting schedule is not Open flat roofs can provide nesting The waste management procedure at
birds include:
available as part of the landscape strategy at opportunities for gulls, complex structures Silvertown Quays will follow best practice
this stage, consideration has been given to the • Reduce availability of bare ground suitable (roof plant, ledges etc.) can provide nesting guidance, including that outlined in the Waste
species selection within the planting palette for geese and large waterfowl; and loafing opportunities for pigeons, and Management Guidelines published by Newham
for new landscaped areas. living roofs or roof planting can provide Council. A Waste Management Strategy has
• Avoid large-canopied species to minimise foraging resources for many bird species. been prepared for the scheme which outlines
High quantities of fruit and berry-bearing corvid nesting opportunities; the approach at both the construction and
trees and shrubs can also encourage small The proposed buildings all feature large operational phases of development. This
flocks of nuisance species include wood • Avoid fruit and berry bearing trees and areas of flat roof which have been allocated document has been reviewed as part of the
pigeon (Columba palumbus), song thrush shrubs; and to extensive or intensive living roofs and BHMP.
(Turdus philomelos) and starling (Sturnus plant which may present opportunities for
vulgaris). Accordingly, the density of trees that • Avoid increasing areas of open water. increased bird activity if left unmonitored. Mixed recycling and general waste will be
produce fruit and berries has been minimised stored in large (1100-litre capacity) wheeled
to reduce the foraging opportunities for Overall, no significant increased bird hazard However, the proposed areas of flat roof are bins, braked into position and fitted with
these species whilst still contributing to risks are predicted associated with the comparable in quantum to the existing areas lids to ensure that putrescible waste is not
local conservation objectives and biodiversity proposed landscaping. of ground level vegetation, and it is therefore available for urban gulls, corvids or other
enhancement. considered unlikely that the development will opportunistic / scavenger bird species. The
result in a net increase in bird activity when bins will be kept in designated internal bin
Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems compared to baseline conditions. stores at ground level.
SuDS are increasingly used to attenuate
water flows for flood alleviation purposes, Nevertheless, a management and monitoring For residential plots, it is estimated that
particularly in urban development sites. regime will be in place to assess and respond collection vehicles (refuse and recycle)
However, some SuDS interventions can be to any threats. may visit the Site around two to four times
attractive to nuisance birds including large per week. For the large commercial plots
flocking species (e.g. gulls). (Plots 2, 3 and 4), waste collections will be
undertaken by a nominated waste contractor
The onsite SuDS strategy is predominantly from the loading bay. To comply with industry
satisfied by underground attenuation best practice, two-day waste storage has
measures. Small isolated rain gardens are also been provided for waste generated by the
proposed, allowing periodic inundation and commercial land uses.
slow drainage into the docks which will assist
in management of stormwater runoff and The waste collector will not be required to
reduce reliance on irrigation systems. There pull full containers more than 10m to the
will be no new areas of open water that would collection vehicle. Containers will be stored/
attract large flocking species. presented within 10 metres of vehicle access.
Summary Restricting foraging opportunities through the

measures described above will strongly deter
Whilst efforts have been made to design
birds who will seek locations where there is
the landscaping strategy in sensitivity to the
greater potential for food to be available.
nearby aerodromes, this has been balanced
with the overall objectives of enhancing
biodiversity and the amenity value of the Site.
A3.5.3 MANAGEMENT nuisance birds however, so bird control
through nest or egg removal is possible under
AND MONITORING certain licence conditions obtained from
Natural England for preserving air safety and
would be considered as part of the BHMP
Management schemes
where necessary.
The development includes large areas of
extensive and intensive green roofs (totalling Review of the Management Plan
>500sqm) and therefore the roof spaces will
The Bird Hazard Management Plan shall be
need to be monitored for bird activity.
subject to review to reflect changes in habitat
or populations of bird species. Should the
All of the roof areas will be accessible to
aerodrome(s) deem it necessary, a meeting
conduct foot inspections which will be carried
between London City Airport, the applicant
out regularly by an appointed member of the
and / or Newham Council will be convened at
facilities building team or site maintenance
the earliest opportunity to discuss and agree
staff for the lifetime of the development.
any changes which may be necessary.
The inspections will be weekly during bird
breeding season (the breeding seasons for
Inspection and site access
gulls typically runs from April to June) and at London City Airport or their nominated
regular intervals outside the breeding season representatives will be allowed access to the
dictated by levels of bird activity. These Site by prior arrangement, to evaluate the
inspections will take place to look for activity success of the Bird Hazard Management Plan,
on and around the building and will focus review records/documentation, and to assess
around the car parking areas, roof spaces, any remaining bird strike hazard.
ledges and service areas. Should these
inspections highlight unexpected bird activity Long term management
then suitable deterrent/scaring techniques will
This Bird Hazard Management Plan will
be implemented, as described in the following
remain enforceable by London City Airport
sections.
Limited, Newham Council, the UK Civil
Aviation Authority (CAA) or any successor to
A log of any bird activity recorded will be these bodies throughout the existence of the
kept from these inspections; an example of building. These obligations will be passed
which is contained in Section A3.8 on page to any subsequent owners/operators of the
389. The name of the person undertaking building and land.
the survey will be included with ultimate
responsibility for the log will rest with the
Building Manager (or another suitable person).
Gulls, pigeons and corvids, like all UK birds,

are protected by the Wildlife and Countryside
Act 1981 and it is illegal to remove their
eggs and nests once they have commenced
nesting. There are exceptions regarding

A3.5.4 DETERRENTS Deterrents considered for implementation will
include:
working order and does not have any holes or
breakages that could cause birds to become
AND ANTI-PERCHING • Bird trip wire
trapped.
DEVICES • Spikes
Falcon decoy
Deterrents, anti-perching devices and Given the actual presence of a pair of
bird exclusion products are used to deter • Netting peregrines in the locality, the use of a
pigeons, gulls, corvids, and other birds from falcon decoy is not considered necessary.
Further information on these deterrents is The number of falcons is not predicted to
roosting and perching on specific areas of
given below. increase as a consequence of the proposals
buildings. Some of these products have a
wider application such as the protection of and therefore their continued presence only
agricultural land and even ponds or lakes, but
Bird trip wire stands to benefit risk through discouragement
the following are products that are designed Bird wire is a discreet, low-profile anti- of pigeons.
to be used to protect buildings and for the perching deterrent currently available. It is
control of urban birds. designed for ledges and areas where large Sonic devices
birds have been temporarily “resting”, and Bird deterrent sonic devices are occasionally
Deterrents such as decoy falcons are where a low visibility product is essential. used to scare nuisance birds by emitting an
products that act to scare or deter a bird from Bird wire typically consists of a nylon-coated ultrasonic, high pitched sound that causes
its roosting or perching place. Anti-roosting wire tensioned by springs between stainless disturbance to birds. These devices will be
products, such as anti-roosting spikes and steel posts, which when mounted, offers an avoided at Silvertown Quays owing to the
bird trip wire are designed to physically unstable landing area for large pest birds. potential impact upon local bat populations
prevent a bird from landing on ledges, recorded at the Site. In addition, the ultrasonic
guttering and other architectural features. Bird Bird spikes sound is typically audible to the human ear
exclusion products like nylon bird netting are Whilst spikes are not aesthetically pleasing and can be a particular nuisance to women
usually installed to physically prevent a bird consideration will be given to their use if and children within hearing range. This
from gaining access to an area rather than a necessary and these will be retrofitted at a deterrent is therefore not considered suitable
specific perch. suitable density or at suitable distances from for the Site.
each other to exclude the relevant species
All bird control products have problems should the initial deterrent measures and
associated with their use and installation and inbuilt design be ineffective.
one of the biggest disadvantages associated
with bird control products is that they fail to Netting
deal with the source of the problem.
In extreme circumstances, netting for the roof
However, in the instances where the above areas may be used and will deter bird landing
described monitoring regime has identified an with the netting being of a suitable gauge and
area within the proposed development where weight to exclude the target species. It will be
issues have arisen, then basic bird deterrent suspended at a suitable tension to ensure that
measures will be reviewed and installed as birds landing on the netting will not cause
necessary. sagging onto the roof. However, the netting
must not be too taut as this will allow birds
to land. The netting must also be inspected
on a regular basis to make sure it is in full
A3.6 CONCLUSIONS
This report was compiled with reference which was seemingly of high value for geese, Reference
to the proposed Phase 1 RMA of Silvertown gulls and waterfowl. Living roofs will be
AOA/CAA, Safeguarding of Aerodromes,
Quays and surveys of the Site where existing provided however these will replicate total
Advice Note 3 - Wildlife Hazards around
bird activity was noted. Guidance was in the area of Open Mosaic Habitat currently at site,
Aerodromes
AIA/CAA’s ‘Advice note 3: Wildlife Hazards’ was and being broken up into smaller areas will be
followed. less attractive to nuisance species like Canada
http://www.aoa.org.uk/wp-content/
geese.
uploads/2016/09/Advice-Note-3-Wildlife-
The report includes an assessment of the
Hazards-2016.pdf
baseline conditions and recorded levels of Overall there will be a loss in area of open
activity of birds at site and in the general vegetation and there will be no increase in
CAA, Wildlife hazard management at
vicinity. Furthermore, it assesses the potential open dock area.
aerodromes
for birds to be attracted to the Site either
in terms of naturalised features that are Nonetheless, proposals should monitor
https://publicapps.caa.co.uk/docs/33/CAP772_
introduced through the landscaping scheme any activity that occurs on site, particularly
Issue2.pdf
or through architectural detail in the design. associated with living roofs and areas of
landscaping.
The Site is vacant brownfield land and
currently affords numerous opportunities for Should there be an increase in activity
a range of high risk species. The proposals by nuisance species compared with pre-
will be designed with biodiversity in mind development conditions then a set of
however has a focus on low risk bird species management responses have been identified
and species of no risk such as invertebrates that include physical deterrents, anti-perching
and bats. Proposals are likely to inherently devices and exclusion products.
result in a reduced risk given the loss of
expansive areas of open and bare ground

A3.7 BIRD SURVEY RESULTS
Fig 1. Red list bird sightings Fig 3. Green list bird sightings
GREEN= 8TH MAY, RED = 20th May, BLUE= 29th June
Figure A3.3 Red list bird sightings Figure A3.5 Green list bird sightings
Green = 8th May, Red = 20th May, Blue = 29th June
Fig 2. Amber list bird sightings

Red = 8th April, Orange= 8th May, buff= 20th My, blue = 29th June Fig 4. Distribution of wintering bird sightings Feb 2019.
Figure A3.4 Amber list bird sightings Figure A3.6 Distribution of wintering bird sightings Feb 2019
Red = 8th April, Orange = 8th May, Buff = 20th May, blue = 29th June
Fig 5. Distribution of wintering bird sightings Feb 2019.
Figure A3.7 Distribution of wintering bird sightings Feb 2019
Figure A3.8 BTO species code

The Silvertown Partnership LLP
Silvertown Quays Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application
A3.8 INSPECTION/ACTIVITY LOG TABLE

APPENDIX 3: INSPECTION/ACTIVITY LOG TABLE
Inspection Date/Time On-site Off-site Action(s) taken Outcome Comments

undertaken by pressure* pressure*
*Notes on species present, pressure level (High = >30 Pigeons, gulls, corvids, starlings; Medium = 5-30 birds; Low = <5 birds; None =
zero birds), distance from site and behaviour (Sc = scavenging; P = prospecting; L = loafing; N = nesting). NB include details of inspections
where no hazardous birds were recorded.
*Notes on species present, pressure level (High = >30 Pigeons, gulls, corvids, starlings; Medium = 5-30 birds; Low = <5 birds; None = zero birds), distance
from site and behaviour (Sc = scavenging; P = prospecting; L = loafing; N = nesting). NB include details of inspections where no hazardous birds were
recorded.
Bird Hazard Management Plan
Appendix
A4
Design Code Compliance Schedule
A4.1 DESIGN CODE COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE
The Design Code comprises Chapters 1 and
3-12 (dated December 2014), and the Chapter
2 extract that was updated in January 2015.
The Design Code Compliance Schedule

individually lists each Design Code as set
out in the OPP and identifies if the Phase 1
RMA is fully compliant or partially / not fully
compliant.
The Phase 1 RMA is partially / not fully

compliant with a small number of Design
Codes, in which case the design rationale has
been added to the tracker (when relevant, this
has been added to compliant items as well).
For a detailed explanation of the key

challenges to the Design Code please refer to
“9.2 Design Code compliance” on page 417.
ü Fully compliant with Design Code
Partially compliant / not fully compliant

? with Design Code
392 Appendix - Design Code Compliance Schedule | A4

Design Compliance
Design Code Page Design Rationale
Code Ref. Check
1 Introduction
1.1 The outline planning application 
1.2 Structure of this document 
1.3 Masterplan principles 
1.4 The Development Zones 
2 Layout
2.1 Hierarchy of Routes
2.1.1 A network of routes shall be provided in accordance with Parameter Plan 05 P. 16 

The main route network on Parameter Plan 05 shall be complemented by a finer network of roads and routes as set out on the
2.1.2 P. 16 
following pages
2.1.3 All these routes shall be publicly accessible, and there shall be a clear division between private and public space P. 16 
The fire brigade will require suitable access to the entire site, including all individual buildings and any basement areas. As the
2.1.4 individual buildings develop, it must be demonstrated that each building parcel meets the functional objectives of the Building P. 16 
Regulations for fire service access and facilities
Inclusive Design
2.1.5 Footways should be level or gently sloping and accessible and safe for everyone to use with place to stop and rest P. 16 
2.1.6 Footways should be free of clutter and provide ample space for general circulation P. 16 
Materials and Design
2.1.7 Streets will have different materials assigned to different places depending on their character and use P. 16 
2.1.8 All materials should be of high quality, durable and resilient and where possible be representative of the local dock character P. 16 
The paving types used for vehicle and pedestrian routes should as far as possible be in accordance with the diagram to the right Refer to 'Hard landscape' chapter in Landscape Section 5 of 'Design and Access
2.1.9 and shall emphasize the character of the area, with due consideration given to the needs of cyclists, wheelchair users and those P. 16  Statement' (DAS) which explains how the proposed landscaping emphasise the
with pushchairs. character of the area.
Cycling Network
Cycling is encouraged in all parts of the site for amenity and commuting purposes, except for along the Diagonal which will be a
2.1.10 pedestrian only route. Strategic routes allowing integration into the wider network of cycle movement beyond the site should be in P. 17 
accordance with the illustrative proposed cycle network diagram shown below
Proposed cycle networks should tie into the existing cycle network in the wider area, to create straightforward connections that
2.1.11 P. 17 
encourage cycling.
To balance the needs of pedestrians and cyclists, street designs will seek ways of accommodating both users while minimising
2.1.12 conflict. This will be a low speed environment which means driving and cycling at a leisurely pace. When sharing the road, P. 17 
drivers will keep to the speeds of cyclists and all vehicles giving priority to pedestrians.
It was agreed at the scoping stage (3 September 2019) that the Cycling Level of
Service (CLoS) assessment outlined in point ‘x’ in the Reserved Matters
The design of streets should respond to the London Cycling Design Standards or its successors. A Cycling Level of Service Specification (Annexe A of OPP) would no longer be necessary following a wider
2.1.13 (CLoS) assessment should be undertaken to establish the appropriate strategies to support the needs of cyclists within the P. 17  streetscape corridor review along North Woolwich Road being undertaken by
context of the site. LBN and Transport for London (refer to Section 4.8.1). This is likely to result in
improvements to cycle infrastructure along this corridor, thereby superseding the
requirement for a CLoS assessment as part of the Phase 1 RMA application.
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
2.2 Vehicle Routes
A series of primary, secondary and tertiary vehicle routes shall be provided in accordance with the diagram shown on P. 18.
2.2.1 P. 18 
Primary and secondary routes must be in accordance with Parameter Plan 05.
Tertiary and servicing routes may be provided in addition to those on Parameter Plan 05 to provide vehicular access to all
2.2.2 P. 18 
development blocks
As noted in 2.1.10, cycling is allowed and encouraged on all vehicle routes within the site. All streets will be designed to provide a
2.2.3 good level of service for cyclists. This will be a low speed environment, which means driving and cycling at a leisurely pace, P. 18 
drivers keeping to the speeds of cyclists and all vehicles giving priority to pedestrians.
Primary Roads
Proportions and Size
Primary Roads will have a minimum overall width of 18m and will have two-way vehicular traffic. When cyclists are required to
2.2.4 P. 19 
share the road with motorised vehicles, carriageway widths will be designed to protect cyclists’ safety.
2.2.5 Footways should be a minimum of 2m P. 19 
2.2.6 Inset parking and planting zones with a minimum of 2m width can be located on either side of the road P. 19 
2.2.7 All on-street parking will be parallel to the street P. 19 
Low speed cycling should be encouraged alongside other road users. This will be a low speed environment, which means driving
2.2.8 P. 19 
and cycling at a leisurely pace, drivers keeping to the speeds of cyclists and all vehicles giving priority to pedestrians.
All dwellings with ground floor habitable rooms and front doors accessed directly from the public realm shall have a privacy zone
2.2.9 P. 19 
of 1-3m depth measured from the back of the pavement to the building line
Landscaping
2.2.10 Primary roads should be constructed with an engineered asphalt carriage way, bordered by a min. 200mm wide concrete kerb P. 19 
2.2.11 Associated pedestrian footways should be constructed of concrete paving slabs P. 19 
Primary roads are characterized by formal tree planting. The species and
Primary roads should be characterised by formal tree planting of uniform species selection at regular planting distances to either
2.2.12 P. 19 ? planting distances are set out in the landscaping plan. In some instances these
side of the carriage way, with planting distances not exceeding 20m
distances exceed the 20m
2.2.13 Tree species shall be of a category that commonly grows taller than 15m P. 19 
2.2.14 Tree planting zones should be defined by kerb and shall be graded to provide for rainwater harvesting P. 19 

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Secondary Roads
Following DRP comments to define a street hierarchy in Phase 1 RMA, street

Secondary roads will have a minimum overall width of 18m and will have two-way vehicular traffic with a total carriageway width widths and carriageway have been tested. This was resulted in one secondary
2.2.15 P. 20 ?
of 5.5m road 'Wesley Avenue' being 16m instead of 18m. Please refer to Section 9.2.3
'Vehicle Routes' in the Chapter 9 'OPP Compliance' in the DAS
2.2.17 P. 20 
and cycling at a leisurely pace, drivers keeping to the speed of cyclists and all vehicles giving priority to pedestrians.
2.2.18 P. 20 
of 1-3m depth measured from the back of the pavement to the building line
Landscaping
Wesley Avenue - Please refer to the proposed plans, sections and elevations
'SQP1-CTF-X-LAN-DGA-L00-LAN302' and 'SQP1-CTF-X-LAN-DGA-L00-
2.2.19 Secondary roads should be constructed using granite unit paving bordered by a min. 200mm wide flush kerb P. 20 ?
LAN303' and Section 5 'Landscape' in the DAS which explains the materials and
finishes for Wesley Avenue
Wesley Avenue - Please refer to the proposed plans, sections and elevations
'SQP1-CTF-X-LAN-DGA-L00-LAN302' and 'SQP1-CTF-X-LAN-DGA-L00-
2.2.20 Associated pedestrian footways should be constructed of granite unit paving in a contrasting finish P. 20 ?
LAN303' and Section 5 'Landscape' in the DAS which explains the materials and
finishes for Wesley Avenue
Secondary roads should be characterised by formal tree planting of uniform species selection at regular planting distances to
2.2.21 P. 20 ? No trees are proposed along Wesley Avenue
either side of the carriage way, with planting distances not exceeding 20m
2.2.22 Tree species shall be of a category that commonly grows taller than 15m P. 20 ? No trees are proposed along Wesley Avenue
2.2.23 Tree planting zones should be defined by kerb and shall be graded to provide for rainwater harvesting P. 20 ? No trees are proposed along Wesley Avenue
Tertiary Road
A shared surface is proposed on Canalside as per design code 2.2.28

Tertiary roads will have a minimum overall width of 7m and will have a total carriageway width of around 5.5m if two way
2.2.24 P. 21 ? A section of Barrier Point Road (which is one way) has a carriageway width of
vehicular traffic and 4m if single
3.7m (a vehicle swept path analysis has proven the functionality of this)
2.2.26 P. 21 
and cycling at a leisurely pace, drivers keeping to the speed of cyclists and all vehicles giving priority to pedestrians.
2.2.27 P. 21 
of 1m depth measured from the back of the pavement to the building line
Tertiary roads may be "shared surface" streets with a continuous hard material across the full width and no change in level for
2.2.28 P. 21 
kerbs
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Canalside is designed as a route with pedestrian priority and therefore there is no

2.2.29 Pedestrian priority achieved through provision of minimum 1.5m wide dedicated area on both sides of carriageway P. 21  designated carriageway. This is deemed acceptable due to the low volumes of
vehicles and pedestrians using the route.
Landscaping
Shared streets and kerb-free areas should have tactile surfaces to segregate path routes and functions and act as a warning
2.2.30 P. 21 
device for people with sight loss and learning difficulties; all routes will be designed to be safe and inclusive for all pedestrians.
Tertiary roads shared surface should be constructed using different tones of paving material to informally demarcate (traffic)
2.2.31 P. 21 
zones
2.2.32 Planting, trees and furniture elements further assist in delineation of traffic zones P. 21 
Tertiary routes should be characterised by informal tree planting where space is available. Tree positions shall be min. 3m from
2.2.33 P. 21 
building facades
2.2.34 Tree species selection shall be in keeping with available space between buildings and as required for traffic to pass P. 21 
2.2.35 Tree planting zones should be graded to provide for rainwater harvesting P. 21 
2.3 Pedestrian Zones
2.3.1 Pedestrian routes should have a minimum width of 5m P. 22 
Silo D way includes a continuous hard surfacing that is reduced occasionally to

2.3.2 Pedestrian routes may include soft landscaping but must include a minimum width of 3m continuous hard surfacing P. 22 ?
2m width to accommodate entrances to plots and soft landscape
Pedestrian routes should be safe pedestrian zones, without traffic and with step-free, level or gently-sloping circulation routes.
2.3.3 P. 22 
Accessible routes (Ars) are to be step-free with gradients gentler than 1:20
Details of the delivery and servicing plan will be submitted under Condition B7 in
2.3.4 Servicing routes may only take place within primary pedestrian routes if timing is managed and limited to "out of hours" periods P. 22 
the future
Landscaping
Innovative strategies should be applied to delineate through routes through public realm areas and zones as necessary including
2.3.5 P. 22 
the use of (tree) planting and furniture elements
Seating should be provided every 50m on pedestrian routes alongside primary and secondary roads, bus routes and other high
2.3.6 P. 22 
pedestrian flow routes
2.3.7 Paths within public open spaces and footways should have a smooth, firm and slip resistant surface P. 22 
2.3.8 Recreational routes and park pathways may be constructed using self-binding crushed (Breedon) gravel P. 22 
2.3.9 Pedestrian routes must include public lighting and CCTV for security and should be directly overlooked for natural surveillance P. 22 
2.4 Relationship to the existing dock
As specified in the Development Specification and Framework, the former dock will be reconfigured and retained as a central
Outside Phase 1
2.4.1 water feature. The Dock/OS1.1 on Parameter Plan 06 should have no more than 50% of its area in-filled by buildings or other P. 23
RMA
structures.
Outside Phase 1
2.4.2 A dam/bridge structure will separate the Royal Victoria Dock from the reconfigured dock area within the site. P. 23
RMA
The inclusion of water encompassed by dock walls and quays in the Silvertown Quays development shall reflect and be
2.4.3 P. 23 
reminiscent of the site’s dockland heritage, as set out in section 5.3.

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
2.4.4 Further guidance on the design of the water bodies on site is set out in section 5.3 (Water). P. 23 
Development in The Dock should be legible as freestanding object buildings that positively address all sides and should allow Outside Phase 1
2.4.5 P. 24
glimpsed views towards Royal Victoria Dock and Excel. RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.4.6 Development in The Dock should be to a lower scale than the surrounding buildings around the dock edge. P. 24
RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.4.7 Buildings in the Pontoon Dock should be perceived as freestanding floating objects. P. 24
RMA
There should be a publicly accessible pedestrian route across the Dock, as well as along the eastern and western sides, as set Outside Phase 1
2.4.8 P. 25
out on Parameter Plan 05. RMA
2.4.9 No built form should encroach on OS1.2 above ground. P. 25 
The majority of the top surface of the existing dock wall should be visible in the public realm and buildings may be set back at
2.4.10 P. 25 
ground level to achieve this.
2.4.11 Landscape design should reflect the historic dock context as set out in section 8.2 (The Dock). P. 25 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
2.5 Key Vistas
Key views have been considered and discussed during pre-Apps and DRPs.
2.5.1 The masterplan should be developed with consideration to key views set out at P. 26 P. 26  Please refer to Section 9.2.4 'Key Vistas' Chapter 9 ' OPP Compliance ' in the
DAS.
Outside Phase 1
2.5.2 The alignment of The Diagonal should include glimpsed views of Millennium Mills as shown in View 1 P. 26
RMA
Key views have been considered and discussed during pre-Apps and DRPs.
2.5.3 Millennium Mills should be visible from across the Dock. This can be over the top of buildings as indicated in View 2 P. 26  Please refer to Section 9.2.4 'Key Vistas' Chapter 9 ' OPP Compliance ' in the
DAS.
The alignments of streets and built form should allow direct glimpsed views of Silo D from the north, east and south east. This
2.5.4 P. 27 
can be over the top of buildings so long as the majority of the body of the silo is visible, as indicated on the images below
2.6 Building Frontage
Primary frontages, defined as frontages along the primary pedestrian routes (as defined on Parameter Plan 05) and the other
For Phase 1 RMA active frontages please refer to Section 9.2.6 'Building
2.6.1 routes indicated on the plan on P. 28, should be predominantly active and 80% or more of the ground floor building frontages P. 28 ?
frontage' in Chapter 9 'OPP Compliance ' in the DAS
should comprise of shop/brand frontages, office lobbies or communal entrances to residential buildings
Secondary frontages, as identified on the plan on P. 28, should positively address the public realm and at least 50% of the ground
2.6.2 floor building frontages should comprise of shop/brand frontages, office lobbies or entrances (communal or individual) to P. 28 ?
residential buildings
Inactive frontages of more than 15m occur:

Other frontages should be designed to feel part of the building and not more than 25% of the ground floor frontage on each - Plot 1: 18m on west and 22m on south elevation
2.6.3 individual street should be taken up with refuse, car parking entrances, services entrances or cycle parking storage. Any frontage P. 28 ? - Plots 2A, 2B and 3: 62m on east elevation
should have a maximum continuous inactive frontage of 15m - Plot 4: 43m on east elevation
- Plot 8: 29m on east elevation
2.6.4 Building frontage must be in accordance with the site wide Access and Appearance guidance in sections 4.0 and 6.0 P. 28 
2.7 Building Typologies

Trading Houses
2.7.1 Trading house buildings should be mainly located along the Diagonal and the Dock area P. 29 
2.7.2 Buildings should engage with the public at ground floor; frontages should be mainly glazed and blank elevations avoided P. 29 
2.7.3 Lobbies should be designed as active frontages with a direct relationship to the adjacent public realm P. 29 
2.7.4 Building frontages can be individually expressed but should be aligned with the street and emphasise street making P. 29 
2.7.5 The ground and first floor may be designed as flexible space for showrooms, display and curated experiences P. 29 
Buildings are to have an uncluttered and simple roof profile with all plant equipment concealed within the main silhouette of the
2.7.6 P. 29 
building
2.7.7 Signage is integral to this building typology and should be sympathetic to the building and streetscape P. 29 

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Commercial and public buildings will be designed to the appropriate Building Regulation Standards including Approved
2.7.8 P. 29 
Documents Part M and K
Offices/Headquarters
Outside Phase 1
2.7.9 Office buildings should mainly be located in the southern part of the site, near the Pontoon Dock DLR station P. 30
RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.7.10 Buildings should engage with the public at ground floor; frontages should be mainly glazed and blank elevations avoided P. 30
RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.7.11 Lobbies should be designed as active frontages with a direct relationship to the adjacent public realm P. 30
RMA
Buildings are to have an uncluttered and simple roof profile with all plant equipment concealed within the main silhouette of the Outside Phase 1
2.7.12 P. 30
building RMA
Commercial and public buildings will be designed to the appropriate Building Regulation Standards including Approved Outside Phase 1
2.7.13 P. 30
Documents Part M and K RMA
Residential
2.7.14 Residential buildings should be mainly located in Silo D district and eastern residential neighbourhood P. 31 
Homes are designed in line wity the Housing SPG (November 2012), with the
2.7.15 All new homes shall be designed in line with the London Housing Design Guide P. 31  exception of internal space standards which are to comply with 2016 SPG
(NDSS)
All new homes shall be designed to Lifetime Homes standards with 10% to Wheelchair Housing standards or demonstrate why Lifetime Homes have been deleted. The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to
2.7.16 P. 31 ?
the specific characteristics of a particular building or part of the site mean this is not possible comply with M4(2) and M4(3)
As set out in the London Housing Design Guide, the number of dwellings accessed from a single core should not exceed eight Plot 7 in one core has 9 units per level at floors 2 & 3 only. This was discussed
2.7.17 P. 31 ?
per floor in Pre-app 5 as massing better encloses the courtyard.
2.7.18 Dual aspect and through living units should be integrated into building designs where possible P. 31 
2.7.19 Single aspect north facing units should be avoided P. 31 
Plot 1: 52% approx. Plot 6: 51% approx. However, across Phase 1 RMA, there
2.7.20 Single aspect units should not exceed 50% in any block P. 31 ? are no single aspect north facing units and the total number of single aspect units
is below 50%.
2.7.21 Single aspect family units are to be avoided P. 31 
2.7.22 All units should meet or exceed the size in the London Plan P. 31 
Breaks in Building Lines

Breaks in building lines around the perimeter of the block may be provided, to provide visual interest for residents and visitors
2.7.23 P. 31 
and to open up views into and out from communal courtyards
2.7.24 Breaks in blocks to provide views should also serve to improve sunlight penetration to courtyards, as set out in section 3.4 P. 31 
2.7.25 Breaks in blocks must not create uncertainty about the status of private and public realm P. 31 
Parking
Refer to Transport Statement included in Phase 1 RMA. Car parking levels are
2.7.26 Car parking to be provided on plot to a ratio of (on average) 0.5 spaces per unit as set out in the DSF P. 31 ? proposed below the maximum levels set out in Condition T2 in compliance with
the emerging London Plan Policy
2.7.27 Cycle parking standards should be provided in accordance with the DSF P. 31 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Landscape
Private amenity space for residential units may be provided by private gardens at podium/ground level, balconies, terraces or
2.7.28 P. 32 
winter gardens. Refer to section 5.5
2.7.29 Small playable space should be provided within courtyards P. 32 
Any residential ground floor use should have a defensible space to create separation between residences and the public footway
2.7.30 P. 32 ? Plot 7 on Canalside: Raised sill condition for privacy
and trafficked route beyond
Pavilions
Pavilions should primarily be located along the street running between the Diagonal and the Theatre Plaza and within the Dock Outside Phase 1
2.7.31 P. 32
area RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.7.32 There should be pedestrian access around all sides of the pavilion with a minimum width of 2m to the adjacent building/pavilion P. 32
RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.7.33 Pavilions should be designed with predominantly active frontages P. 32
RMA
Outside Phase 1
2.7.34 The massing of pavilion buildings should be designed to contrast to the larger volumes of the adjacent building typologies P. 32
RMA
Pavilions can be placed in the public realm areas defined on Parameter Plan 06 but need to respect, and not obscure, the views Outside Phase 1
2.7.35 P. 32
and principles set out in section 2.5 and 2.6 RMA
Commercial and public buildings will be designed to the appropriate Building Regulation Standards including Approved Outside Phase 1
2.7.36 P. 32
Documents Part M and K RMA
2.8 Flood Defence
Dock wall to be kept at existing levels. Please refer to 'Flood Risk Statement of
2.8.1 All dock walls (new and existing walls to be retained) shall have a minimum level of at least +5.18m AOD P. 33 ?
Conformity'
2.8.2 All rooms that may be considered "sleeping accommodation" must have a finished floor level of at least +5.5m AOD P. 33 
Plot 5: Lower Ground Floor maisonettes located below 5.5m AOD. All sleeping
2.8.3 It is recommended that all other residential floor uses should be located above +5.5m AOD if possible P. 33 ?
accommodation on upper floor above 5.5m AOD
2.8.4 Floor uses below +5.5m AOD should be prioritised for the most flooding insensitive uses, such as car parking P. 33 
2.8.5 Flood resilient fixtures and fittings should be installed on floors below +5.5m AOD, this should include raising electrical fixtures P. 33 
Plots 7 and 8 include some non-residential uses below +5.5m AOD that do not
have internal stairs to upper levels. However there is direct level egress from
these uses to the public realm. In the highly unlikely event of the River Thames
2.8.6 All floors below +5.5m AOD shall have direct access to stairwells linking to floors above +5.5m AOD P. 33 ? being breached due to failure of flood defences happening concurrently with a
1:200 year event then there would be equivalent time for people to vacate these
units. A Flood Evacuation Plan will be submitted under Condition F4 of the OPP
addressing this issue. There is no sleeping accommodation below +5.5m AOD.
A Flood Management Plan for the development shall be prepared in collaboration with London Borough of Newham (LBN) and
2.8.7 P. 33  To be submitted under condition F4
the Environment Agency (EA) and any requirements arising incorporated into the design of the development

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
3 Form and Scale
3.1 Townscape
Each new block should respect the design and scale of the neighbouring buildings, emphasising the creation of attractive
3.1.1 P. 36 
streetscapes
3.2 Building Heights
3.2.1 Buildings shall be in accordance with the maximum development heights set out on Parameter Plan 07 P. 36 
To create consistent, formal edges and coherent building frontages along key public open spaces and along streets through the
3.2.2 site, buildings shall be in accordance with the shoulder heights and prevailing heights set out in the Development Zone sections P. 36 
of the document
3.3 Massing and Residential Privacy
A minimum of 16m between habitable rooms has been adopted in some

Distance between habitable rooms should be a minimum of 18m. Only where the plot is constrained can the distance be reduced locations to enable and improve street hierarchy following discussions with DRP.
3.3.1 provided that the privacy of residents is adequately protected through design solutions which could include use of screens, P. 36 ? These have been carefully designed to prevent overlooking. Please refer to
planting, angled windows or obscure glazing or careful placing and sizing of windows to reduce overlooking Section 9.2.5 'Massing and residential privacy' Chapter 9 ' OPP Compliance ' in
the DAS.
3.4 Massing and Sunlight
The massing of residential buildings should be controlled to allow good light penetration to all units and minimise any
3.4.1 overshadowing. Building designs should promote sunlight in courtyard spaces. Light and views for the individual residential units P. 37  Refer to Sunlight/daylight assessment
and communal amenity space should be maximised.
Residential blocks can be broken up in different distinct volumes to provide views through the blocks and to improve sunlight
3.4.2 penetration to courtyard spaces. Breaks in the building line must not compromise the creation of strong and consistent street P. 37 
lined
Habitable spaces within apartments should as far as possible be located where the sunlight and daylight assessment has shown
3.4.3 P. 37 
results which allows to provide good daylight
The assessment of daylight amenity within Phase 1 of Silvertown Quays has

Where the Vertical Skyline Component (VSC) is below 27% the windows should be increased in size and the layout of rooms
been undertaken in accordance with the guidance given in the BRE Report and
3.4.4 should be developed considering the room limiting depth. The use of bright colour on the external elevation should be considered P. 37 
BS 8206-2. The London Borough of Newham’s Local Plan 2018 states that the
to improve results
standard/guidance for Daylight/Sunlight is BRE Report 209.
3.5 Wind
Any negative impact on the microclimate of existing surrounding buildings and public realm should be mitigated having regard to
3.5.1 P. 37  Refer to Micro-climate/Wind report
Lawson criteria for wind comfort and safety
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
4 Access
4.1 Entrances
Communal Entrances (Commercial and Residential)
The location and articulation of entrances, both residential and commercial, should be considered in order to create a positive
4.1.1 P. 40 
sense of destination and address-making across the site
All primary access to dwellings shall be directly from the street. Residential communal core entrances must be accessed directly
4.1.2 P. 40 
from the public realm and not via, for example, a podium or courtyard space
Lifetime Homes have been deleted. The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to
4.1.3 Entrances must provide adequate weather protection to meet Lifetime Homes guidance P. 40 ?
comply with M4(2) and M4(3)
4.1.4 The appearance of entrances should be in accordance with the guidance in section 6.1 P. 40 
Individual Street Level Entrances (Residential)

Plot 7: Upper ground floor units are raised above street level and therefore
4.1.5 Ground floor residential units facing onto streets should have individual entrances directly accessed from the street P. 40 ?
accessed internally
Entrances should balance legibility and a welcoming sense of arrival with sufficient privacy in relation to ground floor habitable
4.1.6 P. 40 
rooms
4.1.7 P. 40 
of 1-3m measured from the back of the pavement to the building line
4.1.8 Entrances must provide adequate weather protection to meet Lifetime Homes guidance P. 40 ?
4.1.9 The appearance of individual street level entrances should be in accordance with the guidance in section 6.1 P. 40 
4.2 Car Parking
Refer to Transport Statement included in Phase 1 RMA. Car parking levels are
4.2.1 Car parking should be provided in accordance with the DSF P. 41 ? proposed below the maximum levels set out in Condition T2 in compliance with
the emerging London Plan Policy
Accessible car parking spaces should be provided in accordance with the Local Authority and GLA requirements. Blue badge Refer to Transport Statement included in Phase 1 RMA. Car parking levels are
4.2.2 bays should be provided to BDS8300:2009 ratios in public and staff car parks and 1:1 for wheelchair accessible/adaptable P. 41  proposed below the maximum levels set out in Condition T2 in compliance with
homes. High top vehicle conversions should be accommodated in basement car parks or on-street the emerging London Plan Policy
The intention is that the car park entrances will be recessed to comply with the
Design Code but this is subject to agreement with the ‘Designing Out Crime
4.2.2 Car park entrances should be legible but recessive in the elevational design of the building frontage in which they are located P. 41 
Officer’ (DOCO) who will assess ‘Secured By Design’ (SBD) New Homes 2019
certification.
Entrances to car parks beneath buildings, whether to basements or at-grade podium areas, should be carefully integrated with
4.2.3 P. 41 
building designs to minimise their potentially negative impacts on streets and public realm for residents and visitors alike
Car park entrances should be located to minimise through traffic on predominantly residential streets and to minimise
4.2.4 P. 41 
interference with public open spaces
4.2.5 As set out in section 2.7, ground floors should be designed to wrap car parks with other uses P. 41 
4.2.6 Car park entrances shall be enclosed with louvered grilles or gates to minimise inward views when closed P. 41 
Code for Sustainable Homes has been deleted. The Phase 1 RMA has been
4.2.7 Access to car park and refused areas must be in accordance with Code for Sustainable Homes standards P. 41 
designed to comply with LBN HQM Level 3

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
4.3 Servicing
Servicing from frontages onto public open spaces and key pedestrian routes (as defined on Parameter Plan 05) should be
4.3.1 P. 42 
avoided
Service entrances should be broken up with active uses which can include entrances to uses at upper levels and food/beverage
4.3.2 P. 42 
uses, predominantly at corners
4.3.3 As set out in section 2.7, service openings should be minimised P. 42 
4.4 Cycle Parking
4.4.1 Cycle parking provision shall be in accordance with the standards set in the DSF P. 42 
In plots 2 and 3, the cycle parking has been located at first floor with provision for
Bicycle parking should be designed, either at entrance level or within podium/basement, so that it is visible but unobtrusive.
4.4.2 P. 42 ? stairs and lift access direct from separate entrances.
Parking should be designed and located to be easily accessible for users
Plot 5: Cycle store located in the rear garden by access through gate
Individual or communal cycle storage outside the home shall be secure, sheltered and adequately lit, with convenient access to
4.4.3 P. 42 
the street
4.4.4 As set out in section 2.7, cycle parking entrances and openings should be minimised P. 42 
4.5 Taxis and Coaches
Drop-off/pick-up points for taxis, Dial-a-Ride and community transport minibuses will be located at key points on the site within
4.5.1 P. 43 
50m of all public building entrances and key public facilities
4.6 Refuse Stores and Substations
Refuse store design should be considered within the context of a refuse collection strategy to determine suitable locations and
4.6.1 P. 43 
management requirements etc
Refuse stores and substations are located in the most discreet locations
4.6.2 The location of refuse stores and substations should avoid primary building frontages P. 43 ?
possible.
4.6.3 As set out in section 2.7, refuse storage entrances/openings at street level should be minimised P. 43 
4.6.4 Residential waste stores should be sized for weekly refuse collections and fortnightly collections of recycled waste P. 43 
4.6.5 Bins within these waste stores should be no more than 10m from the vehicle collection point P. 43 
The design of all waste storage, collection and transport provisions need to be specifically assessed to avoid attractions of birds
4.6.6 P. 43 
either directly (food scraps) or indirectly (vermin)
4.6.7 Recycling facilities should be as easy to access as waste facilities P. 43 
4.6.8 Refuse store and substation frontages shall be in accordance with the guidance defined in Appearance, section 6 P. 43 
4.7 Inclusive Design
To maximise access to all parts of the development, its facilities and services for all future residents, visitors and members of
P. 44 
staff in the development;
To meet local, regional and national access and inclusive design policies; P. 44 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
To ensure that appropriate access standards are met at the outset and as part of mainstream, inclusive design wherever
P. 44 
possible;
To design inclusively, which means designing beyond the minimum requirements of the Building Regulations Part M to ensure
P. 44 
that all people, regardless of age, sex or ability can use and enjoy the built environment;
To address the anticipated, substantial increase of older people in proportion to the working-age population in the near future and
P. 44 
their needs;
Outside Phase 1
To meet the aims of the Equality Act, where applicable; P. 44
RMA
To follow design guidance given in relevant British Standards and other currently published good practice guidance about
P. 44 
meeting the needs of disabled people;
To use the Guidance for Lifetime Neighbourhoods and Lifetime Homes standards as a key reference for the project, ensuring that
physical barriers to access for all people, including older and disabled people and children are avoided, providing a welcoming P. 44 ?
and comfortable environment that serves its users rather than hindering them.
The standards
The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with the Housing
Supplementary Planning Guidance November 2012, with the exception of
Housing Supplementary Planning Guidance, London Plan 2011 Implementation Framework, Mayor of London, November 2012; P. 45 ? residential internal space standards which comply with Housing SPG 2016
(consistent with the nationally described space standards) and the external
amenity standards (refer to 5.5.2).
The Building Regulations 2010, Access to and Use of Buildings, Approved Document M (2004 edition incorporating 2010 and
P. 45 ? The Phase 1 RMA is being designed in relation to Part M 2016
2013 amendments), HMSO, 2013;
The Building Regulations 2010, Fire safety, Volume 1 - Dwelling houses, Approved Document B (2006 edition incorporating 2010 The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with the 2010 Regs (2019 as
P. 45 
and 2013 amendments), HMSO, 2013; amended)
The Building Regulations 2010, Fire safety, Volume 2 - Buildings other than Dwelling houses, Approved Document B (2006 The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with the 2010 Regs (2019 as
P. 45 
edition incorporating 2007, 2010 and 2013 amendments) HMSO, 2013; amended)
The Building Regulations 2010, Protection from falling, collision and impact, Approved Document K (1998 edition incorporating
The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with the 2010 Regs (2019 as
2000, 2010 and 2013 amendments), HMSO, P. 45 
amended)
2013;
British Standard 8300:2009 (Amended 2010) Design of Buildings and their Approaches to Meet the Needs of Disabled People -
P. 45  The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with BS8300:2018
Code of Practice, British Standards Institution, 2010;
British Standard 9999:2008 Code of Practice for Fire Safety in the Design, Management and use of Buildings, British Standards The Phase 1 RMA has been designed to comply with the 2010 Regs (2019 as
P. 45 
Institution, 2008; amended))
The Phase 1 RMA complies with the relevant Conditions attached to the OPP,
Core Strategy, London Borough of Newham, January 2012; P. 45 
which were based on the Core Strategy 2012
The Phase 1 RMA complies with the relevant Conditions attached to the OPP,
LB Newham Housing Policies SP3, H1, H2, H3, J3, INF8; P. 45 
which were based on the Core Strategy 2012
LB Newham Parks and Open Spaces Design Guide. P. 45 

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
5 Landscape
5.1 Play Spaces
Play space provisions should be provided in accordance with the DSF. This play space will include
- Doorstep play space for children under 5 within 100m of dwellings (residences with private/semi-private gardens are excluded
from the requirement)
5.1.1 P. 48 
- Local play space for children aged 5-11 within 400m of dwellings
- Neighbourhood and youth play space for children aged 12+ within 800m of dwellings
- Open space that would be playable for children of all ages and their families
The quantum of provision will be in accordance with the Mayor's SPG on Play space, amounting to a total of 10 sqm per child
5.1.2 P. 48 
(the number of children being a factor of the number, size and type of residential dwellings that will come forward)
Small playable space to be provided within residential courtyards where necessary to complement the play spaces in the public
5.1.3 P. 48 
realm
Public realm areas may include "playable space" providing settings and elements as play incentives rather than any particular
5.1.4 P. 48 
designated "playground" with prescriptive equipment
Playable space shall be non-prescriptive about usage by age groups and will aim to invite, encourage and challenge the ability
5.1.5 P. 48 
level of all target ranges
5.1.6 Play opportunities shall cate for children of all abilities, however dedicated "disabled play-equipment" shall be avoided P. 48 
Areas where children may play shall have surface treatment to accommodate anticipated usage e.g. grass for fields and low use,
5.1.7 P. 48 
bark or grit in medium usage areas, wet-pour (rubber or asphalt) for wheeled and high intensity uses
5.1.8 Play space shall provide seating P. 48 
5.1.9 Unnecessary segregation of play space from the rest of the public realm, through railing etc, should be avoided P. 48 
5.2 Biodiversity
75% of all species targeted or selected shall be native to the London region. Should non-native species play a part in the
5.2.1 P. 49 
ecological design their role or benefit shall be explained
A long term biodiversity management strategy shall be submitted to ensure habitats remain functional or to outline how habitats
5.2.2 P. 49 
may evolve
Multi-purpose, recreation and amenity grassland, including lawns and fields, shall be species rich to increase soil and plant
5.2.3 P. 49 
diversity to attract invertebrates
5.2.4 Tall herb borders shall be created as appropriate P. 49 
Large shade trees shall be provided in appropriate positions (parks, squares, streets) to support and sustain micro-climatic
5.2.5 conditions, in particular in those public spaces which are likely to be used for congregation of large numbers of people during the P. 49 
summer months
5.2.6 SUDS features including swales and soakage zones shall be integrated in the public realm design where possible P. 49 
Soakage zones shall be designed appropriately including accepting primary run-off and holding capacity, filled with permeable
5.2.7 soils, able to withstand occasional (storm water) flooding, designed to drain between planting zones and street tree pits and with P. 49 
conventional overflow provisions in extended or excessive rain fall conditions
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Green and Brown Roofs

5.2.9 Approximately 30% of proposed roof space should be designed as green/brown roofs P. 50 
5.2.10 A number of green/brown roof typologies should be used to create a diversity/mosaic of different habitat types P. 50 
All green and brown roof areas should include structural opportunities for wildlife, such as invertebrate, bird and bat boxes, as
5.2.11 P. 50 
appropriate
Green/brown roofs should preferable be located:

- As a continuous band from Millennium Mills across to Thames Barrier Park, creating a corridor across the development area
5.2.12 P. 50 
- On dockside buildings
- On buildings adjacent to other tree lines/green spaces
5.2.13 Roof gardens shall include features to encourage wildlife including environmental conditions and species variety P. 50 
5.2.14 Substrate depths shall be varied in order to allow for differentiation of habitats for invertebrates P. 50 
Substrates shall not be less than 100mm to provide adequate water holding capacity to maintain vegetation through summer, to
5.2.15 P. 50 
provide evaporative cooling and insulation
Green/brown roofs need to be designed in detail to address restrictions around aircraft movement and prevention of attraction of
5.2.16 P. 50 
groups of larger bird species
The advice of ecologists with experience in biodiversity and green roof design shall be sought in the preparation of detailed
5.2.17 P. 50 
design
5.3 Water
The inclusion of water encompassed by dock walls and quays in the Silvertown Quays development shall reflect and be
5.3.1 P. 51 
reminiscent of the site’s docklands heritage.
Proposed areas of water shall be interconnected to allow for uninterrupted water flows for optimal water quality and allowing
5.3.2 P. 51 
fauna migration throughout the system.
5.3.3 The existing water level should be maintained as far as possible. P. 51 
Silo D and the surrounding open space and finger dock has been designed as an
5.3.4 All quays shall be fitted with appropriate balustrades or fall protection. P. 51 ? integrated area. They are integrated as a singular element of the public realm.
Balustrades are not provided but fall protection is provided via street furniture
5.3.5 For ecological management and diversity water should generally be 1.8m deep, with the option to make certain areas shallower. P. 51 
5.3.6 To help moderate water temperatures in summer and winter some areas should be deeper (3-4m). P. 51 
5.3.7 The detailed design of the water areas should maximise the ecological benefit. P. 51 
The use of culverts and pipes (to connect bodies of water) shall be avoided as they form physical and behavioural barriers.
5.3.8 P. 51 
Ecological connectivity shall be achieved by the inclusion of road bridges over water.
Dock wall
Dock wall to be kept at existing levels. Please refer to 'Flood Risk Statement of
5.3.9 All dock walls (new and existing walls to be retained) shall have a minimum level of at least +5.18m AOD. P. 51 ?
Conformity'

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Dock walls will have a maintenance and repair strategy that will achieve an
5.3.10 The design life of all dock walls (new and existing walls to be retained) from the time of development shall be 120 years. P. 51 
operational life of 120 years.
5.3.11 New lengths of dock wall shall achieve modern stability criteria and be designed according to contemporary standards. P. 51 
A clear access strip shall be provided around the entire perimeter of dock wall that is sufficient to adequately maintain the walls All buildings are located over 5m from dock edges to allow for maintenance,
5.3.12 (e.g. allow access for plant) for the design life of the proposed development (120 years). This access strip must be 1m wide P. 51  however removable street furniture is located within 1m (which do not preclude
(measured from the quay edge) as a minimum. A preferred minimum of 5m is strongly recommended. sufficient access to adequately maintain the walls)
Bridges
5.3.13 Bridges should have projecting edges to emphasise the connection between the waterbodies on either side P. 51 
5.4 Planting Strategy
5.4.1 The planting plan should be kept simple to create a strong image and enforce identity P. 52 
The species selection needs to meet the constraints as imposed by airport safety requirements; the amount, compositions and
5.4.2 density of trees needs to be assessed with regard to air safety. The species will be of domestic and exotic origin and shall not be P. 52 
a food source for bird species
Street Trees
The use of semi advanced stock is recommended along the main streets as these are more robust and may provide more
5.4.3 P. 52 
substantial initial impact
5.4.4 The use of trees should underpin the function, importance or hierarchy of roads in the urban structure P. 52 
Species selection (appearance and size), planting frequency (density, light/shade) and placement within the cross sectional
5.4.5 P. 52 
context (edge or median planting), should be made to add to and enforce identity
Trees in Parks
5.4.6 Parks should where possible be planted with advanced or semi advanced specimens P. 52 
5.4.7 Trees in parks should be planted either as individual feature specimens of in formal or informal groups P. 52 
5.4.8 Park trees are to be planted in open ground P. 52 
Trees on Roofs
Trees to be used on podium and roof terraces shall be smaller and shall be pre-grown in containers or otherwise need to be able
5.4.9 to withstand the wind loads of roof level development. Those trees shall be positioned on podiums or in an artificial planting P. 52 
environment will be supplied with a minimum of 15/20m cubed soil/growing medium
Grass
All grass used should have a rich and thick green quality, make reference to the family of London City parks and use high quality
5.4.10 P. 52 
English grass
5.4.11 To avoid bird attraction, any grass species to be used is to be supplied as turf P. 52 
5.5 Private Amenity Space
5.5.1 Private amenity space may be provided by private gardens at podium/ground level, balconies, terraces or winter gardens P. 53 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Please refer to Section 9.2.2 'Private amenity space' Chapter 9 ' OPP
Compliance ' in the DAS.
Internalised amenity: TSP have discussed with LBN that internalised amenity will
be provided to some homes where external space would be compromised by
context (with additional space sized to meet min area requirements of the
5.5.2 Private amenity space should be provided in accordance with the London Housing SPG P. 53 ? National Space Standards)
Where external amenity is provided:
- 1B over provided (6sqm)
- 2B3P compliant (6sqm)
- 2B4P non-compliant (6sqm)
- 3B compliant (size varies)
5.6 Public Art
Opportunities shall be identified to introduce public art into the public realm in order to highlight and reference the past, present
5.6.1 P. 53 Not applicable
and future of a particular context
Even though most constructed elements lend themselves as a canvas or object for incorporation of artistic expression, public art
5.6.2 P. 53 Not applicable
shall be integrated into the integral elements of the public realm as a whole rather than feature as "add-ons"
5.6.3 Public art implementation should be rich, plentiful and innovative P. 53 Not applicable

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
6 Appearance
6.1 Frontages
6.1.1 Frontages (primary, secondary and other frontages) should be located in accordance with the guidelines in section 2.7 P. 56 
All building frontages facing onto the public open spaces shall:
- Positively address the open spaces they define by including active frontages, frequent building entrances and windows and
6.1.2 balconies to enhance the natural surveillance of the public realm P. 56 
- Be predominantly made up by active ground floor frontages
- Generally not include car parking entrances and vents and service and access doors
As set out in section 2.7, frontages that are not defined as primary or secondary active frontages should be designed to feel part
6.1.3 of the building and not more than 25% of the ground floor frontage on each individual street should be taken up with refuse, car P. 56 ?
parking entrances, service entrances or cycle parking storage
All buildings and public realm design should aim to create safe and active streets with all buildings positively addressing the
6.1.4 P. 56 
public realm
6.1.5 Blind facades at the end of building blocks are to be avoided and corner buildings should positively address all streets P. 56 
6.1.6 Blank frontages should be avoided as far as possible P. 56 
Residential Use
Duplex homes at the base of buildings should as far as possible accommodate at least one habitable room or kitchen, at ground
6.1.7 P. 56 
level overlooking the street
6.1.8 Buildings should be designed to be "tenure blind" P. 56 
Entrances
6.1.9 Entrances should be located and designed in accordance with the guidance in section 4.1 (Access - entrances) P. 57 
Communal entrances should be expressed in the articulation of elevations, for instance with double-height ordering, strongly
6.1.10 P. 57 
legible canopies, signage, lighting or by their position adjacent to courtyard entrances
Individual dwelling entrances at street level provide an important expression of domesticity and subdivision of larger building
6.1.11 P. 57 
form. Private front entrances should create rhythm within street frontages and create a positive sense of address
Individual street level entrances should provide a positive sense of address, particularly where single dwellings are located in
6.1.12 P. 57 
buildings with larger numbers of apartment at upper floors
Residential entrances should balance legibility and a welcoming sense of arrival with sufficient privacy in relation to ground floor
6.1.13 P. 57 
habitable rooms
6.2 Rooftop Treatment
The rooftop should be treated as the fifth elevation and the design should integrate plant and other rooftop equipment into the
6.2.1 P. 58 
overall design concept
6.2.2 P. 58 
building
Where overlooked from neighbouring buildings, plant equipment should be housed within solid or perforated roof enclosures that
6.2.3 P. 58 
are designed to screen equipment or in other ways integrated into the overall building design
6.2.4 All plant and machinery should be accessible for easy maintenance P. 58 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
Signage on rooftops is permitted but should be sympathetic to the building and view from adjacent, taller buildings should be
6.2.5A P. 59 
considered
Terraces and green roofs are encouraged, as set out in section 5.5, and can play a valuable part as amenity space for occupiers
6.2.5B P. 59 
and visitors as well as forming valuable habitats for wildlife. Refer to section 5.2 for guidance on green and brown roods
6.3 Ventilation Grilles
Any frontage allocated for servicing or plant equipment should be designed to minimise negative effects on the public realm.
6.3.1 P. 60 
Where ventilation grilles are unavoidable, they should be limited in extent and integrated into the architecture of the buildings
6.4 Refuse and Substation Frontage
Refuse store and substation frontages should be integrated within the broader elevational treatment of the buildings in which they
6.4.1 P. 60 
are located
6.4.2 Materials and fixings should be suitably robust to withstand repeated heavy treatment by refuse operatives and residents P. 60 
6.4.3 Refuse stores must be visually screened from the surrounding streetscape P. 60 
Refuse stores and substations could have negative impacts and should therefore by carefully integrated with the designs of
6.4.4 P. 60 
buildings
6.4.5 The extend of their frontages shall be in accordance with section 2.7 P. 60 
6.5 Entrances to Service Areas
Entrances to service areas within buildings should be carefully integrated with building designs and shall be enclosed with
6.5.1 P. 61 
louvered grilles or gates to minimise inward views when closed
6.6 Off-Street Parking
Off-street parking above ground level should avoid fronting directly onto the public realm, and be set back behind other permitted
6.6.1 uses. Openings into the car park are only permitted for vehicular access and ventilation, subject to codes on Appearance in P. 61 
section 6
Where exposed edges are appropriate - for instance breaks in blocks to provide views and to improve sunlight penetration to
6.6.2 P. 61 
courtyards - the podium edge must be carefully designed to minimise negative impacts and help define the street edges
6.7 Balconies
Balconies may be designed as projecting, recessed or semi-recessed, but should be fully integrated within the compassion of the
6.7.1 P. 62 
building and the architectural detail of the facades
6.7.2 Balconies should not have open surfaces that allow water to drip through on those below P. 62 

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
6.8 Solar Shadowing
The provision of solar shading devices on building facades is permitted but should be fully integrated within the composition of
6.8.1 P. 62 
the building and the architectural detail of the facades
6.9 Lighting
Provision of lighting within public realm should enhance qualities of landscape, adding legibility and variety to reinforce design
6.9.1 P. 63 
strategies of proposals
6.9.2 Parks shall be illuminated softly and evenly P. 63 
Specification of public realm lighting locations and fittings shall minimise spill into neighbouring dwellings and towards sensitive
6.9.3 P. 63 
ecological receptors
6.9.4 Pole top and bollard lighting shall be used for paths and program elements P. 63 
6.9.5 Feature up-lighting shall be considered for the night-time display of formal tree planting P. 63 
6.9.6 LED and fibre-optic lighting may be used on and in surfaces to illuminate pavements at night P. 63 
The main public spaces shall be fitted with purposely designed lights with minimal use of poles and posts. The public realm
6.9.7 should be kept free of obstacles and lights and illumination should be wall mounted or attached to elements, structures and P. 63 
facades as much as possible
6.9.8 Provision of street lighting and public realm lighting should meet adoptability and Secure by Design standards P. 63 
6.9.9. Provision of lighting within and on buildings should meet Secure by Design standards and other design standards P. 63 
Wherever on site outdoor lighting is proposed as part of a development it should be energy efficient, minimising light lost to the
6.9.10 P. 63 
sky and, as far as feasible, solar powered
6.9.11 Light fittings will be positioned so that the lights do not interfere with the London City Airport traffic P. 63 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
7 Sustainability
7.1 Code for Sustainable Homes
Code for Sustainable Homes has been deleted. The Phase 1 RMA has been
7.1.1 Residential development will be required to be assessed against the Code for Sustainable Homes P. 66 
designed to comply with LBN HQM Level 3
The development will achieve Level 4 of the Code as a minimum (of the equivalent level of any subsequently adopted national Code for Sustainable Homes has been deleted. The Phase 1 RMA has been
7.1.2 P. 66 
standard on sustainable design and construction) designed to comply with LBN HQM Level 3
7.2 BREEAM
Major developments (non-residential) will be required to be assessed against the Building Research Establishment
7.2.1 P. 67 
Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM)
The development will achieve "Very Good" as minimum (or the equivalent level of any subsequently adopted national standard
7.2.2 P. 67 
on sustainable design and construction)
7.3 Passive Design Techniques
7.3.1 Passive design techniques should be considered at the detailed design stage P. 67 
7.3.2 Elements to be considered may include window placement and glazing types, thermal insulation, thermal massing and shading P. 67 

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
8 Key Spaces
8.1 The Waterfront

Character description
Public Realm
8.1.1 The waterfront should provide for continuous, uninterrupted access along the waterside P. 70 
Due to airport safety zone restrictions the design shall avoid public realm provisions that will encourage people to congregate
8.1.2 P. 70 
and/or stay in the area
8.1.3 The dock edges should be retained and restored as necessary P. 70 
The water's edge should be predominantly "hard", and the water's edge pavements should be of a coarse natural cobbled stoned
8.1.4 P. 70 
finish to reflect the "rough" industrial heritage context of the site
Soft landscape design shall respond to the water's edge conditions and shall be employed to both emphasise the site's
8.1.5 P. 70 
relationship (e.g. view lines) with the adjacent Royal Victoria Dock as well as mitigate some of its environmental exposure
The east and west side should be linked with pedestrian bridges across the mount of Pontoon Dock as set out on Parameter Plan Outside Phase 1
8.1.6 P. 70
05 RMA
Scale and Enclosure
Outside Phase 1
8.1.7 Due to airport safety restrictions, no building is permitted immediately adjacent to the waterfront to the east of the Dock P. 71
RMA
To the west of the Dock, built form may project out to the face of the dock wall, with pedestrian and vehicular access underneath, Outside Phase 1
8.1.8 P. 71
as is the case at present with the Rank Hovis building RMA
8.1.9 The buildings should be set back 5m at ground floor to provide pedestrian access P. 71 
8.2 The Dock

Public Realm
As set out in section 2.5, there should be a public accessible pedestrian route across the Dock, as well as along the eastern and
8.2.1 P. 72 
western sides, as set out on Parameter Plan 05.
The historic dock wall edges should feature in the public realm and the demarcation of what used to be water and what used to
8.2.2 P. 72 
be quayside shall be reflected in the paving.
The majority of the top surface of the existing dock wall should be visible in the public realm and if necessary buildings should be
8.2.3 P. 72 
set back at ground floor to enable this, as set out in section 2.5.
A continuous aquatic link throughout the district will be a constant reminder of the dock’s past. Treatment of Water shall be as
8.2.4 P. 72 
outlined in section 5.3.
Tree species selection may be reflective of a difference in the ‘underground/soil’ to further emphasise the inherited dock contours
8.2.5 P. 72 
and to demarcate whether they are ‘within or outside’ the historic dock edge.
Maritime relics (e.g. buoys, anchor (chain res), bollards, mooring posts, signals, hoists, etc.) and typical water’s edge treatments
8.2.6A (e.g. timber boardwalks, boats, gangways, floating pontoons and balustrades) may be employed to further reflect the dock’s P. 73 
character.
Scale and Enclosure
Built form may project out to the face of the dock wall, with pedestrian and vehicular access underneath, as is the case at present
8.2.6B P. 73 
with the Rank Hovis building.
8.2.7 The buildings should be set back 5m at ground floor to provide pedestrian access. P. 73 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
8.3 The Diagonal

Public Realm
The Diagonal's landscape character shall be distinct, clear and unifying, forming a backdrop to the distinctive trading house Outside Phase 1
8.3.1 P. 74
buildings lining it RMA
Outside Phase 1
8.3.2 The Diagonal shall be clearly identifiable as a pedestrian only zone P. 74
RMA
The landscape design shall be uniform in appearance, with consistent informally placed tree planting and seemingly unstructured Outside Phase 1
8.3.3 P. 74
paving (including paving slabs of a variation of sizes) as key features RMA
Outside Phase 1
8.3.4 The selection of tree species shall be uniform and the placement of the trees informal P. 74
RMA
The placement of trees shall be such that longitudinal views provide visual interest however shall not obscure target destinations Outside Phase 1
8.3.5 P. 74
and thus hinder way finding RMA
The majority of the existing dock wall shall be visible in the public realm and if necessary buildings should be set back at ground Outside Phase 1
8.3.6 P. 74
floor to enable this, as set out in section 2.5 RMA
Outside Phase 1
8.3.7 The historic dock wall edges should feature in the public realm as set out in section 8.2 P. 74
RMA
Scale and Enclosure
The building frontages of the Diagonal will frame the view of Millennium Mills and their designs should be developed to Outside Phase 1
8.3.8 P. 75
complement each other RMA
Buildings along the diagonal pedestrian route leading from North Woolwich Road to Millennium Mills should be set back at least Outside Phase 1
8.3.9 P. 75
2m above 12m, to expose views to Millennium Mills from south RMA
Outside Phase 1
8.3.10 Building frontages can be individually expressed but should be aligned with the street and emphasise street making P. 75
RMA
Outside Phase 1
8.3.11 Ground floor may be designed as flexible space to accommodate showrooms, display and curated experiences P. 75
RMA
As set out in section 2.7, 80% of the ground floor building frontage along the Diagonal should be active (i.e. shop/brand frontage, Outside Phase 1
8.3.12 P. 75
office lobbies or communal entrances) RMA
8.4 North Woolwich Road

Public Realm
We have considered retaining existing trees wherever possible. Please refer to
Existing trees should be retained wherever possible to establish a positive setting for new development and a buffer to the street
8.4.1 P. 76 ? the proposed plans, sections and elevations drawing 'SQP1-CTF-X-LAN-DGA-
in terms of views, noise and air quality
L00-LAN302' and Section 5. 'Landscape' of the DAS
8.4.2 Footpath pavement width should be at least 3m P. 76 
8.4.3 Existing (London Plane) tree planting should be retained and incorporated wherever possible P. 76 
Scale and Enclosure

Along North Woolwich Road buildings should be set back at ground and first floor to increase the footway space so that the
8.4.4 P. 76 
distance to building line is minimum 6m from kerb (at ground and first floor)
As set out in section 2.7, 80% of the ground floor building frontage along the central bit of North Woolwich Road should be active Outside Phase 1
8.4.5 P. 76
(i.e. shop/brand frontage, office lobbies or communal entrances) RMA

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
9 Development Zone 1. Millennium Mills District
9.1 Character Description
9.2 Quantum
9.2.1 Uses within DZ1 should be in accordance with the Development Specification and Framework (DSF) P.78 
9.3 Layout
Street Alignment
Buildings along the diagonal pedestrian route leading from North Woolwich Road to Millennium Mills should be set out in Outside Phase 1
9.3.1 P.79
accordance with guidance in section 2.6 (Key vistas). RMA
Buildings should be set out with the existing quay wall in mind and in accordance with the guidance in section 2.4 (Relationship to
9.3.2 P.79 
the existing dock)
Outside Phase 1
9.3.3 To the west of the Dock, built form may project out to the face of the dock wall, with pedestrian and vehicular access underneath. P.79
RMA
9.3.4 The buildings should be set back 5m at ground floor to provide pedestrian access. P.79 
Permeability
The ground floor of Millennium Mills should be permeable to increase links to Royal Victoria Dock and should include at least one
9.3.5 P.80 
point where non-occupants can walk through the building.
Frontages should be broken to assist permeability. Lines of sight should be established between the centre of the development
9.3.6 P.80 
zone and its edges. This view should run through to visually connect Millennium Mills to the south district.
The area bordered by The Diagonal, The Dock and the square in front of Millennium Mills should be broken at least once to the
9.3.7 P.80 
south and west and twice to the north and east (see middle diagram).
The area to the west of The Diagonal may be developed as one plot, with or without publicly accessible routes(s) subdividing it, Outside Phase 1
9.3.8 P.80
as illustrated by the bottom diagram on this page. RMA
9.4 Scale and Enclosure
Consideration should be given to the small grain and scale of the buildings along Mill Street, the existing street immediately to the
9.4.1 P. 81 
west.
Buildings along the main roads and routes defined on Parameter Plan 05 should help to define the character of the street and
9.4.2 P. 81 
create a coherent frontage
To help define the public open spaces, the buildings opposite Millennium Mills and Rank Hovis should create a strong urban Outside Phase 1
9.4.3 P. 81
edge with breaks no wider than 8m. RMA
Outside Phase 1
9.4.4 Buildings along The Diagonal should be developed in accordance with the guidance in section 8.3. P. 81
RMA
9.4.5 Building frontages can be individually expressed but should be aligned with the street. P. 81 
9.5 Access
Outside Phase 1
9.5.1 Servicing of trading house / offices along The Diagonal will be from the parallel streets to the east and west. P. 82
RMA
Service entrances on these parallel streets can take up a maximum of 25% of the elevation and should be broken up with active Outside Phase 1
9.5.2 P. 82
uses which can include entrances to uses at upper levels and food/beverage uses, predominantly at corners RMA
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
There should be a publicly accessible pedestrian route along the entirety of the dock area, this includes a route through the
9.5.3 P. 82 
ground floor of the Rank Hovis building
9.6 Landscape
Millennium Mills Square and Surrounding Places
9.6.1 Unrestricted public access should be provided all around the Millennium Mills P. 83 
The different spaces around Millennium Mills should be linked with a common "language" providing continuity, visual and
9.6.2 P. 83 
aesthetic homogeneity whilst providing a unique atmosphere
The design for these spaces should respond to the Millennium Mills' architecture and include both seating areas and event space
9.6.3 P. 83 
for temporary outdoor exhibitions and pavilions.
Outside Phase 1
9.6.4 Design for the space to the south of Rank Hovis should include spaces to rest and soft landscaping P. 83
RMA
Local materials should be used reflecting Millennium Mills' heritage and the remaining train tracks to the north of Millennium Mills
9.6.5 P. 83 
should be incorporated into the public realm design and be recognised for their heritage qualities
Design should include a focal point in the intersection of The Diagonal and the east-western pedestrian route, this may be in the Outside Phase 1
9.6.6 P. 83
form of a water feature RMA
9.6.7 Tree planting (with large species) should be incorporated to provide climatic moderation, provide human scale and ambience P. 83 
Outside Phase 1
9.6.8 The landscape design for The Diagonal should be in accordance with guidance in section 8.3 P. 83
RMA
The design intent for representation of the historic and existing dock edge should be in accordance with the guidance in section
9.6.9 P. 83 
8.2
At a reserved matters stage, detailed design proposals should study how the local landscaping around Pontoon Dock Square can
9.6.10A P. 83 
mitigate against wind in this area and seating areas should be carefully positioned in the least windy areas.
Diagonal Square
Outside Phase 1
9.6.10B The majority of the existing dock wall should be visible in the public realm, as set out in section 8.2 P. 84
RMA
Outside Phase 1
9.6.11 Unifying surface treatment should be used to define the square P. 84
RMA
Outside Phase 1
9.6.12 The water should be continuous through The Diagonal and access made over a bridge structure P. 84
RMA
Outside Phase 1
9.6.13 Facades may be connected with arcades to define the square P. 84
RMA
Outside Phase 1
9.6.14 Unifying tree planting should be used to define the square P. 84
RMA
Detailed design of the square should take into account the key routes through the space and create opportunity for spill out areas Outside Phase 1
9.6.15 P. 84
from adjacent cafes and brand spaces RMA
9.7 Appearance
9.7.1 Buildings should engage with the public at ground floor level; frontages should be mainly glazed and blank elevations avoided P. 85 
9.7.2 P. 85 
building and in accordance with section 6.2 (Rooftop Equipment)
9.7.3 Rooftop amenity spaces in the form of communal, private or public terraces are encouraged P. 85 
Signage and advertising should be incorporated into the building design and be sympathetic to the overall expression of the
9.7.4 P. 85 
building

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
9.7.5 Consideration should be given to the fifth elevation (the view of the building from above) refer to section 6.2 (Rooftop Equipment) P. 85 
9.8 Millennium Mills
9.8.1 As set out in Parameter Plan 07, the maximum building heights for Millennium Mills is as existing P. 86 
Where rebuilding the new construction will be in keeping with the original industrial palette of white painted brickwork and large,
9.8.2 P. 86 
openable windows
9.8.3 Where area of the building are to be rebuilt, they should retain the historic height of the existing buildings P. 86 
The ground floor should be permeable to increase the link to Royal Victoria Dock and include at least one point where non-
9.8.4 P. 86 
occupants can walk through the buildings, as set out in section 9.3
Detailed proposals should activate the ground floor and may introduce uses within the building that aim to attract visitors to the
9.8.5 P. 86 
building
9.8.6 The ground floor may include space for temporary installations and uses P. 86 
The main entrance should serve as simple graphic identification to signify routes into the building and may use part of the
9.8.7 P. 86 
retained existing canopy, either in its entirety, or as an architectural motif.
New double glazed windows will retain the industrial character of the building whilst significantly improving the thermal comfort.
9.8.8 P. 86 
High and low level opening vents will provide natural ventilation to occupants.
9.8.9 If the buildings are refurbished in phases, temporary hoarding should help to activate frontages and aid navigation P. 86 
Frontage onto Millennium Mills Square to the south should be predominantly active and 80% of the ground floor building frontage
9.8.10 P. 86 
should be lined with shop frontages, lobbies and communal entrances, as set out in section 2.7
Temporary Landscape
Any temporary landscape shall reflect the "incubator" nature of the Millennium Mills business model and shall allow for optimal
9.8.9 P. 87 
flexibility and versatility
The landscape design should provide a "canvas to work on". The landscape should be perceived as temporary until the adjacent
9.8.10 P. 87 
buildings in the Millennium Mills district are developed
Many of the initial functions and events will be of an experimental nature and the outdoor environment should be simple to allow
9.8.11 P. 87 
for event management to create their own temporary, event related outdoor environment
The temporary landscape should be simply related to the Mills building architecture and should include both hard (utilitarian
9.8.12 P. 87 
pavements) and soft (hard wearing lawns) areas
To define the space around the Mills, both towards the south as well as along the Royal Victoria Dock side, temporary fast
9.8.13 P. 87 
growing (sacrificial) tree planting (e.g. Poplar cultivars) may be planted to provide peripheral shelter and shade
9.8.14 Guidance for the permanent landscaping for the spaces around Millennium Mills is set out in section 9.6 P. 87 
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
10 Development Zone 2. Silo D District
10.2 Quantum
10.2.1 Uses within DZ2 should be in accordance with the Development Specification and Framework (DSF). P.91 
10.3 Layout
Existing shallow HV and comms services planned for diversion. Deep level
Development on the most southern plot needs to consider the "below ground" utilities running across this plot; any structure
sewer easements, design interfaces and access arrangements subject to a
10.3.1 needs to be offset a minimum of 3m from this easement unless there is a specific agreement with Thames Water in place and P. 91 
Thames Water Build over agreement, a process initiated by Aecom and being
unrestricted 24hr access from Thames Water is provided
progressed by plot teams
10.3.2 Non-residential uses should be located around Silo D and at corners P. 91 
10.3.3 The tertiary street running north-south should be activated with community uses or residential entrances P. 91 
The buildings along North Woolwich Road should have active frontage, either in the form of non-residential uses or communal
10.3.4 P. 91 
residential entrances onto this street and not turn their backs to it
Consideration should be given to the small grain and scale of the buildings along Mill Street, the existing street immediately to the
10.4.1 P. 92 
west, and any adjacent buildings should be set back a minimum of 18m from existing windows
10.4.2 Massing should step down around Silo D P. 92 
Consideration should be given to the impact on sun and daylight provision to the properties along Mill Street. Detailed analysis
10.4.3 P. 92 
should be carried out as part of the Reserved Matters Applications
The buildings along the street running parallel with Mill Street should have a shoulder height of 5 storeys, with built form above
10.4.4 P. 92 
this permitted subject to keeping within the permitted heights
The buildings on the corner of North Woolwich Road and the primary road (running north-south) should be considered together
10.4.5 P. 92 
so they form a strong formal relationship and express an entrance to the site
Consideration should be given to the impact of sun and daylight provision to the properties along Mill Street. Detailed analysis
10.4.6 P. 92 
should be carried out as part of the Reserved Matters Applications
10.5 Access
Any residential parking along the western side of the north-south secondary street should be at the level of North Woolwich Road
10.5.1 P. 93 
(which is susceptible to flooding) raising the residential accommodation above the flood plain
Development should avoid creating a platform for development separate from the street and entrances should be accessed
10.5.2 P. 93 
directly from street
Blank elevations should be avoided as far as possible and in accordance with the Site Wide guidance in section 6.1, but where
10.5.3 P. 93 
unavoidable because of site levels and flood plain issues, they should be offset by large and articulated communal entrances.

Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
10.6 Landscape
Silo D and the surrounding open space and finger dock has been designed as an
Silo D, its surrounding open space and the adjacent (remnant) finger pier should be regarded as one integral (heritage) design
10.6.1 P. 94 ? integrated area. They are integrated as a singular element of the public realm.
element. Existing dock edge, balustrades and the semi-circular paving feature shall be integrated in the urban realm design
Balustrades are not provided but fall protection is provided via street furniture
The urban design intent to provide a setting for Silo D as a free-standing building, to display its unique architecture should be
10.6.2 P. 94 
respected. The landscape design shall follow suit and tree planting shall merely be used to unify the space and building within
The public realm design should respond to and relate to the building's architecture and orthogonal nature and should reflect the
10.6.3 P. 94 
original industrial design language
10.6.4 Selection of materials should clearly relate to the Silo D architecture, site and setting P. 94 
10.6.5 The "historic character" of the finger pier shall be underscored by the presence of water lilies in the former dock P. 94 
10.7 Appearance
Plots that form a backdrop to Silo D in the key vistas set out in section 2.6 should be carefully designed to appear as background
10.7.1 P. 95 
elements
Expression of shoulder heights can be achieved in different ways, for example through the use of different materials, by massing
10.7.2 P. 95 
or through set-backs
The buildings along North Woolwich Road should have partly active frontages, either in form of non-residential uses or communal
10.7.3 P. 95 
residential entrances facing onto North Woolwich Road
Design Compliance
Code Ref. Check
11 Development Zone 3. Dock District - Outside Phase 1 RMA RMA
12 Development Zone 4. Ironworks District
12.2 Quantum
12.2.1 Uses within DZ4 should be in accordance with the Development Specification and Framework (DSF). P.91 
12.3 Layout
Outside Phase 1
12.3.1 The development zone should be split into at least three distinct buildings with a publicly accessible route between them P. 105
RMA
Buildings should be set back a minimum 5m from kerb along North Woolwich Road and in accordance with the guidance in
12.3.2 P. 105 
section 8.4 (North Woolwich Road)
Along the secondary road to the north, buildings opposite the dock should be set back a minimum 5m to create an increased
12.3.3 P. 105 
public realm area for café/restaurant spill out and for the office buildings to the east and west to have entrances onto
Outside Phase 1
12.3.4 The building along the east site of The Diagonal should be designed in accordance with the guidelines in section 8.3 P. 105
RMA
Outside Phase 1
12.3.5 Plot layout should allow for future pedestrian bridge crossing over North Woolwich Road to the DLR station P. 105
RMA
12.4.1 Buildings may be built to the full permitted height on Parameter Plan 07 P. 106 
Along North Woolwich Road small-scale mitigation measures, in the form of trees or a canopy may be required to mitigate
12.4.2 P. 106 
against wind
12.5 Access
On plot parking should be accessed from the north. Direct access into car park from North Woolwich Road is not permitted. The
12.5.1 P. 106 
building to the west of the Diagonal should be serviced from the west via a tertiary road
Drop-off and set-down/pick-up points to be located at designated places, off the main vehicle carriageway, so vehicles can stop Outside Phase 1
12.5.2 P. 106
to allow passengers to get into or out of the vehicle and unload mobility equipment RMA
Outside Phase 1
12.5.3 Drop-off/pick-up points should be located to minimise impact on pedestrian accessibility P. 106
RMA
Outside Phase 1
12.5.4 Landscaping to allow for drop-off/pick-up points next to all key residential and public entrances P. 106
RMA
Outside Phase 1
12.5.5 Drop-off/pick-up points should preferably be located within 10-20m, and no more than 50m, of entrances to key facilities P. 106
RMA
Outside Phase 1
12.5.6 All pavements to be detailed to provide kerbed areas to accommodate taxi wheelchair ramps P. 106
RMA
Entrances should as far as possible be positioned away from the corners of the buildings, which are the areas most exposed to
12.5.7 P. 106 
wind
Outside Phase 1
12.5.8 Access to the DLR station may be via a pedestrian bridge over North Woolwich Road, as set out on Parameter Plan 05 P. 106
RMA


Silvertown - Phase 1 - Design and Access Statement

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Silvertown - Phase 1 - Design and Access Statement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Silvertown Quays

Phase 1 Reserved Matters Application

Design and Access Statement

DESIGN AND ACCESS STATEMENT

5.9 Dock walls 138 A1 DRAWINGS

2.2 Heritage 12 5.12 Landscape delivery plan 153

3.0 THE OUTLINE PLANNING 6.0 PRE-APPLICATION

3.4 Brand Use 22 7.0 MILLS QUARTER A3.3 Background 378

7.1 Introduction to Mills Quarter 184 A3.4 Baseline assessment 379

4.1 Vision 26 7.3 Plot 4 250 A3.6 Conclusions 386

4.3 Scale 54 A3.8 Inspection/activity log table 389

4.4 Appearance 56 8.0 SILO D QUARTER

5.4 SUDS/drainage strategy 128 9.0 OPP COMPLIANCE

Reserved Matters Application to approve

Phase 1 RMA Boundary

January February March April May June July August September

Pre Application meetings

DESIGN REVIEW PANELS

3th May 13th September

Figure 1.2 Project timeline

Figure 2.1 Silvertown Quays within London

8 The Site | 2.0

The Site is located within the London Borough

The Site is the largest site remaining from

Docklands Light Railway

Green areas Greenwich

The Site is situated to the north of Pontoon

The ExCel Exhibition Centre, a large-scale

Ground floor retail Industrial

Education OPP Boundary

10 The Site | 2.0

There are two existing road access points

Phase 1 RMA Boundary

The southern section contains remnants of

12 The Site | 2.0

The north elevation faced Spiller’s Millennium

The Pontoon Dock’s berths were gradually

As part of the wider redevelopment of Royal

As explained in previous sections of this

background in mind and significant attention

The direct access to North Woolwich Road

Figure 2.14 Opportunities summary diagram

14 The Site | 2.0

Building heights limits +54.95 AOD

uses, and there are some key infrastructure +49.95 AOD

elements that will need to be retained as part

12m deep Thames Water (TW) sewer to the

Levels +4.00 AOD

Figure 2.15 Constraints summary diagram

set out the principles described in the OPP

DAS. For Phase 1 RMA compliance, refer to

Outline planning application boundary

Chapter 9.0 OPP compliance.

Buildings subject to part demolition and

Existing Site levels, AOD in metres

In particular, the Parameter Plans identify –

amongst others – access points, primary and

and size (PP06), and maximum building

An application has been submitted under

Maximum Building Heights’. The non-material PARAMETER PLAN 01

amendment seeks to vary the Parameter Plan

1251 GA 03001 1251 GA 03002 04

new core to the Millennium Mills building.

The proposed new core structure will not

5.9 Dock walls 138 A1 DRAWINGS

2.2 Heritage 12 5.12 Landscape delivery plan 153

3.4 Brand Use 22 7.0 MILLS QUARTER A3.3 Background 378

7.1 Introduction to Mills Quarter 184 A3.4 Baseline assessment 379

4.1 Vision 26 7.3 Plot 4 250 A3.6 Conclusions 386

4.3 Scale 54 A3.8 Inspection/activity log table 389

4.4 Appearance 56 8.0 SILO D QUARTER

5.4 SUDS/drainage strategy 128 9.0 OPP COMPLIANCE